Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
20100 71ST AVENUE NE_BLD1840_2026
COMMERCIAL PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION tf'YC'� Department of Community&Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO (2) SETS OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, AND TWO (2) SETS OF FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS (CUT SHEETS). CALCULATIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR GREASE INTERCEPTOR/F APPLICABLE. Type of Permit: 0 New installation Addition/Alteration Industrial Project Address: ,# Parcel ID#: Lot#: Subdivision:, 11 Project Description: jit O rl-V LJ12-/ c I•����� _ - —Valuation: Owner: V'4 j or- /-- arosipec'p- 7- Phone Number:. GO 7 5- Address: � I Aim- N h(4-�v V� q0p ;,City'���� � State: Zip Code: P yy o 'M(7.k'/ J r Phone Number: 3 Contact Person:� 0-�/03 Cell Phone: E-mail: 0 M F)(�YYV (,Jk-mt�- Vjlc), Address: O iIj e- City: State: Zip Code: '/ Contractor: ihi/�� Phone Number: 3 6 0_ 2-J/% 7 O/3 Cell Phone: tCL(? ' -77D 5-7 474 Email: S�Dn►mil�c,`�CL�_j m �_i n c. ��r� Address: ' OIG� '`�l.) S City:!" 1���:�� State: 0/2- Zip Code: Contractor License Number: C�'_ �/�/t/k C� D f� Expiration Date— / 20 t Please indicate number of fixtures: Water Closet Floor Sink Sump Hose Bibb Miscellaneous Lavatory Laundry Tub Washer Water Heater Grease Trap Urinal Interceptor Sink _ Med Gas Drinking Fountain Floor Drain X Dishwasher Backflow_._ Shower Other 6/16LP Page 2 of 3 COMMERCIAL PLUMBING , �. PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community&Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 PROPOSED BUILDING USE ® New Commercial ❑ Restaurant ❑ Automotive Based Commercial Addition/Alteration ❑ Office ❑ Machine Shop ❑ Industrial ❑ Medical ❑ Other: CROSS CONNECTION Please check all appliances that are proposed or are permanently connected to the water supply. ❑ Ice Machine ❑ Dialysis Equip. ❑ Air washers ❑ Swimming ❑ Fire Sprinkler Pools ❑ Coffee H Steam Sprinkler Urn/Espresso ❑ ydrotherapy Equip. ❑ Generators ❑ Hot Tub/Spa ❑ w/chemicals ❑ Carbonated Bev. ❑ Dental Equip. ❑ Dye Vats ❑ Aquarium ❑ Lawn Irrigation ❑ Fume Hoods ❑ Laboratory Equip. Pressure ❑ Decorative ❑ Well on Washers Fountain property ❑ Degreasers ❑ Autoclave/Sterilizers ❑ Cooling Towers ❑ Other: WASTEWATER DISCHARGE 1. Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor? -Yo__�D�n Kczew x Date grease trap/interceptor was last cleaned (provide service record): / y 2. Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water separator? von ho ❑ 3. Date oil/water separator was last cleaned (provide service record): 4. Is water used in the business process (washing, rinsing, cooling)? �r—n-"„o--0-U-'f nR'-ow S. Does your business require a NPDES permit? —❑ vP% n Nn ❑ Don't-Know I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property ill be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. _ -Z.[/31/9, CApplicants Sig atureDate Print Applicants Name FOR STAFF USE ONLY FEB 13 2018 Permit# Accepted By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received 6/16LP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE -ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360)403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:20100 list Avenue NE Permit#:1840 Parcel#:31051400202000 Valuation:0.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING Name:Gene Moomey Name:IMAC Inc. TECI INOLOGIES Address:20100 71ST AVENUE NE Address:20100 71st Avenue NE Address:2525 Old Hwy 99 S City,State Zip:ARLINGTON,WA 98223-7447 City,State Zip:Arlington,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Mount Vernon,WA 98273 Phone: Phone:360-403-2088 Phone:425-367-1309 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name:IMAC Inc. Address: Address:2525 Old Hwy 99 S City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip:Mount Vernon,WA 98273 Phone: Phone:425-367-1309 LIC#: EXP: LIC#:IMACI**088BA EXP:04/01/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial Plumbing CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC110/IRC I10. SALES TAX NOTICE:Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form and cd 'ityofArlin to #3 t I. b Q Sti ` o- i�r 3 7 ignature Print ame Date Released By e CONDITIONS See red-lined drawings. A RPBA is required to be installed to the cold water supply line and be fully tested at time of final inspection. Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Base Fee $25.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Fee(Enter Fixture Fee) $12.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Fee(Enter Fixture Fee) $25.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Plan Review Fees $200.00 Total Due: $262.00 Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due: $262.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)40�-3417 t SEW�R_, -7' NEW LINE DRA REQUIRED MAGENTA COLOR MAG3 Programming I'.ILA YELLOW W O J ( ' EXISTING 3 �/l��> LINE DRAIN . p -1OO' 6" NEW LINE REQUIRED MAGENTA COLOR TIE INTO III ReceivedNG DRAIN l,lNF FEB 13 2018 HERE 0 -- e� :. -I 0 -CONNECTION aaPRESSOa_1 IN RAFTER HERE N Thls drawing Is property of AMT and shall nelther be copied nor shown or communIcated to any third person without our written consent. W $ W.7r P oNcl M L.a out status[ �^ wA ueasa x Checked BESMIPTIRI QUVING is S xjPretiminvy mad mn„o Pwmlt Appkatbn Rdg 8100_wu.t.Watr Nwth A roved BLDG 100 1 l CMM 3 Accounting QA 000 A I T 1 I /Payroll _ 1�---- - �J U � Office 76 ) SQ I I qF____, Quality �---_i�L----J I . �=j —/— Controller ' Sto2ge Copy �r ----- Room I O I Business I Development I \ 1 Server -- T—� Room �1 \ CFO Tool Crib MK4XC F- t- Lobby R p B100 1 MORI A81 #1 Operations ll 1 o MORI A88 12 J DISABLED g Men PARKING r� . 1 I 1 I � — d. Women _ MORI A88 #1 Assistant 1 �' INCYk Iloilo 71 _ Planning ,- �/ C _ ME ❑ 3'J~ t`--rYw i Sto2ge /Icl nAw uncl Iz - fSYi L n � Facilities _ �t y Maint. ngllleeltng w tr-tau wA r4g Document r' Control Engineering — _ Ed - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 `I, - r LLiiYY — 1 MOO All cats T 1r T 1 GERURR mcv1OM I 1 11 1 1 BOOIN LJ 1 II 1 1 fftt11 - w IM1 taus' �7 1 H �V FE-1 nc� I if if W — at 1 NAG3+ 'AO• - uAW 1 YA03 YA03 H uA0] NAGJ 1 -l_ - q - 16 1 I �p 11 I I L.I� [� � i u i L• L� --AOW -J _ F--1 J _ a COMVRESSai_t axr� Pucker 2 -` aaclr This drawing 's property of AMT and shall neither be copied nor shown or cororlunicated to any third person without our written consent. 9-0-GENE YOOIIEY ?a—BLDG 2010D 71 ^w NE Layout status: g,l� 'urn ton WA.gas23 x Checked DO NOT SCALE N/c XE cRIPTIRI DING NU xlPrelwnarx City of Arlington Commercial Plumbing Permit Application B100_Current—Drawing Approved 'LPN IECHN�� AL m .n2 wnsr� ►�� SWAT500 SYSTEM INSTRUCTION MANUAL Received FEB 13101E MP-SWAT SYSTEM Designed for: SENIOR OPERA TIONS LL C-AMT DI V. Job Number: 19401 � Y I _1 Edjean Technical Services, Inc. 246A US Hwy 224 Sullivan, Ohio 44880 Ph. (800) 242-0525 * Fax 440-647-2400 2 FORWARD TO THE USER This USER'S MANUAL contains general instructions for installation, operation, and routine maintenance of SWAT500 SYSTEM. The manual is divided into sections for easy review: SWAT System, Installation, Operation,Pre and Post Treatment, Special Cleaning, Spare Parts, Record Keeping, and Cleaning Log. SAFETY NOTICE The SWAT500 SYSTEM incorporates all protective devices required by good engineering practice. However, its operation could be hazardous under abnormal conditions. The manufacturer urges all users to observe normal safety rules that apply to work on moving machinery, electrical motors or with electrical circuits carrying potentially hazardous voltages. STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. warrants that the system will be built in accordance with specifications referred to in the sale brochures and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment. The sole liability of Edjean Technical Services, Inc. under this limited warranty shall be to repair or replace, at our option, a defect in the material or workmanship during the one year period with exception of the membrane element(s), filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer materials, or"wear parts". In no event shall EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. be liable for any loss, damage, injury, or expense resulting from the use, the operation or installation of the system. And from the decomposition of membrane elements, filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer material, or other "wear parts" because of the equipment or with respect to ordinary wear and tear. EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IMPLIED, IN RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT, AND IN PARTICULAR, MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 3 CONTENTS 1. THE S.W.A.T.MOP SYSTEM 1.2 Principle Components 5 1-3 Functional Description 6 1-4 Specifications and Reference Data 6 1-5 Standard Accessories 7 2. INSTALLATION 2-1 Receiving the S.W.A.T. MOP WATER SYSTEM 8 2-2 Installation Planning 8 2-3 Electrical &Utility Requirements 8 2-4 Assembly and Drawing layout 9-10 2-5 Preparation for Start-Up 10-11 3. OPERATION 3-1 Principle of Operation 12 Back flushing/installing the Ultrafiltration Element 13 3-2 System Start-up Procedures 14 3-3 Ultrafiltration Principles of Operation 15 3-4 U/F General Operating Conditions 15 Startup/Shut down Ultrafiltration Element 16 Cleaning U/F element " Flushing the Element it Cleaning 17 3-5 Toss Unit Description 18 Start-Up Procedures 19 Operating Procedures 19 Maintenance/Complete Internal Cleaning 20 Contaminated Media 21 Troubleshooting Checklist 21-22 4. PRETREATMENT 4-1 Solids 23 4-2 Oils 5. POST TREATMENT 24 6. ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CONTROL SCREEN 25 8. STARTING UP SYSTEM WITH CONTROL PANEL 26-28 9. ACTUATOR FLOW POSITIONS 29 10. MOTOR AND SENSOR SWITCHES DATA 30 11. PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING FORM 31 12. CIP RECORD KEEPING FORM 32 4 WARNING AND CAUTION WARNING: Indicate that people may be hurt if procedures are not followed properly. CAUTIONS indicate that machinery may be damaged or economic loss can occur if procedures are not followed properly. IMPORTANT Before attempting to install or operate this system, be sure you are familiar with all aspects of the system components and their operation by thoroughly reading and understanding this manual. SWAT500 SYSTEM Function The SWAT500 System is a turnkey ultrafiltration system which processes oily detergent mop waters / floor scrubber water and parts wash waters by concentrating its contaminates. The filtered clean detergent water stream, referred to as PERMEATE, IS SUITABLE FOR REUSE. The concentrated contaminants, suspended solids and emulsified oils, referred to as CONCENTRATE,must be disposed of properly. CAUTION: Verify compliance with local regulations prior to disposing of concentrate. 1.2 Principle Components The principal interior components are: inlet tank, tramp oil separator, process fluid compartment, CIP (Clean In Place) compartment, Permeate compartment and ultrafiltration membrane system CAUTION: Verify condition of wash water, solvents will shorten lire life of the membranes. 5 1.3 Functional Description The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is a proven tool for the efficient separation of emulsified oils and suspended solids from industrial detergent mop wash water, floor scrubber water, and waste coolants. The SWAT500 SYSTEM consists of two individual EdjeTech SYSTEMS. 1. EdjeTech CROSS The dump station is the receiving unit that is used to collect the contaminated fluid for the efficient separation of suspended solids. Where heavy solids loading(1%and higher) are expected the optional paper bed filter is recommended. The Tramp Oil Separator System (T.O.S.S.) is used to remove suspended solids, free and mechanically emulsified oils, and bio-slime from the DIRTY FLUID or waste coolant. 2. INTEGRATED ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM The EdjeTech Membrane System removes all emulsified oils and suspended solids, clarifying wash waters so that they may be used indefinitely or post treated for sewer discharge. 1.4 Specifications and Reference Data The SWAT500 SYSTEM when used as an industrial waste treatment system will process waste coolants (90%- 95%)to clarify the water for reuse or prepare the water through post treatment for sewer discharge. This user's manual takes each component of the SWAT500 SYSTEM and explains it in detail. Read the entire manual before attempting to operate the EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM. CAUTION: Do not process water contaminated with solvents. Process only known waste waters. General Overall dimensions: 69"X 90" x 71" high Dump Station: 150-gallon capacity 44" X 72" X 12" Input Fluid Type Oily plant water PH Range 2-10 Temperature Range up to-122 F Process Tank 90 Gallons U/F Element Clean Tank 20 Gallons Electrical Supply required 460 3 phase Elastomers Buna -N Separator Supply Pump RAMOY -33260 (5gpm) U/F Supply Pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C TOSS Filter (bag type) 100 Micron (ESI40015-1120) Membrane Pre-Filter (bag type) 25 Micron (ESI40015-1136) Membrane (hollow fiber type) ACP-3013 (ESI40035-1101) 6 1.5 Standard Accessories DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER TOSS Section EdjeTech Floating Skimmer Ballast Style (03) 42035-1405 TOSS pump Discharge Hose 3/4"Nylabraid 42020-1867 Pre-filter Assembly Plastic Filter Disc 42020-1200 Media Pack 42020-1573 FILTERS&FILTER PARTS TOSS Filter Bag 100 micron 40015-1120 U/F Pre-filter Bag 50 micron 40015-1090 U/F Membrane 4040(PPG) 40035-1125 Adapter,U/F Membrane Membrane extensions PVC 40035-1135 1"clamps for U/F PVC 40035-1140 PUMPS & PUMP PARTS Continental Pump CPM-22 42045-1040 Stator Buna-N 42040-1728 Rotor Stainless Steel 42040-1751 Mechanical Seal Buna-N 42040-1765 Flex Joint Pinned 42040-1734 Ebara pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C 42040-2004 Impeller Stainless steel Shaft Seal Ceramic/Buna-N OTHER PARTS Actuated Valve 1" 42035-3110 Actuated Valve 1.5" 42035-3120 Gauge 0-60psa 42020-1081 Flow sensor 1"Paddle wheel 42020-4270 Pressure sensor Liquid Level 42020-1618 Float switch Mercury type 42020-4100 Valve 1.5" PVC 42035-1705 Valve 1" PVC 42035-1390 7 OPERATION 3.1 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The EdjeTech CROSS (section that includes inlet tank, toss tank and process tank) uses two physical principles to accomplish separation. These two principles in combination are responsible for the exceptional separation qualities of the EdjeTech SWAT 500 SYSTEM. The difference in density between oil and water or any two fluids of differing densities causes separation by gravity. EdjeTech has incorporated into our system the use of a unique law of fluid dynamics. This principle states that two non-miscible liquids, when flowing through a porous media bed by gravity, will separate at an accelerated rate. Neither the oil nor the water will flow as readily as if they were flowing independently. Therefore, there is a high physical potential for the oil and water to separate. The DIRTY MOP WATER (or PARTS WASHER FLUID) from mop pails, or floor scrubbers is discharged directly into the inlet of the SWAT system(method of feeding varies with application). The TOSS (Tramp Oil Separation System) unit is used for separating solids and free floating and mechanically emulsified oils from the fluid. The inlet compartment is equipped with a bag filter to remove solids down to 25 microns and to start the separation of the oil from the water. The oil / water mixture then flows by gravity beneath the oil trough, and into the media pack. 1) The water flows horizontally through the media pack, under the effluent baffle up and over the water discharge weir, out of the separator, and into the process (coalesced coolant) tank. 2 The coalesced oil in the inlet compartment is removed in a similar manner by the inlet compartment oil weir. The separated oil flows horizontally across the top of the water to the media chamber oil weir. It then flows out the media chamber oil weir and into the oil trough. The Process tank receives the clarified fluid from the TOSS by gravity flow. The tank is designed to fill and overflow back to the Dirty Inlet tank. This flow is called a TOPPED-OFF BATCH PROCESS and has proven to be most effective for recycling and waste treating mop water, parts washer fluid, water-soluble mineral oils and other industrial fluids. The clarified fluid from the separator flows into the Process Tank and is then pumped by the Ultrafiltration(U/F) supply pump through a polishing filter(F2) and to the ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM. The ULTRAFILTRATION MODULE completes the EdjeTech SWAT MP WATER SYSTEM. The system draws fluid from the PROCESS TANK and processes it through an ultrafiltration membrane system for the clarification of aqueous solutions. The clarified fluid (permeate) is reused or is pumped through a POST TREATMENT MODULE and discharged to the sewer. BACKFLUSHING After de-watering most industrial organic waste solutions, a film of high molecular weight material will coat the inside of the fibers of the membranes, forming a secondary membrane which will impede the permeate flow through the fibers. This film must be removed; we accomplish some of this with the automatic backflush mode that runs 30 seconds between 45 minutes of the process mode. We recommend running the Clean in Place (CIP) 12 3.3 ULTRAFILTRATION PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION ULTRAFILTRATION The EdjeTech SWAT500 ultrafiltration system is designed for a wide range of INDUSTRIAL WASTE FLUID APPLICATIONS. An aqueous solution is pumped through the Spiral wound U/F (.05-.15u) elements. The U/F elements are semi-permeable membrane capable of performing a variety of selective separations. The inner membrane skin of the fibers rejects contamination, which is above the molecular weight cutoff of the fiber (oil and suspended solids) while allowing smaller molecules, ionic species, and water to pass through freely (permeate). The solution becomes progressively more dewatered as it moves through the fibers and returns to the PROCESS TANK. Multiple passes of the process stream(concentrate)will result in further dewatering. Ultrafiltration Element The Ultrafiltration element used by EdjeTech Services Inc. is manufactured by PPG. Innovative Material Science Drives Superior Performance The superior performance of the PPG membrane is driven by advancements in material science made by PPG's team of scientists and engineers.The proprietary manufacturing process allows a precise pore size which can be varied over the ultra and micro filtration ranges with a narrower pore size distribution compared to conventionally cast membranes.A composite membrane is formed by combining a nanoporous,hydrophilic inorganic filler and a hydrophobic polymer. The hydrophilic nature of the high surface area inorganic filler creates strong capillary forces,pulling water through the membrane.The nanoporous structure reduces fouling by not allowing penetration of oil droplets or solid particles.This innovative morphology results in higher flux rates and more efficient oil/water separation and suspended-solids removal than conventionally cast hydrophilic and oleophilic membranes. PPG CORPORATION SPIRAL WOUND FIBER ELEMENTS OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 1. A PREFILTER or FILTER with at least a 50 micron rating is required depending on the feed stream characteristics and hollow fiber internal diameter. 3.4 GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating pH Range 1.8-10 Continuous (Netting Wrap) s43oC(110oF) Maximum Temperature Continuous (Fiberglass <_57oC(135oF) Wrap) Clean-In-Place [CIP] s50oC(122oF) LMH 35-135 Typical Flux Rate G F D 20-80 Recommended Cross Flow Rate m'/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 (pervessel) GPM 25 35 40 bar 6.9 Maximum Feed Pressure ps, _100 Maximum Differential Pressure(per bar 'A element) psi _20 bar <_3.5 Backwash Pressure psi <50 m'/h 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Row Rate GPM 3.0 2.4 1.7 Typical Recovery Rate(per element) 16% 9% 6% Warning: Do not allow solvents to enter the membrane 15 N (D I) U) OD � D (3) OD O (6 U -;T w + N � x Ln a N O N O N co LO U) O C: U) G I rl U (o (o U ni N u L L m o E tl o 0 N C W cn OD O rZ �4 :� LL LL 54 cu "u O cl O � ^, u F •n LO W W W U Y U) N U 0 p '� x L O C R Arai N a U) < AA♦♦ .i o 3 W y ro N T R C W W 4— rn U • C G V' O N 3 O T V O N U LLI N V M m E a O R A G O+ U V F C .i F N M W O ro 3 N R V R F ro r� l Y � � C '1' Co cn C C CY) CO 0 C Cn (n O 0 p) 0 M - U I— O O m N d 00 O M M L 0 (n r C U) (1) 3 J (n 0 LL Y N C C � O �• _ Fo N 07 o O C O vi T-- M C a) a)a) (n C C C co 0 m M V C) c LO (D a) O Y � CE00 I< (V > d' Lf� O ti CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE -ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 v PHONE; (360)403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:20100 71st Avenue NE Permit#•1840 Parcel#:31051400202000 Valuation:0.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING Name:Gene Moomey Name:IMAC Inc. TECHNOLOGIES Address:20100 71ST AVENUE NE Address:20100 71st Avenue NE Address:2525 Old Hwy 99 S City,State Zip:ARLINGTON,WA 98223-7447 City,State Zip:Arlington,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Mount Vernon,WA 98273 Phone: Phone:360-403-2088 Phone:425-367-1309 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name:IMAC Inc. Address: Address:2525 Old Hwy 99 S City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip:Mount Vernon,WA 98273 Phone: Phone:425-367-1309 LIC#: EXP: LIC#:IMACI**088BA EXP:04/01/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial Plumbing CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: 1 CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCI 10/IRCI 10. SALES TAX NOTICE:Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form and • ded ityofArlin to #3 I. //Jl a Q /►� 5&6 10 ot�jl/ 3 7 ignature Print Aame Date Released By le CONDITIONS See red-lined drawings. A RPBA is required to be installed to the cold water supply line and be fully tested at time of final inspection. Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Base Fee $25.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Fee(Enter Fixture Fee) $12.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Permit Fee(Enter Fixture Fee) $25.00 3/7/2018 Plumbing Plan Review Fees $200.00 Total Due: $262.00 Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due: $262.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon , Permit Information Date 2/14/2018 Permit Number 1840 Project Name Senior-Aerospace AMT Applicant Name Gene Moomey Applicant Address 20100 71 st Avenue NE City,State,Zip Arlington,WA 98223 Contact Gene Moomey Phone 360-403-2088 Email gmoomey@amtnw.com Permit Type Commercial Plumbing Site Address 20100 71 st Avenue NE Valuation 0.00 Status Applied Permit Issued Permit Expires Square Feet 0 Type of Construction/Occupancy Load Number of Stories 0 Proposed Use Waste Water Filtration System Assigned To Kristin Foster Property Owner Parcel Address Legal Owner Phone Zoning 31051400202000 20100 71ST AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING 344 Transportation AVENUE NE TECHNOLOGIES Equipment Contractors Contractor Name Primary Contact Phone Email Contractor Type License License# IMAC Inc. lPhilip Long P125-367-1309 lic)lona@imacinc.com CONTRACTOR 1-abor and Industries IIMACI""088BA Review Date Type Description Target Date Completed Date Assigned To Status 2/14/2018 Commercial Plumbing 2/21/2018 Kevin Olander In Review 2/14/2018 Commercial Plumbing 2/21/2018 PWAdmin Rev In Review 2/14/2018 Commercial Plumbing 2/21/2018 13W-Sew-Rev In Review 2/14/2018 Commercial Plumbing 2/21/2018 PW-Wat-Rev In Review Notes Date I Note 2/14/2018 Need Valuation.KF Uploaded Files Upload File Date He Uploaded B 2/14/2018 3:47:35 PM 1840 Application.pdf Foster,Kristin x 2/14/2018 3:47:35 PM 1840 System Instruction Manual.pdf Foster, Kristin ( 2/14/2018 3:47:34 PM 1840 Plans.pdf Foster, Kristin }� `' °^ COMMERCIAL PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION CIN'G Department of Community&Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO (2) SETS OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, AND TWO (2) SETS OF FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS (CUT SHEETS). CALCULATIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR GREASE INTERCEPTOR IF APPLICABLE. Type of Permit: 0 New Installation Addition/Alteration Industrial Project Address: ;� D 100 7 / :� A(IL Ab Parcel ID#: Lot#: Subdivision!:, / / Project Description: tAa ' � L c�l� ,c' t��t 1-J r tr'J t1 Valuation: Owner: ��A j O r- lla ros.p ��. f 1�22r Phone Number: 3�1 S4 Address: i Oy 7! �a1/� city: Stater Zip Code: / Contact Person: (S a yy_ f DO Y4 P la J Phone Number: 360-V —3— Cell Phone: E-mail: 0 Vv'l F x�rKle J / Address: a ij e' City: State: Zip Code: Contractor: Phone Number: ��- 7:' 1-3 Cell Phone: ba ` _7"]D._ 5r7,94 Email: S 6i)n 63 6:`Uti rn n r_i r,c. Address: ���� � �d City:/*7 IIL2011 State: 0)"i- Zip Code: �U Z Contractor License Number: CC'. ::r=,AA A L-I'- 414' 0 h ;D� Expiration Date: Please indicate number of fixtures: Water Closet Floor Sink Sump Hose Bibb Miscellaneous Lavatory Laundry Tub Washer Water Heater Grease Trap Urinal Interceptor Sink Med Gas Drinking Fountain Floor Drain Dishwasher Backflow Shower Other 6/16LP Page 2 of 3 ' COMMERCIAL PLUMBING ;� oz PERMIT APPLICATION lIN Department of Community&Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 WHEN is a PLUMBING PERMIT REQUIRED? The City of Arlington requires a plumbing permit before a plumbing system or fixture is installed, altered, or remodeled. This also includes replacement of a Hot Water Tank. The City of Arlington does not require a permit to stop leaks or clear stoppages, unless the piping being repaired is altered or replaced. PLUMBING PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING PROJECTS 1. New Commercial Buildings 2. New Multi-Family Buildings 3. Roof Drains and Overflow Systems 4. Tenant Improvements 5. Installation of Medical Gas Systems 6. Installation of Commercial Kitchen's and Deli's 7. Installation of Grease Traps 8. Installation of Grease Interceptors 9. Installation of Sumps 10. Installation of Cross Connection Backflow Devices SUBMIT TWO (2) COPIES OF THE FOLLOWING FOR PLUMBING PLAN REVIEW: ❑ Plumbing plans or drawings. (Minimum plan size is 18" X 24" scale, %" scale for details.) ❑ Provide one set of plumbing drawings maximum size 11" X 17" ❑ Size of sanitary and potable water systems. ❑ Location, type and specifications (cut sheets) of proposed fixtures and equipment. ❑ Riser diagram of waste and vent, potable water and rain water systems, including sizes. ❑ Medical gas piping riser diagram indicating type of gas, storage room and size of piping. ❑ Location and type of all backflow assemblies for each fixture. I hereby certify that I have read and examined this application and know the same to be true and correct and I am authorized to apply for this permit. 6/16LP Page 1 of 3 `' °�' COMMERCIAL PLUMBING y� o PERMIT APPLICATION lING� Department of Community&Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 PROPOSED BUILDING USE ❑ New Commercial ❑ Restaurant ® Automotive Based ` Commercial Addition/Alteration ❑ Office ❑ Machine Shop ❑ Industrial ❑ Medical ❑ Other: CROSS CONNECTION Please check all appliances that are proposed or are permanently connected to the water supply. ❑ Ice Machine ❑ Dialysis Equip. ❑ Air washers ❑ SwimmingPools ❑ Fire Sprinkler ❑ Coffee Steam Sprinkler ❑ Hydrotherapy Equip. ❑ ❑ Hot Tub/Spa ❑ Urn/Espresso Generators w/chemicals ❑ Carbonated Bev. ❑ Dental Equip. ❑ Dye Vats ❑ Aquarium ❑ Lawn Irrigation ❑ Fume Hoods ❑ Laboratory Equip. ❑ Pressure ❑ Decorative ❑ Well on Washers Fountain property ❑ Degreasers ❑ Autoclave/Sterilizers ❑ Cooling Towers ❑ Other: WASTEWATER DISCHARGE 1. Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor? DQn.1 Knew- Date grease trap/interceptor was last cleaned (provide service record): _ / y 04 2. Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water separator?_OaQs ❑ N^ ❑ Don't-Know-- / 3. Date oil/water separator was last cleaned (provide service record): 4. Is water used in the business process(washing, rinsing, cooling)? on now 5. Does your business require a NPDES permit? ❑ ... ❑ Nn ❑ Dnn'A1now_ I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property ill be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington _Z /13/19, Applicants Sig ature Date Czen�e XL Print Applicants Name FOR STAFF USE ONLY t go Permit# Acceo6d By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received 6/16LP Page 3 of 3 2/14/2018 IMAC INC ` Ilun�r I•rpn�ia (unl'u Search L&I :A Z trdt v (It'll) `.1; 1 Ni Safety&fS 'llth Giairfis& insurance Ih?erkplace Righis Frades x Licensinrl Washington State Department of " Labor & Industries IMAC INC Owner or tradesperson 2525 OLD HWY 99 S Principals MOUNT VERNON,WA 98273 7013 BOZE,JAMES VICTOR,PRESIDENT SKAGIT County SKAGIT County BOZE,BARBARA G,TREASURER FULTON,LAWRENCE,PRESIDENT (End:03/26/2007) COXSON,DOUGLAS F,TREASURER (End:03/26/2007) MANTEI,ARTHUR LLOYD,PRESIDENT (End:10/08/2015) MANTEI,ARTHUR LLOYD,SECRETARY (End:10/08/2015) MANTEI,ARTHUR LLOYD,TREASURER (End:10/08/2015) Doing business as IMAC INC WA UBI No. Business type 601 355 324 Corporation Governing persons BARBARA GAY BOZE JAMES VICTOR BOZE; License Verify the contractor's active registration/license/certification(depending on trade)and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. IMACI**088BA Effective—expiration 01/01/1992—04/01/2019 Bond CBIC $12,000.00 Bond account no. SG9407 Received by L&I Effective date 11/16/2006 01/01/2007 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance HOP https://secure.ini.wa.gov/verify/Detaii.aspx?UBI=601355324&LIC=IMACI**088BA&SAW= 1/2 2/14/2018 IMAC INC Crum&Forster Specialty Ins $1,000,000.00 Policy no. EPK116026 Received by L&I Effective date 03/03/2017 04/01/2017 Expiration date 04/01/2018 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings Cause no. 14-2-01311-9 Dismissed Complaint filed by Complaint against bond(s)or savings WELLS EQUIPMENT CO INC SG9407 Complaint date Complaint amount 07/29/2014 $0.00 L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period,but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees?If so,verify the business is up-to-date on workers'comp premiums. This company has multiple workers'comp accounts. Active accounts L&I Account ID Account is current. 591,708-00 Doing business as IMAC INC Estimated workers reported Quarter 4 of Year 2017"21 to 30 Workers" L&I account contact T4/CASSANDRA SMITH(360)902-5632-Email:SMCA235@lni.wa.gov Track this contractor a Public Works Strikes and Debarments Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. Contractor Strikes No strikes have been issued against this contractor. Contractors not allowed to bid No debarments have been issued against this contractor. Workplace safety and health No inspections during the previous 6 year period. O Washington State Dept.of Labor&Industries.Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state of Washington. Hetp as Improve https://secure.ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601355324&LIC=IMACI**088BA&SAW= 2/2 TEC i� SWAT500 SYSTEM INSTR1�,Jljjf 4TM UAL APPROVED Received DATE y FEB 13 2018 OFFICE IYON CHANGES AUTHORIZED ( COPY UNLESS APPROVED BUILDING INSPECTOR 'TO Y:."TY 07'I� MP-SWAT SYSTEM Designed for: SENIOR OPERATIONS LL C-AMT DI V. Job Number: 19401 A P N �r Edjean Technical Services, Inc. 246A US Hwy 224 Sullivan, Ohio 44880 Ph. (800) 242-0525 * Fax 440-647-2400 2 1 14 - • 1 . , . . r , � Elm ME 1 - 1. 1. • 1 MEN . . • r■ 0 0 1 FORWARD TO THE USER This USER'S MANUAL contains general instructions for installation, operation, and routine maintenance of SWAT500 SYSTEM. The manual is divided into sections for easy review: SWAT System, Installation, Operation,Pre and Post Treatment, Special Cleaning, Spare Parts,Record Keeping,and Cleaning Log. SAFETY NOTICE The SWAT500 SYSTEM incorporates all protective devices required by good engineering practice. However, its operation could be hazardous under abnormal conditions. The manufacturer urges all users to observe normal safety rules that apply to work on moving machinery, electrical motors or with electrical circuits carrying potentially hazardous voltages. STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. warrants that the system will be built in accordance with specifications referred to in the sale brochures and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment. The sole liability of Edjean Technical Services, Inc. under this limited warranty shall be to repair or replace, at our option, a defect in the material or workmanship during the one year period with exception of the membrane element(s), filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer materials, or"wear parts". In no event shall EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. be liable for any loss, damage, injury, or expense resulting from the use, the operation or installation of the system. And from the decomposition of membrane elements, filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer material, or other "wear parts" because of the equipment or with respect to ordinary wear and tear. EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IMPLIED, IN RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT, AND IN PARTICULAR, MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 3 � i J CONTENTS 1. THE S.W.A.T. MOP SYSTEM 1.2 Principle Components 5 1-3 Functional Description 6 1-4 Specifications and Reference Data 6 1-5 Standard Accessories 7 2. INSTALLATION 2-1 Receiving the S.W.A.T. MOP WATER SYSTEM 8 2-2 Installation Planning g 2-3 Electrical&Utility Requirements 8 2-4 Assembly and Drawing layout 9-10 2-5 Preparation for Start-Up 10-11 3. OPERATION 3-1 Principle of Operation 12 Back flushing/installing the Ultrafiltration Element 13 3-2 System Start-up Procedures 14 3-3 Ultrafiltration Principles of Operation 15 3-4 U/F General Operating Conditions 15 Startup/Shut down Ultrafiltration Element 16 Cleaning U/F element Flushing the Element Cleaning 17 3-5 Toss Unit Description 18 Start-Up Procedures 19 Operating Procedures 19 Maintenance/Complete Internal Cleaning 20 Contaminated Media 21 Troubleshooting Checklist 21-22 4. PRETREATMENT 4-1 Solids 23 4-2 Oils 5. POST TREATMENT 24 6. ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CONTROL SCREEN 25 8. STARTING UP SYSTEM WITH CONTROL PANEL 26-28 9. ACTUATOR FLOW POSITIONS 29 10. MOTOR AND SENSOR SWITCHES DATA 30 11. PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING FORM 31 12. CIP RECORD KEEPING FORM 32 4 w WARNING AND CAUTION WARNING: Indicate that people may be hurt if procedures are not followed properly. CAUTIONS indicate that machinery may be damaged or economic loss can occur if procedures are not followed properly. IMPORTANT Before attempting to install or operate this system, be sure you are familiar with all aspects of the system components and their operation by thoroughly reading and understanding this manual. SWAT500 SYSTEM Function The SWAT500 System is a turnkey ultrafiltration system which processes oily detergent mop waters/ floor scrubber water and parts wash waters by concentrating its contaminates. The filtered clean detergent water stream, referred to as PERMEATE, IS SUITABLE FOR REUSE. The concentrated contaminants, suspended solids and emulsified oils,referred to as CONCENTRATE,must be disposed of properly. CAUTION: Verify compliance with local regulations prior to disposing of concentrate. 1.2 Principle Components The principal interior components are: inlet tank, tramp oil separator, process fluid compartment, CIP (Clean In Place)compartment,Permeate compartment and ultrafiltration membrane system CAUTION: Verify condition of wash water, solvents will shorten the life of the membranes. 5 1L A 1.3 Functional Description The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is a proven tool for the efficient separation of emulsified oils and suspended solids from industrial detergent mop wash water, floor scrubber water, and waste coolants. The SWAT500 SYSTEM consists of two individual EdjeTech SYSTEMS. 1. EdjeTech CROSS The dump station is the receiving unit that is used to collect the contaminated fluid for the efficient separation of suspended solids. Where heavy solids loading(1% and higher)are expected the optional paper bed filter is recommended. The Tramp Oil Separator System (T.O.S.S.) is used to remove suspended solids, free and mechanically emulsified oils, and bio-slime from the DIRTY FLUID or waste coolant. 2. INTEGRATED ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM The EdjeTech Membrane System removes all emulsified oils and suspended solids, clarifying wash waters so that they may be used indefinitely or post treated for sewer discharge. 1.4 Specifications and Reference Data The SWAT500 SYSTEM when used as an industrial waste treatment system will process waste coolants (90%- 95%)to clarify the water ii,r reuse or prepare the water through post treatment for sewer discharge. This user's manual takes each component of the SWAT500 SYSTEM and explains it in detail. Read the entire manual before attempting to operate the EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM. CAUTION: Do not process water contaminated with solvents. Process only known waste waters. General Overall dimensions: 69"X 90" x 71" high Dump Station: 150-gallon capacity 44" X 72" X 12" Input Fluid Type Oily plant water PH Range 2-10 Temperature Range up to-122 F Process Tank 90 Gallons U/F Element Clean Tank 20 Gallons Electrical Supply required 460 3 phase Elastomers Buna - N Separator Supply Pump RAMOY -33260 (5gpm) U/F Supply Pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C TOSS Filter (bag type) 100 Micron (ESI40015-1120) Membrane Pre-Filter (bag type) 25 Micron (ESI40015-1136) Membrane (hollow fiber type) ACP-3013 (ESI40035-1101) 6 �i 1.5 Standard Accessories DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER TOSS Section EdjeTech Floating Skimmer Ballast Style (03) 42035-1405 TOSS pump Discharge Hose 3/4"Nylabraid 42020-1867 Pre-filter Assembly Plastic Filter Disc 42020-1200 Media Pack 42020-1573 FILTERS &FILTER PARTS TOSS Filter Bag 100 micron 40015-1120 U/F Pre-filter Bag 50 micron 40015-1090 U/F Membrane 4040 (PPG) 40035-1125 Adapter, U/F Membrane Membrane extensions PVC 40035-1135 1"clamps for U/F PVC 40035-1140 PUMPS & PUMP PARTS Continental Pump CPM-22 42045-1040 Stator Buna-N 42040-1728 Rotor Stainless Steel 42040-1751 Mechanical Seal Buna-N 42040-1765 Flex Joint Pinned 42040-1734 Ebara pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C 42040-2004 Impeller Stainless steel Shaft Seal Ceramic/Buna-N OTHER PARTS Actuated Valve 1" 42035-3110 Actuated Valve 1.5" 42035-3120 Gauge 0-60psa 42020-1081 Flow sensor 1"Paddle wheel 42020-4270 Pressure sensor Liquid Level 42020-1618 Float switch Mercury type 42020-4100 Valve 1.5" PVC 42035-1705 Valve 1" PVC 42035-1390 7 T i �I OPERATION 3.1 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The EdjeTech CROSS (section that includes inlet tank, toss tank and process tank)uses two physical principles to accomplish separation. These two principles in combination are responsible for the exceptional separation qualities of the EdjeTech SWAT 500 SYSTEM. The difference in density between oil and water or any two fluids of differing densities causes separation by gravity. EdjeTech has incorporated into our system the use of a unique law of fluid dynamics. This principle states that two non-miscible liquids, when flowing through a porous media bed by gravity, will separate at an accelerated rate. Neither the oil nor the water will flow as readily as if they were flowing independently. Therefore, there is a high physical potential for the oil and water to separate. The DIRTY MOP WATER (or PARTS WASHER FLUID) from mop pails, or floor scrubbers is discharged directly into the inlet of the SWAT system(method of feeding varies with application). The TOSS (Tramp Oil Separation System) unit is used for separating solids and free floating and mechanically emulsified oils from the fluid. The inlet compartment is equipped with a bag filter to remove solids down to 25 microns and to start the separation of the oil from the water. The oil / water mixture then flows by gravity beneath the oil trough, and into the media pack. 1) The water flows horizontally through the media pack, under the effluent baffle up and over the water discharge weir, out of the separator, and into the process (coalesced coolant) tank. 2 The coalesced oil in the inlet compartment is removed in a similar manner by the inlet compartment oil weir. The separated oil flows horizontally across the top of the water to the media chamber oil weir. It then flows out the media chamber oil weir and into the oil trough. The Process tank receives the clarified fluid from the TOSS by gravity flow. The tank is designed to fill and overflow back to the Dirty Inlet tank. This flow is called a TOPPED-OFF BATCH PROCESS and has proven to be most effective for recycling and waste treating mop water, parts washer fluid, water-soluble mineral oils and other industrial fluids. The clarified fluid from the separator flows into the Process Tank and is then pumped by the Ultrafiltration(U/F) supply pump through a polishing filter(172) and to the ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM. The ULTRAFILTRATION MODULE completes the EdjeTech SWAT MP WATER SYSTEM. The system draws fluid from the PROCESS TANK and processes it through an ultrafiltration membrane system for the clarification of aqueous solutions. The clarified fluid (permeate) is reused or is pumped through a POST TREATMENT MODULE and discharged to the sewer. BACKFLUSHING After de-watering most industrial organic waste solutions, a film of high molecular weight material will coat the inside of the fibers of the membranes, forming a secondary membrane which will impede the permeate flow through the fibers. This film must be removed; we accomplish some of this with the automatic backflush mode that runs 30 seconds between 45 minutes of the process mode. We recommend running the Clean in Place (CIP) 12 ,� . i .� 3.3 ULTRAFILTRATION PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION ULTRAFILTRATION The EdjeTech SWAT500 ultrafiltration system is designed for a wide range of INDUSTRIAL WASTE FLUID APPLICATIONS. An aqueous solution is pumped through the Spiral wound U/F (.05-.15u) elements. The U/F elements are semi-permeable membrane capable of performing a variety of selective separations. The inner membrane skin of the fibers rejects contamination, which is above the molecular weight cutoff of the fiber (oil and suspended solids) while allowing smaller molecules, ionic species, and water to pass through freely (permeate). The solution becomes progressively more dewatered as it moves through the fibers and returns to the PROCESS TANK. Multiple passes of the process stream(concentrate)will result in further dewatering. Ultrafiltration Element The Ultrafiltration element used by EdjeTech Services Inc. is manufactured by PPG. Innovative Material Science Drives Superior Performance The superior performance of the PPG membrane is driven by advancements in material science made by PPG's team of scientists and engineers.The proprietary manufacturing process allows a precise pore size which can be varied over the ultra and micro filtration ranges with a narrower pore size distribution compared to conventionally cast membranes.A composite membrane is formed by combining a nanoporous,hydrophilic inorganic filler and a hydrophobic polymer. The hydrophilic nature of the high surface area inorganic filler creates strong capillary forces,pulling water through the membrane.The nanoporous structure reduces fouling by not allowing penetration of oil droplets or solid particles.This innovative morphology results in higher flux rates and more efficient oil/water separation and suspended-solids removal than conventionally cast hydrophilic and oleophilic membranes. PPG CORPORATION SPIRAL WOUND FIBER ELEMENTS OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 1. A PREFILTER or FILTER with at least a 50 micron rating is required depending on the feed stream characteristics and hollow fiber internal diameter. 3.4 GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating pH Range 1 1.8-10 Continuous (Netting Wrap) <_43oC(110oF) i Maximum Temperature Continuous (Fiberglass Wrap) <_57oC(135oF) Clean-In-Place [CIP] 150oC(122oF) Typical Flux Rate LMH 35-135 GFD 20-80 Recommended Cross Flow Rate m'/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 (per vessel) GPM 25 35 40 1 - -Maximum Feed Pressure bar <_6.9 psi s 100 Maximum Differential Pressure(per bar s1.4 element) psi <20 --- - -- - --- I Backwash Pressure bar <_3.5 psi <5o MIA 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Flow Rate GPM 3.0 2 4 1.7 Typical Recovery Rate(per element) I 16% qg„ 61% Warning: Do not allow solvents to enter the membrane 15 ,NE sk.) . ■ NJ ■ 1 •or No ■ 1 ■ III ■ ■ ■ + 01NENEW - mollm ■ il 9rMW%U ■ - JI■■■ T77 07L■ rill I mom No - Z• 1 - ■ i %r •• ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 — J ■ I:- N IN • • • • �711 • -i- ! ■ Ir1 � � ■ ■ - ■ L moo No j ■ ` JLJ ■ ■ • ■ ` r� � rr � � ITT171-■ m& � =U � i ■ momW ■ ` ■ JJI Y ■ 7Tr 1"�71 � • � IT 1 •. ■ ■ M1 Y 009 01ML • 7 r TININIJ ■ Ir No mom ■ ■ ■ ■ 16mm1 ■ No ■ imom momm 1 J ■ ■ Zi`• - ■ 7r 1 • ■ ■ ' ■ mom ■ - ■ Ji 1 - L momm •i 11 Z• mom ■ - mom - ■ � =�i ■ I - Lt` ■ • ■ ! NMI ■ ■ - ■ NONE mom 1- 1 ■ - - 01 1 - ELMT ■ mom - ■ No 0 1 -Z L ■ 7 1 ■ • - 1 - - • • - - ■ ■ ■ • •: IN 1 IT.r T ■ - 111 ■ r . I ■ - mom ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 ■ L ■ No L 1 m o m ao O Nco w 0 u + m �-4 x Lo (/� L a) O N U) LO NO 70 L nnL a) LL m o E v cv O n rl o O rV c c)0 W co °o LL a -- 0 L cu o c a o N N a) Y A U co N o a c Po ��E---++4 L O a N o".A m O W O U w m 3 ti m a u ro a E a N Y u a U u a - o U L4 A w .F Co LI) ti E ro Y u a 3 a p,Y IL C ro - E Y `1 c c U) O C t CO (n N O O rn Co~ c) O m N d W O (Y) M - u O N — L N N q U) q>j 3 � � O c c O ... ca N O: c oo — o — o cY N U) > c J (n Y N -�e c c c M O c a � (M U ch CD In CO O cu a) � M V cD 00 < N LO O ■ I � - r © BW.9i"gDIGI.METER 1 Paddlewheel FlowmotnothdyS ADDLE MOUNT PIPE SIZES BW DIGI-METER'F-2000 FEATURES 1.1/2",2",2.1/2",3",4",6",8",10",12" > Easy to read 8 digit LCD,up to 4 decimal positions. > Flow rate and Total flow display. > AC/DC transformer or battery operated(RT models only).4 AA batteries. > Factory programmed with calibration certificate. > Field programmable via front panel touch pad. >Front panel security lockout. > MI`teset function can be disabled. µl 1 Z� n 5 �3� >Weather resistant ABS enclosure.NEMA 4X. Note:LCD is not recommended for direct sunlight applications. > Panel mounting option available. > Custom calibration units available.Contact the factory. FOUR MODEL VARIATIONS: RT = Rate and Totalizer,Transformer or battery operated. AO 4-2OmA,0-10 VDC analog output,flow rate&totalizer. Saddle Mount Transformer operated. PC = Batch processing,flow rate alarm,proportional chemical metering, flow rate and totalizer.Transformer operated. AP - Analog output,batch processing,flow rate alarm,proportional chemical metering,flow rate and totalizer.Transformer operated, BW DIGI-METER'F-2000 SPECIFICATIONS yr Max.Working Pressure...............„.....300 psig(20 bar)@ 70"F(21"C) Max.Fluid Temperature•..».„.» „».»200'F(93°C)4 0 PSI(all PVDF saddle fittings) r?Ou;, 140°F(60°C)@ 0 PSI(all PVC saddle fittings) Note:Temperature rating of F-2000 only.Actual pipe rating may vary. Full scale accuracy........... /-1% ar.. + Saddle material-. PVDF(1-1/2",2",3",50mm,63mm,90mm sizes) PVC(all other sizes) U O Sensor/Paddle/Axle material.............PVDF 0-ring seals..... ..........FKM(Optional EP) Max.pressure drop...».......................0 psi(no significant drop) Approximate shipping wt._...............4 Ib.(1.8 kg) Remote Mount NIST certificates optional R f Pl�O M G M 1 Maximum continuous flow should not occur in the upper 25%of the flow range. See Instruction manual at www.bluo•wliite.coni for detailed Installation and operating requirements. ORDERING INFORMATION Models for Saddle mounting on U.S.IPS Pipe(ASTM 1785) IPS SCHEDULE 40 MODELS SCHEDULE 80 MODELS MODEL VARIATIONS LIST PRICE Pipe Size Model Number GPM Model Number GPM RT AO PC AP 1-1/2" RTS115K4GM1 15 to 150 RTS115K8GM1 15 to 150 691.16 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 2" RTS120K4GM1 30 to 300 RTS120K8GM1 30 to 300 69116 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 2-1/2" RTS125A4GM1 40 to 400 RTS125A8GM1 40 to 400 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 3" RTS130K4GM1 60 to 600 RTS130K8GM1 60 to 600 691.16 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 INSTALLATION PIPE 4" RTS140A4GM1 100 to 1000 RTS140A8GM1 100 to 1000 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 LENGTH REQUIREMENTS 6" RTS160A4GM1 250 to 2500 RTS160A8GM1 250 to 2500 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 Type of Disturbance 8" RTS180A4GM1 400 to 4000 RTS180A8GM1 400 to 4000 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 10" RTS1100A4GM1 600 to 6000 RTS1100A8GM1 600 to 6000 788.71 1,032.67 1,032.67 1,276.60 Min.Inlet Pipe-Min.Outlet Pipe 12" RTS1120A4GM1 800 to 8000 RTS1120A8GM1 800 to 8000 788.71 1,032.67 1,032.67 1,276.60 Flange Models for Saddle mounting on Metric Pipe(DIN 8062) 10 x I.D.-5 x I D. PIN 10 MODELS PIN 16 MODELS MODEL VARIATIONS LIST PRICE Reducer Pipe Size Model Number LPM Model Number LPM RT AO PC AP Metric 15xI.D.-5xI.D. 50mm RTS105KOLM1 70 to 700 RTS105K6LM1 70 to 700 691.16 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 9 Elbow 20x I.D.-5xI.D. 63mm RTS106KOLM1 110 to 1100 RTS106K6LM1 110 to 1100 691.16 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 75mm RTS107AOLM1 150 to 1500 RTS107A6LM1 150 to 1500 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 Two 90"Elbows-1 Direction 90mm RTS109KOLM1 230 to 2300 RTS109K6LM1 230 to 2300 691.16 935.06 935.06 1,179.00 25 x I.D. / 5 x I.D. 110mm RTS111AOLM1 350 to 3500 RTS111A6LM1 350 to 3500 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 Two 90°Elbows-2 Directions 160mm RTS116AOLM1 720 to 7200 RTS116A6LM1 720 to 7200 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 40 x I.D. / 5 x I.D. 200mm RTS120AOLM1 1150 to 11500 RTS120A6LM1 1150 to 11500 772.47 1,016.39 1,016.39 1,260.32 250mm RTS125AOLM1 1700 to 17000 788.71 1,032.67 1,032.67 1,276.60 Pump Or Gate Valves 315mm RTS131AOLM1 2700 to 27000 788.71 1,032.67 1,032.67 1,276.60 50 x I.D. / 5 x LID. Models listed above are with 115V AC/DC transformer and supplied"on-sensor"mounted. RT models only can be battery operated.All models are available with the DIMENSIONS display"Panel Mounted"or"Wall/Pipe Mounted"remotely from the sensor. Pipe Size Consult the factory for ordering information. Inches(mm) A 8 Q i 150(050) 4-1/2" 3-3/16" A 200(063) 4-1/2" 3-3/16" 300(090) 4-1/2" 3-3/16" 400(110) 4-1/2" 3-3/16" 600(160) 4-3/8" 3-3/16" 800(200) 4-3/8" 3-3/16" e'°° 1000(250) 4-1/2" 4-1/2" e-1 9"""" 1200(315) 4-1/2" 4-1/2" ;: 4 8893-8529 - FAX(714)894-9492 • sales@blue-white.com VISA 40 i QTY Description Steel 6ea 1"x 2 nipple 2ea 1" x close nipple lea 1"Tee 2ea 1" WOG ball Valve lea 1" spring check PVC lea 1-1/2"x1" glue x male thread 4ea 1-1/2 glue x male thread adapters lea 1-1/2 thread check 12ea 1-1/2 couplings 12ea 1-1/2 90° El lea 2"x1-1/2" Lateral lea 1-1/2 45° Misc. 2ea 10'x 1-5/8" Unistrut 2ea L brackets lea 1-5/8" unistrut base plate 6ea 1/2-13 Spring nuts and bolts I I SEW( R_, N7' NEW LINE DRA REQUIRED MAGENTA COLOR MA03 Programming •;• . JKJ W&) �1 S ojv ofys EXISTING �lo►�� DRAIN rj LINE CITY OF AR,LINGTON BUILDING DEPARTMENT „ APPROVED DATR_:�2 NO CHANGES AUY}MIZED UNLESS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR -100' 6" NEW LINE REQUIRED MAGENTA COLOR TIE INTO DRIAININLINEG FEB 3 9018 HERE ONNECTION COMPRESSOR 11 IN RAFTER HERE OFFICE COPY N Thls drawing Is property of AMT and shall neither be copied nor shown , or communicated to any third person without our written consent. o••1a ' eroo[r W E P_, r. Ln out stntus Min °A wti p82a ID Nn VAC N/C x Checked cuautvrion MAYING Na xlPrellminary City of Arlh ton 81aa_wo•to Watw RouthgAwp S Cammadd PWmbhQ Pwmtt Application Ap roved -- BLDC 100 -- lllllllllllllllll.�' - o ' 1 CMM 3 so . Accounting76 000 QA Payroll r�J ---- Office lJ l 1 �f'' Quality nanclal C --- ---- mgr. lysu I Controller Storage I --- --+ Copy -- Room 1 Business _ -- jDevelopment I I Server ------ Room CFO Tool Crib \ MK4XC � ���r�"i Lobby �\ 6100 U 6 MORI A81 yI Operations \� _ `1 L J MORI ABB #2 DISABLED Q � \�`a PARKING rt-1 C3 1 Men M - I + I Wom d 1 L J r_n + + [IH)ri0 Room MORI ABB 1 A Assistant ` _�I \u Planning ME _ 1 'T'�J MAGJ MAGI/s _ C �_ G..,�rW.I Storage A - Faculties Malnt. nglneedrx2 ."u•-�°""" 19 Document - 6 I Engineering gineering tMNc RIB cAR)s �r�r GENUNIt IJ IfJIIJ 6 eoo)N o u l l I--1 H H H •"' �•"" II 11 1 I r r w.n.Gy1 1 1 - 1 o �.., r- - --i - Lr_ ' - _;` I �' _ �'• YAW G. - - Y- ` y p) 17 l+ .1 ,+ MB c),.•' H c,,---, - I s I H Ll� a � r — 0 1 1 I I `� o0 o Pucker 3M � � s rlr: I- I sz- p This drawing is property of AMT �mTand shall neither be cop ied nor shown �, or colm+,un i cated to any third person without our written consent. P—W+GENE MOOMEY La out status) kew�)ANIn lon WA.98723 1<.1.�NOT SCALE O/C x Checked jK111,111111311 ONAVING NO x Pre l i n i nary City of Arlington 8100_Current-DCurrent Commercial Plumbing Permit Application 9 jApproved A February 13, 2018 Mr. Gene Moomey Senior Aerospace 20100 - 71st Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 Dear Mr. Moomey, On January 30th, 1 sample was received by our laboratory and assigned our laboratory project number EV18010175. The project was identified as your EdjeTech - SWAT System. The sample identification and requested analyses are outlined on the attached chain of custody record. No abnormalities or nonconformances were observed during the analyses of the project samples. Please do not hesitate to call me if you have any questions or if I can be of further assistance. Sincerely, ALS Laboratory Group Rick Bagan Laboratory Director Page 1 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 1 PHONE 425-356-2600 FAX 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.als9lobal.co RIGHT SOIUTlOf15 RIGHT PAR TnER ALS f7nUlr0r1M1"nta1 CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS CLIENT: Senior Aerospace DATE: 2/13/2018 20100-71 st Ave NE ALS JOB#: EV18010175 Arlington, WA 98223 ALS SAMPLE#: EV18010175-01 CLIENT CONTACT: Gene Moomey DATE RECEIVED: 01/30/2018 CLIENT PROJECT: EdjeTech - SWAT System COLLECTION DATE: 1/30/2018 12:00:00 PM CLIENT SAMPLE ID SWOT WDOE ACCREDITATION: C601 SAMPLE DATA RESULTS REPORTING DILUTION ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS LIMITS FACTOR UNITS DATE BY Fats/Oils/Grease(Total) EPA-1664 8.0 5.0 1 MG/L 02/06/2018 SNC Biochemical Oxygen Demand(BOD) SM5210B 58 5.0 1 MG/L 01/31/2018 DNT Total Dissolved Solids SM2540C 220 5.0 1 MG/L 01/31/2018 DNT Total Suspended Solids SM2540D U 5.0 1 MG/L 02/02/2018 DNT Chloride EPA-300.0 6.0 0.92 10 MG/L 01/31/2018 GAP Conductivity EPA-120.1 200 1.0 1 UMHOS 01/30/2018 DNT /CM Cyanide SM4500-CN E U 0.25 5 MG/L 02/09/2018 PAB Silicon,as Si02 EPA-6010 10 0.10 1 MG/L 02/06/2018 ALFT Mercury EPA-245.1 U 0.20 1 UG/L 01/31/2018 RAL Aluminum EPA-200.8 U 50 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Arsenic EPA-200.8 1.2 1.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Cadmium EPA-200.8 U 1.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Chromium EPA-200.8 U 2.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Copper EPA-200.8 43 2.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Hardness EPA-200.8 20 1.0 1 MG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Iron EPA-200.8 4000 50 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Lead EPA-200.8 U 1.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Manganese EPA-200.8 130 2.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Nickel EPA-200.8 28 2.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Silver EPA-200.8 U 1.0 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL Zinc EPA-200.8 390 2.5 1 UG/L 02/02/2018 RAL U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. Page 2 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 PHONE 425-356-2600 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.aisgiobal.com RIGHT SU1-UT6C1n-- -(,I.I 1•n1111-1_ ALS Environmental CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS CLIENT: Senior Aerospace DATE: 2/13/2018 20100-71 st Ave NE ALS SDG#: EV18010175 Arlington, WA 98223 WDOE ACCREDITATION: C601 CLIENT CONTACT: Gene Moomey CLIENT PROJECT: EdjeTech -SWAT System F- LABORATORY BLANK RESULTS MBLK-310276 - Batch R310276 -Water by EPA-1664 REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Fats/Oils/Grease(Total) EPA-1664 U MG/L 5.0 02/06/2018 SNC U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-310203 - Batch R310203 -Water by SM5210B REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Biochemical Oxygen Demand(BOD) SM5210B U MG/L 5.0 01/31/2018 DINT U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-R310018 - Batch R310018 -Water by SM2540C REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Total Dissolved Solids SM2540C U MG/L 5.0 01/31/2018 DINT U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-310201 - Batch R310201 -Water by SM2540D REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Total Suspended Solids SM2540D U MG/L 5.0 02/02/2018 DINT U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-R310046 - Batch R310046 -Water by EPA-300.0 REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Chloride EPA-300.0 U MG/L 0.092 01/31/2018 GAP U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-310746 - Batch R310746 -Water by SM4500-CN E REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Cyanide SM4500-CN E U MG/L 0.050 02/09/2018 PAB U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-310734 - Batch R310734 -Water by EPA-6010 REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Silicon,as Si02 EPA-6010 U MG/L 0.10 02/06/2018 ALFT Page 3 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 PHONE 425-356-2600 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.aisgiobal.com RIGHT SU1-UTIOf151 1 I•n11 I1—r1 ALS Environmental CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS CLIENT: Senior Aerospace DATE: 2/13/2018 20100-71 st Ave NE ALS SDG#: EV18010175 Arlington, WA 98223 WDOE ACCREDITATION: C601 CLIENT CONTACT: Gene Moomey CLIENT PROJECT: EdjeTech -SWAT System LABORATORY BLANK RESULTS MBLK-310734 - Batch R310734 -Water by EPA-6010 U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MBLK-309985 - Batch R309985 -Water by EPA-245.1 REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Mercury EPA-245.1 U UG/L 0.20 01/31/2018 RAL U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. MB-020118W- Batch 124890 -Water by EPA-200.8 REPORTING ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYTE METHOD RESULTS UNITS LIMITS DATE BY Aluminum EPA-200.8 U UG/L 50 02/02/2018 RAL Arsenic EPA-200.8 U UG/L 1.0 02/02/2018 RAL Cadmium EPA-200.8 U UG/L 1.0 02/02/2018 RAL Chromium EPA-200.8 U UG/L 2.0 02/02/2018 RAL Copper EPA-200.8 U UG/L 2.0 02/02/2018 RAL Hardness EPA-200.8 U UG/L 1.0 02/02/2018 RAL Iron EPA-200.8 U UG/L 50 02/02/2018 RAL Lead EPA-200.8 U UG/L 1.0 02/02/2018 RAL Manganese EPA-200.8 U UG/L 2.0 02/02/2018 RAL Nickel EPA-200.8 U UG/L 2.0 02/02/2018 RAL Silver EPA-200.8 U UG/L 1.0 02/02/2018 RAL Zinc EPA-200.8 U UG/L 2.5 02/02/2018 RAL U-Analyte analyzed for but not detected at level above reporting limit. Page 4 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 PHONE 425-356-2600 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.aisgiobal.com RIGHT SU1-UTIOf151 1 I•n11 I1—r1 ALS Environmental CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS CLIENT: Senior Aerospace DATE: 2/13/2018 20100-71 st Ave NE ALS SDG#: EV18010175 Arlington, WA 98223 WDOE ACCREDITATION: C601 CLIENT CONTACT: Gene Moomey CLIENT PROJECT: EdjeTech -SWAT System LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE RESULTS ALS Test Batch ID: R310276 -Water by EPA-1664 LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Fats/Oils/Grease(Total)-BS EPA-1664 83.0 73.6 117 02/06/2018 SNC ALS Test Batch ID: R310203 -Water by SM5210B LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Biochemical Oxygen Demand(BOD)- SM5210B 98.5 85 115 01/31/2018 DNT BS Biochemical Oxygen Demand(BOD)- SM5210B 99.0 1 85 115 01/31/2018 DNT BSD ALS Test Batch ID: R310018 -Water by SM2540C LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Total Dissolved Solids-BS SM2540C 101 85 115 01/31/2018 DNT ALS Test Batch ID: R310201 -Water by SM2540D LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Total Suspended Solids-BS SM2540D 94.0 73.8 116 02/02/2018 DNT ALS Test Batch ID: R310046 -Water by EPA-300.0 LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Chloride-BS EPA-300.0 98.5 80 120 01/31/2018 GAP Chloride-BSD EPA-300.0 95.5 3 80 120 01/31/2018 GAP ALS Test Batch ID: R310746 -Water by SM4500-CN E LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Cyanide-BS SM4500-CN E 105 82 116 02/09/2018 PAB ALS Test Batch ID: R310734-Water by EPA-6010 LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Silicon,as SiO2-BS EPA-6010 110 80 120 02/06/2018 ALFT ALS Test Batch ID: R309985 -Water by EPA-245.1 LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Mercury-BS EPA-245.1 105 80.6 118 01/31/2018 RAL Page 5 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 PHONE 425-356-2600 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.aisgiobal.com RIGHT SU1-UTIOf15 � t I-ft II�1_r\ ALS Environmental CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS CLIENT: Senior Aerospace DATE: 2/13/2018 20100-71 st Ave NE ALS SDG#: EV18010175 Arlington, WA 98223 WDOE ACCREDITATION: C601 CLIENT CONTACT: Gene Moomey CLIENT PROJECT: EdjeTech -SWAT System LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE RESULTS LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Mercury-BSD EPA-245.1 104 1 80.6 118 01/31/2018 RAL ALS Test Batch ID: 124890 -Water by EPA-200.8 LIMITS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS BY SPIKED COMPOUND METHOD %REC RPD QUAL MIN MAX DATE Aluminum-BS EPA-200.8 89.6 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Aluminum-BSD EPA-200.8 89.1 1 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Arsenic-BS EPA-200.8 93.6 89.1 110 02/02/2018 RAL Arsenic-BSD EPA-200.8 92.8 1 89.1 110 02/02/2018 RAL Cadmium-BS EPA-200.8 94.9 89.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Cadmium-BSD EPA-200.8 94.2 1 89.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Chromium-BS EPA-200.8 92.8 88.3 110.2 02/02/2018 RAL Chromium-BSD EPA-200.8 92.0 1 88.3 110.2 02/02/2018 RAL Copper-BS EPA-200.8 93.0 85.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Copper-BSD EPA-200.8 91.8 1 85.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Iron-BS EPA-200.8 92.9 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Iron-BSD EPA-200.8 92.2 1 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Lead-BS EPA-200.8 93.6 87.5 107 02/02/2018 RAL Lead-BSD EPA-200.8 94.1 1 87.5 107 02/02/2018 RAL Manganese-BS EPA-200.8 93.0 82.2 110 02/02/2018 RAL Manganese-BSD EPA-200.8 92.5 0 82.2 110 02/02/2018 RAL Nickel-BS EPA-200.8 92.3 85.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Nickel-BSD EPA-200.8 92.6 0 85.4 109 02/02/2018 RAL Silver-BS EPA-200.8 93.7 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Silver-BSD EPA-200.8 93.8 0 80 120 02/02/2018 RAL Zinc-BS EPA-200.8 92.7 88.2 111 02/02/2018 RAL Zinc-BSD EPA-200.8 92.9 0 88.2 111 02/02/2018 RAL APPROVED BY Laboratory Director Page 6 ADDRESS 8620 Holly Drive,Suite 100, Everett,WA 9820 PHONE 425-356-2600 425-356-2626 ALS Group USA,Corp dba ALS Environmental www.aisgiobal.com RIGHT SU1-UTIOf15 -1,111 1•n1111-1_ 41 LN0111ON0O GOOD NI 43A13O3H T U o S83 IV1N00 30 Id39v4nN y 7 ¢' N f U I\ G i o ) ` r / >. 7� E ` w � = c s� O c O aa) m a) y 2 ca = JLUa Qll T' (n ) c O 7G W � E ❑sgaaH ❑isad ❑IOMWOS ❑VOA ❑SlelaW-d1O1 A a� (1/ 6^3(4}loadS)aaylOslelaW �[ Z N a) Z) rn y o 0 ❑lVl ❑lod!ld ❑8 VtiOH ❑5 VO1W SlelaW c N M9 Vd3 Aq SaP!ollsad Z808 Vd3 Aq 8Od Z Q ❑ ❑ ❑ c ccc Q f+ WIS WS Vd3 Aq(HVd)suogaeooapAH ollewoaV ollo(o/lod co co 0 OLZS Vd3/q spunodwoO o!ueBjo a!!pe!oA!was c m U �. (I!os)09Z8 Vd3 Aq 003/803 m (jaleM)WIS 09ZS Vd3 Aq 003/803 06 H (n 09Z8 Vd3 bq spunodwo0 opubio a!!le!oA rn ♦+ Q � m N w 0H9 Vd3 Aq s914el0A paleuebOPH rn 7 �+ U) O V w ❑09Z9 Vd3 Aq 381W _lM Vd3 Aq 381W O LU El09ZS Vd3 Aq X318 L,209 Vd3 Aq X318 XJ-HdiMN 0 Q X4-Hd1MN V Q I GI0H-Hd1MN ' O g o W LU o N 7 e1 N K U v o ca W co oNro U) co N N3 7� L O m '> Co M v E � Quina ti W O m m - , a) s _ dD N 0 0 X W J (D > I-- Ca ♦1 ca ccoWaW Y pI v D ? m m < Q � w m -0m U) Q ¢ F Q ¢ 7 L z Ir -a } N a 5 a)L O U Q °' m Qwa Q ~ w o wZ ¢ ¢O o O Sw Cc CC WU Q Q I- �Wa 0C d zww w w N ,LPN TECHH�� N .n2 WASiE M� SWAT500 SYSTEM INSTRUCTION MANUAL MP-SWAT SYSTEM Designed for: SENIOR OPERATIONS LL C-AMT DI V. Job Number: 19401 Al • Edjean Technical Services, Inc. 246A US Hwy 224 Sullivan, Ohio 44880 Ph. (800) 242-0525 * Fax 440-647-2400 2 FORWARD TO THE USER This USER'S MANUAL contains general instructions for installation, operation, and routine maintenance of SWAT500 SYSTEM. The manual is divided into sections for easy review: SWAT System, Installation, Operation, Pre and Post Treatment, Special Cleaning, Spare Parts, Record Keeping, and Cleaning Log. SAFETY NOTICE The SWAT500 SYSTEM incorporates all protective devices required by good engineering practice. However, its operation could be hazardous under abnormal conditions. The manufacturer urges all users to observe normal safety rules that apply to work on moving machinery, electrical motors or with electrical circuits carrying potentially hazardous voltages. STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. warrants that the system will be built in accordance with specifications referred to in the sale brochures and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment. The sole liability of Edjean Technical Services, Inc. under this limited warranty shall be to repair or replace, at our option, a defect in the material or workmanship during the one year period with exception of the membrane element(s), filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer materials, or"wear parts". In no event shall EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. be liable for any loss, damage, injury, or expense resulting from the use, the operation or installation of the system. And from the decomposition of membrane elements, filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer material, or other "wear parts" because of the equipment or with respect to ordinary wear and tear. EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IMPLIED, IN RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT, AND IN PARTICULAR, MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 3 CONTENTS 1. THE S.W.A.T. MOP SYSTEM 1.2 Principle Components 5 1-3 Functional Description 6 1-4 Specifications and Reference Data 6 1-5 Standard Accessories 7 2. INSTALLATION 2-1 Receiving the S.W.A.T. MOP WATER SYSTEM 8 2-2 Installation Planning 8 2-3 Electrical &Utility Requirements 8 2-4 Assembly and Drawing layout 9-10 2-5 Preparation for Start-Up 10-11 3. OPERATION 3-1 Principle of Operation 12 Back flushing/installing the Ultrafiltration Element 13 3-2 System Start-up Procedures 14 3-3 Ultrafiltration Principles of Operation 15 3-4 U/F General Operating Conditions 15 Startup/ Shut down Ultrafiltration Element 16 Cleaning U/F element " Flushing the Element if Cleaning 17 3-5 Toss Unit Description 18 Start-Up Procedures 19 Operating Procedures 19 Maintenance/Complete Internal Cleaning 20 Contaminated Media 21 Troubleshooting Checklist 21-22 4. PRETREATMENT 4-1 Solids 23 4-2 Oils 5. POSTTREATMENT 24 6. ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CONTROL SCREEN 25 8. STARTING UP SYSTEM WITH CONTROL PANEL 26-28 9. ACTUATOR FLOW POSITIONS 29 10. MOTOR AND SENSOR SWITCHES DATA 30 11. PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING FORM 31 12. CIP RECORD KEEPING FORM 32 4 WARNING AND CAUTION WARNING: Indicate that people may be hurt if procedures are not followed properly. CAUTIONS indicate that machinery may be damaged or economic loss can occur if procedures are not followed properly. IMPORTANT Before attempting to install or operate this system, be sure you are familiar with all aspects of the system components and their operation by thoroughly reading and understanding this manual. SWAT500 SYSTEM Function The SWAT500 System is a turnkey ultrafiltration system which processes oily detergent mop waters / floor scrubber water and parts wash waters by concentrating its contaminates. The filtered clean detergent water stream, referred to as PERMEATE, IS SUITABLE FOR REUSE. The concentrated contaminants, suspended solids and emulsified oils, referred to as CONCENTRATE, must be disposed of properly. CAUTION: Verify compliance with local regulations prior to disposing of concentrate. 1.2 Principle Components The principal interior components are: inlet tank, tramp oil separator, process fluid compartment, CIP (Clean In Place) compartment, Permeate compartment and ultrafiltration membrane system CAUTION: Verify condition of wash water, solvents will shorten the life of the membranes. 5 1.3 Functional Description The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is a proven tool for the efficient separation of emulsified oils and suspended solids from industrial detergent mop wash water, floor scrubber water, and waste coolants. The SWAT500 SYSTEM consists of two individual EdjeTech SYSTEMS. 1. EdjeTech CROSS The dump station is the receiving unit that is used to collect the contaminated fluid for the efficient separation of suspended solids. Where heavy solids loading(1% and higher) are expected the optional paper bed filter is recommended. The Tramp Oil Separator System (T.O.S.S.) is used to remove suspended solids, free and mechanically emulsified oils, and bio-slime from the DIRTY FLUID or waste coolant. 2. INTEGRATED ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM The EdjeTech Membrane System removes all emulsified oils and suspended solids, clarifying wash waters so that they may be used indefinitely or post treated for sewer discharge. 1.4 Specifications and Reference Data The SWAT500 SYSTEM when used as an industrial waste treatment system will process waste coolants (90%- 95%) to clarify the water for reuse or prepare the water through post treatment for sewer discharge. This user's manual takes each component of the SWAT500 SYSTEM and explains it in detail. Read the entire manual before attempting to operate the EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM. CAUTION: Do not process water contaminated with solvents. Process only known waste waters. General Overall dimensions: 69"X 90" x 71" high Dump Station: 150-gallon capacity 44" X 72" X 12" Input Fluid Type Oily plant water PH Range 2-10 Temperature Range up to-122 F Process Tank 90 Gallons U/F Element Clean Tank 20 Gallons Electrical Supply required 460 3 phase Elastomers Buna - N Separator Supply Pump RAMOY -33260 (5gpm) U/F Supply Pump Ebara A3U321601350T3C TOSS Filter (bag type) 100 Micron (ES140015-1120) Membrane Pre-Filter (bag type) 25 Micron (ESI40015-1136) Membrane (hollow fiber type) ACP-3013 (ESI40035-1101) 6 1.5 Standard Accessories DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER TOSS Section EdjeTech Floating Skimmer Ballast Style (03) 42035-1405 TOSS pump Discharge Hose 3/4" Nylabraid 42020-1867 Pre-filter Assembly Plastic Filter Disc 42020-1200 Media Pack 42020-1573 FILTERS & FILTER PARTS TOSS Filter Bag 100 micron 40015-1120 U/F Pre-filter Bag 50 micron 40015-1090 U/F Membrane 4040 (PPG) 40035-1125 Adapter, U/F Membrane Membrane extensions PVC 40035-1135 1" clamps for U/F PVC 40035-1140 PUMPS & PUMP PARTS Continental Pump CPM-22 42045-1040 Stator Buna-N 42040-1728 Rotor Stainless Steel 42040-1751 Mechanical Seal Buna-N 42040-1765 Flex Joint Pinned 42040-1734 Ebara pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C 42040-2004 Impeller Stainless steel Shaft Seal Ceramic/Buna-N OTHER PARTS Actuated Valve 1" 42035-3110 Actuated Valve 1.5" 42035-3120 Gauge 0-60psa 42020-1081 Flow sensor 1"Paddle wheel 42020-4270 Pressure sensor Liquid Level 42020-1618 Float switch Mercury type 42020-4100 Valve 1.5" PVC 42035-1705 Valve 1" PVC 42035-1390 7 INSTALLATION Receiving the SWAT500 SYSTEM The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is assembled and shipped nearly complete. Remove all shipping materials from the exterior of the system. Check all components for damage as soon as the shipment is received. If damage is found, file claim with the carrier and notify EdjeTech immediately. 2.2 Installation Planning 1. Provide a dimensionally suitable and structurally sound foundation, which is capable of supporting the SWAT500 SYSTEM at flooded weight. 2. Choose an installation site that is level. Make sure that the MINI-SWAT SYSTEM IS LEVEL IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 3. Provide shut-off valves at all outlet lines as close as possible to the SWAT System. 4. Effluent discharge from (optional) POST TREATMENT module must flow by gravity to the sewer or secondary process tank. 5. Provide external containers (drum)to collect oil from TOSS Oil Outlet fitting. (See Picture Below) 6. Provide optional clean water tanks, where required, to store clarified detergent wash waters for reuse. 7. Install any optional components included with your system. � 7L Provide oil collection Drum for this outlet t ; 2.3 Electrical & Utility Requirements Plant electrical source to operate the SWAT500 SYSTEM requires; 460v/3ph/60hz. The user chooses ELECTRICAL SYSTEM at the time the system is purchased. Plant City water source (recommended filtered) is required for cleaning the Membrane. 30-45 gallons will be required to wash and clean the Ultrafiltration Membranes. 8 2.4 Assembly Step 1: Move PROCESS TANK ASSEMBLY into place. Remove all packing and boxes from compartments. Step 2: Check all valves and unions and tighten down any that may have come loose Step 3: Place mercury type float switch (LS4) into process tank Step 4: Put pressure sensor (LS 1) that is inside the control panel into place on inlet tank (right below the electrical panel) Step 5: Make sure all manual valves are open except for MV2. Step 6: Connect plant electrical power to the system. Step 7: Bring city water service to the system. This can be a simple water hose and connection from a water service in the area. Step 8: Place skimmer connected to the TOSS pump and lay it in the Dirty Inlet Tank. Step 9: ***Prime separator supply pump with water. Add water through plugged tee on top of pump. Once water is filled replace plug. Step 10: Install a filter bag (PE 100 PIS) on the solids removal unit (cap), located in the inlet of the TOSS unit(TOSS filter F1). Step 11: Remove top from Prefilter(filter F2)housing. Install a filter bag (PE50P2S) in the canister. P1 4-PERPJIEATETANK PI-TOSS PUMP 5-CIP TANK MV2 1-DIRTY INLET TANK LS4(not visible) 2-TOSS TANK 3-PROCESS TANK i CV3 G1 (Gauge not shown) PV2 2 MV3 G3 CV 1,CV2,CV3=1.5" actuated valves PV1,PV2,PV3= 1" PV1 CV2 actuated valves PV3 P2 MV 1 CV1 MV4 Not show LS1 LS3 P2-SWAT PUMP LS2 F1 P3- PREMEATE PUMP Diagram 1 9 2.5 PREPARATION FOR START UP Follow this start up procedure with a new SWAT500 SYSTEM. CLEAR WATER START UP Step 1: Prime TOSS supply pump: 1) Removing the plug on top of the TOSS supply pump, fill pump with water then replace plug. 2) Fill TOSS tank(tank 2) with clean water until water rises above the media pack. Step 2: Fill Clean in Place (CIP) Compartment with 30-45 gallons of water and cleaner (compartment about 3/4th full). Step 3: Adjust TOSS Fluid Weir(located on the outlet of the TOSS tank section) to its lowest position so that water or oil does not overflow into the oil outlet trough. Step 4: Fill Process compartment (tank 3) with water until water is overflowing the divider wall and back into the Dirty inlet tank(tank 1) Step 5: Energize Control Panel. Start / Stop each Pump and check rotation. Make necessary wire changes at disconnect if required. Step 6: Connect piping to permeate discharge outlet next to (PV3) actuated valve Step 7: Connect piping to inlet coupling located on top of Inlet tank(1) The SWAT500 SYSTEM IS NOW READY FOR START UP Process mode startup: Callouts are located on diagram 1 on page 9 1) Fill all tanks with specified coolant/water 2) Open valves MV1, MV3 and MV4 (MV2 is in closed position and is only open when concentrate needs to be pumped out) 3) Install bag filters for P1 and P2 4) Pull out the E-Stop, 5) Press (green) reset button 6) 6Press 'ENABLE TOSS 'button, this will turn on the TOSS pump (P1). When engaged it will appear as 7) Press `PROCES "button, this will turn on the SWAT pump (P2) and begin the processing of the fluids. When Process is engaged and pump running it will appear as PROC ELECTS Note: pumps will only turn on if the level sensors sense enough water in the tanks. Note 2: all levels can be adjusted using the ET POINTS button Backflush mode 1) Backflush mode is built into the Process mode a. Backflush mode turns on every 45 minutes and backflush's for 30 seconds then returns to the process mode There is a yellow box that says Minutes to next backflush 45.0 (time can be adjusted to increase or decrease time between backflush events. b. The permeate pump will turn on and the Actuator PV1 rotates and SWAT pump (P2)turns off Permeate Pump-out mode 1) Press `PERM PUMPOUT'button a. A green square with the words JLMPOUTEN will turn on, this indicates that this mode is enabled. Pump will engage when water level reaches high point. When pump engages the button will turn red. 10 The permeate fluid is pumped out to appropriate customer holding tank. Note: this mode does not affect the Process mode and can be run simultaneously. Select CIP (Clean In Place) 1) Press '[SELECT CIP' button when selected and engaged, the button will appear as IP SEL 2) This mode will redirect CV1, CV3 and PV2 actuators to the CIP tank a. This process is separate from backflush mode. This process is to help clean the membranes using selected cleaners for your particular operation. b. Run the CIP between 30 minutes to 2 hours. Adjust time to fit your specific needs. Concentrate Pumpout 1) Press ONC PUMPOU when Process fluid is concentrated down and fluid needs to be pumped out. 2) When activated and pump is running the button will appear as ` PUMPOUT ' 3) When to know when to use concentrate Pumpout. a. When permeate flow slows down and after doing a CIP the ermeate immediately drops way down. This may be an indicator that the fluid has been concentrated down. b. If you know your oil/dirt load, you then can calculate out the concentration i. For example: you have 250 gallon batch of fluid and you know the oil and dirt level is 5%. ii. This means 237.5 gallons of water and 12.5 gallons of oil/dirt. So for every batch of fluid 12.5 gallons will be left behind in the process tank. iii. After 10 batches there will be 125 gallons in the process tank that cannot be permeated out. Now the 250 gallon process tank will have 125 unfilterable fluid+ (125 x .05=6.25) of new unfilterable fluid for a total of 131.25 of the 250 gallon processtank. iv. At this point or when customer determines the Process tank should be pumped out via the CONC PUMPOUT mode. 11 OPERATION 3.1 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The EdjeTech CROSS (section that includes inlet tank, toss tank and process tank) uses two physical principles to accomplish separation. These two principles in combination are responsible for the exceptional separation qualities of the EdjeTech SWAT 500 SYSTEM. The difference in density between oil and water or any two fluids of differing densities causes separation by gravity. EdjeTech has incorporated into our system the use of a unique law of fluid dynamics. This principle states that two non-miscible liquids, when flowing through a porous media bed by gravity, will separate at an accelerated rate. Neither the oil nor the water will flow as readily as if they were flowing independently. Therefore, there is a high physical potential for the oil and water to separate. The DIRTY MOP WATER (or PARTS WASHER FLUID) from mop pails, or floor scrubbers is discharged directly into the inlet of the SWAT system(method of feeding varies with application). The TOSS (Tramp Oil Separation System) unit is used for separating solids and free floating and mechanically emulsified oils from the fluid. The inlet compartment is equipped with a bag filter to remove solids down to 25 microns and to start the separation of the oil from the water. The oil / water mixture then flows by gravity beneath the oil trough, and into the media pack. 1) The water flows horizontally through the media pack, under the effluent baffle up and over the water discharge weir, out of the separator, and into the process (coalesced coolant) tank. 2 The coalesced oil in the inlet compartment is removed in a similar manner by the inlet compartment oil weir. The separated oil flows horizontally across the top of the water to the media chamber oil weir. It then flows out the media chamber oil weir and into the oil trough. The Process tank receives the clarified fluid from the TOSS by gravity flow. The tank is designed to fill and overflow back to the Dirty Inlet tank. This flow is called a TOPPED-OFF BATCH PROCESS and has proven to be most effective for recycling and waste treating mop water, parts washer fluid, water-soluble mineral oils and other industrial fluids. The clarified fluid from the separator flows into the Process Tank and is then pumped by the Ultrafiltration (U/F) supply pump through a polishing filter(172) and to the ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM. The ULTRAFILTRATION MODULE completes the EdjeTech SWAT MP WATER SYSTEM. The system draws fluid from the PROCESS TANK and processes it through an ultrafiltration membrane system for the clarification of aqueous solutions. The clarified fluid (permeate) is reused or is pumped through a POST TREATMENT MODULE and discharged to the sewer. BACKFLUSHING After de-watering most industrial organic waste solutions, a film of high molecular weight material will coat the inside of the fibers of the membranes, forming a secondary membrane which will impede the permeate flow through the fibers. This film must be removed; we accomplish some of this with the automatic backflush mode that runs 30 seconds between 45 minutes of the process mode. We recommend running the Clean in Place (CIP) 12 mode once every 8-24 hours for optimum life of the U/F filter cartridges. After each run, the system should be switched over to the CIP cycle on the control panel to maintain optimal flows and life of the membrane filters. INSTALLING THE ULTRAFILTRATION ELEMENT 1. Unpack the element. (Note: membrane filters may have already been placed into position prior to shipping). 2. Insert end cap on left side of housing place retaining springs into place (be sure O-ring is in place) see pic 1 3. Connect piping back up (unions) see pic 2 4. Connect adapter with hole to end of membrane and slide membrane into housing see pics 4,5 and 6 5. Connect adapter with solid end to opposite side of membrane and slide end cap onto filter housing (be sure o- ring is in place, see pics 7 and 8 6. Place retainer ring into place at end of housing. See pic 9 1 �\ i Picture I Picture 2 Picture 3 tr. lit Picture 4 Picture 5 Picture 6 a - Picture 7 Picture 8 Picture 9 13 3.2 SYSTEM STARTUP PROCEDURES FIRST READ the detailed description and unit operation of each component. Their start-up and shut down operations may relate only to that unit. It is suggested that the system be started on clean city water. Once the system is in place and electrical power is furnished to the systems control box; 1. Fill the Dirty Inlet Tank with enough water to activate the pressure sensor switch (LS1) and prime the TOSS supply pump with water BEFORE TRYING TO START IT. 2. Fill the TOSS tank with water until it discharges water into the Process tank. 3. Adjust the adjustable fluid weir so that the water in the separator is about 1/4" to 1/2" below the oil overflow troth. 4. Place a pail or drum under the tramp oil discharge outlet to receive the separated oils. 5. Fill the Process tank and the Clean / Wash tank with enough water to activate the U/F Supply pump's level pressure sensor switch (LS2). 6. Close V2 (with handle perpendicular to valve), and Open V 1, V3 and V4 manual valves. 7. Remove the lid on the in-line filter (F2), make sure a filter cartridge is installed then fill with water and replace the lid. Also place bag filter onto the inlet filter cap of the TOSS tank 6. "Bump" (quickly, start and stop)pump motors to make sure of the proper motor rotation. NOTE: Pumps will not start unless the liquid level pressure switches sense that there is enough water in the tanks to run. 7. When dirty inlet tank has enough water, turn on the TOSS PUMP. 8. The TOSS PUMP will fill the TOSS unit. The water will discharge by gravity flow into the process tank and the process tank will fill and overflow by gravity back into the dirty inlet tank. Add enough dirty water to complete the above cycle. 9. Once the process tank is filled and skimming back to the Dirty tank. You can turn on the Process mode. The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is fully operational. 14 3.3 ULTRAFILTRATION PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION ULTRAFILTRATION The EdjeTech SWAT500 ultrafiltration system is designed for a wide range of INDUSTRIAL WASTE FLUID APPLICATIONS. An aqueous solution is pumped through the Spiral wound U/F (.05-.15u) elements. The U/F elements are semi-permeable membrane capable of performing a variety of selective separations. The inner membrane skin of the fibers rejects contamination, which is above the molecular weight cutoff of the fiber (oil and suspended solids) while allowing smaller molecules, ionic species, and water to pass through freely (permeate). The solution becomes progressively more dewatered as it moves through the fibers and returns to the PROCESS TANK. Multiple passes of the process stream(concentrate) will result in further dewatering. Ultrafiltration Element The Ultrafiltration element used by EdjeTech Services Inc. is manufactured by PPG. Innovative Material Science Drives Superior Performance The superior performance of the PPG membrane is driven by advancements in material science made by PPG's team of scientists and engineers.The proprietary manufacturing process allows a precise pore size which can be varied over the ultra and micro filtration ranges with a narrower pore size distribution compared to conventionally cast membranes.A composite membrane is formed by combining a nanoporous,hydrophilic inorganic filler and a hydrophobic polymer. The hydrophilic nature of the high surface area inorganic filler creates strong capillary forces,pulling water through the membrane.The nanoporous structure reduces fouling by not allowing penetration of oil droplets or solid particles.This innovative morphology results in higher flux rates and more efficient oil/water separation and suspended-solids removal than conventionally cast hydrophilic and oleophilic membranes. PPG CORPORATION SPIRAL WOUND FIBER ELEMENTS OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 1. A PREFILTER or FILTER with at least a 50 micron rating is required depending on the feed stream characteristics and hollow fiber internal diameter. 3.4 GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating pH Range 1.8-10 Continuous (Netting Wrap) <_43oC(110oF) Maximum Temperature Wrap)Continuous (Fiberglass s57oC(135oF) Clean-In-Place rci 1550oC(122oF) LMH 35-135 Typical Flux Rate GFD 20-80 Recommended Cross Flow Rate m3/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 (pervessel) GPM 25 35 40 bar <_6.9 Maximum Feed Pressure psi <_100 Maximum Differential Pressure(per bar <_1.4 element) psi <20 bar <_3.5 Backwash Pressure psi <50 m3/h 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Flow Rate GPM 3.0 2.4 1.7 Typical Recovery Rate(per element) 16% 9% 6% Warning: Do not allow solvents to enter the membrane 15 The best element performance may occur at a pressure differential, which is different from that described above. To determine the best operating conditions, it is recommended that a batch be run at various points to find the optimum. The inlet pressure should always be the same about 30-40 psig. Batches should be run at 20, 25 and 30, differential pressure between G2 and G3 (this can be done adjusting valve MV3, see diagram 1 on page 9. Measurements of permeate flow rate taken throughout the run and total elapsed time will indicate the best conditions. These conditions can then be used on all subsequent runs. CLEANING ULTRAFILTRATION ELEMENT Cleaning procedures will vary by application. While most oil / water streams are unique, experience has generally shown that the cleaning procedures listed below will restore permeate rates on most streams provided that the procedure is followed on a daily basis. As experience is gained on the specific stream of concern, reduced frequency of cleaning may be possible. It is recommended that EdjeTech personnel be involved in any program for determining the minimum frequency of cleaning. Many factors affect the ultrafiltration process so the actual performance of the element will very as contaminate in the wash /mop water varies. The permeate flow rate should not be allowed to drop more than 60% of its average process flow rate. The element SHOULD be cleaned thoroughly (in the CIP mode) at cycle completion, before the unit is shutdown overnight or if the permeate flow rate drops significantly. FLUSHING THE ELEMENT (QUICK FLUSH) Follow this procedure whenever processing is stopped. Step 1: Shut ultrafiltration unit down by turning off Process mode. Step 2: Fill CIP tank with water and cleaner, there are several types of cleaners depending on dirt load. Step 3: Press Select CIP button. Step 4: Run in CIP for 10-15 minutes CAUTION DO NOT EXCEED 122 DEGREES F. @ 60psi MEMBRANE DAMAGE MAY OCCUR 16 CLEANING Step 1: Fill the clean in place (CIP) tank with water (warm water works even better) and add 1/2 cup to 1 quart of cleaner. We suggest using the EcoClean cleaner CA UTION TOO MUCH ECOCLEAN CLEANER WILL CAUSE EXCESSIVE FOAMING TOO LITTLE ECOCLEAN CLEANER WILL CA USE LOW PERMEATE RECOVERY Step 2: Check the permeate flow rate. This should be about 75% of the new membrane flow rate, which was recorded at start-up. The clean cycle will take between 15 to 90 minutes. Step 5: When cleaning is completed,press "PROCESS" selector button. 17 3.5 TOSS UNIT DESCRIPTION EdjeTech TOSS UNIT consists of five main components: the inlet compartment (with filter bag), oil trough, media pack, processed fluid compartment, and adjustable fluid weir. Some of the functional parts are fixed weldments within the main components. Materials and protective coatings are selected for the specific operating conditions. A. Inlet Compartment: The inlet compartment accepts the influent flow prior to the media pack. Any large quantities of bulk oil, as well as sediment are held here. The unit removes free-floating oil directly by means of a water level weir combined with an oil trough. The oil trough (which precedes the media pack) acts as an underflow weir and directs the oil/water mixture into the media pack. B. Oil Chamber: The oil chamber is the space directly above the media pack between the inlet compartment and the water discharge compartment. The space is void of media permitting the oil to flow freely to the oil discharge weir. C. Oil Discharge Weirs: Oil is removed from the TOSS UNIT by means of the oil discharge weirs. The unit has two; one in the inlet compartment and one in the media pack chamber. The process fluid outlet weir sets the oil level, and the water level should be set at 1/4" below the weir tops to allow oil to build up and overflow the weirs into the trough and out the oil discharge port. D. Media Pack: The TOSS UNIT pack is composed of a lightweight, highly permeable Polypropylene material. As the oil /water mixture flows by gravity through the media pack the oil (which is lighter than water) is coalesced and floats to the top of the media chamber. The size and configuration of the media is determined by the nature of the application. E. Clean Water Compartment: The processed water compartment contains the ADJUSTABLE FLUID WEIR,which controls all of the TOSS tanks water level. In addition, this is where the processed fluid is discharged. PRECAUTIONS A. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT cannot remove chemically emulsified oils from the water. NOTE: Emulsifying type cleaners should not be used at any time. B. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT must be primed properly at initial start-up. See START-UP PROCEDURE. C. NEVER drain the EdjeTech TOSS UNIT without first removing all oil and from the top portion of the media pack(this can be done by raising the water weir to its highest level). D. NEVER EXCEED THE RATED INLET FLOW TO THE TOSS UNIT. E. THE INLET CONTENTS MUST NOT EXCEED AN AVERAGE OF 20% TO 50% OIL. Inlet oil contents of up to 100% can be tolerated for short periods of time. If very large quantities of oil are present, the water 18 discharge weir of the TOSS UNIT should be raised and the oil removed by gravity flow. F. NEVER OPERATE THE EdjeTech TOSS UNIT WHEN THE OIL FLOW OUT OFTHE TOSS UNIT IS RESTRICTED. START-UP PROCEDURE 1. Check for proper installation of all EdjeTech TOSS UNIT components. See INSTALLATION. 2. Remove all shipping materials, cardboard, tape, from interior of the TOSS UNIT. 3. Insure that influent flow to the TOSS UNIT is unrestricted. 6. Lower the Adjustable Fluid Weir to its lowest point. 7. Fill the TOSS UNIT with clean water by running a hose into the inlet tank. Water level should start to overflow the Water Discharge Weir. 8. Prime the TOSS UNIT by adding several gallons of oil SLOWLY onto the media chamber until a 1/4" layer of oil is evenly distributed across the surface of the water. Do the same in the inlet tank. The oil used should be similar to the major contaminant in the dirty sump. 9. Introduce oil / water mixture from sump to the inlet of the TOSS UNIT. Feed the mixture at a flow rate, which does not exceed the TOSS UNITS flow rate. See SPECIFICATIONS section(1.4 Specifications and Reference Data) for proper flow rate. 10. Lower the position of the Adjustable Fluid Weir until the oil is just about to over flow into the oil trough. 11. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT will automatically process the oil/water mixture without interruption and unattended by personnel. OPERATING PROCEDURES 1. The level in the inlet tank should be marked at start-up and observed periodically. If level rises despite adherence to specified flow rate, see TROUBLESHOOTING. 2. The inlet tank should be drained periodically and cleaned of any accumulated dirt. Refer to REMOVAL OF SEDIMENT FROM SEPARATOR. 3. The water level in the process tank should be checked to insure that the discharge piping is not obstructed. Effluent should not exceed the height of the water discharge weir in the TOSS tank. 4. Oil collecting drums should be routinely emptied to avoid overflow. 5. The media pack may become fouled with tarry materials. It should be cleaned as necessary using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 19 MAINTENANCE The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT will provide long-term and trouble free service when operated within the design conditions. Since there is no moving parts only a filter, maintenance consists of a periodic flushing of accumulated sediment and checking the filter bag. Normal amounts of suspended solids will not clog the highly permeable media. Procedures are used to deal with excessive solids. To wash media simply remove the media and hose down for a quick flushing and replace media.. Frequency of flushing is determined by the amount of solids in the oil/water mixture. COMPLETE INTERNAL CLEANING If the effluent is continually dirty, or if the media pack becomes fouled with tarry materials or solids, a complete internal cleaning of the EdjeTech TOSS UNIT may be necessary. To thoroughly clean all internal surfaces, it is necessary to purge the remaining oil and drain the contents of the TOSS UNIT. The following procedures are recommended. 1. Shut "off' supply pump to the TOSS UNIT. 2. The oil discharge line should be diverted from routine collecting drum to another tank or barrel. 3. Raise the Adjustable Fluid Weir to a level that allows for maximum discharge of both oil and water to flow over the oil trough. 4. Open the Separator Tank Drain and circulate clean water through the media chamber at a slow rate. Continue backflushing until most or all of the floating oil has been removed, and clear water flows over the oil weirs. 5. Shut off clean water supply when all of the oil floating in the media chamber and inlet tank has been purged from the unit. 6. Disconnect the clean water supply and completely drain the TOSS UNIT. 7. Remove the media pack. 8. Clean media pack with water, steam, and cleaners available from EdjeTech. EMULSIFYING TYPE CLEANERS SHOULD NOT BE USED AT ANY TIME. 9. Flush all internal surfaces with water, steam, and ECOCLEAN cleaners. 10. Reinstall media pack. 11. Oil discharge line should be returned to routine collecting drum. 12. Repeat STARTUP PROCEDURE. 20 CONTAMINATED MEDIA If the media becomes fouled with tarry materials, it may be cleaned in one of the following ways: 1. Use ECOCLEAN 20OHD Biodegradable cleaners at an economical dilution ratio for stainless steel, painted, or fiberglass surfaces. Just spray on the cleaner on the media and rinse. 2. Circulate ECOCLEAN 20OHD non-emulsifying cleaners, through the TOSS UNIT with water. The cleaner will pass through the same areas as the oil dissolving any tarry deposits and will separate at the discharge weir. The cleaner may be collected and recycled. 3. Using a steam lance, introduce steam into the media bed at a point below the oil layer. The steam will dissolve any tarry materials and allow them to separate and move into the oil trap. 4. Remove the contaminated media pack from the TOSS UNIT and clean by any suitable means. TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST PROBLEM: A. OIL CONTENT IN WATER EFFLUENT IS TOO HIGH. Possible Cause: 1. Oil from sump has been CHEMICALLY EMULSIFIED 2. Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. 3. T.O.S.S. UNIT has not been properly primed at start-up. Solution: 1. Run a bench/lab test and send a one gallon fluid sample to EdjeTech. EdjeTech will test and identify problem and offer corrective measures. 2. Clean media using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 3. See STARTUP PROCEDURE. B. OIL CONTAMINATED SOLIDS BREAKING THROUGH INTO THE WATER EFFLUENT. Possible Cause: Media pack contaminated with sediment or tarry materials. Solution: Clean media pack using one of the methods on CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 21 C. WATER CONTENT IN OIL EFFLUENT IS TOO HIGH. Possible Cause: 1.Adjustable Fluid Weir set too high. 2.Rated inlet flow has been exceeded 3.Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. 4.Effluent water flow restricted. Solution: 1.Reset adjustable fluid weir. See START-UP PROCEDURE. 2. Set pump at proper flow rate. 3.Clean media pack using one of the methods listed on CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 4.Check valve and water outlet piping for restrictions. D. NO FREE OIL IS BEING REMOVED. Possible Cause: 1. Detergent content in coolant is too high and is emulsifying oil. 2. Coolant strength is too high. 3. No tramp oil (less than 1%) in system. Solution: 1. Run a bench/lab test(send sample to EdjeTech)will have solution. 2. Run a bench/lab test and reduce coolant concentration. 3. Run a bench/lab test. E. TOSS UNIT OVERFLOWING Possible Cause: 1. Rated inlet flow has been exceeded 2. Effluent water flow restricted. 3. Effluent oil flow restricted. 4. Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. Solution: 1. Set pump at proper flow rate 2. Check valve and water outlet piping for restrictions. 3. Check valve and oil outlet piping for restrictions. 4. Clean media using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 22 PRETREATMENT 4.1 SOLIDS Several Pretreatment products are available for removing solids prior to the SWAT SYSTEM. Consult EdjeTech Services for further information. 4.2 OILS THE SWAT SYSTEM is able to process large amounts of free-floating oils. The systems TOSS unit will separate floating oils and prepare the emulsions for processing through the element. 23 POSTTREATMENT Post Treatment may be required to meet local, state, and/or federal EPA regulations. The most common post treatment modules used to clarify water before discharge is: 1. Activated Carbon 2. Activated Clay 3. Reverse Osmosis 4. Ion Exchange 1.ACTIVATED CARBON Most water effluent (permeate) from mineral oil based water soluble fluids may require only activated carbon to maintain T.O.C. & T.O.G. LEVELS for safe sewer discharge. 2.ACTIVATED CLAY Some water effluent (permeate) may have soluble heavy metals that must be removed before discharge. Activated clay is used to reduce or remove heavy metals from the water stream. SEMI-SYNTHETIC FLUIDS Some fluids contain mineral oils, organic soaps and chemical compounds that require activated carbon and clay to clarify Permeate (water effluent) discharge. SYNTHETIC FLUIDS These fluids are compounded from chemical solutions. They contain no mineral oils or organic soaps. They are very stable and difficult to waste treat by normal chemical treatment. 3. REVERSE OSMOSIS REVERSE OSMOSIS is used to clarify the permeate from a synthetic fluid to reduce the C.O.D. and bring the discharge water into compliance with local discharge requirements. Reverse Osmosis is also used to clarify water for reuse as a make-up fluid to a coolant system or other secondary water supply systems in the plant. 4. ION EXCHANGE ION EXCHANGE is used where soluble metals are in quantity to recover for another process or where the permeate water is to be reused as a process fluid for mixing new coolant. EdjeTech Services will help you select the proper system to clarify waste water for sewer discharge or for reuse. We are able to size and build a post treatment system to your individual requirements. Contact your local EdjeTech Service Representative or the factory help. 24 Electrical Panel Q Reset button E-Stop button • When Power is turned on 1) The e-stop button must be pulled out 2) The reset button must be pushed before the system can run. 3) When power turned on the audio alarm may sound,press the reset button and reset alarms Control Screen ' f IAIEAIE CAL M, MA FOR (3)Tank water levels indicators ;� E-STOP pushed '■�► gi (Not visible here) TIME To NEXT sacK' A—Backflush time cycle Pump/Process mode controls I SELECT CW ENARIE TOSS MANUAL Atr Permeate flow (gpm)not shown CON.PUMPOUT PERMPUMPOUT Other control screens tn)itrgl".r Rf iN SET POINTS 30 PfiOCF. 9VIElV MAar; :aK Ull, ill Vt 1�.V11�rCV31''PVi.i I"llri-+ Tank levels Enabled(green) Disabled(red) Pic 10 Shows energized Actuators and Pumps (External tank levels is optional and may not be on your system 25 Starting up the system with the control screen 1) Press buttons (as seen in pic 11) a. ENABLE TOSS (This turns on the TOSS, Oil/Water separator pump) b. PROCESS (This turns on the SWAT/Process pump) c. PERM PUMPOUT (This allows the permeated fluid to be pumped to an external tank. tip DIRIV PI AM DII I NNR IRXN IRNR tl Ull IkUll ll Ull Al sa av f1 do BI PC F 393 19.6 35,E - NEXTN9RLKFLU$N SELECTCW YWUAI MDOE CONC PUMPOUT MANUAISCREEN SET POINTS 30 PROCESS VIEW ALARMS -cvL-]CVE2 CVI2-=M=IP" Plc 11 You will see in this screen that 1) The PROCESS SELECTED, TOSS ENABLED AND PERM PUMPOUT are now red indicating they are engaged. 2) The minutes to next backflush is 1.8 minutes 3) The Process level is green meaning the water is high enough for the pumps to engage. 4) The (optional) external tank levels are red indicating the water level is low and pumps won't turn on. 5) The CV1-1, CV2-1, CV3-1, PV1-2, PV2-2 are energized indicating direction of actuators, in this case they are in the process mode setting. 6) The SWAT, TOSS, PERM are green indicating they are energized, a. Note: the DTYTR and PRMTR are (optional) external tank pumps and my not be on your system 3D View Screen Pressing the 3D mode button on the Control Screen will show you the 3D view of the system and which pumps are energized. I, REM" 26 Set Points Screen This screen allows you to control the levels at which the level sensors will energize or de-energize the pumps/modes SET POINTS TOSS PUMP LOU CIP SWAT LOW 7 LEVEL SHUTDOWN LEVEL SHUTDOWN - '�O D FF 1 5.0' 6.0 6. 0 TOSS PUMP HIGH CIP SWAT HIGH PR& LEVEL TURN ON LEVEL. TURN ON F- r-6.0 36. 0 4E DIRTY TRANS PUMP - - OFF LEVEL LOW LLV6. OFF =F4- _ _ 38_ .Ei 6.0; 6.0 DIRTY TRANS PUMP SYSTEM TANK HIGH BACKFLUSH ON LEVEL LEVEL ALARM SP PERM PUMP ON BACKFLUS INTERVAL F 41,MINUTES And also control the backflush cycle (in minutes Touch the yellow block you want to change and select the level or minutes - desired. Legend of touch screen buttons: TOSS pump level shutdown Permeate tank low level off TOSS pump high level turn on Controls level sensor LS3 (second input) Controls level sensor LS 1 in Inlet tank Backflush mode permeate pump off CIP SWAT low level shutoff Backflush mode permeate pump on CIP SWAT high level turn on Controls level sensor LS2 (second input) Controls level sensor LS2 in CIP tank Process mode Perm pump off System tank high level alarm SP Process mode Perm pump on Controls level sensor LS 1 (second input) Controls level sensor LS3 in Permeate tank Dirty transfer pump off level Backflush internal (minutes) Dirty transfer pump on level Controls timing from Process mode to backflush Controls level sensor LS 1 (second input) mode Optional control (may not be on your system) 27 Manual Mode Screen *Control each item on r INL;♦L MOD IF ���L t� this screen manually. CV1-2 PV2 SWAT Pt"'1 Actuator positions I 2 1 Legend CV1-1 CV open to Process tank CV 1-2 CV 1 open to CIP tank CV2-1 CV2 open to Process tank CV2-2 CV2 open to pump out CV3-1 CV3 open to Process tank CV3-2 CV3 open to CIP tank PV 1 Rotates PV 1 PV2 Rotates PV2 PV3 Rotates PV3 TOSS Pump manually runs the TOSS pump,bypassing level switches SWAT Pump manually runs the SWAT pump, bypassing level switches Permeate Pump manually runs the Permeate pump, bypassing level switches 4-PERMEATE TANK P1-TOSS PUMP 5-CIP TANK 1-DIRTY INLET TANK LS4(not visible) 2-TOSS TANK 3-PROCESS TANK � CV3 PV2 CV1,CV2,CV3=1.5" actuated valves PV1,PV2,PV3=1" PV1 actuated valves CV2 PV3 CV1 LS1 LS3 P2-SWAT PUMP LS2 F1 P3-PREMEATE PUMP 28 Flow Positions for SWAT 500 Actuator Note: Position 1 is to the right with the center facing person Positions 1 Process mode(on for 45 minutes off for 30 seconds) 2 —N� 1 CV1 1 CV2 1 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 2 Process flow permeate pump out mode(on when tank is full and when external permeate holding tank is low) CV1 1 CV2 1 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 1 SWATPump On Permeate Pump On 3 Back flush in Process mode(on every 45 minutes for 30 seconds) CV1 1 CV2 2 CV3 1 PV1 2 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump Off Permeate Pump On 4 Clean in place(CIP)mode(on for 5 minutes off for 10 seconds) CV1 2 CV2 1 CV3 2 PV1 1 PV2 1 PV3 1 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 5 Clean in place(CIP)backflush mode(on for 10 seconds off for 5 minutes) CV1 2 CV2 2 CV3 2 PV1 1 PV2 1 PV3 1 SWATPump Off Permeate Pump Ready state 6 Concentrate pump out(Operator controlled) CV1 1 CV2 2 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 29 CONTROLLED BUTTON TYPES ON LIGHT INDICATORS BY SENSOR MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES Model HP FLA TOUCH SCREEN WHEN ON SWITCH P1 TOSS PUMP CPM-22 1/2 1.1 LS1 P2 SWAT PUMP CDU200/5-3HP 3 5 LS2&L54 P3 PERMEATE PUMP 1HM 3/4 1.32 LS3 * P4 DIRTY TRANSFER PUMP CDU70 3/4 LS1 * P5 PERMEATE TRANSFER PUMP CDU70 3/4 LS3 SENSOR SWITCHES LOCATION TYPE CONTROLS Time F1 FLOW SENSOR PIPE 3-2536-PO READS PERMEATE FLOW 1)Pl OFF/ON at preset setpoints 2)P40FF/ON at presetsetpoints LS1 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR DIRTYTANK PN2698 3)SYSTEM HIGH LEVEL ALARM IN DIRTY TANK On always Clean in Place mode:PUMP P20N/OFF IN CIPTANK LS2 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIP TANK PN2698 (not on in other modes) Operator controlled Process mode: P30n/Off at preset setpoints Backflush mode:P3 On/Off at 2nd preset setpoints, In backflush mode LS3 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR PERMEATE TANK PN2698 Low level off set point turns off P2&P3 on 30sec/off 45 min I In Process mode on LS4 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN PROCESS TANK 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P2Off/On 45 min/off 30 sec ** LS5 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN EXT DIRTY TAN K 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P4Off/On EXT PERMEATE ** LS6 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN ITANK 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P3Off/On * Note: P4 and P5 pumps are 'optional equipment" and may not be on your system. **Note: LS5 and LS6 are optional equipment and are for systems that have incorporated an external dirty tank and an external permeate tank. (May not be on your system) 30 Section 8- PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING Date Liquid Processed Permeate water flow rate Time Operated Pressure Pressure Pressure P-1 P-2 P-3 31 Section 9 CIP RECORD KEEPING Date Length of Cleaning Cleaning Solution Permeate Flow Temperature Forward flow Reverse flow (Time Operated) used Rate P1 P2 P1 P2 32 Models : C D U C D X 2 C D U 2 C D X 0 Instruction and Operation Manual PRO Steel Centrifugal 2-Stage Centrifugal E EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Contents Section Page SafetyInstructions...........................................................................................................2 GeneralDescription.........................................................................................................2 Installation........................................................................................................................3 Selectioncharts...............................................................................................................4 Specifications...................................................................................................................5 Sectionalview..................................................................................................................9 Mounting Instructions.....................................................................................................13 Maintenance..................................................................................................................14 CDU/CDX Assembly Instructions..................................................................................15 Assembly/Disassembly..................................................................................................16 Troubleshooting..............................................................................................................17 +WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Rules for Safe Installation and Operation 1. Read these rules and instructions carefully.Failure to follow them could cause serious bodily injury and/or property damage. 2. Check your local codes before installing.You must comply with their rules 3. For maximum safety,this product should be connected to a grounded circuit equipped with a ground fault interrupter device. 4. Before installing this product, have the electrical circuit checked by an electrician to make sure it is properly grounded. 5. Before installing or servicing your pump, BE CERTAIN pump power source is disconnected. 6. Make sure the line voltage and frequency of the electrical current supply agrees with the motor wiring. If motor is dual voltage type, BE SURE it is wired correctly for your power supply. 7. Complete pump and piping system MUST be protected against below freezing temperature. Failure to do so could cause severe damage and void the warranty. 8. Avoid system pressures that may exceed one and a half times the operating point selected from the pump performance curve. 9. Do not run your pump dry. If it is, there will be damage to the pump seal. General Description CDU, 2CDU, CDX, 2CDX model pumps may be used for the pumping of clean water and other fluids compatible with 304 stainless steel.These pumps are not to be used for handling dirty water or water with suspended solids, water containing acids, or corrosive liquids, seawater, and flammable or dangerous liquids. Please see pump specifications for fluid temperature ranges.These pumps are not designed to run without water. 2CDU/2CDXU model pumps and CDU/CDXU model pumps are similar in function and construction.The differences between the models include: • single impeller vs.twin impeller • flow rate • heads • weight • dimensions. Please see the technical specifications in this manual for more detailed descriptions. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 2 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Rules for Safe Installation and Operation PACKAGE CONTENTS 1. Be sure all parts have been furnished and that nothing has been damaged in shipment. 2. The catalog lists all parts included with package.A packing list packed with pump, also lists contents. 3. OPEN PACKAGES AND MAKE THIS CHECK BEFORE GOING TO JOBSITE. PIPING— Pipes must line up and not be forced into position by unions. Piping should be independently supported near the pump so that no strain will be placed on the pump casing.Where any noise is objectionable, pump should be insulated from the piping with rubber connections.Always keep pipe size as large as possible and use a minimum of fittings to reduce friction losses. SUCTION PIPING—Suction pipe should be direct and as short as possible. It should be at least one size larger than suction inlet tapping and should have a minimum of elbows and fittings(5 to 6 pipe diameters of straight pipe before inlet is recommended). The piping should be laid out so that it slopes upward to pump without dips or high points so that air pockets are eliminated. The highest point in the suction piping should be the pump inlet except where liquid flows to the pump inlet under pressure. The suction pipe must be tight and free of air leaks or pump will not operate properly. DISCHARGE PIPING—Discharge piping should never be smaller than pump tapping and should preferably be one size larger.A gate valve should always be installed in discharge line for throttling if capacity is not correct.To protect the pump from water hammer and to prevent backflow, a check valve should be installed in the discharge line between the pump and gate valve. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS—Be sure motor wiring is connected for voltage being used. Unit should be connected to a separate circuit. A fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker must be used in this circuit. Wire of sufficient size should be used to keep voltage drop to a maximum of 5%. Single phase motors have built-in overload protection. Flexible metallic conduit should be used to protect the motor leads. PRIMING—The pump must be primed before starting.The pump casing and suction piping must be filled with water before starting motor. Remove vent plug in top of casing while pouring in priming water.A hand pump or ejector can be used for priming when desired. When water is poured into pump to prime, remove all air before starting motor. STARTING—When the pump is up to operating speed, open the discharge valve to obtain desired capacity or pressure. Do not allow the pump to run for long periods with the discharge valve tightly closed. If the pump runs for an extended period of time without liquid being discharged, the liquid in the pump case can get extremely hot. ROTATION—All single phase motors are single rotation and leave factory with proper rotation.Three phase motors should be checked to ensure proper rotation FREEZING—Care should be taken to prevent the pump from freezing during cold weather. It may be necessary,when there is any possibility of this,to drain the pump casing when not in operation. Drain by removing the pipe plug in the bottom of the casing. ROTARY SEAL—PRO STEEL pumps are fitted only with rotary seal. This seal is recommended for LIQUIDS free from abrasives. LOCATION OF UNIT—The pump should be installed as near to the liquid source as is practical so that the static suction head (vertical distance from the center line of the pump to water level) is maximized, and so that a short, direct suction pipe may be used. The capacity of a centrifugal pump is reduced when the unit is operated under a high suction lift.The piping should be as free from turns and bends as possible, as elbows and fittings greatly increase friction loss. Place the unit so that it is readily accessible for service and maintenance and on a solid foundation,which provides a rigid and vibration-free support. Protect the pump against flooding and excess moisture. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 3 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Model CDU Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3450 RPM IIMIN Ft 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 200 50M 150 40 7015-2HP 100 12015-3HP 30 0 w 60 70/3-1'/HP 2001- = 3H a p 20 60 12013- 1%HP 20013- 50 70/1-''/.HP 3HP 15 40 120/1.1HP 20011- 10 30- 0 1% P 6 20 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 CAPACITY IN GPM Model CDX Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3600 RPM 1 2 3 5 10 15 Q m3/h I I I I I I 15 30 60 90 150 250 Q I/min 300 H 80 H ft 200 60 m 50 150 40 I I o 0 100 I I IN CDIN N 30 75 I I 0 20 50 I U I U U 40 10 5 10 20 30 50 Imp.g.p.m. 5 10 20 30 50 100 U.S.g.p.m. Model 2CDU/2CDX Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3600 RPM I/MIN 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 Ft. 250 70M 220 200--- 2CDXU 70/306.3HP 2CDXU 2001506-SHP 60 CDU 7013063HP 2CDU 2001506-51HP 0 LU 170 = 50 J H 150 2CDXU 70I206.2HP p 2CDU 701206.2HP H 2CDXU 1201306 40 1 -3HP 120 2CDU 1201306 -3HP 35 100 30 904 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 CAPACITY IN GPM EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 4 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — CDX Standard Optional Size Suction 11/4" NPT Thread 1'/2" NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 1/4 HP to 3 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 68 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 40 to 130 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum: 140°F (60°C) Working pressure Maximum:8 PSI Materials Casing 304 Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304 Stainless Steel Shaft 303 Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal Consult factory for additional Carbon/Ceramic/NBR seal options Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type TEFC/IP55 Speed 60 Hz, 3600 RPM (2 poles) Single Phase 230V Three Phase 230/460V Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) Bearing Sealed Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 5 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — CDU Standard Optional Size Suction CDU70— 11/4" NPT thread CDU120- 1'/4" NPT thread CDU200— 11/2" NPT thread Discharge 1" NPT thread Range of HP 3/4 HP to 3 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 95 GPM at 3450 RPM Head 26 to 144 feet at 3450 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Water Temperature 212°F (100°C) Max.250°F (121°C)with optional high temperature seal Max.working pressure 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Type 21 High temperature version Mild chemical version Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type NEMA 56J Frame Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) 60Hz, 1725 RPM (4 poles) Single Phase TEFC-3/4 HP to 3 HP ODP-3/4 HP to 3 HP, 115/230V Explosion proof—consult factory Three Phase TEFC-3/4 HP to 3 HP Washdown duty—consult factory ODP-3/4 HP to 3 HP, 208-230/460V Bearing Ball Bearing Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 6 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — 2CDXU Standard Optional Size Suction 2CDXU70— 11/4'' NPT Thread 2CDXU120— 1'/4' NPT Thread 2CDXU200— 1'/2' NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 2 HP to 5 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 66 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 98 to 245 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum:212°F (100°C) Working pressure Maximum: 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft 304L Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum or Cast iron Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Carbon/Ceramic Consult factory for optional seal types Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type TEFC/IP55 Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) Three Phase 230/460V Motor Casing Aluminum Bearing Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 7 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — 2CDU Standard Optional Size Suction 2CDU70— 11/4" NPT Thread 2CDU120— 11/4" NPT Thread 2CDU200— 11/2" NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 2 HP to 5 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 66 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 98 to 245 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum:212°F (100°C) Maximum:250°F (121°C)with optional high temperature seal Working pressure Maximum: 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft 304L Stainless Steel Bracket Cast iron Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Type 21 High temperature version Mild chemical version Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type NEMA 56J Frame Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) Single Phase TEFC—2 HP to 5 HP ODP—2 HP to 3 HP, 115/230V Explosion proof—consult factory Three Phase TEFC—2 HP to 5 HP Washdown duty—consult factory ODP—2 HP to 3 HP, 208-230/460V Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) Bearing Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 8 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Exploded view — CDX 3 92 _ i I 4 26 734 - 73 \ �1 75 77 24 23 ® ` 52 15 14 � 93 \ \ 77 I o 75 i 24 Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304 Stainless 1 003 Motor bracket Cast Aluminum 1 004 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 007 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 011 Mechanical seal Carbon/Ceramic 1 014 Fan Polypropolene 1 015 Fan Cover Steel 1 023 Capacitor Single Phase only 1 024 Priming/Drain plug 303 Stainless 2 026 O-Ring NBR 1 032 Key 304 Stainless 1 034 Impeller nut 304 Stainless 1 052 Terminal box Plastic 1 053 Terminal cover Plastic 1 073 Casing ring NBR 1 075 Washer 304 Stainless 2 077 O-ring NBR 2 092 Lip seal — 1 093 Lip seal — 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 9 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.07/04 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Sectional view — CDU 800 018 120-3 011 111 115 `t Q 021 001 048 9 129 135-2 \ t 1 ,1 160 107* 120-1 135-1 Part No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304L Stainless 1 011 Casing cover 304L Stainless 1 018 Bracket Aluminum 1 021 Impeller 304L Stainless 1 048 Impeller nut 304L Stainless 1 107* Casing ring (*CDU 70 series only) Viton 1 111 Mechanical seal — 1 115 O-Ring Viton 1 120-1 Bolt 304L Stainless 8 120-2 Bolt 304L Stainless 2 120-3 Bolt 304L Stainless 4 120-4 Bolt 304L Stainless 1 129 Nut 304L Stainless 1 135-1 Washer 304L Stainless 8 135-2 Washer Aluminum 2 160 Base Steel 1 212-2 Plug 304L Stainless 2 800 Motor — 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 10 EBARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation 92 Exploded view - 2CDX 26 4\ 11 \ 79 27 72 \\\ 103 � J 105 8 34 73 102 77 / f 75 �- 53 24 23 � 15 li < � 14 o .� 52 93 32 0 75 77 24 �.i Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 1 Casing 304 Stainless 1 4 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 7 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 8 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 9 Diffuser 304 Stainless 1 11 Mechanical seal Carbon/Ceramic 1 14 Fan Polypropolene 1 15 Fan cover Steel 1 23* Capacitor* *Single phase only 1 24 Priming plug 303 Stainless 2 26 O-Ring Viton 1 27 O-Ring Viton 1 32 Key 304 Stainless 2 34 Impeller nut 304 Stainless 1 52 Terminal box Polypropolene 1 53 Terminal cover Polypropolene 1 72 Casing ring Viton 1 73 Casing ring Viton 1 75 Washer 304 Stainless 2 77 O-ring Viton 2 79 Spacer diffuser 304 Stainless 1 92 Lip seal — 1 93 Lip seal — 1 102 Suction cover 304 Stainless 1 103 Conveyor cover 304 Stainless 1 105 Sleeve 304 Stainless 1 *Note:Capacitor for Single Phase ONLY EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 11 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.07/04 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Sectional view — 2CDU 142 4 3 m �� 31 1 79 7 f 72 27 \ 103 ' 1D5 9\ 34 102 ' 73 71 t 24 75 \ \ •_. - a 1 �j7 77 32 1 75 24 Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304 Stainless 1 003 Motor bracket Cast Aluminum 1 004 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 006 Shaft extension 304 Stainless 1 007 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 008 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 009 Diffuser 304 Stainless 1 011 Mechanical Seal Type 21 Carbon/Ceramic 1 024 Priming plug/Drain plug 303 Stainless 2 026 O-Ring Viton 1 027 O-Ring Viton 1 032 Key Stainless 2 034 Impeller nut 304 Stainless/Nylon 1 072 Casing ring Viton 2 073 Casing ring Viton 1 075 Washer 304 Stainless 2 077 O-ring Viton 2 079 Spacer diffuser 304 Stainless 1 102 Suction cover 304 Stainless 1 103 Conveyor cover 304 Stainless 1 105 Sleeve 304 Stainless 1 142 Base Steel 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 12 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Mounting Instructions Mounting the Assembly Do not operate the pump unless the assembly is securely and properly mounted. Misalignment of the motor/pump assembly or not having the assembly reasonably level may cause pump vibration, noisy operation, fluid leaks, or air leaks and air locks in the suction pipe. 1. Place the motor/pump assembly in its intended operating position. 2. Level the pump through the centerline of the motor/pump assembly suction port. A! WARNING Initial Operation Make certain the motor is not connected to a power source until the motor is properly assembled and mounted. Serious personal injury or damage to the motor/pump assembly could occur if the motor is activated improperly. Only certified electricians should make electrical connections. 1. Prime the pump by adding fluid to the volute case through the top plug.To properly prime the pump, venting may be required. 2. Check the nameplate on the motor to determine the correct wiring procedure for your intended power source and if the motor is single or three phase. Connect the motor to a power source by following the wiring procedure on the motor's nameplate. Note: a. Single phase motors are typically dual voltage. In some cases, three phase motors are tri-voltage. Check the nameplate and follow the proper wiring procedure for the voltage you are using. Improperly wiring the motor could result in damage to the motor. b. Three phase motors require a control box. Install overload protection to help prevent motor damage. c. Depending on the wiring, three phase motors may start in reverse. Interchange any two power leads to change the starting direction and pump rotation. • Always follow correct operating procedures. • Always disconnect the motor/pump assembly from all power sources before servicing the pump or motor. • Periodically check all power connections, bolts, screws, and the motor's mounting. • Failure to properly follow assembly and operating instructions could result in damage to the pump and motor. • Failure to properly install the impeller and impeller nut could result in damage to the pump and could cause serious personal injury. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 13 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Maintenance Service Keep ventilation openings clear of extraneous objects which may hinder free flow of air thru motor. Motor bearings are lubricated during manufacture.Additional lubrication is not required during their normal lifetime. A! CAUTION Draining The pump and piping should always be protected against freezing temperatures. If there is any danger of freezing, the unit should be drained.To drain the pump, remove the drain plug at the bottom of the volute, and remove the priming plug to vent the pump. Drain all piping. Disassembly Instructions — CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX All pumping parts can be removed from case without disturbing the piping. 1 WARNING POWER SUPPLY—Open the power supply switch contacts and remove fuses. Disconnect the electrical wiring from the motor. VOLUTE CASE (a) Drain pump case by removing drain plugs. (b) Remove the bolts securing volute case to pump bracket. (c) Pry volute case from casing cover with a screwdriver. IMPELLER CDU — Hold the motor shaft with a screwdriver in the shaft end slot. Remove the impeller nut. Grasp and turn the impeller counterclockwise (as viewed from pump end). CDX, 2CDX, 2CDU—Hold the motor shaft with a screwdriver in the shaft end slot. Use a wrench to remove the impeller nut. Slide impellers from the shaft. SEAL (a) Remove the rotating part of the seal by pulling it off the shaft. (b) The stationary seat can be pressed from the casing cover. CHECK LIST FOR EXAMINATION OF PUMP PARTS IMPELLER- Replace the impeller if any vane is broken, excessive erosion shows, or if labyrinth surfaces are worn. Impeller nut should be replaced if damaged. MECHANICAL SEAL- Seal face, 0-ring and sealing members should be free of burrs and dirt.Complete seal assembly should be replaced if not in perfect condition. SHAFT-Shaft surface under seal must be clean, smooth and without any grooves. It should be replaced if necessary. VOLUTE AND SEAL PLATE LABYRINTH SURFACES (Wear Rings)- If worn, replace the necessary part. If furnished with pressed in wear rings, only the rings need be replaced. NOTE If replacement parts are ordered, please furnish the following information to your EBARA distributor: 1. Reference Numbers 2. Description of Pump Part 3. EBARA Model Number and Serial Number on the Nameplate. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 14 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation CDU/CDX Assembly Instructions Position the pump on its end with the shaft up.The work surface should be level, capable of supporting the motor. 1 WARNING Make certain the motor is not connected to a power source. Do not install or assemble the pump on a motor connected to a power source.Serious injury could occur if the motor activates during pump assembly. Assembling the Pump 1. Position the motor bracket on the motor with the mounting feet toward the motor.Cross-tighten bolts to factory recommended torque of 6 ft.lbs. 2. Using finger pressure only, firmly press the stationary seal seat into the casing cover. Press the seat until it evenly bottoms out in the seat cavity. 3. Be careful not to damage the stationary seal. a. Position the casing cover over the the motor shaft. b.Align the casing cover holes with the motor bracket holes. c. Firmly press the casing cover into position. (Casing cover may need to be tapped into place by using a rubber mallet.) 4. Ensure all seals have good contact. a. Carefully press the rotating seal assembly onto the motor shaft. Ensure the face of the seal assembly has solid, square contact with the stationary seal seat. b. The seal retainer must seal against the motor shaft. c. Position the seal spring and seal washer. CDX pumps do not require seal spring washers. 5. Failure to properly install the impeller and the impeller nut could result in the impeller spinning off the shaft in three phase applications (when the motor may start in reverse rotation). For CDU pumps: a.While holding the seal spring in place, thread the impeller clockwise onto the motor shaft. b. Use a screwdriver to hold the motor shaft stationary.Turn the impeller on the shaft until it spins down and bottoms out. Make certain that the impeller is firmly bottomed and sealed. c. Install the impeller nut onto the shaft in the same manner as the impeller was installed. Make certain the impeller nut is firmly sealed against the impeller.Apply lock tite to the impeller nut before installing. For CDX pumps: a. Position key in keyway on shaft b. Slide impeller onto shaft c. Tighten impeller nut. 6. Position the Viton 0-ring over the casing cover. Do not cut nick or damage the 0-ring during installation. 7. The discharge can be positioned in the direction desired. a. Position the pump volute casing over the casing cover. b. Rotate the discharge to the desired direction. c. Align the bolt holes and secure the case to the casing cover with lock washers and cap screws. d. Cross tighten the bolts to 3.4 Ibs (factory recommended torque).Overtightening may result in stripping of the motor bracket threads. 8. Position the mounting base on the pump and secure with cap screws. 9. Place the bolt and lock nut on the back of the mounting base.Adjust the bolt height to support the motor and tighten the lock nut to secure the bolt height. 10. Rotate the impeller to ensure proper alignment. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 15 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Assembly Instructions — Models 2CDU, 2CDX For 2CDX start with step#3. 1. Apply thread locker to the shaft extension.Thread shaft extension on to the motor shaft.Tighten to 10Nm ( 7.5 ftlb). 2. Attach motor bracket to the motor cross tightening the bolts.8 Nm (6 ftlbs) 3. Install stationary seal in the casing cover. Press the seal until it evenly bottoms out in the seat cavity. 4. Carefully press the casing cover onto the motor bracket. Be sure to align the casing cover bolt-holes with the bolt-holes in the motor bracket. 5. Carefully press the rotating seal assembly onto the motor shaft. Ensure that the face of the seal assembly has solid, square contact with the stationary seat. Position the seal spring and spring washer. (2CDX pumps do not require a seal spring washer.) 6. Install the casing cover o-ring. Do not nick or cut the o-ring. 7. Install key in the location to accept the delivery side impeller. Reference the parts list to ensure the proper part number impeller is in the proper position. 8. Install sleeve and key for the suction side impeller. 9. Install diffuser spacer. Be sure to align the diffuser spacer notch with the casing cover spigot. 10. Install the o-ring on the conveyor cover. 11. Assemble the conveyor cover being sure to align the casing cover notch with the diffuser spacer spigot. 12. Install the diffuser. 13. Slide the suction side impeller onto the shaft into its proper position. Reference the parts list to ensure the proper part number impeller is in the proper position. 14. Install the suction cover. 15. Thread the self locking nut onto the shaft and tighten For 2CDU, go to step 16.A For 2CDX, go to step 16. 16. Place casing onto the assembly, aligning the holes of the casing with the holes of the casing cover and the motor bracket.Thread the casing bolts and crass tighten to 8 Nm (6 ft. Ibs). Go to step 19. 16 a. Place casing onto the assembly aligning the holes of the casing with the holes of the casing cover and motor bracket.Thread the M6x 16 bolts into the upper side holes.Thread the M6 X 30 bolts in the lower side holes. Cross tighten the casing bolts to 8Nm (6 ftlbs) 17 a. Fit the base onto the bolts protruding from the lower side holes. Using lock washers and nuts secure the base to the assembly. 18 a. Install nut and screw in the jack screw position in the base. Set the pump on a horizontal surface and loosen jack screw until it comes in contact with the bottom of the motor. 19. Rotate pump shaft to ensure proper alignment of assembly. Pump shaft should rotate with out rubbing if assembly installation is correct. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 16 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Troubleshooting TROUBLE POSSIBLE CAUSE TROUBLESHOOTING Pump does not run. Faulty connection of power supply circuit. Check power supply circuit. Wrong wiring of control circuit. Correct control circuit. Bound shaft Remove cause of obstruction. Mechanical seal faces stuck together Release seal by turning shaft. Faulty motor Repair or replace motor. Damage to bearing Repair or replace any damaged bearing. Pump does not pump water. Considerable voltage drop. Correct rotation direction. Inadequate quantity. Rotation direction reversed. Re-prime the pump. Lack of priming. Re-examine the plan. High discharge head. Re-examine the plan. Large piping loss. Clear foot valve suction. Clogged foot valve. Check and repair suction piping. Leakage from suction piping. Re-install as per instructions. Too high suction lift. Foot valve in ample immersion. Low water level. Overcurrent Considerable fluctuation of power supply voltage. Considerable voltage drop. Throttle flow rate at outlet. Low head and overflow rate. Replace any damage bearing. Damaged bearing. Pump vibrates, excessive operating Beyond rated capacity. Reduce flow rate. noise Cavitation. Consult distributor Improper piping. Secure piping again. Damaged bearing. Replace any damaged bearing. Foreign matter clogging cooling fan. Remove foreign matter. Pressurizing application. Too limited pressure switch setting. Replace pressure switch to wider range. Pump starts and soon stops Check and repair leaks. Pump does not stop Leakage in system. Reduce max pressure setting to the Too high pressure setting. lower in pressure switch. MAINTENANCE: The pump does not require special maintenance. The following rules must be observed for safe operation: If the pump is not going to be used for a long period, the pump should be drained of water and flushed with clean water. Where the pump is exposed to freezing temperatures, it should always be left drained when not in use. *All specifications subject to change without notice. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 17 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Chemical Compatibility Chart Item Conc. Temp. *Code Item Conc. Temp. *Code No. Pumpage Type Formula % °F °C Level No. Pumpage Type Formula % F C Level 1 Acetic acid Ch,COOH 10 68' 20' 2 36 Phosphoric acid H,PO, 176' <_80° 3 2 Ammonium bicarbonate NH,CO, 10 68' 20' 2 37 Phthalic acid C5 H,(COOH)2 Wat.Sol. 68° 20° 2 3 Ammonium carbonate (NH,),CO, 68' 60' 3 38 Potassium bicarbonate KHCO, 30 68, 20, 1 4 Ammonium chloride NH,CL 10 68' 20' 3 39 Potassium carbonate K2 CO3 40 68° 20, 1 5 Ammonium hydroxide NH,OH 10 176° <80° 3 40 Potassium chloride K CL 10 68' 20' 2 6 Ammonium nitrate NH,NO, 5 3 41 Potassium hydroxide K OH 10 176, <80° 2 7 Beer 1 42 Potassium permanganate KM,,0, 68' 20' 2 8 Benzilic acid C,H5 COOH 10 68° 20° 2 43 Potassium phosphate KH2 PO4 10 176' 80' 3 9 Benzilic acid C6 H5 COOH 68° 20' 2 44 Potassium sulfate K2 SO4 2 10 Boric acid H3 B03 5 68' 20° 1 45 Propionic acid CH3 CH2 CO2 H 20 6& 20° 2 11 Boric acid H,BO, 5 176° 80' 1 46 Propylene glycol CH3 CHOHCH20H 60 6& 20- 3 12 Brine 2 47 Salicylic acid C5 H4 0HCOOH 68° 20° 2 13 Butyric acid C,H7 COOH Wat.Sol. 2 48 Sodium bicarbonate NA HCO, 10 68° 20° 1 14 Calcium chloride CA C12 68' 20° 3 49 Sodium carbonate NA2CO, 140, <60, 1 15 Calcium nitrate CA(NO3)2 10 2 50 Sodium chloride NA C1 3 16 Calcium phosphate CA3(P0,)2 10 212' <_100° 2 51 Sodium hydroxide NAOH <10 140, <60, 2 17 Citric acid C,H,07 5 68' 20' 2 52 Sodium nitrate NANO, 10 2 18 Coffee 1 53 Sodium phosphate NA,PO4 212' <_100° 1 19 Copper sulfate C�SO4 5 68' 20' 2 54 Sodium sulfate NA2 SO, 5 140, <60, 2 20 Ethylene glycol CH20H CH70H 1 55 Sulfuric acid H2 S0, 10 68' 20' 4 21 Fluosilicic acid H2 SiF6 20 68, 20, 4 56 Sulfurous acid H2 S03 Sat. 68° 20, 3 22 Fruit juices 1 57 Sulfurous acid H2 S03 10 68° 20* 2 23 Hydrocyanic acid HCN 68° 20° 2 58 Tannic acid C76 H52 046 10 68' 20` 1 24 Hydrogen peroxide 68' 20° 2 59 Tartaric acid C4 H6 05 10 68° 20° 2 25 Lactic acid C,H5 03 5 149° <_65° 3 60 Tea 1 26 Lactic acid C3 H5 03 10 68' 20° 2 61 Vinegar 140, <_60° 1 27 Magnesium chloride MG C12 3 62 Water 230' <_110° 1 28 Magnesium sulfate MI SO4 68' 20° 2 63 Water,condensation 1 29 Maleic acid (CHCO2H)2 10 68' 20' 3 64 Water,de-cationized 3 30 Milk 1 65 Water,demineralized 1 31 Nitric acid HNO, 20 68' 20' 4 66 Water,distilled 1 32 Nitric acid HNO3 20 158' 70' 4 67 Water,mine 1 33 Oleic acid C18 H34 02 20 68' 20° 3 68 Water,sea 3 34 Oxalic acid (COOH)2 <_10 68' <20° 2 69 Water,thermal 1 35 Oxalic acid (COOH)2 10 158' 70° 4 70 Wine-Whiskey 1 Where hot and aggressive liquids are to be pumped,in addition to *Code Key: 1 =Good 2=Fair 3=Poor* 4=Not recommended checking the chemical compatibility,bear in mind that any deviations in Important—Pumpages coded 3"poor"may result in reduced or unsatisfactory temperature,density,and viscosity from the reference data would bring service life. about variations in terms of power input,hydraulic performance,and suction capacity.Make sure in all cases that the power input is not higher than the rated power. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 18 Eat (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation EBARA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION ROCK HILL, SOUTH CAROLINA COMMERCIAL PUMP/ PRODUCTS LIMITED WARRANTY (EXCEPT MODEL EPPD SUMP PUMPS) Ebara International Corporation, Rock Hill, SC ("EIC-RH") warrants to the original purchaser only ("Customer") that the EIC-RH Commercial Pump/Product ("Pump") will be free of defects in workmanship and material for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of installation or eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment by EIC-RH, whichever comes first, provided that notification of any such defect is promptly given in writing to EIC-RH. Customer may be required at EIC-RH's request to verify that it is the Customer of the Pump and that the Pump was installed and operated in accordance with EIC-RH's instructions. EIC-RH's sole obligation under this warranty will be to repair or replace with a new or reconditioned Pump, such Pump as has failed or has been found to be defective during the warranty period, or at EIC-RH's sole option, to refund to the customer an equitable part of the purchase price. In no event shall EIC-RH's cost responsibility exceed the initial purchase price paid by the Customer for the Pump. EIC-RH shall be liable only for the cost of the Pump, or the cost of repair or replacement of any defective Pump. Customer shall be responsible for labor, cost of removal and installation at Customer's premises, transportation and insurance costs to EIC-RH and any other incidental costs. This warranty is void and does not apply if damage is caused by improper installation, improper main- tenance, accident, alteration, abuse, misuse or if the Pump has been disassembled prior to warranty evaluation without written authorization from EIC-RH. Warranty service and information for return procedures will be provided by EIC-RH upon receipt of written notice describing the defect or problem to: Ebara International Corporation Warranty/Claims 1651 Cedar Line Drive Rock Hill, SC 29730 803-327-5005 Phone 803-327-5097 Fax THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY ON THIS PUMP, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM THE TERMS OF THIS WARRANTY. EIC-RH'S SOLE OBLIGATION IN CASE OF ANY DEFECT WILL BE TO PROVIDE THE WARRANTY SERVICE SPECIFIED ABOVE. THE FOREGOING IS CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE AND EIC-RH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 19 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 S� Y 7 1 • I 1 i t k Contact your dealer or supplier for more information about other Ebara products: EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 1651 Cedar Line Drive - Rock Hill,SC 29730 (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 info@pumpsebara.com • www.pumpsebara.com E ©2004 EBARA International Corporation EIC CD(X)U2CD(X)U1204 0704 INSTRUCTION MANUAL Model e - HM ;4j GOULDS WATER a xylem brand Table of Contents Table of Contents 1 Introduction and Safety.............................................................................................................................................................2 1.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................................................................................2 1.2 Inexperienced users....................................................................................................................................................................2 1.3 Safety terminology and symbols................................................................................................................................................2 1.4 Spare parts....................................................................................................................................................................................2 2 Transportation and Storage.......................................................................................................................................................2 2.1 Inspect the delivery.....................................................................................................................................................................2 2.2 Transportation guidelines...........................................................................................................................................................2 2.3 Storage guidelines.......................................................................................................................................................................3 3 Product Description...................................................................................................................................................................3 3.1 Pump design................................................................................................................................................................................3 3.2 Application limits.........................................................................................................................................................................3 3.3 The data plate..............................................................................................................................................................................3 4 Installation.................................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1 Facility requirements...................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1.1 Pump location......................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1.2 Piping requirements............................................................................................................................................................4 4.2 Electrical requirements...............................................................................................................................................................4 4.3 Install the pump...........................................................................................................................................................................4 4.3.1 Install the pump on a concrete foundation......................................................................................................................4 4.3.2 Electrical installation............................................................................................................................................................5 5 Commissioning,Startup,Operation,and Shutdown.................................................................................................................5 5.1 Prime the pump...........................................................................................................................................................................5 5.2 Check the rotation direction(three-phase motor)...................................................................................................................5 5.3 Start the pump..............................................................................................................................................................................5 6 Maintenance..............................................................................................................................................................................5 6.1 Service...........................................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2 Seal replacement.........................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2.1 Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2.2 Preassembly.........................................................................................................................................................................9 6.2.3 Reassembly...........................................................................................................................................................................9 6.2.4 Torque values.....................................................................................................................................................................11 7 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................................11 7.1 Troubleshooting table..............................................................................................................................................................12 8 Product warranty.....................................................................................................................................................................12 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 1 1 Introduction and Safety Description of user and installer symbols 1 Introduction and Safety �{ Y{ Specific information for personnel in charge of installing I the product in the system(plumbing and/or electrical aspects)or in charge of maintenance. 1.1 Introduction Specific information for users of the product. Purpose of this manual The purpose of this manual is to provide necessary information for: • Installation • Operation 1.4 Spare parts • Maintenance WARNING: Q CAUTION: Only use original spare parts to replace any worn or faulty Read this manual carefully before installing and using the components.The use of unsuitable spare parts may cause product.Improper use of the product can cause personal in- malfunctions,damage,and injuries as well as void the guar- jury and damage to property,and may void the warranty. antee. NOTICE: For more information about the product's spare parts,refer to the Sales Save this manual for future reference,and keep it readily available at and Service department. the location of the unit. 1.2 Inexperienced users 2 Transportation and Storage QWARNING: 2.1 Inspect the delivery This product is intended to be operated by qualified person- 1. Check the outside of the package. nel only. 2. Notify our distributor within eight days of the delivery date,if the Be aware of the following precautions: product bears visible signs of damage. • This product is not to be used by anyone with physical or mental 3. Remove the staples and open the carton. disabilities,or anyone without the relevant experience and knowl- 4. Remove the securing screws or the straps from the wooden base(if edge,unless they have received instructions on using the equip- any). ment and on the associated risks or are supervised by a responsible 5. Remove packing materials from the product.Dispose of all packing person. materials in accordance with local regulations. • Children must be supervised to ensure that they do not play on or around the product. b. Inspect the product to determine if any parts have been damaged or are missing. 1.3 Safety terminology and symbols 7. Contact the seller if anything is out of order. Hazard levels 2.2 Transportation guidelines Hazard level Indication Precautions DANGER: A hazardous situation which,if not Q WARNING: A! avoided,will result in death or se- rious injury Observe accident prevention regulations in force. • Crush hazard.The unit and the components can be heavy. WARNING: A hazardous situation which,if not Use proper lifting methods and wear steel-toed shoes at A! avoided,could result in death or all times. serious injury CAUTION: A hazardous situation which,if not Check the gross weight that is indicated on the package in order to se- : avoided,could result in minor or lect proper lifting equipment. moderate injury Position and fastening NOTICE: • A potential situation which,if The unit can be transported either horizontally or vertically.Make sure not avoided,could result in un- that the unit is securely fastened during transportation,and cannot roll desirable conditions or fall over. • A practice not related to per- sonal injury Hazard categories Hazard categories can either fall under hazard levels or let specific sym- bols replace the ordinary hazard level symbols. Electrical hazards are indicated by the following specific symbol: QElectrical Hazard: Hot surface hazard Hot surface hazards are indicated by a specific symbol that replaces the typical hazard level symbols: As CAUTION: 2 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 3 Product Description BVE 147PSI at Not Avail- 147PSI at Not Avail- Not Avail- ^ 194F able 194F able able 3.3 The data plate The data plate is a label on the pump.The data plate lists key product specifications. Goulds Water Technology 3 @.FIMTM CATALOG NUMBER 2 4 GPM FEET RPM ® 7 5 DO NOT OPERATE AT CLOSED DISCHARGE HM 12 M003_B sc b www.xylemappliedwate��Ev SPDRINKING NSF/ANSI61 GAR 2.3 Storage guidelines 1. Goulds Water Technology Catalog Number Storage location 2. Capacity range 3. TDH range NOTICE: 4. Rated speed • Protect the product against humidity,dirt,heat sources,and me- 5. Rated horsepower p g y b. Maximum operating pressure chanical damage. 7. Maximum fluid temperature • The product must be stored at an ambient temperature from-40°C 8. Pump serial number to+60°C(-40°F to 1400F). IMQ or other marks(for electric pump only) Unless otherwise specified,for products with a mark of electrical-relat- 3 Product Description ed safety approval,the approval refers exclusively to the electrical II pump. 3.1 Pump design 4 Installation The pump is a multistage,non-self priming pump.The pump can be used to pump: Precautions • Cold water Q • Warm water WARNING: • Observe accident prevention regulations in force. Intended use • Use suitable equipment and protection. The pump is suitable for: • Always refer to the local and/or national regulations,legis- • Civil and industrial water distribution systems lation,and codes in force regarding the selection of the • Irrigation(for example,agriculture and sporting facilities) installation site,plumbing,and power connections. Improper use 4.1 Facility requirements QDANGER: Do not use this pump to handle flammable and/or explosive 4.1.1 Pump location liquids. DANGER: An improper use of the product leads to the loss of the warranty. zt Do not use this unit in environments that may contain flam- mable/explosive or chemically aggressive gases or powders. 3.2 Application limits Guidelines Table 1: Pressure and temperature limits Observe the following guidelines regarding the location of the prod- uct: Seal Code 1 HM,3HM 5HM 1 OHM, • Make sure that no obstructions hinder the normal flow of the cool- 15HM, ing air that is delivered by the motor fan. 22HM • Make sure that the installation area is protected from any fluid leaks, or flooding. 2-6 Stages 7+Stages 2-5 Stages b+Stages All Stages . If possible,place the pump slightly higher than the floor level. BQE 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at • The ambient temperature must be between-300C(-22°F)and 248F 248F 248F 248F 248F +40°C(+104°F)unless otherwise specified in the data plate. • The relative humidity of the ambient air must be less than 50%at BQV 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at +40°C(+104°F). 248F 248F 248F 248F 248F QQE 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at Installation above liquid source(suction lift) 248F 194F 248F 194F 194F The theoretical maximum suction height of any pump is 34 ft.In prac- tice,this is not achieved due to the following conditions affecting the QQV 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at suction capability of the pump: 248F 194F 248F 194F 194F Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 3 4 Installation • Temperature of the liquid • The control panel must protect the motor against overload and • Elevation above the sea level(in an open system) short-circuit. • System pressure(in a closed system) • Install the correct overload protection(thermal relay or motor pro- • Resistance of the pipes tector). • Own intrinsic flow resistance of the pump • Height differences Pump Type Protection NOTICE: Single phase standard electric - Built-in automatic reset ther- Do not exceed the pumps suction capacity as this could cause cavita pump up to 3 HP mal-overload protection- Short circuit protection(must tion and damage the pump. be supplied by the installer) 4.1.2 Piping requirements Three-phase electric pump - Thermal protection(must be supplied by the installer) Short circuit protection(must Precautions be supplied by the installer) Q CAUTION: • The controlpane must e equippedwith a dry-running protection • Use pipes suited to the maximum working pressure of the system to which a pressure switch,float switch,sensors,or other pump.Failure to do so can cause the system to rupture, suitable device is connected. with the risk of injury. • The following devices are recommended for use on the suction side • Make sure that all connections are performed by qualified of the pump: installation technicians and in compliance with the regula- - When the liquid is pumped from a water system,use a pressure tions in force. switch. • Do not use the on-off valve on the discharge side in the - When the liquid is pumped from a storage tank or reservoir,use closed position for more than a few seconds.If the pump a float switch or sensors. must operate with the discharge side closed for more • When thermal relays are used,relays that are sensitive to phase fail- than a few seconds,a bypass circuit must be installed to ure are recommended. prevent overheating of the water inside the pump. The motor checklist Piping checklist Use cable according to rules with 3 leads(2+earth/ground)for single • Pipes and valves must be correctly sized. phase versions and with 4 leads(3+earth/ground)for three-phase ver- • Pipe work must not transmit any load or torque to pump flanges. sion. ®0 5 4.3 Install the pump I 2 3 0 6 4.3.1 Install the pump on a concrete foundation �0 5 4 0 I 2 3 6 8 ((( 9 01' �- -� 10 .� 13 13 II 8 9 1- N12-01z-B-a< - 12 12 -- 311 4.2 Electrical requirements G - • The local regulations in force overrule these specified require- NM12�M01t B-'° ments.In the case of fire fighting systems(hydrants and/or sprin- 1. Piping support klers),check the local regulations. 2. On-off valve Electrical connection checklist 3. Flexible pipe or joint 4. Check valve Check that the following requirements are met: 5. Control panel • The electrical leads are protected from high temperature,vibra- 6. Do not install elbows close to the pump tions,and collisions. 7. Bypass circuit 8. Eccentric reducer • The power supply line is provided with: 9. Use wide bends - A short-circuit protection device 10.Positive gradient - A main disconnect switch. 11.Piping with equal or greater diameter than the suction port 12.Use foot valve The electrical control panel checklist 13.Do not exceed maximum height difference 14.Ensure adequate submersion depth NOTICE: 1. Anchor the pump onto the concrete or equivalent metal structure. The control panel must match the ratings of the electric pump.Improp- er combinations could fail to guarantee the protection of the motor. Check that the following requirements are met: 4 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 5 Commissioning,Startup,Operation,and Shutdown - If the liquid temperature exceeds 50°C,the unit must be anch- ored only by the motor bracket side and not also by the side of 5.1 Prime the pump the inlet supporting bracket - If the transmission of vibrations can be disturbing,then provide H>O x<® vibration-damping supports between the pump and the founda- tion. _= 2. Remove the plugs covering the ports. [1H 3 3. Assemble the pipe to the pump threaded connections. Do not force the piping into place. -HI 4.3.2 Electrical installation - Precautions „M„uo„Ax WARNING: 1. Fill plug A • Make sure that all connections are performed by qualified 2. Drain plug installation technicians and in compliance with the regula- tions in force. Installations with liquid level above the pump(suction head) • Before starting work on the unit,make sure that the unit and the control panel are isolated from the power supply Close the on-off valve located downstream from the pump. and cannot be energized. Installations with liquid level below the pump(suction lift) Grounding(earthing) Open the on-off valve that is located upstream from the pump and close the on-off valve downstream. At Electrical Hazard: • Always connect the external protection conductor to 5.2 Check the rotation direction (three-phase ground(earth)terminal before making other electrical connections. motor) 4.3.2.1 Connect the cable Follow this procedure before start-up. 1. Connect and fasten the power cables according to the wiring dia- 1. Start the motor. gram under the terminal box cover. 2. Stop the motor. a) Connect the ground(earth)lead. 3. If the rotation direction is incorrect,then do as follows: Make sure that the ground(earth)lead is longer than the phase a) Disconnect the power supply. leads. b) In the terminal board of the motor or in the electric control pan- b) Connect the phase leads. el,exchange the position of two of the three wires of the supply cable. NOTICE: c) Check the direction of rotation again. Tighten the cable glands carefully to ensure the protection against the cable slipping and humidity entering the terminal box. 5.3 Start the pump 2. If the motor is not equipped with automatic reset thermal protec- 1. Start the motor. tion,then adjust the overload protection according to the nominal current value of electric pump(data plate). 2. Gradually open the on-off valve on the discharge side of the pump. At the expected operating conditions,the pump must run smoothly and quietly.If not,refer to Troubleshooting on page 11. 5 Commissioning, Startup, Y1 3. If the pump does not start in correctly in 30 seconds,then do the following: Operation, and Shutdown a) Switch off the pump. b) Reprime the pump. Precautions c) Start the pump again. A! WARNING: 4. Switch off and on the pump(for about 30 seconds of continuos run- ning)and make sure that all the trapped air is bled out by repeating this 2-3 times. injuries. NOTICE: NOTICE: Make sure that the pump has bled away all the trapped air.Failure to • Never operate the pump below the minimum rated flow. do so can harm the product. • Never operate the pump with the delivery ON-OFF valve closed for longer than a few seconds. • Do not expose an idle pump to freezing conditions.Drain all liquid that is inside the pump.Failure to do so can cause liquid to freeze 6 Maintenance and damage the pump. • The sum of the pressure on the suction side(water mains,gravity Precautions tank)and the maximum pressure that is delivered by the pump must not exceed the maximum working pressure that is allowed /Q Electrical Hazard: (nominal pressure PN)for the pump. ` Disconnect and lock out electrical power before installing or • Do not use the pump if cavitation occurs.Cavitation can damage servicing the unit. the internal components. QWARNING: • Maintenance and service must be performed by skilled and qualified personnel only. • Observe accident prevention regulations in force. • Use suitable equipment and protection. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 5 6 Maintenance 6.1 Service 3. Lock shaft with a screwdriver or a soft jaw vice. The pump does not require any scheduled routine maintenance.If the user wishes to schedule regular maintenance deadlines,they are de- pendent on the type of pumped liquid and on the operating conditions of the pump. Contact the local sales and service representative for any requests or information regarding routine maintenance or service. 6.2 Seal replacement 1. Close all necessary suction and discharge valves. 2. Remove the lower drain plug and the upper vent plug to drain the liquid from the pump. 6.2.1 Disassembly 1. Remove two motor fan cover screws and remove motor fan cover. 4. Remove four(4)casing studs(Compact design)or four(4)tie rod nuts and washers(Sleeve design). 2. Remove motor fan using two small flat bars or two large screwdriv- 5. Remove casing(Compact design)or pump foot and suction head ers. (Sleeve design). 6. Remove sleeve(Sleeve design). 7. Remove first stage bowl. 6 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 6 Maintenance 8. Remove shaft screw/impeller nut. 11.For non-bearing stage,remove diffuser. r 9. Remove impellerspacer. 12.Remove impeller spacer. 13.Forbearing stages use steps 15-17. a) Remove bearing washer. IL 10.Remove impeller. * b) Remove diffuser. 1 Model e-HIM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7 6 Maintenance c) Remove bearing. 17.Remove seal spacer. d) Repeat a through c for all intermediate stages. 14.Remove last stage diffuser. Adam 15.Remove impeller spacer. 16.Remove impeller. I + 18.Remove rotating seal. I 8 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL b Maintenance 19.Remove seal housing. 6.2.2 Preassembly 1. Remove sleeve 0-ring on suction end(Sleeve design). 20.Press out stationary seal from seal housing. 2. Remove sleeve 0-ring on motor end(Sleeve design). /It �1 Note:Properly dispose of sleeve 0-rings and mechanical seal parts. Do not reuse. 3. Install new sleeve 0-ring on suction end(Sleeve design). 4. Install new sleeve 0-ring on motor end(Sleeve design). 6.2.3 Reassembly 1. Inspect and clean the inside the pump casing and inside bore of seal housing removing any debris. 2. Lubricate ID of seal housing and ID of seal with water or P-80. 3. Remove new rotating and stationary seal elements from packaging, inspect for damage and clean with water. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 9 6 Maintenance 4. Insert the new stationary seal seat into the seal bore of the seal turn initially,the seal is seated properly. housing with the seal face out. 1 a) DO NOT scratch or damage the seal face. b) Ensure that the seal is seated firmly and squarely inside the seal bore. c) With a clean lint-free cloth or alcohol swab,wipe the seal face clean of all lubricant or debris. d) DO NOT use grease or heavy lubricants to install seal,as these materials can cause the seal to leak. 5. Install seal housing. f' 7. Install seal spacer. 8. Install impeller. 9. Install last stage diffuser. 10.Install impeller spacer. 11.Install impeller. 12.Install impeller spacer. 13.Install diffuser. f 6. Rotate the rotary portion of the mechanical seal on the pump shaft 14.Repeat 10-13 for all intermediate stages. until it"locks"and you are unable to turn freely.If you are unable to For bearing stages,use steps 15-17. 15.Install bearing. 10 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7 Troubleshooting 16.Install bearing diffuser. 20.Install shaft screw/impeller nut. 21.Install first stage bowl. 22.Install sleeve(Sleeve design)by pressing into the seal housing for a tight 0-ring fit. 23.Install casing(Compact design)or suction head(Sleeve design). 24.Install pump foot(Sleeve design). 25.Install four(4)casing studs(Compact design)or four(4)washers and tie rod nuts(Sleeve design). 26.Install motor fan onto motor shaft.Using a rubber mallet,gently tap the fan into place against motor housing. 17.lnstall spacer. 18.Install first stage impeller. � r 27.Place motor fan cover over fan and cooling fins,and install two cov- er screws. 6.2.4 Torque values Pump size Tie rod nuts Vent/drain plug 1-5SV 22lbsft(30 N m) 15lbsft(20 N m) 10-22SV 37 Ibs ft(50 N m) 15 Ibs ft(20 N m) 33-125SV 44 Ibs ft(60 N m) 29 Ibs ft(40 N m) Casing bolts/tie rods One piece pump body(1-3-5HM) 11 ft-lb Sleeved Units(1-3-5HM) 10 ft-lb Sleeved Units(10-15-22HM) 18.5 ft-lb Impeller screw One piece pump body(1-3-SHM) 6 ft-lb Sleeved Units(1-3-5HM) 15 ft-lb Sleeved Units(10-15-22HM) 26 ft-lb 19.Install impeller spacer. 7 Troubleshooting Introduction Always specify the exact pump type and identification code when re- questing information or spare parts from the Sales and Service depart- ment. For other situation not mentioned in the table,refer to the Sales and Service department. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 11 8 Product warranty physical damage;(c)used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions 7.1 Troubleshooting table for installation,operation and maintenance;(d)damaged from ordina- ry wear and tear,corrosion,or chemical attack;(e)damaged due to ab- Problem Cause and solution normal conditions,vibration,failure to properly prime,or operation without flow;(f)damaged due to a defective power supply or improper The pump does • The thermo-overload protection in the single- electrical protection;or(g)damaged resulting from the use of accesso- not start. phase motor has tripped;it will automatically re- ry equipment not sold or approved by Seller.In any case of products set when the motor cools down. not manufactured by Seller,there is no warranty from Seller;however, • Check the power supply wiring to see that the Seller will extend to Buyer any warranty received from Seller's supplier connections are all tight of such products. • Check to see that the circuit breaker or ground- THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY fault protection device has tripped.Or replace AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,GUARANTEES, any fuses that may have blown. CONDITIONS OR TERMS OF WHATEVER NATURE RELATING TO THE • Check to see if any protection device installed GOODS PROVIDED HEREUNDER,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION for dry running protection has tripped or hung ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS up. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,WHICH ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DIS- The pump starts • The power supply cable is damaged,the motor CLAIMED AND EXCLUDED.EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY up but the ther- short circuits or thermal protector or fuses are LAW,BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIA- mal protector is not suited for the motor current.Check and re- BILITY FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE triggered after a place the components as necessary. LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR REPLACING THE PRODUCT AND SHALL short time or the • The thermo-overload protection(single phase) IN ALL CASES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY THE BUYER FOR fuses blow. or of the protection device(three-phase)trips THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE due to excessive current input.Check the pump FOR ANY OTHER FORM OF DAMAGES,WHETHER DIRECT,INDIRECT, working conditions. LIQUIDATED,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,PUNITIVE,EXEMPLARY • A phase in the power supply is missing.Check OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF the power supply. PROFIT,LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS OR REVENUE,LOSS OF IN- • The pump is clogged with solids and the impel- COME,LOSS OF BUSINESS,LOSS OF PRODUCTION,LOSS OF OP- ler becomes bound.Clean the pump. PORTUNITY OR LOSS OF REPUTATION. The pump starts • Air is entering the suction piping,check the liq- Limited consumer warranty but does not de- uid level,the tightness of the suction pipes and Warranty.For goods sold for personal,family or household purposes, liver any liquid. the operation of the foot valve. Seller warrants the goods purchased hereunder(with the exception of • The pump is not correctly primed.Repeat the in- membranes,seals,gaskets,elastomer materials,coatings and other structions in Prime the pump on page 5. "wear parts"or consumables all of which are not warranted except as The pump's de- • Check for restrictions in the piping system. otherwise provided in the quotation or sales form)will be free from de- livery is re- • Wrong rotation of the impeller(three-phase). fects in material and workmanship for a period of one(1)year from the duced. Check the direction of rotation. date of installation or eighteen(18)months from the product date • The pump is not correctly primed.Repeat the in- code,whichever shall occur first,unless a longer period is provided by structions in Prime the pump on page 5. law or is specified in the product documentation(the"Warranty"). Except as otherwise required by law,Seller shall,at its option and at no cost to Buyer,either repair or replace any product which fails to con- form with the Warranty provided Buyer gives written notice to Seller of 8 Product warranty any defects in material or workmanship within ten(10)days of the date when any defects or non-conformance are first manifest.Under either Commercial warranty repair or replacement option,Seller shall not be obligated to remove or pay for the removal of the defective product or install or pay for the Warranty.For goods sold to commercial buyers,Seller warrants the installation of the replaced or repaired product and Buyer shall be re- goods sold to Buyer hereunder(with the exception of membranes, sponsible for all other costs,including,but not limited to,service costs, seals,gaskets,elastomer materials,coatings and other"wear parts"or shipping fees and expenses.Seller shall have sole discretion as to the consumables all of which are not warranted except as otherwise pro- method or means of repair or replacement.Buyer's failure to comply vided in the quotation or sales form)will be(i)be built in accordance with Seller's repair or replacement directions shall terminate Seller's with the specifications referred to in the quotation or sales form,if such obligations under this Warranty and render this Warranty void.Any specifications are expressly made a part of this Agreement,and(ii)free parts repaired or replaced under the Warranty are warranted only for from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one(1)year the balance of the warranty period on the parts that were repaired or from the date of installation or eighteen(18)months from the date of replaced.The Warranty is conditioned on Buyer giving written notice to shipment(which date of shipment shall not be greater than thirty(30) Seller of any defects in material or workmanship of warranted goods days after receipt of notice that the goods are ready to ship),whichever within ten(10)days of the date when any defects are first manifest. shall occur first,unless a longer period is specified in the product docu- Seller shall have no warranty obligations to Buyer with respect to any mentation(the"Warranty"). product or parts of a product that have been:(a)repaired by third par- Except as otherwise required by law,Seller shall,at its option and at no ties other than Seller or without Seller's written approval;(b)subject to cost to Buyer,either repair or replace any product which fails to con- misuse,misapplication,neglect,alteration,accident,or physical dam- form with the Warranty provided Buyer gives written notice to Seller of age;(c)used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions for installa- any defects in material or workmanship within ten(10)days of the date tion,operation and maintenance;(d)damaged from ordinary wear and when any defects or non-conformance are first manifest.Under either tear,corrosion,or chemical attack;(e)damaged due to abnormal con- repair or replacement option,Seller shall not be obligated to remove ditions,vibration,failure to properly prime,or operation without flow; or pay for the removal of the defective product or install or pay for the (f)damaged due to a defective power supply or improper electrical installation of the replaced or repaired product and Buyer shall be re- protection;or(g)damaged resulting from the use of accessory equip- sponsible for all other costs,including,but not limited to,service costs, ment not sold or approved by Seller.In any case of products not manu- shipping fees and expenses.Seller shall have sole discretion as to the factured by Seller,there is no warranty from Seller;however,Seller will method or means of repair or replacement.Buyer's failure to comply extend to Buyer any warranty received from Seller's supplier of such with Seller's repair or replacement directions shall terminate Seller's products. obligations under this Warranty and render the Warranty void.Any THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ALL OTHER parts repaired or replaced under the Warranty are warranted only for EXPRESS WARRANTIES.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING BUT the balance of the warranty period on the parts that were repaired or NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY replaced.Seller shall have no warranty obligations to Buyer with re- AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,ARE LIMITED TO ONE spect to any product or parts of a product that have been:(a)repaired (1)YEAR FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION OR EIGHTEEN(18) by third parties other than Seller or without Seller's written approval; MONTHS FROM THE PRODUCT DATE CODE,WHICHEVER SHALL (b)subject to misuse,misapplication,neglect,alteration,accident,or OCCUR FIRST.EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW,BUYER'S 12 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 8 Product warranty EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR REPLACING THE PRODUCT AND SHALL IN ALL CASES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY THE BUYER FOR THE DEFEC- TIVE PRODUCT.IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER FORM OF DAMAGES,WHETHER DIRECT,INDIRECT,LIQUI- DATED,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,PUNITIVE,EXEMPLARY OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT,LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS OR REVENUE,LOSS OF IN- COME,LOSS OF BUSINESS,LOSS OF PRODUCTION,LOSS OF OP- PORTUNITY OR LOSS OF REPUTATION. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to you.Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damag- es,so the above exclusions may not apply to you.This warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. To make a warranty claim,check first with the dealer from whom you purchased the product or visit www.xyleminc.com for the name and lo- cation of the nearest dealer providing warranty service. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 13 Xylem 1"zileml 1)The tissue in plants that brings water upward from the roots; 2)a leading global water technology company. We're a global team unified in a common purpose:creating advanced technology solutions to the world's water challenges.Developing new technologies that will improve the way water is used, conserved,and re-used in the future is central to our work.Our products and services move,treat, analyze,monitor and return water to the environment,in public utility,industrial,residential and commercial building services,and agricultural settings.With its October 2016 acquisition of Sensus, Xylem added smart metering,network technologies and advanced data analytics for water,gas and electric utilities to its portfolio of solutions.In more than 150 countries,we have strong,long-standing relationships with customers who know us for our powerful combination of leading product brands and applications expertise with a strong focus on developing comprehensive,sustainable solutions. For more information on how Xylem can help you,go to www.xylem.com lem Xylem Inc. Visit our Web site for the latest version ofthisdocument 2881 East Bayard Street,Suite A and more information Seneca Falls,NY 13148 Let's Solve Water USA The original instruction is in English.All non-English instructions are translations of the original instruction. Tel:(800)453-6777 Fax:(888)322-5877 ©2017 Xylem Inc www.gouldswatertechnology.com Goulds is a registered trademark of Goulds Pumps,Inc. and is used under license. IM254R03 PROGRESSING CAVITY! NMI Introduction to Continental Pump Co. and Progressing Cavity Pumps Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com How Progressing Cavity Pumps work: Progressing Cavity Pumps have similar characteristics of a Piston Pump, such as sealed cavities and operational similarities such as: being able to pump at extremely low rates, even to high pressures, and revealing the effect to be purely positive displacement. They are also known as an Eccentric Screw Pump due to the motion of the rotor. Rotors are made of Hardened Steel or Stainless Steel and are covered with a Chrome Plating to give resistance to corrosive and abrasive materials. Some liquids affect the Chrome Plating and in those applications a Non-Plated Rotor should be used. Stators are metal tubes with internally molded cavities of Synthetic or Natural Rubber. The Rotor seals tightly against the flexible rubber stator as it rotates, forming tightly sealed cavities which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. The pumped liquid does not change in shape or size when pumped due to the tightly sealed cavities formed between the rotor and stator. The effect of the design is that the fluid is moved at a very predictable and steady rate. With positive suction the pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubricant between the pumping elements. HOW THEY WORK Rotor (1) turns within the flexible rubber stator(2)forming tightly sealed cavities (3) which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. Pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubri- cant between the pumping elements. 1 2 3 INLET � ��., � OUTLET t� In operation our pumps are fundamentally fixed flow rate pumps and offer long life and reliable service transporting thick or lumpy fluids. However, abrasive fluids can significantly shorten the life of the stator. Also, slurries can be pumped reliably if the slurry is viscous enough to maintain a lubrication layer around the particles and protect the stator. At the points where the rotor touches the stator,the surfaces are generally traveling transversely, so small areas of sliding contact occur. These areas need to be lubricated by the fluid being pumped. This can mean that more torque is required for starting, and if allowed to operate without fluid, called "run dry", rapid deterioration of the stator can happen as a result. Progressing Cavity Pump key advantages: POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT The turning ROTOR develops "positive pumping action" similar to a piston moving through a cylinder of infinite length.The pump pressure developed does not depend upon the speed of the rotating ROTOR. The capacity of the pump is approximately viscosity, and pressure can be projected for particular operating conditions. UNIFORM DISCHARGE FLOW Fluids are uniformly discharged without pulsation in a constant steady flow. Displacement remains the same with each revolution of the ROTOR permitting accurate predictable metering relative to the fluid being pumped. Because of the unique flow characteristics, these pumps are well suited for low-shear applications. INTERNAL VELOCITY OF FLUIDS All fluids are pumped with a minimum amount of turbulence, agitation, pulsation or separation disturbance. SELF PRIMING Pumping action starts at the time the ROTOR is turned and it is capable of 28 feet of suction lift in an appropriate installation. The liquid being pumped acts as a lubricant between the ROTOR and STATOR and forms a continuous seal to project the pumping phenomena. SOLIDS IN SUSPENSION Solid particles over a wide range of size and shape-as large as 1 1/8 inches in diameter, are pumped with no difficulty. REVERSIBLE Pumps can be operated clockwise or counter-clockwise with effective performance in most installations. INSTALLATION Pumps can be mounted horizontally or vertically and the Suction Port can be turned to any position for appropriate entry of the liquid. Pump Selection Guide To properly select the best performing pump consideration should be given to: Capacity The rate of flow in Gallons Per Minute (GPM). Pressure How much Pressure is required to move the Liquid being Pumped thru the Discharge Port of the Pump depends upon the piping system and the kind of Liquid being handled. The difference between the Pressure required at the Pump Discharge and the pressure being introduced into the Pump Suction is the differential Pressure and is expressed as Pounds Per Square Inch- (PSI). Viscosity The resistance to the flow is expressed by various Scales of measurement; however,the most commonly used is CENTIPOSES. The Viscosity usually changes with Temperature and should always be considered. For conversion purposes the formulas set forth below can be of value: Centipoises=Centistokes x Specific Gravity Centipoises = SSU x Specific Gravity (SSU=Saybolt Seconds Universal) Temperature The Maximum and Minimum Temperatures at which the Fluid to be pumped are important factors in proper Pump Selection. High Temperatures can cause distortion and swelling of Stator Materials and Low Temperatures can affect Viscosity that reflects in Flow Characteristics and Horsepower requirements. Operating Time The Operating Cycle of the Pump should be considered; Whether the Pump is to run continuously or intermittently can be a factor in the selection of the Drive. Abrasion Classify the Abrasive characteristics of the fluid to be pumped. Abrasives can look alike and appear to have similar properties; however,they can produce different wearing characteristics. Endeavor to classify the fluid broadly in order to select the proper Pump Construction and Operating Speed. The Classifications set forth below will serve as a guide and our experiences will be helpful: No Abrasives Example: Clear Water, Gasoline, Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil. Light Abrasives Example: Dirty Water containing Silt and/or small amounts of Sand or Earth. Medium Abrasives Example: Clay Slurries, Potters Glazes, Porcelain Enamel, Frit, Sludge,Wood Dust in Water. Heavy Abrasives Example: Slurries containing large amounts of Sand, Emery Dust, Lapping Compounds, Mill Scale, Plaster, Grout, Roof Gypsum. Corrosion Whether the Fluid being pumped is Neutral,Acid or Alkaline it should be considered in selecting the proper materials of Pump construction. The pH value of the Fluid should be known or determined. A pH of 7 is neutral, below 7 is Acid and above 7 is Alkaline. CP Model Number Identification: Materials used in the pumps are based on the fluid to be handled and are indicated in the model number identification. CPM L56 - CSQM 1 2 3 4 5 6 (1): Indicates the type of pump (2): Indicates the pump frame size designation (3): Indicates the pump body casting material (4): Indicates the rotor material (5): Indicates the stator material (6): Indicates the type of seal Material of Construction Continental Letter Key Materials Pump Body C Cast Iron S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Buna Nitrile R Natural Rubber B EPDM F Viton Seal Type M Mechanical Seal D Packing Gland CL, CM and CG Model Number Identification: Materials used in the pumps are based on the fluid to be handled and are indicated in the model number identification. 2CL8 - CDQ 1 2 3 4 5 6 (1): Indicates the number of stages for the rotor and stator (2): Indicates the pump frame size designation (CL, CM or CG Frame) (3): Indicates the size of the rotor and stator (4): Indicates the pump body casting material (5): Indicates the rotor and internal parts material (6): Indicates the stator material Material of Construction Continental Letter Key Materials Pump Body C Cast Iron S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor D Chrome Plated Alloy Steel S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Buna Nitrile R Natural Rubber B EPDM F Viton Internal Parts C Carbon Steel AF Anti-Friction Bearings HS Hardened Steel Frame Size Designation CL-Suitable for a wide variety of applications and are the most frequently used.When properly applied they give excellent long life performance at the most economical cost. CM-Similar to CL Pumps,except have a larger drive head to handle the increased horsepower that is needed to produce the higher pressures that can be developed by these pumps. CG-Designed to handle the heavier applications of Sewage,Industrial Waste,Polluted Liquids and Slurries. Liquids that can be handled by Continental Progressing Cavity Pumps These Materials of Construction permit Continental Pump to handle almost any fluid that can be moved thru pipe. Set forth in the accompanying chart is a partial list of liquids that have been successfully handled along with an indication of the basic materials for the pump body, the rotor and the stator. Rotors are made of Hardened Steel or Stainless Steel and are covered with a Chrome Plating to give resistance to corrosive and abrasive materials. Some liquids affect the Chrome Plating and in those applications a Non-Plated Rotor should be used. Stators are metal tubes with internally molded cavities of Synthetic or Natural Rubber. Note: *Non-Plated Rotor When 'D' Rotors are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be Carbon Steel. When 'S' Rotors are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be Stainless Steel. Maximum allowable Temperatures for Stators: B-240oF, F-3007, Q-2107, R-1857 PUMP 1fQU1� BODY ROTOR STATOR Acetic Acid(cold dilute) S S' B Q R C S An Acid Mine Water C S Q R Alcoh C D Fi Alcohol,Methyl(wood) C D Q R Alum(Pap` S B F Q R Aluminum Hydroxide C D Q R Aluminum Sulphate S 8 F Q R Ammonium Bicarbonate C S D S B R Ammonium Chloride S. B Q R Ammonium Phosphate C S D S B 0 R mmonium Nitrate C S R Ammonium Sulphate C S S. B Q R matic Hydrocarbons C S Asphalt C S D S F $arium Chloride - R Barium Hydroxide _ _ C S D S B F 0 R Barium Nitrate C S Q R Baruim Sulphate C S D S O R Beer S Q R Beer Wort S S R Beet Sugar Liquor r_z -— B F Q Ber7ere(coal tar product) C D S F Benzine(petroleum prod Black Liquor C S D S F Q Boiler Feed Water Bordeaux Mixture C D Q R Boric Acid Brine,Calcium Chloride C S S. B F C! R Brine,Sodium Chloride C S S. B F Q R Calcium Chlorate C S D S F Calcium Chloride C S D S B F Q R Calcium Hypochlonte C S S B F Calgon(sodium hexametaphosphate) S S Q R Carbon Blsulfide C S D S F Carbon Disulphide C S D S F Pagc 4 PUMP LIQUID BODY ROTOR STATOR #i Carbonrc Acid C S Q R r.Oil C S D S F Caustic Potash(I e) C S D S Q R C S 0 S e Caustic Zinc Chloride S S Q R China Wood T C D Drying Oils C D O Vegetable Oils C 0 Q Chlorinated H drocarbons for _ S— S F ff(Chromic roethylene C S D S 0 ChloriQ C D S F oroethyline S S F Acid(diluted) S S F id S S B F O R C D F Q R Copper Nitrate S S O R ate S S' F Q---A, Copperas S S. Q R Corn 08` C S D S Cotton Seed Oil C S S F Q "M- C S 0 S Cyanide C D Q R m C B. Diethylene Glycol(alcohol) C S D S F Q R Deioniz Distillery Wort C S D S Q R Edible Oils C 'S- 0 S Epsom Salts C S D S B F 0 Ethyl Alcohol C S D S B F Fatty Acids C S D S F S Ferrous Sulphate S S. Q R aid°� Re— S F Formic:Acid S _ F Fruit Juices S Q Fuel Oils C S F 0 Furfural S Fuul Oils C D Q Gasoline Glucose C S D S 8 F Q R Glue L erine C S D S B F Q R erol S n Alcohol C D Q R, pe Juice S Ss C S D S O R rocyanic Acid S B F Hydrogen Peroxide S S F Rydrogen Sulfide S S B F Kerosene _C D 0 Lard C S D S F Q Lime Water C D O R Md Oil C S D S B F Q Lubricating Oils C D Q ium hydroxide) C S D S 8 FININE&I - Magnesium Chloride C S D S B F Q Iphate C S D S' 8 Mercury C S D S Q R Metha C S D S B R Page 5 PUMP LIQUID BODY ROTOR STATOR Methyl Chloride C D Q R Milk of Lime C S Q R Mine Water C S Q R Molasses C D S 8 F 0 R Naphtha C D 0 Nickel Chloride S S B F 0 R Nickel Sulphate S S. B F 0 Oil•Paraffin Base C D 0 Oil-Vegetable C D Q Paints-Water Base C D 0 R Palmitic Acid C D F Q Phosphoric Acid S S F Potassium Carbonate C D O R Potassium Chloride C D 8 F 0 R Potassium Nitrate C D B F Q R Potassium Phosphate C D 0 R Potassium Sulphate C D B F 0 Salammoniac S S B Q R Salt Brine(to 30%) C S S Q R Sea Water C S Q R Sewage C D 0 R Shellac C D 0 Soap Liquor(thlnl C S D S B F Q Soda C D B F 0 R Sodium Alummate C D B 0 R Sodium Bicarbonate C S B F Q R Sodium BISLIIf lP S S B Q R Sodium Carbonate C S B F 0 R Sodium Chloride C S S. B F Q R Sodium Hydroxide C S D S B Q R Sodium Nitrate C D B Sodium Silicate C D 8 F 0 R Sodium Sulfate S S B F 0 Soy Bean Oil C D F 0 Starch C S D S B Q R Steric Acid S D Q Sugar C D Q R Tar C D Q Tar&Ammonia in Water C D 0 Titanium Chloride S S F Toluene(toluop C D F Trub Sludge C D 0 R Turpentine C D F 0 Varnish C D F Vegetable oil C D Q Vinegar S S. B F Q Vitriol Blue S S B F 0 Vitriol•Green S S Q R Waste Water C D Q R Whiskey C S D S 0 R Wine S S B Q R Wood Pulp C D Q R Yeast S S B 0 R Zinc Chloride S S. B F Q R Zinc Nitrate S S O R Zitte Sulfate S S. B 0 R Note: ' Non-plated ROTOR. When D ROTORS are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be of Carbon Steel. When S ROTORS are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be of Stainless Steel, Maximum allowable Temperatures for STATORS: B•240°F, F-300'F,0.210'F, R-185.F. Pape 6 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PRpGRESSING CAVITY ft PUMP WARRANTY We warrant our Pumps against Material and Workmanship defects for a period of one year from date of shipment from our plant; Provided the Company receives written notice of such defects and such claims are substantiated by the Company upon their authorized prepaid return to the Factory. Correction of defects in Material and /or Workmanship shall constitute a fulfillment of this Warranty and shall be returned to the user prepaid and credit issued for the incoming transportation. Failure of Pumping components due to normal or abnormal wear in operation or by operating conditions beyond the Company's knowledge or control shall not be considered as evidence of defective material, unless the Company's examination of these parts discloses such a defect. Except for the above Warranty the Company makes no warranty, expressed or implied and no warranty of fitness for a particular use and operation when they have no detail knowledge of all the data prior to purchase surrounding the application of the pump covering: *Liquid to be Pumped *Pumping Temperature *Viscosity Specific Gravity *Corrosive Content *Abrasive Content *Service Cycle *Pipe Sizes-Valves-Controls *Pump Drive *Suction Line *Discharge Line All of the above as set forth in detail in our Pump Application Data Sheet that is to be submitted to the Home Office Engineering Staff for consideration and approval. Any recommendations offered by Distributors, or Dealers and their representatives are to be considered as their best judgment and as matters of opinion without liability to the Company. Under no circumstances shall the Company be liable for damages to good will, loss of profits or for any type of consequential damage. Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 Model CP Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ' Continental Pump Company PROGRESSING CAVITY 29425 State Hwy B Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-4337 Email:sales .con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com LEI 0 FLEX. COUPLING CONTINTENTAL PUMP COUPLING GUARD DISCHARGE MOTOR SUCTION , __.1 .. i2l I-,, CONTINENTAL PUMP CO. WARRENTON MO. MODEL P PART NAMES IN LINE BASE coNTINENTAL PUMP Model CP Pumps are great for i low GPM and viscosity applications and can pump _! many different types of materials. It's a low cost MOTOR PULLEYJ PUMP PULLEY pump that is compact and PULLEY GUARD DISCHARGE has many drive options. SUCTION Model CP pumps and parts + -- - -- - -- are interchangeable with many progressing cavity pump brands. CWTINENTAL PUMP CO. WARRENTON MOE, MODEL. CP PART NAME: V-BELT BASE 0 Please contact one of our application specialists at (636)-456-6006 Mon-Fri 8AM-5PM CST for more CONTINTENTAL PUMP information. DISCHARGE MOTOR SUCTION IL 11 CONTINENTAL PUMP CO, WARRENTON MO. MUDEL CP PART NAME! CLOSE-COUPLED CP PUMP MODELS CROSS REFERENCE ro manswall Wo,.,. REV. 4/20/12 CROSS REFERENCE Model or Frame Designation CONTINENTAL MOYNO° CP-15 331 CP-22 332 CP-33 333 CP-44 344 CP-56 356 CP-67 367 All Moyno°Parts,models and identification numbers are listed for reference purposes only.Continental Pump Co,Inc.is not affiliated with or a representative of neither Moyno®nor its parent company.Please contact one of our application specialists at(636)-456-6006 M-F 8AM-5PM CST for more information. Materials of Construction Continental Moyno Letter Key Letter Key Materials Pump Body C C Cast Iron S S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor D D Chrome Plated Alloy Steel S S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Q Buna Nitrile B B EPDM F F Viton Internal Parts C C Carbon Steel AF AF Anti-Friction Bearings HS HS Hardened Steel Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PROGRESgNGCAVITY PUMPS Y ONLY NRt •� • NE • VIN PA MECHANICAL SEAL PUMP 1 T" a PACKING GLAND CLOSE COUPLED PUMP MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP Continental Pump Co. 29425 State Hi c h wa v B Warrentoa. 410 OiS,'? CATALOG CPU-9000 ON N 'TT PRQGRCSSING CAVITY PUMPS • . . • A iva,3" Ve/m mfi (�v U irtifA FOR A WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS Discharge Revolutionary, in design . . . . Port yet simple and economical, 8uctlon Port —j�+�, Seal their performance is out- Ball standing on (hundreds of dif- Bearings ferent applications for indus- try, farm and home. Proven for 35 years on the toughest pumping problems in industry this amazingly versatile , pump is now available in compact, low-cost Stator models for a wide range of uses. The famed, time-tested and proven simple Rotor MECHANICAL SEAL principle of a helical screw rotor—ONLY ONE Flexible PLUMP MOVING PART—turning in a tough rubber Joint stator provides positive displacement, is self- Models priming to as much as 25 feet of suction lift, CP-115 CP-44 has high reserve pressure, low internaltur- bulence, continuing uniform flow and freedom CP-2;2 CP-56 from air locking. CP-3.3 CP-67 Properly applied the-se pumps will yield per- formance never before accomplished with other types. Small in size, light in weight, easy to maintain, requiring no lubrication -CONTINENTAL PUMPS are ideal for many kinds of transferring, circu- lating, metering, filling, sprinkling, irrigating, drainage, and spraying jobs. 11 TRANSFERRING W THEY WORK . CIRCULATING SPRAYING Rotor (1) turns within the flexible rubber stator (2) forming tightly sealed . SPRINKLING cavities (3) which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. Pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubri • IRRIGATING cant between the pumping elements, • DRAINING 1 2 3 • FILLING • METERING SEWAGE • WATER SYSTEMS �ET WASHING CLEANING © COPYRIGHT 1984 CONTINENTAL PUMP CO. ST.LOUIS,MO. 'Ida& vt 1 • • 14 "A" CLEAN WATER SYRUP Itightl VEGETABLE OILS ILight) DIRTY WATER (Slightly) IHeavy) IHeavy) (Extremely) HYDRAULIC OIL (light) STARCHES (Lighil HOT WATER iHeovyl (Heavy) SALT WATER WATER BASE PAINTS LIME WATER SOAPY WATER TREE SPRAYS IThin) COOLANTS COLO WATER (Containing Insolubles) AQUARIUM CIRCULATION (Sail Water) BEET SUGAR LIQUORS LAWN SPRINKLING (Water) (Fresh Water) CANE SUGAR LIQUORS LAUNDRY TRAY TRANSFER INSECTICIDES IThinl KEROSENE GREENHOUSE MIST SPRAYING (Containing Insolubles) NAPTHA SWIMMING POOL CIRCULATION WEEDICIDES IThinl BENZINE SWIMMING POOL FILTRATION (Containing Insolublesl ENGINE OIL ILight) WHISKEY WOOD TREATMENTS (Oil Basel (Hoavyl GLYCERINE IPastes I CREOSOTE WINE LINSEED OIL ALCOHOLS !Ethyl) TURPENTINE LIVESTOCK SPRAYS IThin) (Methyll BEER (Containing Insolublesl BRINE (Lightl IWK LIQUID FERTILIZER IThin) COTTON SEED OIL FLAVORS AND EXTRACTS (Containing Insolubles) AMMONIA WATER DYE WHITEWASH IThinl WET VACUUM APPLICATIONS FARE FIGHTING IHeavy) CONDENSATE URINE ANIMAL OILS (lord) LIOUID SOAP IRRIGATING MOLASSES I0loc1slraP1 MINERAL OIL SEWAGE IDiluted) and many more. Fill out the PUMP APPLICATIION DATA SHEET and return for a prompt recommendation. Requtest copies if not with this Catalog. Motor Mechanical Seal Discharge Discharge Port Port Packing \ Lantern Ring Suction 7�_ Packing Gland Port � •?� L. Balls Bearings t L_� \ f+! &Was t \ 47 Stator Rotor Flexible Joint Stator % � Rotor CLOSE COUPLED Flexible Joint MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP Models PACKING GLAND PUMP CPM-15 CPML-15 CPM-22 CPML-22 Models CPM-33 CPML-33 CP-15D CP-44D CPM-44 CPML-44 CP-22D CP-56D CPM-56 CPML-56 CP-33D CP-67D CPM-67 CPML-67 3 CT N TA� • . • are the solution to handling many liquids in a LOW COST COMPACT UNITS N N range of capacities from less than one gallon to �� �_- more than 50 galtons per minute versus discharge PROGRESSING CAVITY PUMPS pressures to 150 PSI depending upon liquid and for every requirement conditions of the application. 1 y 4 SOW TYPE ❑ ' TYPE M TY,;h IIPM{ ❑A. CLOSE COUPLED CLOSE COUPLED MECHANICAL SEAL PUMP PACKING GLAND PUMP [FO N T I N E N T A L P U M P M 0 D E L S MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP PROGRESSING CAVITY TYPE PUMP TYPE - -PORT SIZES• MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION D 1 M E N S 1 0 N S - SEE MOTE BELOW SHIPPING N P T BODY CASTINGS ROTORS T A T O R S SE A L S WEIGHTS PUMP FRAME SIZES B E (APPROXIMATE) INLET OUTLET c' s s G'u "R"P F`1 M" D' A B C D E F G H J K U SUCTION DISCHARGE IRON STAINLESS STAINLESS A Y H MECHANICAL PAC GIAND CP-15•CP-22•CP-33•CP•44 34' 34- ✓ J J ✓ J J J 12-7/16' &1116' 5_S'8' 3.12' 5-3 4' S-1? 3-14-• 3.1,16- 348' 1.7,16- 58' 15 Lb, CP-15•CP•22•CP•33•CP-44 34' 34' J / J ! ! I 14.314' 6-14' 8-12' 3-1? 5.1116' S-17 3.14- 3' &7r16' 1.7n6' 55" 18 Les CPM-15•CPW22•CPM-33•CPM-44 14- 3r ✓ / ! J I J 18.516" 11-112' 6-13,16" 3.1? 5.7417 6-Sr &I? 4A7 10-5E' 7' 48 Lea CPML-15-CPML-22•CPML•33•CPML-44 314" 34' J J J / I J J 20-9'16' 13.34' 6-1316' 3-17 S-7V 6-58' 6-12' 4-1-2' 12.7/8' 7' 52 Lbs CP-56 1117 1.114• ✓ J ! J J J ! 16-1116' 944' 6.15M6' 4.9632' 7-99r 7-12' 8' 4.14- "IT 2.3T 34 40LOS CP-56 1-1? 1-1/4' J ! ! ! / ! J 18-11tr 9.14• 9.06' 4.93r 7-9W 7-1,2' 6' 4-14' S11/18' 2.38' 34 44 Lbs CPW56 1.12- 1.114' J ✓ J / J ! 22-114- 12.1? 9-34' 4-1? 7-1? 1 7.12- 9' 10, 12.14- 81 001bs CPML-56 1.17r 1.1/4' / J J J J I ✓ 24-11J16' 14-15116- 9.14- 4•I? 7.12' 7-1? 9' 10' 14-1 116' 81 a- 85Les CP-67 r 2' ! ! J ! J / J 19-9'16- 11IS16' 7-S'8' 4.11V 8-114• B-14' 6' 4-71" 4.906' 9 85Lea CP-67 r 2' I ! J J / ! 22' 12' T0' 4•I.2' 8.114- 8-14' 6' 4.14' 7-1,8' 1 2 t 9 90 LD> CPM-67 r 2' ! I / ✓ ✓ ! 24-! 12-58' 1 1r 4-117 7.3,4' 8-114' T 10' 14-5tr 165H 117 Lbs CPML•67 r r J I / J J J ! 27.1116' 15.1,16' 1 17' 1 4.12' 7-3,4' 8-1 4' 9' 10' 17.1116' 1 8-5H 125Lbs NOTE: TYPE PUMP DESKIINATION' EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE MODEL DESIGNAMNS NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS.EXCEPT V MAY VARY BY IT AFTER PUMP FRAME SIZE FRAME CP:5-CSOM DO NOT USE ABOVE DNENSONS FOR LIMITED SPACE 14STALLAT10N5 IST LETTER BCOY CASTING-C'OR'T FRAME CP 15 SSW REQUEST CERTIFIED DRAWMG. 2ND LETTER ROTOR-'S FRAME CPU 56 CSCU WHERE V 15 ST.-.W.007 SHAFT HAS FLAT KEYSEAT 1,1V DEEP.I'LONG 3RD LETTER STATOR-V.TF OR-F' FRAME CPML 56 C%M V S 3,4• .OW Wr SHAFT HAS FLAT KEYSEAT V 14'DEEP.I•LONG A1H LETTER-TYPE OF SEAL Y OR Tl FRAME CP671CSO0 V 15 V •.00V-007 KEYWAY IW WIDE.IV DEEP.7 LONG A— r' A A .,1 iYLT10M I PORT �4UOT D•iLXu04 sucrloR Q1POMI _ F PORT MOAT K >'ORI DA1_ K bXN�R7 f A— « POINT E h U D MOtpAIL K U f O 0 /I O D I O EIEVATIOM SHAFT ELEVATIDN LZ SHAFT END END FLFYATIDN 3UEXD H EI-EVATIDN J + y .• N r+ J � '+ G t'VIEW I`H J ���111 G r VIEW H L, VIEW r. H 4+ J G w6i lfAl PUMP MODELS PUMPP AODELS PIMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CP 15M CP 22M.CP-$W-CP. .CP•56M.1 P-67M CP I%-CP•22D-CF.=,CP+Ie.CP.56D CP47D CPU 15-CPM-N-CPM-33 CPM44.CPML 15-CP11114-22,1,`PUL•17 CPML-U CPM-56-CPNL-56.CPN 7.CPML•67 MFUMMtSL SEM TYPE P11IUIP4 plug TYPE CLOSE CWPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE CLOSE CWPLED WTOR DRIVEN TYPE 4 $ �CN- NEe LNPROCRI.SSING CAVITY • • • • • • CONTINENTAL offers Low Cost Compact Pumping Units for every requirement. They are available complete and ready for prompt installation. DIRECT CONNECTED MOTO R-D RIV E—N�= V-BELT MOTOR-DRIVEN UNITS Models Models CP-15 CP•44 CP-15 CP-44 CP-22 CP-56 CP-22 CP-56 CP-33 CP-67 CP-33 CP-67 • •UPLED MOTOR-DR Models Models CPML-15 CPML-44 -^� CPM-15 CPM-44 CPML-22 CPML-56 CPM-22 CPM-56 CPML-33 CPML-67 CPM-33 CPM-67 Model CPML Pumps can be CLOSE-COUPLED to a Large Selection of Motor and Drive Units including: - Open Drip Proof • Direct Current Motors GASOLINE - • Totally Enclosed • Direct Current SCR Drives Fan Cooled - AC Variable Speed Drives Models • Explosion Proof — WITH A WIDE RANGE OF CPG-24C ELECTRICAL CURRENT CPG-35 C CHARA C TERIS TICS CPG-46C CPG-58C CPG-67C ALSO AVAILABLE WITH VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES _ - OR PORTABLE 3 HORSEPOWER ENGINE UNITS SPEED REDUCER UNITS 6 YIELD OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE l r�AFPPLICATION OF IC��-��- �� �A hundreds of different 0 N-T IN N �- applications for . PROGRfSSING 11 I?Y PUMPS J ll- f� Speed, temperature, viscosity, suction lift, diischarge INDUSTRY pressure, abrasive content and corrosive action of the liquid to be handled should all be considered in applying COMMERCE these pumps. Pump should always be filled with the liquid to be handled before running. The liquid serves as a lubricant and is easily poured into pump through the discharge port before final assembly of the piping or hose AGRICULTURE connections. A filling tee with a plug or valve can be in- stalled above the discharge port for ease in filling. Liquid to be pumped should never exceed 190°F tem- perature. Maximum speed that any of these pumps should be run is 2,800 rpm and then only in handling thin, abrasive-free liquids. preferably the speed should PERFORMANCE DATA be 1,750 rpm for longest life. When liquid contains abra- CAPACITY Gillum pP,Mmute Iwate,at 70 F1 MOTOR slve material or Is viscous, the speed should be reduced- MODEL DISCHARGE PUMP SPEEO HORSE NO. PRESSURE POWER For various viscosities of abrasive-free liquids, tfle maxi- 1750rpm 1150rpm 1170rpm 500,pm 430rpm mum operating speed of the pump is set forth below: 0 1.9 13 1.0 .7 .5 25 1.7 1.0 .5 .2 .1 SUGGESTED MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF PUMP 2000 RPM 1150 RPM - 1150 RPM 070 RPM S00 RPM U0 RPM 100 RPM IN RPM _ 5D 1.2 .9 .2 VISCOSITY 1Centlpolse! CP-i5 75 1.2 .0 v2 1 lee S00 1000 3to0 SW 10.000 100 1.0 .7 1 o to to ro ro to w 125 .9 .5 101 Sao 1001 30" 5000 10,000 T0,000 W.u, Gnni/ 31 W.tptt Table N...y MotP4w{ Pwt. Pw.w u 150 _6 .4 MMb Oi Sr,,,P eun« ABRASIVE FLUIDS 0 4.9 3.2 2.4 1.6 1.2 25 4.1 23 2.0 1 3 .9 N.ne Nom Nan. Ly61 Medmn, Mediu,n Navvy Twny Ctrs Wn« Ovty Ct,p Slarr,n Ln nq compou.d, CP-22 50 3.4 2.2 1.6 1.0 ,7 1/2 PmcNun Emnwl Md1 sa.41n Witt, _ 75 2.6 1.7 1.3 .8 .6 Capacity and life of these pumps will depend upon the 100 2.0 1.5 1.0 .6 4 liquid being handled. I 0 9A 6.0 4.6 3.1 1 2.3 Piping to pump should be properly selected and should CP32 25 7.0 4.5 34 2.] 1.7 1/2 not be smaller in size than the suction and discharge so 42 27 2.0 ports of the pump.All pipe and hose fitting joints should 0 150 _ 9.7 7.3 4.9 1 3.6 5.9 4.0 3.0 t7z be right. Discharge lines should be open or if pump is Cpqy 25 uD z6 operated in an enclosed system, provision should be -- 50 9.0 6.1 I 4.6 3.1 2.3 3/4 made for pressure relief when the pump pressure exceeds the limits as set forth for each model pump. 0 2a.0 15.fi 11.7 7.9 5.0 25 22.0 14.] 10.7 7.2 6.3 Pump bearings do not require lubrication as they are CP56 -- pre-lubricated. 35 205 _13.3 10.0 6.7 4.9 SO We recommend that the pump be flushed after its use. 19 5 12.7 9.5 6.4 4.1 0 53.0 34.5 26.0 17.5 � 13.0 PUMP SHOULD NOT BE RUN DRY. 10 43.0 31.0 23.4 16.6 11.7 t We will be glad to collaborate on any proposed CP67 20 430 20.0 1_ 21.0 14.0 10.3 applications, r ]S 14.0 22.0 16.5 11.0 8.1 1112 Fill in COMLOVENrAL PUMP DATA Sheet and return for a 50 26.0 1 16.1 12.3 63 6.1 2- prompt recommendation. Request copies if not with this Bulletin, 7 ZRFL NNE �1have been applied b these NTA y CAVITY pUMPs well known Companies: AGB07T LABORATORItS CONSOLIDATED ALUMINUM INDUSTRIAL SLGARS IEA80DY COAL ALCOA CONTAINER COMP OF AMERICA YNLANO MFG. PEPSI COLA ALLEN PRODUCTS CONTINENTAL EMSCO INTERNATIONAL PAPER PETROLITE ALLIED CHEMICAL CORNING GLASS JOHNS MANVILLE PiTNEY BOWES ALTON BOX CURTIS PAPER JOHES&LAUGHL IN PRATT&LAMBERT AFAERICAN STEEL FOUNDRIES CUTLER HAMMER KAISER GYPSUM CO. PIALS701Y PURINA ALIVEHICAN STORES PACKING DAN RIVER KIMBERLY CLARK REMINGTON ARMS AMOCO DIL DEKALB AGRICULTURE KOCH ENGINEERING REYNULOSMETALS ANACONDA DEL MONTE LACLEDESTOKER ST JOEMINERALS ARGONNE NATIONAL LAB OO'A'CHEMICAL to CROSSE RUBBER ST LOUIS SHIF ARMCO OR,PEPPER LEA MFG ST.REG1S PAPER ARVIN INDUSTRIES ORAVO LOCKHEED SAMSONITE ASPEN PL ASTiCS DO PONT MALLINCKROUT SIGMA CHEMICAL BAtOOR EAGLE PICHER MARATHON DIL SIGMA TREATMENT BANNERFIBREBOARO EASTERN STAINLESS VICOONNELI DOUGLAS SIMPLEX INDUSTRIES BANQUET FOODS FMC MEAD PAPER SIOUX CITY BARGE BEATRICE FOODS FEDERAL PAPER BOARD CEO,MEYER MFG SGNOCD PRODUCTS BEMIS FISHER BODY MIDWEST DREDGING A E STALEY BENDIX FORD MOTOR MILES LABORATORIES SUNDSTRAND BEVERIDGE PAPER GAF MISSISSIPPI LIME SONNEN BOEING GENERAL ELECTRIC MO PAC UNION ELECTRIC BROWN CO. GEORGIA PACIFIC MOBILE DRILLING U.S.GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES GL IDDEN DURKEE MOBILE OIL U.S GYPSUM CARNATION GLOBE VALVE MONADNOCK PAPER U.S.INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS CASTLE&COOKE GOLOBLATT TOOL MONARCH CEMENT U.S MINERALS CERRO METAL B F_GOODRICH MONSANTO U.S.STEEL CERTAIN TEED GREENVILLE TOOL N.L.INDUSTRIES UNITED STATES GYPSUM CHAMPION PAPER GRIFI'IN MFG NATIONAL BY PRODUCTS VALSPAR CHASE SAG HALLIBURTON NAT104AL FELT WAGNER ELECTRIC CHEVROLET HALLMARK NATIONAL GYPSUM WAUSAU PAPER CITY OF JOPLIN HAMILTON STANDARD NATIONAL MACHINERY WELLSVILLE FIRE BRICK CITY OF ST CHARLES HANNA MINING NATIONAL MARINE WESTERN ELECTRIC CITY OF SHREVEPORT HARRISON RADIATOR NEK0USA PAPERS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CLEVELAND CLIFFS HARSHAW CHEMICAL NORTHRUP KING WESTVACO CLINTON CORP HOERNCR WALDORF OLIN WEYERHAEUSER CLOW HOLLINGSWORTH&VOSE OLINKRAFT COCA COLA HUBINGER OWENS CORNING FIBERGLAS COLEMAN HUDSON FOODS OWENS ILL.INUIS COLONIAL BAKING IBM PACKAGING CORP OF AMERICA and many more. CONSOLIDATED PACKAGING IDEAL CESIENT PANHANDLE EASTERN _ CONTINENTAL Models CL, CM, CG, & CJ C0 TiNE Ll PUMPS and PARTS _ � - NTA are interchangeable with G �y Robbins & Myers MOYNO PROGRESSIN CAYIT pRMpS , -�. - - -- --j = ow- Models L, M, SWG. & J. Heavy Duty Industrial Pumps Ti „, ,.��•°�"°` l' '� CL Model PUMP Request Catalog CL-8400 PROMPT SHIPMENT can be made . . . from our closest STOCKfNG DISTRIBUTOR...or DIRECT from our FACTORY in St. Louis. . . PLUS the availability of 47 YEARS EXPERI- ENCE in successfully applying PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMPS! Continental Pump Co. 29425 State High uva y B Warrenton, MO 63383 CATALOG CPU-9000 www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 CP Performance Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ME PROGRESSING CAVITY PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP REVISED 4/2012 PERFORMANCE DATA CAPACITY-Gallons per Minute(Water at 707) MODEL DISCHARGE MOTOR HORSE NO PRESSURE PUMP SPEED POWER 1750 RPM 1150 RPM 870 RPM 580 RPM 430 RPM 0 1.9 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.5 25 1.7 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 50 1.5 0.9 0.2 CP-15 75 1.2 0.8 1/2 100 1.0 0.7 125 0.8 0.5 150 0.6 0.4 0 4.9 3.2 2.0 1.6 1.2 25 4.1 2.7 2.0 1.3 0.9 CP-22 50 3.4 2.2 1.6 1.0 0.7 1/2 75 2.6 1.7 1.3 0.8 0.6 100 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.6 0.4 0 9.4 6.0 4.6 3.1 2.3 CP-33 25 7.0 4.5 3.4 2.3 1.7 1/2 50 4.2 2.7 2.0 1.3 0.9 0 15.0 9.7 7.3 4.9 3.6 3/4 CP-44 25 12.0 7.8 5.9 4.0 3.0 50 9.4 6.1 4.6 3.1 2.3 3/4 0 24.0 15.6 11.7 7.9 5.8 CP-56 25 22.0 14.3 10.7 7.2 5.3 11/2 35 20.5 13.3 10.0 6.7 4.9 50 19.5 12.7 9.5 6.4 4.1 0 53.0 34.5 26.0 17.5 13.0 10 48.0 31.0 23.4 15.8 11.7 2 CP-67 20 43.0 28.0 21.0 14.0 10.3 35 34.0 22.0 16.5 11.0 8.1 2 50 25.0 16.3 12.3 8.3 6.1 2 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com �PROG GRE0S MI MCAVITY am~ Pump Curves MUM .11 PROGRESSING Oq�IT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-15 H P GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- I 0.4 2.0 i i 0.3 I -- -- -�4— cp P — ---- N Gp 5 NA,-- 0.2 1.0 --- — - -- -- i 0.1 I i 0 30 60 90 120 150 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com 1� PROGRESSfNG cpVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-22 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 5.0 del I I 0.4 4.0 010 t. 0.3 3.0 01 i I f � I � I 0.2 2.0 or 5 I- 0.1 1.0 I I I i i I i i I i � I I 0 20 40 60 80 100 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PROGRESSING CAVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-33 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 9.0 I Gb I ,I 0.4 8.0 Q INA AM- I _ 7.0 0.3 6.0 @ 1�5�RP� 5.0 I I I 0.2 4.0 eo- 3.0 �Q @ ifL I 0.1 2.0 1 1.0 I I I I - I I I � 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com LINE PROGRESSING CAVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODELCP-44 H P GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F --- — --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 0.8 16.0 I 0.7 14.0 nil 0.6 12.0 0.5 10.0 I I 0.4 8.0 MAZ 0.3 6.0 0.2 4.0 0.1 2.0 — — -- 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton. Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ` 1J PROGRESSING�AV1T PERFORMANCE DATA MODELCP-56 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 1.0 25.0 r---- --- --- --- --- --- I 0.9 .00 l 0.8 20.0 - - # 01 0.7 I 0.6 15.0 001 0.5 ol 0.4 10.0 de E�_ 4 l 0.2 5.0 --- - --- --- --- --- -- 0.1 --- --- I I I - -- 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com i PROGRESSING�AV1T PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-67 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 2.5 50.0 � I I I 45.0 p 2.0 40.0 I I i �OII I I i I TT-FFI#-+ I i+, . 3 5.0 PMI� 1.5 30.0 1 I 25.0 I 1.0 20.0 15.0 00, 0.5 10.0 5.0 oil _ I i 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 I Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 CP Dimensions Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PROGRESS►.G CAVITY► Dimensions&Weights CP Frame Pumps **Drawings on next page** REV4/20/12 PUMP DIMENSIONS(INCHES) WEIGHT PORT SIZES SIZES (LBS) INLET OUTLET A B C D E F G H J K U SUCTION DISCHARGE CP-15•CP-22- CP-33•CP-44 12-7/16" 6-13/16" 5-5/8" 3-1/2" 5-3/4" 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 3-11/16" 3-3/8" 1-7/16" 5/8" 15 3/4" 3/4" CPD-15•CPD- 22•CPD-33- CPD-44 14-3/4" 6-1/4" 8-1/2" 3-1/2" 5-13/16" 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 3" 6-7/16" 1-7/16" 5/8" 18 3/4" 3/4" CPM-15 CPM-22 CPM-33 CPM-44 18-5/16" 11-1/2" 6-13/16" 3-1/2" 5-7/8" 6-5/8" 6-1/2" 4-1/2" 10-5/8" 7" 48 3/4" 3/4" CPML-15 CPML-22 CPML-33 CPML-44 20-9/16" 13-3/4" 6-13/16" 3-1/2" 5-7/8" 6-5/8" 6-1/2" 4-1/2" 12-7/8" 7' 52 3/4" 3/4" CP-56 16- 11/16" 9-3/4" 6-15/16" 4-9/32" 7-9/32" 7-1/2" 6" 4-3/4" 3-9/16" 2-3/8" 3/4" 40 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPD-56 18 13/16" 9-3/4" 9-1/16" 4-9/32" 7-9/32" 7-1/2" 6" 4-3/4" 5-11/16" 2-3/8" 3/4" 44 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPM-56 22-1/4" 1 12-1/2" 9-3/4" 4-1/2" 7-1/2" 1 7-1/2" 9" 10" 12-1/4" 8-1/4" 1 80 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPML-56 24 11/16" 14-15/16" 9-3/4" 4-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 9" 10" 14-11/16" 8-1/4" 85 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CP-67 19-9/16" 11-15/16" 7-5/8" 4-1/2" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 6" 4-7/8" 4-9/16" 2-1/8" 1" 85 2" 2" CPD-67 22" 12" 10" 4-1/2" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 6" 4-3/4" 7-1/8" 2-1/8" 1" 90 2" 2" CPM-67 24-5/8" 12-5/8" 12" 4-1/2" 7-3/4" 8-1/4" 9" 10" 14-5/8" 8-5/8" 117 2" 2" CPML-67 27-1/16" 1 15-1/16" 12" 4-1/2" 7-3/4" 1 8-1/4" 9" 10" 17-1/16" 8-5/8" 125 2" 2" Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 63383 1 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com A A F B C F SUCTION DISCHARGE SUCTION DISCHARGE PORT PORT K PORT PORT K E O E O U U D O O O O ELEVATION SHAFT ELEVATION SHAFT END END �H� J �G� VIEW ��—H VIEW PUMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CP-15M CP-22M • CP-33M • CP-44M CP-56M CP-67M CP-15D • CP-22D • CP-33D • CP-44D • CP-56D • CP-67D MECHANICAL SEAL TYPE PACKING GLAND TYPE A SUCTION PORT B When Mato F DISCHARGE TI N ZPORT - A PORT MOTOR I Phom 2' � �� CONDENSER 8 POR F 0 0 MOTOREl E K ® MOTOR E ° O ° K D p 0 0 H ELEVATION �• G—►I SUCTION FAH ELEVATION) �G — SUCTION� VIEW PUMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CPM-15 • CPM-22 • CPM-33 CPM-44 • CPML-15 • CPML-22 CPML-33 • CPML-44 CPM-56 • CPML-56 • CPM-67 CPML-67 CLOSE COUPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE CLOSE COUPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaluItrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 C P Parts Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com �PROG GRE0S MI MCAVITY am~ Parts Lists PARTS LIST FRAMES: CP15, 22,33&44 PpOGgESSING CAVITY MECHANICAL SEAL TYPE- M 2 4 5R 3 28 5 DISCHARGE NPT 1 7 9 / 6 SUCTION 8 NPT 0 0 0 o O O 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-1SS 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-15PS U6-15PS U6-15PS U6-15PS 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-15TS U6-15TS U6-15TS U6-15TS 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 8 MECHANICAL RING U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 9 RETAINING SEAL U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 28 STATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CP-15 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST ' FRAMES: CPD15, 22, 23&44 pRCGRESSING CAVITY PACKING GLAND TYPES-D SR 19 3 28 S 4 7 DISCHARGE NPT 2 9 1 14 Is SUCTION NPT O O 01 6 29 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U513-15 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 9 RETAINING RING U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 14 PACKING SET U14-15 U14-15 U14-15 U14-15 U15-15C U15-15C U15-15C U15-15C 15 PACKING GLAND U15-155 U15-155 U15-155 U15-15S 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15S U17-15S U17-15S U17-15S 19 LANTERN RING U19-15S U19-15S U19-15S U19-15S 20 SHAFT RETAINING RING U20-15 U20-15 U20-15 U20-15 28 STATOR RING U28-15S U28-15S NOT USED NOT USED 29 BEARING SPACER U29-15C U29-15C U29-15C U29-15C **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION P=PINNED C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPD-15 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST • , FRAMES:CPM15, 22,33&44 .^Av T r CLOSE COUPLED PUMP . . • DISCHARGE N PT 28 5 4 5R 2 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT i 8 SUCTION N PT 00 0 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. ITEM NO. PART NAME 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CPM3-15C CPM3-15C CPM3-15C CPM3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPM3-15S CPM3-15S CPM3-15S CPM3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 28 STATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPM-15 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com f PARTS LIST �RESSINGC FRAMES:CPML15, 22,33&44 1'!RO • •I CLOSED COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE MOTOR SHAFT N PT 5 5R 2 21 28 4 3 1 r SUCTION 8 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE NPT r yr r it r 0 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM y/ir x yr. 0 r it HS PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. ITEM NO. PART NAME 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CPML3-15C CPML3-15C CPML3-15C CPML3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPML3-15S CPML3-15S CPML3-15S CPML3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q US-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15S U5R-15S U5R-15S U513-15S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 21 MOTOR COUPLING U21-15S U21-15S U21-15S U21-15S 28 is ATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED I NOT USED HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-15 HS-15 HS-15 HS-15 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPML-15 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST ' FRAMES:CP56&67 PRocgEssiNG cavlrY MECHANICAL SEAL TYPES-M --- - - -- 5R 2 5 4 DISCHARGE 1 INIPT 3 7 SUCTION i 8 9 6 N PT - - 00 - - - - O O 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CP3-56C CP3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-56S CP3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR US-56Q US-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-56PS U6-67PS 6 SHAFT,THREADED 1.16-56TS NOT USED 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) 1.17-56 U7-67 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q F17 RETAINING RING U9-56 U9-67 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-56 U17-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CP-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PARTS LIST a ' FRAMES: CPD56&67 SSA^ CAVITY . . ., PACKING GLAND TYPES-D SR 19 3 S 4 DISCHARGE 7 NPT 2 9 1 14 1s 20 SUCTION NPT O ILV / . O O 6 29 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. 67 ITEM NO. PART NAME 56 FRAME FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CPI-56S CP1-67S 2 IFLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CP3-56DC CP3-67DC 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-56DS CP3-67DS 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-56PDS U6-67PDS 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-56TDS NOT USED 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-56 U7-67 9 RETAINING RING U9-56 U9-67 14 PACKING SET U14-56 U14-67 U15-56C U15- U15-67C 15 PACKING GLAND 56S U15-67S 17 ROLL PIN(2 EA) U17-56S U17-67S 19 LANTERN RING U19-56S U19-67S 20 SHAFT RETAINING RING U20-56 NOT USED 29 BEARING SPACER U29-56DC NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPD-56/67 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST FRAMES:CPM56&67 PROGRESSING CAVITY CLOSE COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE N PT 5 4 5R 2 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT SUCTION 8 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE NPT ao 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM oo HS 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING FARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED NOT USED U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CPML3-56C CPML3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPML3-56S CPML3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) NOT USED U21-67S 21 MOTOR COUPLING U21-565 U21-67S HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-56 HS-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPM-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PARTS LIST FRAMES:CPML 56&67 pROGRESS�NG CAVITYI CLOSE COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE 2 NPT 5 4 5R 21 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT SUCTION 8 MOTOR,1 OR 3 PHASE NPT o 1750 OR 1140 RPM a HS 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CPM3-56C CPM3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPM3-56S CPM3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U21-56S U21-67S HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-56 HS-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE R=NATURAL RUBBER CPM L-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PROGRESSING CAVITY! NMI Pump Operation and Installation Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com Mal Installation and Operation Instructions for CONTINENTAL Models CP, CL, CM, and CG 1. The Operating Principle of the CONTINENTAL Progressive Cavity Pump is based on two pumping elements. One is a high strength steel single thread helical screw rotor that turns in a double thread helical screw stator. The stator is a molded elastomer of various selected compounds bonded into a steel tube. 2. The outer circumference of the turning rotor is in contact with the internal circumference of the stator and provides an effective seal creating cavities of liquid that are moved from the suction end to the discharge end of the pumping elements. 3. The displacement of the liquid is uniformly positive,without pulsation or turbulence. The rate of flow is proportional to the speed of the rotating rotor. Pressure is uniform and independent of the pump speed, but is attributable to the length of the rotor and stator elements. 4. Dry friction is harmful to Progressing Cavity Pumps. Do no operate the pump until it is filled with the liquid to be pumped. This liquid serves as a lubricant and as a seal between the rotor and stator and is not a priming operation. Approximately 10%of the pump's displacement rating will satisfy the cooling and lubricant requirements until full displacement capacity is attained. 5. Mount the pump on a properly machined and fabricated steel base that is anchored with bolts on a level solid foundation. 6. Alignment of direct driven pumps that are driven by a motor or a speed reducer should be carefully checked after the pump base has been mounted on the foundation. Check the alignment of the coupling halves with a straight edge. Alignment should be checked at least four points 90° around the O.D. of the coupling. A space between the pump and driver shaft ends should be held to no less than 1/8". 7. Belt driven pumps should be checked after mounting the pump base on the foundation. Make sure, with the help of a straight edge, that the belts and pulleys are in alignment and that the belts have the proper tension. 8. Pump rotation: The pump can be operated in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction when viewing the pump form the driveshaft end. The recommended operating direction is clockwise when viewing the pump from the driveshaft end. The inlet and discharge ports are 1 related to the rotation of the pump. Please contact the factory if you have any questions regarding rotation. 9. Piping to pump should generally be the same size as the pump inlet port and discharge port openings. Those systems handling viscous,volatile high pressure or high temperature materials may have to be more appropriately sized. a. All threaded joints should be coated and sealed with pipe compound. b. Provide for expansion in the piping system to all for movement and deflection. c. Use pipe supports to keep the weight of the piping system from causing strain on the pump. d. Make all lines as direct and free of fittings as possible. Minimize suction line by locating the pump below or close to the liquid being pumped. e. When the pump is handling abrasive, corrosive liquids, slurries, sludges, cements, adhesives or any liquids that harden, it should be flushed clean. The rotation of the pump can be operated both clockwise and counterclockwise to accomplish this operation most thoroughly. f. It is a good practice to consider installing pressure and/or vacuum gauges in both the inlet and outlet pipes to the pump to check that it conforms to your operating specifications. Progressing Cavity Pumps are positive displacement and the discharge outlet must be kept open or a relief valve or a by-pass piping arrangement should be provided. If the discharge or inlet into the system is to be shut off or closed, provisions must be made for a relief valve or by-pass arrangement or damage can be done to the pump and the drive, including the motor. Strainers,filters and foot valves should be properly sized so as not to affect performance of the pump and should usually be installed in the suction line. 10. Pump Bearings are anti-friction ball type and should be periodically grease lubricated. They are initially packed when assembled at the factory. a. Do not over lubricate. b. Use quality anti-friction bearing grease. c. It is recommended that under normal use,that no lubrication be added for the first 1200 hours of operation unless it is uncomfortable to hold the hand on the bearing housing. d. The bearing shaft assembly should be inspected and cleaned after running the pump for approximately 2500 hours. e. All old grease should be removed from the bearing housing, and only new grease applied to bearing races so as to fill them flush. f. Add a few drops of oil to bearing seals before remounting assembly. 2 11. Packing maintenance procedures a. The Packing Gland should be firmly tightened so as to prevent excessive leakage through the packing, but not so tight that it will cause overheating. Always adjust packing gland evenly. Align the packing gland so that it evenly goes into the packing gland cavity of the pump housing. b. CONTINENTAL Progressing Cavity Pumps are supplied with a lantern ring in the midsection of the packing with access to a lubrication fitting on the external surface of the pump body. Lubricating the packing regularly with small amounts of lubricant or flushing with water will extend the life of the packing and help maintain a good seal. c. A scored driveshaft reduces the life of packing and should be replaced. d. When replacing worn packing use standard die-cut formed packing. Do not use one piece spiral packing. Press into place the die-cut and preformed packing rings and stagger the joints 180'apart. e. After packing is installed,tighten the gland bolts evenly and firmly. Bolts should be backed off gradually as the stuffing box warms up,to avoid overheating of the packing area. f. A small amount of leakage through the packing can be normal and helpful for good operation and easily drained away from the base. Pre-Start-Up Checks 1. Read and understand all information furnished with pump. 2. Review operating conditions. 3. Check setting of relief valve in discharge line. 4. Check for proper position of belt or coupling guards. Do not operate pump without guards. 5. Fill the pump with the liquid to be pumped. Do not operate pump dry. 6. Rotate driveshaft of pump four or five rotations. This creates a seal between the rotor and stator to create pumping action. 7. Make sure the inlet and discharge lines are open. 8. Start the unit. 9. Check to see if the pump is delivering liquid. If it is not, refer to the section on checking pump performance. Troubleshooting Pump Performance A summary of possible causes of improper performance of Progressing Cavity Pumps No liquid delivered 1. Pump rotating in wrong direction. 2. Inlet lift too great. 3 3. Clogged inlet line. 4. Air pockets or vapor lock. 5. Air leaks in inlet line. 6. Faulty relief valve in system. Pump Takes Too Much Power 1. Speed too high. 2. Liquid more viscous that anticipated. 3. Operating pressure higher than specified. Check this with gauge at the pump outlet. 4. Outlet line obstructed. 5. Mechanical defect, such as bent shaft,tight packing gland, or misalignment of piping. 6. Relief valve in system not operating properly. Insufficient Liquid Delivered 1. Air leaks in inlet line. 2. Air leaks in through packing. 3. Speed too low. 4. Excessive lift at inlet. Check this with gauge at the pump inlet. 5. Viscosity of liquid too high for size and length of inlet pipe. 6. Foot valve or end of inlet pipe not immersed deeply enough in liquid. 7. Foot valve, if used,too small, stuck, or not working properly. 8. Partial air pockets or vapor lock. 9. Pump damaged by misalignment. 10. Excessive clearance in pump caused by wear or corrosion. 11. Faulty relief valve in system. Excessive Noise 1. Started pump. Liquid not getting into pump. 2. Air leaks in inlet line. 3. Air or gases in liquid. 4. Pump speed too high. 5. Improper mounting. Check alignment thoroughly. Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaluItrapumps.com 4 Application, Installation and Operation ' J Instructions for Dis-Assembly and Assembly of . . Model CP - - Continental Progressing Cavity Pumps When necessary to dismantle pump,disconnect pipe or hose Speed,temperature,viscosity,suction lift,discharge pressure, at suction and discharge ports. Remove bolts which connect abrasive content and corrosive action of the liquid to be Suction Housing to Discharge Housing. Rotor can be removed handled should all be considered in applying these pumps. by turning it in opposite direction to pump rotation. Grip Pump should always be filled with the liquid to be handled Rotor with wrench,whose teeth have been protected,and before running. The liquid serves as a lubricant and is easily hold Shaft externally-hold Motor Shaft with Screwdriver on poured into the pump through the discharge port before final CPM Models. To replace Rotary Seal,unscrew Flexible Joint assembly of the piping or hose connections. A filling tee with with 3/16"hexagonal wrench. Rotary Seals can be easily a plug or valve can be installed above the discharge port for removed from shaft. ease in filling. To replace Pump Bearings remove Retaining Ring and then Liquid to be pumped should never exceed 190°F tap shaft at threaded end. Protect threaded end with wood temperature. Maximum speed that any of these pumps or rubber block. should be run is 2,800 rpm and then only in handling thin, abrasive-free liquids. Preferably the speed should be 1,750 If any parts of the Rotary Seal are worn or broken,replace rpm for longest life. When liquid contains abrasive materials complete Rotary Seal. The parts of each Rotary Seal are or is viscous,the speed should be reduced. precision matched and are not interchangeable. Illustration below shows how Rotary Seal is installed by parts and how it For various viscosities of abrasive-free liquids,the maximum looks after it is complete. Part A is pressed into the Discharge operating speed of the pump is set forth below: Housing. Care should be taken to assure that rubbing SUGGESTED MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF PUMP surfaces of Part A and B are not scratched. Moisten rubber sleeve of Part B with water to permit easy fitting 1150 870 580 430 180 100 over Shaft. Part B is then slipped down Shaft until face fits 2800 RPM 1750 RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM firmly against face of Part A. Part C is placed against Part VISCOSITY(Centip000) 3000 5000 30,000 Shaft 1 1 100 500 000 B. Flexible Joint should then be screwed into against 1 to to to to to to to Part C. Use hexagonal wrench to tighten Flexible Joint, 100 500 1000 3000 5000 10,000 20,000 and then screw Rotor onto Flexible Joint. It is not Canned 30 Table Molas- Peanut necessary to tighten Rotor with a wrench as it is self- Water Milk Weight Syrup Honey ses Paste Butter Oil tightening when the pump starts. ABRASIVE FLUIDS None None None Light I Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Moisten inside of Stator with water and slip it over Rotor. Mount Suction Housing to Discharge Housing and fasten Slurries Dirty Clay Slies Lapping Clear water Gasoline Compounds with body screws. Refill pump with liquid to be handled, Water Porcelain Enamel Mill Scale in Water connect pipe or hose to suction and discharge ports and pump is ready to run. Capacity and life of these pumps will depend upon the liquid ROTARY SEAL ASSEMBLY being handled. Piping to pump should be properly selected and should not _ be smaller in size than the suction and discharge ports of the LI\ +\ r■ pump. All pipe and hose fitting joints should be tight. RRR I Discharge lines should be open or if pump is operated in an yI enclosed system,provision should be made for pressure relief ( I when the pump pressure exceeds the limits as set forth for each model pump. PART A PART B PART C Pump bearings do not require lubrication as they are pre- lubricated. We recommend that the pump be flushed after its use. MOTOR FUMBLE JOINT ROTOR PUMP SHOULD NOT BE RUN DRY. sNA" We will be glad to collaborate on any proposed applications. Fill out the CONTINENTAL PUMP APPLICATION DATA sheet and return it for a prompt recommendation. Please request Continental Pump Company copies if not with this Bulletin. 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com (Type F onlyl 5 1 (Type F only) 30 3 '17 13 \ 1 f 6 3 \1 1 4 \ . 6 28 \\1 i 28� r� 10 8 2 2 9 5 DRAIN 1 DRAIN (opposite side) 13 lopposite side) -Models CP-15,22,33,44,56,67 'Models CPM-15,22,33,44,56,67 TYPES A or AB,C or CB, F or FB,G or GB TYPES C or CB, F or FB,G or GB 28 1 3 1 D.icharge Suction 1/ 11 Port Port \ • / ••17(Type F only' 14 DRAIN //5 4' 29 5� 6 � f to�•� 'Models CP-15,22,33,44,56,67 \ TYPES D or IDS,H or HB 16 9 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION 1 Suction Housing 7 Pump Bearing 15 Packing Gland 2 Flexible Joint 8 Rotary Seal 16 Packing Gland Bolt 3 Discharge Housing 9 Retaining Ring 17 Roll Pins 4 Rotor 10 Screws and Nuts 28 Stator Ring 5 Stator 13 Slinger Ring 29 Bearing Spacer 6 Shaft 14 Packing 30 Motor Models CPG-24,35,46 OPERATION OF GASOLINE ENGINE DRIVEN UNITS TYPE A This unit comes to you ready for operation with the exception of the gasoline and engine oil. A complete book of instructions is furnished with each Gasoline Engine Model and should be thoroughly read and followed. After gasoline „ engine is made ready by filling with engine oil in crank case j a' and gasoline in tank,fill Discharge Housing of the pump with the liquid to be handled. Complete suction and discharge Ne port connections of pump and start engine with rope provided. We recommend that the pump be drained and flushed after each use. DO NOT RUN PUMP DRY Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-4337 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ow PPG Filtration Technologies Product Data Sheet: PPG 4040-D*1P-FEM Description Element Properties Proprietary Composite Spiral Element Membrane Material Proprietary Composite Available in Fiberglass and Netting Wrap Nominal Pore Size(pm) 0.05,0.15 configurations Membrane Area 6.7 mz 5.3 mz 3.7 mz Anti-Telescoping Device(ATD)both ends 72ft2 57ft2 40ft2 Feed Spacer 31 mil 43 mil 65 mil Brine seal(one end)-Fiberglass Wrap only Part#Fiberglass Wrap ULA4040- ULA4040- ULA4040- Dimensions OF DA1P-FEM06FF DB1P-FEM06FF DD1P-FEMIIFF Element Diameter(A):3.88 (98.6 mm) MF MNA4040- MNA4040- MNA4040- DA1P-FEM06FF DB1P-FEM06FF DD1P-FEMIIFF Element Length(B): 40.0"(1016 mm) Part#Netting Wrap Permeate Tube ID(C): 0.625"(15.9 mm) OF ULA4040-DA1P- ULA4040-DB1P- ULA4040-DD1P- Weight: -9 Ibs(4 kg) NNM06FF NNM06FF NNMIIFF MF MNA4040- MNA4040- MNA4040- DA1P-NNM06FF DB1P-NNM06FF DD1P-NNMIIFF Method of Operation Cross Flow A C I� IOperating Parameters BConfiguration 31 mil 43 mil 65 mil pH Range 1.8-10 Continuous s 43°C(110°F) (Nettting Wrap) Maximum Temperature Continuous s 57°C(135°F) (Fiberglass Wrap) Clean-In-Place s 50°C 022°F) [CIP] Fee LM H 35-135 Typical Flux Rate GFD 20-80 Ba kw.ahDl.har. Recommended Cross m3/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 Soa,e,w,ao Flow Rate(per vessel) GPM 25 35 40 ®Faadoh-1Sp— bar s 6.9 Bd^a�a' ❑PP M—b— Maximum Feed Pressure '�`�eF� I Glee psi 5100 �Fa""a Spaaa` Maximum Differential bar s 1.4 Pressure(per element) psi 520 F6d$010 1 ••• ••.. bar 53.5 •• Pe,meare Backwash Pressure psi s 50 Fa,maaaT m3/h 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Flow Rate GPM 3.0 2.4 1.7 Backwash Wader Typical Recovery Rate(per element) 16% 90/0 6% co�camaca The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements in filtration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up-to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein, 'Feed Spacer Configuration PPG Filtration Technologies Contact us: The PPG/ogois a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio,Inc. 440 College Park Drive ® filtration@ppg.com @2017 PPG Industries,Inc.11/17 Monroeville,PA 15146 USA © www.ppgfiltration.com 1 1 PPG Filtration Technologies Membrane Cleaners - CHEMKLEEN° XF Membranes in microfiltration (MF) and CHEMKLEEN ' is a ready to use ultrafiltration (UF) systems require more formulated alkaline cleaner for oil fouled frequent cleaning than those in reverse PPG MF and OF membranes available in 20 osmosis (RO) systems. As a result, generic liter pails or totes. chemicals are commonly used to mitigate costs. However, when generic cleaners no Fouling longer restore a membrane's performance, There are four types of fouling common to their benefit to operational cost efficiency is membrane operations including particulate, lost. biological, inorganic, and organic. PPG Industries offers formulated chemical Particulate fouling is caused by suspended cleaners specific for PPG Filtration solids, colloids, and turbidity that can be Technologies' MF and OF membranes. reduced by coagulation, sedimentation, clarification, and media filtration. The PPG MF and OF specialty formulations may common cleaning method for particulate be applied in place of generic cleaners or as fouling is forward flush and backwash. a periodic recovery cleaner between cleanings with generics. Biological fouling is caused by the growth of microorganisms that can be reduced by 1. Specially formulated to clean all PPG using in-line chemical feed of chlorine or membrane types biocide or by elimination of nutrients by using • Microfiltration(MF) powder activated carbon (PAC). The • Ultrafiltration (UF) common cleaning method for removal of biological fouling is forward flush and 2. PPG CHEMKLEEN° XF enhances backwash with oxidizers or biocides (NaOCI the performance of the MF or OF system and (Sodium Hypochlorite) or H2O2 (Hydrogen prolongs membrane life. Peroxide)). 3. PPG Filtration Technologies Services Inorganic fouling is caused by the Team is available to provide guidance on the precipitation of inorganics on the membranethat can be reduced by using most effective cleaning program or pre- oxidation/precipitation and filtration as treatment procedure. pretreatment to the membrane. The common cleaning method for removal of The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 inorganic fouling is forward flush and If the forward flush and backwash cleanings backwash with acid at pH 2 (HCI do not show the expected results, a CIP is (Hydrochloric or Muriatic Acid), H2SO4 necessary. (Sulfuric Acid), CISH807 (Citric Acid)). Detailed CIP Procedure for Fouled MF/UF Organic fouling is caused by organics Membrane Elements adsorbing on the membrane (silt, organic acids, humus, oil/grease, etc.) that can be The following detailed CIP procedure can be reduced by using PAC or coagulation. The followed for cleaning of PPG membrane common cleaning method for removal of elements: organic fouling is forward flush and Inspect CIP tank, hoses, and cartridge backwash with alkali at pH <10 (NaOH /bag pre-filters. Clean tank and flush (Sodium Hydroxide)). hoses if necessary. Install new Oil/grease are organic contaminants that are cartridge/bag pre-filters using 5 micron or insoluble in water but soluble in hexane, tighter rated pre-filter on the cleaning chloroform or other approved solvent(s). loop. They often are found in water as an Fill the CIP tank with CHEMKLEEN XF emulsion. Certain surface-active chemicals and clean water diluted to 1.5% react with the oil or grease to form colloid- concentration. Adjust pH as needed to size droplets that are typically very stable in 9.7 with NaOH (Sodium Hydroxide). water. Oil/grease foulants result from these materials coating the membrane surface. With the filtration system running, open Often the selective permeability of the CIP permeate valve, close the membranes "breaks" the oil/water emulsion, permeate service valve and fill the CIP and the resulting free oil is attracted to the tank with permeate water or clean flush membrane surface. Membrane fouling and water. When the container is filled to cleaning requirements depend on the type of desired level, turn the process pump oily water systems. OFF. Oil/grease foulants may be dissolved with Close the inlet feed water supply valve to alkaline solutions containing surfactants and the process pump and open the pump emulsifying agents such as sodium Iauryl inlet feed from the CIP tank. sulfate. In many cases, specially formulated Close the permeate valve to point of use cleaners compatible with the membrane are and the concentrate valve drain. required for oil/grease foulant removal. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate CHEMKLEEN XF is formulated specifically and concentrate to return to the feed for oil/grease removal from PPG MF and OF tank. The membrane elements, the CIP membranes. fhe technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 pump, and the CIP tank should be acetic, or citric acid. If pH is too low, assembled in a loop configuration to flush adjust with sodium hydroxide or sodium water through the elements and back to bicarbonate. Because of its limited buffer the feed tank. Refer to the PPG capacity, use caution not to overshoot Membrane Cleaning Handbook for above pH 10 when using sodium typical forward flush process flow hydroxide. diagram. Check to ensure that the feed, permeate, Turn on the CIP pump to pump clean and concentrate valves and lines are permeate or city water through the open and unrestricted in the cleaning membrane elements and back to the tank tank loop. for 10-30 seconds, depending on system Start the CIP pump. holdup volume. Arrange valves to refill the CIP tank with a. Observe all system pressures and flows. permeate or clean water, turn off the CIP b. Do not exceed maximum flows or pump. pressures given in Table 1. Excessive Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate feed pressure or permeate flow during and concentrate to return to the CIP tank. cleaning will trap foulants at the surface The membrane elements, the CIP pump, of the membrane and inhibit removal, and the CIP tank should be assembled in and create excessive foaming that will a loop configuration to recirculate the require additional flush water. cleaning solution through the elements Table 1- Maximum recommended cleaning and back to the CIP tank during cleaning. flow rate per element vessel housing Refer to the PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook. Outerwrap ' - Element UOM Fiberglass 10.Turn on agitator or tank recirculation D orTape or pump Net Add and thoroughly mix the cleaner 2.511 -----m3/h 1.2 1.8 solution in the CIP tank. Refer to the gpm 5.3 7.9 PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook. 4,� m3/h 3.0 4.5 Check cleaning solution pH. Refer to the 8,v m3/h 12 18 PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook.and gpm 53 79 the PPG membrane specification sheets for guidelines on cleaning pH limits. If pH Flow rates during cleaning must be is too high, adjust with sulfuric, nitric, sufficient to remove foulants from the The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 membrane element surface, but do not biological materials that were removed exceed AP limits. Do not exceed 10 psi (0.7 during the cleaning cycle. bar) of pressure drop per element or 45 psi Start the membrane system and flush to (3 bar) per pressure vessel. drain/recycle/disposal for 20 minutes to c. Damage may result to membrane remove all residual cleaning solution elements if the temperature of the CIP from the system. Refer to the PPG solution exceeds 122°F (50°C). If the Membrane Cleaning Handbook for a water temperature exceeds 113°F typical forward flush process flow (45°C), place bags of ice into the CIP diagram. Verify that permeate quality is tank, or start coolant flow to chiller coil or good (check pH, temperature, turbidity, heat exchanger (depending on specific total suspended solids, etc.) before equipment available) to absorb the extra returning to normal operation. heat. After permeate quality is verified as d. Recirculate and/or soak the cleaning acceptable, route the permeate valves to solution in the membrane elements point of use and concentrate to according to recommendations (Refer to drain/recycle/disposal for normal the PPG Membrane Cleaning operation. Refer to the PPG Membrane Handbook). In many cases, it is Cleaning Handbook for a typical process advisable to divert the first 15 — 20% of flow diagram. cleaning solution volume to drain to remove contaminants from the loop and provide a more effective cleaning. After recirculation of chemical cleaner is The permeate flow rates may complete, drain the CIP tank and collect continue to rise for up to 24 hours after the cleaner for disposal. In some cases, cleaning for operating conditions to fully if compatible with permeate product end stabilize. If permeate flow has not returned use, the cleaner can be returned to the to near (within 5%) initial stabilized flux feed tank eliminating the need to conditions, another CIP with longer soak segregate. times or a different cleaning chemistry may improve performance. After cleaning cycle is complete, install new cartridge or bag filters. Replace the old cartridges / bags even if the pressure drop is not high enough to warrant maintenance. This step will prevent the retransmission of particulates or The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 PPG Filtration Technologies Membrane Cleaning Handbook Revision: Dec 19, 2016 This document is intended to guide users of the use of any formula or process set forth PPG spiral wound membrane elements herein. when to clean and what cleaning or sanitizing chemicals should be used to Why is membrane cleaning necessary? remove the most common foulants that may be encountered during typical filtration Depending on the separation application, system process operations. there are various types of constituents that can be present in the feed water that can Please note that the cleaning guidelines reduce the flow of permeate over time. outlined here are intended for general use in Suspended solids can build up on the most industrial process and wastewater surface of the membrane or plug the filtration applications. channels created by the feed spacer. Emulsified and dissolved organics can Contact your PPG Filtration representative adsorb to the surface of the membrane or for recommendations specific to your even within the pore structure of the membrane filtration system application. membrane matrix beneath. Colloidal and The technical data presented in this bulletin dissolved inorganics can precipitate on the is based upon the best available data and surface of the membrane and form a hard scale. Microbiological growth can also occur practices known to PPG at the present time, on the membrane surface, forming a sticky but PPG does not guarantee the biofilm that agglomerates suspended solids, performance, results, accuracy, or but also blocks flow by itself. comprehensiveness of such information. Continuous improvements in filtration Where practical, membrane foulants should technology may cause future technical data be minimized or eliminated from the feed of to vary from what is in this bulletin. Contact the membrane filtration system through your PPG representative for the most up-to- proper pretreatment and segregation date information. procedures. Seek assistance from your PPG representative to help identify pretreatment Statements and methods described herein best practices for your application. Not all are based upon the best information and contaminants can be removed or segregated practices known to PPG. However, from the membrane feed stream, and procedures for applications mentioned are frequently, the constituent(s) targeted for suggestions only and are not to be construed separation by the PPG membrane can also as representations or warranties as to be a foulant itself. In all cases, a periodic performance or results, nor does PPG chemical clean-in-place (CIP) procedure can warrant freedom from patent infringement in Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 1 of 15 be extremely effective in recovering and cleaning and/or sanitization, be sure to maintaining high permeate flux rates. follow recommended guidelines for your All PPG membrane elements are designed specific membrane elements, or contact a to be highly compatible with most aggressive PPG representative for application cleaning chemicals. In many cases this assistance. It may be necessary to dose a allows the use of inexpensive commodity chemical reducing agent, such as sodium bisulfite or erythorbate, to reduce or chemicals in lieu of more expensive eliminate residual oxidant concentrations in proprietary formulations. Because of the the membrane element feed water. single layer construction of the PPG MF/UF membranes, periodic back-flushing or back- When should we clean our membranes? pulsing can be performed by pressurizing the permeate side of the membrane, forcing It is important to remove foulants from the open pores that may have become membrane surface on a periodic basis to obstructed by foulants or particulates. This prevent irreversible mechanical damage to ability is unique to the PPG membrane the membrane element or system. structure compared to most conventional Unchecked fouling can also allow higher spiral wound membrane elements. concentrations of colloidal or emulsified contaminants to pass through the Below is a list of foulants known to cause membrane, leading to decreased permeate reduction in flux rate of MF/UF membrane quality. Fouling can be controlled by elements: monitoring decreases in permeate flux rate, Microbes/biofilm increases in feed pressure or pressure drop Free oils & greases across the element or housing, or increased Aprotic or chlorinated solvents concentrations of turbidity, TOC, oil & Distillate fuel oils, naphtha, and grease, or other contaminants in the gasoline permeate. Ketones Due to the variety of separation applications Silicates to which PPG membranes are applied, there Silicones or silicone based are no universal metrics for defining required defoamers cleaning frequency, however, there are a 8. Colloidal silica few rules of thumb that can be used to help 9. High MW polymer flocculants determine when to clean. As long as 10.Some wetting agents cleaning procedures are performed as 11.Stearates directed, PPG membrane elements can While low concentrations of most chemical withstand many cleaning cycles with no oxidizers will not cause physical damage to effect on lifetime, so it is better to clean more the PPG membrane, they may affect anti- frequently than is necessary rather than fouling properties at high concentrations or waiting until after irreversible fouling has cause damage in certain pH ranges. Since already begun. oxidizers are sometimes necessary for Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 2 of 15 PPG membrane elements should undergo a drop (AP) is a lagging indicator of fouling in cleaning cycle if any of the following a spiral wound, cross-flow filtration element. conditions are met: If a significant increase in pressure drop across an element is observed, a substantial Permeate flow drops more than 15 — amount of particulates or other contaminants "break-in"after initial flow stabilization or have already built up within the feed spacer "bre of the element. It may be difficult to fully Rejection decreases by 25 — 50% recover permeate flow from this condition. Feed pressure or differential pressure Because of the robust construction of the (AP) across an element increases by PPG membrane, back-flushing or back- >_25% pulsing from the permeate into the Depending on the application, PPG feed/concentrate line can help to push solids membrane elements may be operated well off of the surface of the membrane and outside these conditions without permanent unblock pores within the membrane matrix. damage, please contact your PPG Contact a PPG representative for representative for specific recommendations on performing this recommendations. In certain process or cleaning technique. See Figure 1 for a wastewater applications, fouling may occur typical spiral wound element normal immediately, and backflush/cleaning operating configuration and Figure 4 for a frequencies must be determined through typical permeate backflush process flow comprehensive field pilot testing. configuration. For many applications, during the initial Safety Considerations operation of a new membrane element, permeate flow may drop substantially then As with the use of any chemical, consult the stabilize over the first 72 hours of use. This SDS provided by chemical manufacturer for is typically an irreversible loss and may not detailed information regarding the handling, be recovered even by aggressive cleaning. storage, use, and disposal of cleaners used In these cases, use the stabilized flow rate during the CIP process. Carefully read as the base line for indication of future operations manuals provided by the filtration cleaning cycle requirements. system manufacturer before using any CIP equipment. If resistance heaters are used to If a sudden and substantial change in elevate temperature of cleaning solution, permeate flow or rejection occurs, it is likely ensure that proper safety interlocks exist to an indication that mechanical failure of the avoid operating at temperatures above safe element or permanent damage to the design limits for the equipment materials of membrane has occurred. Check for damage construction. to o-rings or bypass of element concentrate seals. Many membrane cleaning chemicals contain surfactants and may create significant Unlike typical depth filtration, e.g. bag, amounts of foam during the cleaning cartridge, or sand/media filters, pressure process. It is recommended to maintain an Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 3 of 15 1 1 inventory of defoamer onsite to control The CIP system should be equipped with the occurrences of excessive foaming. following: Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly . Cleaning tank with mixer after handling chemical products, before . Pump with flow meter for monitoring eating, smoking, and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period. Appropriate required cleaning recirculation flow rates techniques should be used to remove to one vessel or bank of vessels; see potentially contaminated clothing. Wash Table 1 for recommended cleaning flow contaminated clothing before reusing. rates per element Ensure that eyewash stations and safety • Pressure gauges on the cleaning loop to showers are close to the workstation monitor pressure drop across the location. Personal protective equipment for element(s) the body should be selected based on the • Temperature control — cooling to prevent task being performed and the risks involved the temperature of the cleaning tank from and should be approved by a specialist exceeding the element limits; heating to before handling chemical cleaning products. allow the operator to bring solutions to The generation of waste should be avoided effective cleaning temperature quickly, or minimized wherever possible. Disposal of reducing CIP cycle times cleaning products, solutions and any by- pH control — pH sensor and controller will products should at all times comply with the monitor and help to maintain proper pH requirements of environmental protection throughout the CIP to ensure maximum and waste disposal legislation and any effectiveness of cleaner solution regional local authority requirements. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable Bypass valves to isolate cleaning products via a licensed waste disposal solution through the membrane elements contractor. Waste should not be disposed of and prevent contamination of process untreated to the sewer unless fully compliant fluid(s). with the requirements of all authorities with . Cleaning/flush water supply — DI/RO jurisdiction. Dispose of chemical contents water preferred, OF permeate can also and containers in accordance with all local, be used regional, national and international regulations. Bag/cartridge filter on the cleaning loop to remove any particulate displaced from Required CIP equipment the membrane elements during CIP See Figure 3 for typical CIP equipment CAUTION: Special consideration should be arrangement. given to materials of construction of all CIP components with respect to chemical compatibility of cleaners to be used and expected cleaning solution temperatures. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 4 of 15 1 1 Table 1: Maximum recommended cleaning Table 2: Estimated holdup volume per flow rate per element vessel housing element Outerwrap TypeElement • diameter 2540 2 0.5 Net 4040 4 1 2.5" -m3lh----- ------------1'2--------------------------1.8----------- 8040 20 5 gpm 5.3 7.9 4.1 gpm 13 20 For example — a system with six, 8040 m3/h 12 18 membrane elements with a clean water 81' ----------------------- --------------------------------- ----------------------------- permeate production rate of 60 gpm would gpm 53 79 require 120 gallons of cleaning solution and Note: Flow rates during cleaning must be a minimum CIP tank volume of 180 gallons. sufficient to remove foulants from the membrane element surface, but do not Preparing CIP solutions exceed AP limits. Do not exceed 10 psi (0.7 A variety of commodity and proprietary bar) of pressure drop per element or 45 psi cleaners are available on the market for (3 bar) per pressure vessel. cleaning and sanitizing membrane Required CIP solution volumes elements. A cleaner's effectiveness is dependent on the type and severity of fouling In order to calculate the volume of cleaning and the chemistry of the contaminants that solution required for a given CIP cycle, caused the fouling. Generally, the highest estimate the system holdup volume of the concentration, pH, and temperatures membrane element housings and the CIP allowable will provide the quickest and most piping, then add enough extra volume to effective cleaning possible. Always follow remain above the low level shutoff point of PPG element specifications for chemical the CIP tank. compatibility, pH and temperature limits, otherwise, permanent membrane damage Use the following methods to quickly may occur that is not covered under the PPG estimate required CIP solution and tank warranty. volumes. For cleaning solution, take the total holdup volume of the housings with When preparing cleaning or sanitizing elements installed, then multiply by 2 to solutions — the use of RO permeate or DI estimate the system holdup, then multiply by water is preferred. At a minimum, MF/UF 2 again for required solution volume. permeate quality water should be used. Minimum CIP tank capacity should be 3 Descaling cycles will be most effective if the times the clean water permeate production water has a hardness concentration of less rate. See Table 2 for estimated holdup than one grain/gallon (<17 mg/L as CaCO3). volumes of various PPG element sizes. City or utility water will not damage the PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 5 of 15 1 1 membrane elements, but cleaning may be on the foulant(s) present, see Table 3 for less effective. Reuse of spent cleaning specific chemical cleaner formulations. solutions is not recommended. Always check the manufacture date of your cleaners Oil & grease: amine based mildly alkaline before use, many have a limited shelf life. cleaners can help remove oil or grease type fouling; aggressive caustic solutions with pH Heating the cleaning solution with a heat >10 should be avoided exchanger or resistance heater will speed up the chemical reaction rates taking place Inorganic scales and metal particulates: organic acids; acetic or citric acids also during cleaning. Heated solutions will more quickly break up or dissolve biofilms, provide a complexing effect; EDTA (Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) is a oil/organics, and inorganic scales. However, common chelating agent in many cleaners; exercise caution that the temperature does not exceed the maximum temperature limits mineral acids should be avoided of the membrane elements, or damage could Biofilm and organics: oxidizers (e.g. occur. If the temperature of cleaning solution sodium hypochlorite and hydrogen peroxide) rises too much during the cleaning process, can be very effective at treating biofilms and turn off the heater, reduce hot water flow to sanitizing, but should be used with caution at heat exchanger, or add bags of ice to the CIP pH >9 or membrane damage could result; do tank to reduce the temperature before not exceed recommended pH or chlorine continuing recirculation. If possible, install a tolerance limits of individual membrane high temperature switch on the membrane element specifications. inlet manifold to automatically shut the system down if the process or cleaning feed Typical CIP cleaner flow rates and water exceeds the membrane element circulation times temperature limit. In general, cleaning operations for Liquid cleaner solutions are widely available membrane elements should follow this and are the easiest to handle. More frequent sequence: clean water flush, cleaner cleanings or larger applications may warrant circulation, cleaner soak, cleaner the cost savings of using powdered recirculation, drain, final water flush. The pH cleaners. When using powdered cleaners, of the cleaner solution should be monitored make sure that the cleaner is well mixed and during the recirculation step. If a pH change fully dissolved before circulating into the greater than 0.5 occurs, extra cleaner should membrane elements. be added to the CIP tank to maintain Always keep enough chemicals in inventory maximum efficacy at target pH value. If the to complete at least one CIP cycle in case of cleaner becomes heavily discolored or dirty an immediate need to clean in order to during the CIP cycle, drain and mix a new prevent unexpected shutdown of production. batch of cleaner. The following general recommendations will Circulation and soak steps should be rotated help you choose a cleaning solution based in intervals of 10 — 30 minutes. If cleaning is Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 6 of 15 performed on a frequent, regular schedule, Quick kill nonoxidizing biocide to soak and recirculation times may be control bacteria, yeasts and fungi reduced. If cleaning cannot be performed on Mildly alkaline surfactant to disperse a regular basis due to production residual organics constraints, cleaning times may need to be Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other prolonged. Cleaners that contain enzymes to inorganic deposits and scales break down protein foulants commonly require longer cycles than stated herein, in If biofouling is not severe, follow a two-step order to allow completion of the more process for standard maintenance cleaning: complex reactions. This may require soaking Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other times sustained overnight or longer, consult inorganic deposits and scales the specific cleaner manufacturer guidelines Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer for more information. to destabilize and prevent biofilm Because most separation applications growth expose the membrane elements to different combinations of foulants rather than just one If oil or grease fouling is suspected to be type, it is not uncommon for multiple present, reverse the two-step process for the cleaning steps with different chemicals to be maintenance cleaning: required for effective recovery of flux through Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer the membrane. to breakdown and emulsify oils & greases General CIP program guidelines fi Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other fouled MF/UF membrane elements inorganic deposits and scales The example cleaning programs Typically, the concentrate is first drained recommended below will remove organics, from the membrane elements, then the colloidal matter, inorganic scales, and system is flushed with permeate or city biofouling that can occur in many membrane water. This additional step increases cleaner process filtration applications. Biofouling activity and effectiveness during the CIP. commonly occurs in the first stage of a Depending on the cleaning solution used, system, and results in a significant increase one or multiple post CIP flushes with fresh in differential pressure (AP). Each stage of a water may be required to fully rinse the multi-stage system should be cleaned cleaning solution from the membrane separately if possible. surfaces and prevent contamination of the The severe biofouling cleaning program process water permeate to the point of use. follows a four-step cleaning process: The membrane elements should also be flushed between each cleaning stage to Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer prevent mixing of cleaner solutions and to destabilize biofilms unwanted reactions from occurring. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 7 of 15 1 1 For wastewater applications, spent flush When the system returns to service, the water is typically returned to the process operating conditions may not be improved or feed water tank to maximize system could be slightly reduced compared to the recovery. In certain applications where the start of the cleaning. Many chemical process downstream of the membrane cleaners can temporarily affect the elements could be contaminated by CIP membrane or support materials, and routine chemicals, the spent flush water should be operation for up to 24 hours may be routed separately to drain or disposal. Spent necessary to stabilize operating conditions. Membrane element specifications should CIP cleaning solutions and rinses containing always be followed with respect to pH, stearate foulants should always be disposed temperature, pressure, and flow rate. and not returned to the process feed water tank. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 8 of 15 1 Table 3: PPG Filtration cleaning chemical recommendations FiltrationPPG . Recommendations for . . . Membrane . Typical 96.95 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. 2 STPP 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute 50C Oil/organics fouling 2-4 hrs 35-' (95- 1F)max ax 8 8 9 0 1 EDTA intervals for 2—4 hours. (122 0.05 PPG HP AM27 - adjust pH to<_9.0 95-96 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. 0 0 4-5 Citric acid based cleaner 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute inorganic deposit fouling 50 Iron/other 2 hrs 20-°30 CC(122' -86 F)max F) 2 0-2.2 - e.g. ChemTreat RL-2016 intervals for 2 hours. - 3. Monitor pH levels every 30 minutes and add solution if - a pH gain of greater than 0.5 is recorded. 0 0 99.6 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. oxidizing treatment 50 Biological fouling- 1 -2 hrs 35-°45 C(122(1(95- 1F)max F) 8 5-9.5 0.4 PPG Chemchlor 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute - adjust pH to<9.0 intervals for 1 —2 hours. Biological fouling- 20-30°C(68-86°F) 99.8 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. oxidizingtreatment 0.5 2 hrs 6.0 8.0 50°C(122°F)max 0.2 PPG HP AM27 2. Circulate remaining solution for 1 -2 hours. Biological fouling- 25°C(77°F) 99.99 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. nonoxidizin treatment 4 hrs 5.0 9.0 g 50°C(122°F)max 0.01 PPG MZD 40940 2. Circulate remaining solution for 4 hours. Note: If any cleaning solution shows heavy discoloration during cycle, discard, makeup a new solution, and repeat that cleaning stage. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 9 of 15 1 1 Detailed CIP procedure for fouled MF/UF 7. Arrange valves to refill the CIP tank with membrane elements permeate or clean water, turn off the CIP The following detailed CIP procedure can be pump. followed for cleaning of membrane 8. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate elements: and concentrate to return to the CIP tank. The membrane elements, the CIP pump, 1. Inspect CIP tank, hoses, and and the CIP tank should be assembled in bag/cartridge pre-filters. Clean tank and a loop configuration to recirculate the flush hoses if necessary. Install new cleaning solution through the elements bag/cartridge pre-filters using 5 micron or and back to the CIP tank during cleaning. tighter rated pre-filter on the cleaning See Figure 3 for typical cleaning loop loop. process flow diagram. 2. With the filtration system running, open g. Turn on agitator or tank recirculation the CIP permeate valve, close the permeate service valve and fill the CIP pump. tank with permeate water or clean flush 10.Add and thoroughly mix the cleaner water. When the container is filled to solution in the CIP tank. See Table 3 for desired level, turn the process pump specific formulation recommendations. OFF. 11.Check cleaning solution pH. Reference 3. Close the inlet feed water supply valve to Table 3 and the PPG membrane the process pump and open the pump specification sheets for guidelines on inlet feed from the CIP tank. cleaning pH limits. If pH is too high, adjust with sulfuric, nitric, acetic, or citric 4. Close the permeate valve to point of use acid. If pH is too low, adjust with sodium and also the concentrate valve drain. hydroxide or sodium bicarbonate. 5. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate Because of its limited buffer capacity, use and concentrate to return to the feed caution not to overshoot above pH 10 tank. The membrane elements, the CIP when using sodium hydroxide. pump, and the CIP tank should be 12.Check to ensure that the feed, permeate, assembled in a loop configuration to flush and concentrate valves and lines are water through the elements and back to open and unrestricted in the cleaning the feed tank. See Figure 2 for typical tank loop. forward flush process flow diagram. 6. Turn on the CIP pump to pump clean 13.Start the CIP pump. permeate or city water through the a. Observe all system pressures and flows. membrane elements and back to the tank b. Do not exceed maximum flows or for 10 — 30 seconds, depending on system holdup volume. pressures given in Table 1. Excessive feed pressure or permeate flow during Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 10 of 15 1 1 cleaning will trap foulants at the surface from the system. See Figure 2 for a of the membrane and inhibit removal, typical forward flush process flow and can also create excessive foaming diagram. Verify that permeate quality is that will require additional flush water. good (check pH, temperature, c. Damage may result to membrane conductivity, etc.) before returning to elements if the temperature of the CIP normal operation. solution exceeds 1220F (500C). If the 17.After permeate quality is verified as water temperature exceeds 1130F acceptable, route the permeate valves to (450C), place bags of ice into the CIP point of use and concentrate to tank, or start coolant flow to chiller coil or drain/recycle/disposal for normal heat exchanger (depending on specific operation. See Figure 1 for a typical equipment available) to absorb the extra normal operating process flow diagram. heat. 18.Note that permeate flow rates may d. Recirculate and/or soak the cleaning continue to rise for up to 24 hours after solution in the membrane elements cleaning for operating conditions to fully according to recommendations in Table stabilize. If permeate flow has not 3. In many cases, it is advisable to divert returned to near (within 5%) initial the first 15 — 20% of cleaning solution stabilized flux conditions, another CIP volume to drain to remove contaminants with longer soak times or a different from the loop and provide a more cleaning chemistry may improve effective cleaning. performance. 14.After recirculation of chemical cleaner is complete, drain the CIP tank and collect the cleaner for disposal. In some cases, if compatible with permeate product end use, the cleaner can be returned to the feed tank eliminating the need to segregate. 15.After cleaning cycle is complete, install new cartridge filters. Replace the old cartridges even if the pressure drop is not high enough to warrant maintenance. This step will prevent the retransmission of particulates or biological materials that were removed during the cleaning cycle. 16.Start the membrane system and flush to drain/recycle/disposal for 20 minutes to remove all residual cleaning solution Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 11 of 15 I''I�'I AGITATOR :AOl PERMEATE Ir R FLUSH WATER x-um-x w-Ilm rt � R, co sm r newewrcFLIM euawRrs� � K--r-�CJ'} w.nra+ 1------------------ O PLW P K 11GT RETENTATE mv>ea �Rs ~yam e CMLLEDMOT sco �.rs� WATER SUPPLY n� CHILLEDAIOT WATER RETURN FEED TAIFK im RE-F eIOP.Fm rw�b a b a Dory Pr..r.o.w.. FE®9dN �m �,�1 9c..n!aP a.dEac r..l b 4s upv y�f•wm.e F]b brt Wv+d:N Pafv..v�:b W u MvaP... !P 4abdaa�WPrP.a�.. Ic M .P..r�baPbn.�oa PIDCE4 PV// �d�m a.r W wr..1��dPn�r a Wn eNynr M 11 OS naa W ry nn.bb Pm.r bs n..� NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. n NMAL RELEASE ATF 1 J5l2015 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERATING DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM E PROJECT- GUI PPG CONFCENT14L This drawing is the DESIGNED ATF PROCESS FILTRATION STEP DRAWING NO. DRAFTED ATF PAY dPPG Fldustries.Inc. PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-0201 Figure 1: Process filtration step — flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 12 of 15 A4IiAlOR 1,m I,ali]aEnrE � .. FEUsn waa sa]ma e um 1F R R OAACIaVA9/TANK — I—_______---------- vai I — %WAT!k FLTDI E19ENT5 aywfAw nm I Sm I rarcm] smo ------------------ Cr HIM► aaa 0.ETEMATEbAh ]a]ma o-tm Em CHILLED/MOT ra.m] WATERSUVVLV cco WATER RETURN i FEFD TANI vm R 15 r v�rdb N v um I dN[� .Ivwlm db.r4hlG\Na�vYm Msw\r,m PpN olm4.var..wrv.��v Pb•'r�s�. Anna Ydb LMue\N\\wer\h p\Nn�'tielgr q�b IWt ydnAy Cr.b.b,ren MI\ry]\very —]. Kif]] :Mlt ryr IF:R�tirF.b lr.�ml'.Ode\ ,f FEED SOLN - oil ��•�-� �d/\yd Nvn\\n\C v\fv,bwnb hP4 rr\.�.. \dP�4db]\m.w\ppds.ry rd.\Mby. HCCES PIl1AP ao Ppwt\+r.bv+yv�aw nyNn�e r•. Sim NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: S DECEWER M16 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A INi-ALREL6ASE ATF 12/5l2016 APPVD: ISSUEFOR: SYSTEMPFD MONROEVLLE,PA OPERATING DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM F PROJECT GUIDE DESIGNED ATF PPG CONPDENTL4L TTris a`a""815 the MEMBRANE ELEMENT FORWARD FLUSH DRAW ING NO. PmPertY d PPG k]dustne,Inc. DRAFTED ATF PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-0202 Figure 2: Membrane element forward flush step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 13 of 15 y CIP CILEMICALISI 21M AOTAnoIt �. PERMEATE R R FLUSH WIDER 1116T MIIm (r]+ 1r A R OAMLRWA9ITMIR '------------------I JIM r cF<iarfaEwa YFi,m.r � I �l ------------------� Q P JNP U.2 ire RETENTATET\ sc�-uma CHILLED/HOT WATER SUPPLY CHILLED/HOT WATER RETURN 17M _ - b,mA 1.�IIl ulm r C Ib YUrd drY Y�YCY M..MY+Yad iar dlaN' MrManb�ghPC O��Ycw�r=mrr Nvwwr,ie CYbr� pnnar Yglr LMnreY bpY.Yrr ntlYb�Ya4Rl a.yar I4br arVf d1.b.rry raw�.i nfiYl�ry (y-Sf:r :arb1 rrr,Ri aP�rY..b M nw,.pabY FEED SOLH �'�"� Y,<e a.►a..ae r.n.b�.m�a�.ror.nw iw Imr-t p,rY br wpnrn N vmn ba..b 1YG r...rr. !wP Pdb,Ysn r.rpv M.sy ad r ml bM rrq.rrr.r a..w. Paew.�v. PbCFST PIAf •ri.a m�hFi wrtirara+rm�hw e.+P.rn um wr�a.n rvrmrror YovY r be..� NO- REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A vmAL RELEASE ATF 1 v52016 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERAi1NG DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM 1 rMWING T: GLIDE PPGCONFDENTWL This drawing is theDESIGNED ATF MEMBRANEELEMENTCHEMICALCLEAN NO. DRAFTED ATF P"F d PPG Md6tries,Inc. PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E76-D203 Figure 3: Membrane element chemical cleaning step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 14 of 15 PERMEATE FLUSH WATER � s-,+�- ---------- ------- ------- OP PUMP 1102 --L=T1' RMWATE CHILLE /hOT WATER SUPPLY CHILLED/HOT WATER REIVRN FEED TANK 1701 no FEE�DS�OLN� oil PTDCMPVW NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE, 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVILLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A INITIAL RELEASE ATF 1-'(5t-'016 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERATING DATE: - TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM F 1 PROJECT: GME DESIGNED ATF P"'NFIDENTL4J-This drawing is the PERMEATE BACKFLUSH DRAWNG NO. Dperty of PPG kstines. . DRAF T � ", p xlu ft PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-O24 Figure 4: Membrane element permeate backflush step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work @ 2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 15 of 15 UL LISTED IND.CONTEQ 3PZW v tea—_ OryY �� o°t MAue Type 4X Indoor Use Only Enclosure. DESIGN PROTECTED GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS The VALBIA electric actuators are suitable for the automation of ball and butterfly valves for the industrial and construction sector.The usage of electronic components of last generation,together with precise mechanic,thanks to a careful research and development,enables high performance and long-term reliability of the product. The range has been manufactured with following characteristics: •The housing of the actuators provides a VO self-extinguish class techno-polymer material. •The kinematics is made by steel and techno-polymer gear wheels,sustained by hardened steel pinions,mounted on self-lubricating bushes and inserted in a strong structure of die-cast aluminium(excluding mod.VB015). •The connection part of the actuators with the valves,is made by a die-casted and painted aluminium plate cataphoresis,with a dual drilling interface as per the IS05211-DIN 3337 Standard. •The electronic circuit adjusts automatically the motor speed depending on the mechanical load variations in order to drive the cycle always in the same time. •The whole range of actuators is provided with an electronic safety system for the torque control(torque limiter). •The whole range of actuators is standard provided of heater activated with the powered actuator. •The whole range of actuators(except for mod.VB015)is modulable:and programmable in standard mode(4-20 mA or 0-1 OV)or reverse mode(20-4 mA or 10-OV) All electric actuators(except for mod.VB015)can be equipped with rotary potentiometer(51<01 W). •All electric actuators(except for mod.VB015 and for 12V power supply),can be equipped with battery backup for emergency control. \N_�/aLMia 118 MODEL VB015 VB030 VB060 VB110 VB190 VB270 VB350 MAX WORKING TORQUE(IN-LBS) 133 266 530 975 1680 2390 3100 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC LOW VOLTAGE VOLTAGE (V) 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC MULTIVOLTAGE 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC WORKING TIME(sec) 10 8 9 27 27 50 50 TORQUE LIMITER STD STD STD STD STD STD STD 12VAC/24VAC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% DUTY RATING 12VDC/24VDC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 40VAC 100-240VAC 100-2 100-440VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC PROTECTION IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 ROTATION 90° 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, UPON REQUEST 180° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° MANUAL OVERRIDE STD STD STD STD STD STD STD POSITION INDICATOR STD STD STD STD STD STD STD WORKING TEMPERATURE -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F HEATER STD STD STD STD STD STD STD ADDITIONAL FREE LIMIT SWITCHES n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD (type SPDT) (type SPOT) (type SPDT) (type SPOT) (type SPOT) (type SPOT) (type SPDT) DRILLING ISO 5211 *F03-F05 *F03-F05 F05-F07 F07-F10 F07-F10 F07-F10 F07-F10 SQUARE(in) 0.43 0.43 0.55 0.67 0.67 0.87 0.87 SQUARE UPON REQUEST 0.35 0.35-0.55 0.43-0.67 0.55-0.87 0.55-0.87 0.67 0.67 FAIL-SAFE OPERATION(BATTERY BACKUP) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST NOT AVAILABLE FOR MOD.12V POSITIONER STD(4-20mA or 0-10 VDC) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST REVERSE(20-4mA or 10-0 VDC) LINEAR POTENTIOMETER(5K Q 1W) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 WEIGHT(LBS) 3.09 5.07 7.28 10.80 10.80 13.23 13.23 F04 or F07 upon request. POWER CONSUMPTION MODEL VB015 VB030 VB060 VB110 VB190 VB270 VB350 NOMINAL VOLTAGE 100-240V AC VERSION H ABSORBED CURRENT 0.3-0.19 A 0.4-0.2 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.4-0.2 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.75-0.4 A ABSORBED POWER 30-46 VA 40-48 VA 60-72 VA 40-48 VA 60-72 VA 60-72 VA 75-96 VA NOMINALVOLTAGE 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V AC/DC AC/DCAC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC VERSION L ABSORBED CURRENT 1.2A 0.6A 2.2-1.8A 1-0.7A 3.8-2.85A 1.8-1.2A 2.2-1.8A 1-0.7A 3.8-2.85A 1,8-1,2A 3.8-2.85A 1.8-1.2A 4.75-3.65A 1.95-1.65A ABSORBED POWER 15 VA 26,5-22 24-17 46-34 43-29 26,5-22 24-17 46-M 43-29 46-34 43-29 5744 47-40 VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA FREQUENCY 50/60 HZ ==R vrmma 119 -1 r__J f OP LL CO W C) i CH O N ° L o , PG11 m M W Q IN'► W a OF n 0 o MOD. DRILLING ISO 5211 CH A B C D E F G H I L M N O OP Q VB015 F03- F05 0.43 4.84 5.57 1.67 4.74 4.96 0.61 4.06 1.26 0.55 1.42 1.97 10-24 UNC 2BXo.47 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.51 2.68 2.56 VB030 F03- F05 0.43 6.18 7.40 2.38 5.10 5.75 1.65 1.30 1.42 0.47 1.42 1.97 10-24 UNC 2BX0.47 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.51 2.56 3.94 VB060 F05- F07 0.55 7.28 8.46 2.66 5.77 6.81 1.65 2.01 1.42 0.63 1.97 2.76 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.59 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.63 2.56 4.33 VB 110 F07- F 10 0.67 8.31 9.14 3.31 6.02 7.01 2.13 2.13 1.58 0.75 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB 190 F07 - F 10 0.67 8.31 9.14 3.31 6.02 7.01 2.13 2.13 1.58 0.75 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB270 F07- F 10 0.87 8.74 9.19 3.03 6.69 7.17 2.03 2.13 1.58 0.95 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB350 F07- F 10 0.87 8.74 9.19 3.03 6.69 7.17 2.03 2.13 1.58 0.95 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.79 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 Upon request F04 or F07. /aLaia ,.SP,'-s 120 ELECTRIC WIRING V1301 5 1 00-240V 50/60Hz ACTUATOR M STATIC IMPULSE DRIVE OPTOISOLATED BY PLC r-------------I 1 OPEN CLOSED I r 3 2 1 I I OO o @ _ J, 1= 6mA I I ELECTRONIC I I AUX MICRO AUX MICRO CONTROL a I I I I I OPEN CLOSED 1 11 1 I I ; � 1i�1 I I I I I I I I I 1011121 9 1 7 18 111116 1514 13 2 1 MICRO AUX WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION N L ELECTRIC WIRING V601512V-24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz -------------------- OPEN CLOSED I I ACTUATOR ACTUATOR 1 I I I I I I I O i M M I 1 I I I AUX MICRO AUX MICRO 1 L L OPEN CLOSED I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 I 1 I OPENING CLOSING OPENING I 1 CLOSING 1 L=LIMITER TORQUE I ---------- AC DC MICRO AUX WITH VALVE N IN OPEN POSITION L MMLI ��Jr1. �C3Ir1. ;.�. 121 ELECTRIC WIRING FROM VB030 TO VB350 12V ACIDC 50/60 Hz,24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz, 100-240V AC 50/60 Hz Ground(PE) L(+) 2 points control mode N(GND) L(+) N(-) Fuse JG ning ound(PE) rn c Ground 0 o a U U O Optional with potentiometer 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5k01W Terminal block A B C rr F e 8 r ° 5 3 points control mode LL LL o € € F L(+) N(-) Optional 24V do battery (not available for 12V versions) U z z z z FREE CONTACT Ground(PE) MAX 1A 120Vac/2A 24Vdc y 0 Free contacts o Power supply MAX 2A250Vac/30Vdc 1 2 3 voltage board c Control4ogic board Term "F" U — ON/OFF electric actuator Electric actuator / Asia 122 ELECTRIC WIRING WITH POSITIONER FROM VB030 TO VB350 12V AC/DC 50/60 Hz,24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz, 100.240V AC 50/60 Hz Ground(PE) L(+) CMD IN N(GND) 4 IN 4-20mA Fuse 3 GND 2 IN 0-10V TOUT 10V 4 IN 4-20mA 0 3 GND c Ground 2 IN 0-10V z o p n INTERNAL POTENTIOMETER 1 OUT 10V a Lu U U O 5k41W 4 IN 4-20mA wC MIN x a o 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 cc 2 1N 0--10V13 a w z = 1 OUT 10V MAX z g 'v Z Terminal block y 4 IN_4-20mA c 0 n F rr n ° 3 GND 2 IN 0-10V CMD I N It is possible to connect the inputs of LL LL o E a wntoller if compatible with the above chart r 1 OUT 10V Optional CMD OUT �( avallalble do battery 3 GND 3 GND + _Vversions) J RZ- 0z RZ- -z 2 OUT_0-10V CMD OUT 2 OUT 10V �/ FREE CONTACT 1 OUT_4-20MA MAX1A120Vac/2A24Vdc 1 OUT_4-20mA Rmis MIN=11,D Free contacts 3 GND 2 OUT 0 10V MAX2A250Vac/30Vdc Power supply 1 OUT 4-20mA A - voltage board Control/logic board :E. +Rmis MAX=500f1 Electric actuator with positioner a is possible to connect the inputs o a contoller'rf compatible with the above char) -11 I -���J ��_ 7�C317 � 123 APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES IPEX TK Series 3-Way Ball Valves can be used for flow diverting, mixing, or on/off isolation. They will replace a Tee Valve Availability + 2 valve linkage assembly at reduced cost and space, along with shorter installation and maintenance time. The Body Material: PVC patented seat stop carrier allows for in-line micro- Size Range: 112" through 2" adjustment of the ball seating, and features o-ring cushioning to minimize wear and prevent seizing. Integral Pressure: 232psi mounting flange and bracketing allows for direct actuation Seats: Teflon® (PTFE) and simple support, while a locking handle can prevent improper positioning. TK Series 3-Way Ball Valves are part of Seals: EPDM or Viton® (FPM) our complete Xirtec®140 systems of pipe, valves, and End Connections: Socket (I PS) fittings, engineered and manufactured to our strict quality, Threaded (FNPT) performance, and dimensional standards. `IS (AO'N�Sl ASTM D1784 ANSI 131.20.1 ASTM D2464 ASTM D2466 ASTM D2467 ASTM F1498 i IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 35 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Sample Specification 1.0 Ball Valves -TK 1.1 Material • The valve body, stem, ball, end connectors, and unions 9 The threaded carrier (ball seat support) shall be shall be made of PVC compound which shall meet or adjustable with the valve installed. exceed the requirements of cell classification 12454 0 The valve body, union nuts, and carrier shall have deep according to ASTM D1784. square style threads for increased strength. 1.2 Seats • The ball shall be machined smooth to minimize wear • The ball seats shall be made of Teflon® (PTFE). on valve seats. • All valve seats shall have o-ring backing cushions to 1.3 Seals compensate for wear and prevent seizure of the ball. • The o-ring seals shall be made of EPDM. 0 The thickness of the valve body shall be the same at or The o-ring seals shall be made of Viton® (FPM). all three ports. 1.4 All wetted parts of the valves shall comply with 0The stem design shall feature a shear point above the standards that are equivalent to NSF Standard 61 for o-ring to maintain system integrity in the unlikely event potable water. of a stem breakage. 2.0 Connections The handle shall feature a locking mechanism to prevent unintentional movement. 2.1 Socket style 0 The handle shall incorporate a feature to allow the • The IPS socket PVC end connectors shall conform to valve position to be secured with a padlock. the dimensional standards ASTM D2466 and ASTM 0 The handle shall incorporate a removable tool for D2467. adjustment of the threaded carrier. 2.2 Threaded style 0 The top of the stem shall incorporate molded features The female NPT threaded PVC end connectors shall to indicate port location and ball position. • conform to the dimensional standards ASTM D2464, 0 All valves shall have integrally molded mounting ASTM F1498, and ANSI B1.20.1. flanges for support and actuation 3.0 Design Features 3.1 Pressure Rating • All valves shall be true union at all three ports. 0 All valves shall be rated at 232psi at 73°F (23°C). • All sizes shall be full port. 3.2 Markings • Valve design shall permit positive shutoff of any of the three ports. All valves shall be marked to indicate size, material designation, and manufacturers name or trade mark. • Balls shall be of T-port or L-port design (specifier must select one). 3.3 Color Coding • The valve shall have blocking seat supports at all three 0 All PVC valves shall be color-coded dark gray. ports. 4.0 All valves shall be Xirtec® 140 by IPEX or approved equal. 36 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions - . Dimension (inches) Size C C1 C2 B B1 132 112 3.29 1.16 2.13 3.44 1.30 1.97 3/4 3.86 1.40 2.46 3.88 1.54 2.22 1 4.13 1.46 2.68 4.17 1.77 2.42 • 1-1/4 5.49 2.01 3.48 5.31 2.01 3.01 1-112 5.49 2.01 3.48 5.47 2.24 3.17 • 2 6.06 2.01 4.06 6.26 2.72 3.84 • " . IPS Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • • Size d L Z H H1 E 1/2 0.84 0.91 3.43 5.20 3.15 2.17 ••' 3/4 1.05 1.00 4.26 6.27 3.94 2.60 1 1.32 1.13 4.59 6.85 4.33 2.95 r -�•4 1-1/4 1.66 1.26 5.55 8.07 5.16 3.43 %r- 1-112 1.90 1.38 6.20 8.96 5.83 3.94 • ' 2 2.38 1.50 7.50 10.51 7.05 4.80 r Female NPT Threaded Connections - Dimension (inches) • " �• Size R L Z H H1 E ..• 1/2 1/2-NPT 0.71 3.56 4.96 3.15 2.17 _ M 3/4 3/4-NPT 0.71 4.35 5.76 3.94 2.60 a 1 1-NPT 0.89 4.78 6.56 4.33 2.95 •+~ 1-1/4 1-1/4-NPT 0.99 5.73 7.71 5.16 3.43 J • 1-1/2 1-1/2-NPT 0.97 6.38 8.32 5.83 3.94 • 2 2-NPT 1.17 7.66 9.99 7.05 4.80 • ram- 1 � • Mounting Flanges - Dimension (inches) Size Al A2 B L H f sizes 1/2 i _to 1 1/2 0.28 0.38 0.81 1.46 1.00 0.18 " " 3/4 0.31 0.47 0.87 1.65 1.18 0.18 1 0.35 0.49 1.18 1.97 1.32 0.24 • 1 • 1-1/4 0.41 0.53 1.42 2.60 1.57 0.24 •1• .. !- 1-1/2 0.45 0.57 1.46 2.80 1.69 0.28 2 0.59 0.79 1.77 3.35 1.69 0.28 sizes 1-1/4" to 2" IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 37 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions (cont'd) Dimension (inches) ate` 1 SP Size ISO J P 1/2 F04 0.20 1.65 3/4 F05 0.28 1.97 (~ i 1 F05 0.28 1.97 1-1/4 F07 0.35 2.76 R 1-112 F07 0.35 2.76 2 F07 0.35 2.76 Weights Flow Coefficients Approximate Weight Obs) Cv Size Position Size IPS Socket FNPT Threaded A B C D E 1/2 0.77 0.77 1/2 3.85 2.45 4.55 13.7 5.11 3/4 1.32 1.32 3/4 9.50 6.65 10.2 26.6 10.5 1 1.87 1.87 1 14.4 9.80 17.2 53.2 18.6 1-1/4 2.98 2.98 1-1/4 27.3 18.9 32.2 73.5 33.3 1-1/2 3.86 3.86 1-1/2 33.3 23.1 42.0 119 43.4 2 6.50 6.50 2 63.0 43.4 84.0 224 85.4 Pressure - Temperature Ratings 250 232 -PVC 200 Q 150 d d 100 uo 'o 50 0 32 62 73 92 122 140 152 182 212 Working Temperature(T) 38 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Operating Positions T-Port Position L-Port Position T-Port L-Port 00 mixing diverting ° 1 0 _ - 3 _ ., 900 diverting closed 1800 straight flow closed L— 2700 diverting diverting _ r. low — — - ` ', - 900 1800 ---r _ (i �r1 , ► v r_ " - 270 r ti IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 39 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts Position A: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 0 N N 0.1 a 0.01 1 10 100 loon Flowrate(GPM) Position B: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Separating Flow 1 N _ N _ _ r O N N 1 a) 0.1 1 �•' —T:-_� d _ J 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position C: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet • Diverting Flow Q 1 N O d ..}—•�• • 1 .• —_ N N 0.1 1 f' 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) 40 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. It �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts (cunt'd) Position D: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet ti • Straight Flow 1 Q 0 - • N N a 0.1 •I�• - 0.01 1 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position E: 10 • L-Port • Any Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 a • • • N d 0.1 a Y • 0.01 'l.\lam♦ ILI 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 41 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Components 1 �r 0- -0 �. � 1 8 6 S 8 S 9 13b 13a # Component Material Qty 1* insert tool PVC 1 2 handle PVC 1 3* stem o-ring EPDM or Viton® 2 4 stem PVC 1 5 ball seat PTFE 4 6 ball PVC 1 7 body PVC 1 •� 8* backing o-ring EPDM or Viton® 4 9* body o-ring EPDM or Viton® 3 •� ! 10* socket o-ring EPDM or Viton® 3 y 11 support for ball seat PVC 3 12* end connector PVC 3 13* union nut PVC 3 14 blocking button POM 1 15 stop ring PVC 3 *Spare parts available. 42 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Installation Procedures 1. For socket and threaded style connections, remove the union nuts (part #13 on previous page) and slide them onto the pipe. For flanged connections, remove the union • nut/flange assemblies from the valve. 2. Please refer to the appropriate connection style sub- section: a. For socket style, solvent cement the end connectors (12) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Solvent Cementing"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". Be sure to allow sufficient cure time before continuing with the valve installation. b. For threaded style, thread the end connectors (12) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, `Joining Methods— Threading"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". 3. Open and close the valve to ensure that the seat supports (11) are at the desired adjustment. If adjustment is required, remove the insert tool (1) from the handle (2). Line up the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat supports. Tighten or loosen to the desired position then replace the tool on the handle. For correct alignment of the ball and seat support system, adjustment should begin with the center port. 4. Ensure that the socket o-rings (10) are properly fitted in their grooves then carefully place the valve in the system between the end connections. If anchoring is required, fix the valve to the supporting structure via the integral mounting flange on the bottom of the valve body (7). 5. Tighten the three union nuts. Hand tightening is typically sufficient to maintain a seal for the maximum working pressure. Over-tightening may damage the threads on the valve body and/or the union nut, and may even cause the union nut to crack. 6. Open and close the valve to ensure that the cycling performance is adequate. If adjustment is required, loosen the union nuts, remove the valve from the system, and then continue from Step 3. IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 43 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. i IPEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Valve Maintenance Disassembly Assembly 1. If removing the valve from an operating system, isolate Note: Before assembling the valve components, it is the valve from the rest of the system. Be sure to advisable to lubricate the o-rings with a water soluble depressurize and drain the isolated branch and valve lubricant. Be sure to consult the `9PEX Chemical Resistance before continuing. Guide"and/or other trusted resources to determine specific 2. Loosen the three union nuts(13) and drop the valve out of lubricant-rubber compatibilities. the line. If retaining the socket o-rings (10), take care that 1. Properly fit the stem o-rings (3) in the grooves on the they are not lost when removing the valve from the line. stem (4), then insert the stem from the inside of the _ 3. To disassemble, rotate the handle (2) to the following valve body (7). position: 2. Line up the markings on the stem with the ports in the a. For T-Port valves, the three arrows must line up valve body. with the three valve ports (The valve must be open 3. Replace the backing o-ring (8) and seat (5) at the back at all three ports). of the valve body. b. For L-Port valves, the two arrows must line up with 4. Insert the ball (6) into the valve body while ensuring that ports "a" and "b" (see component diagram). the ports line up with the markings on the stem. 4. Remove the insert tool (1) from the handle then line up 5. Ensure that all body o-rings (9), backing o-rings, and the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat seats are properly fitted on the three seat supports (11). supports (11). Loosen and remove all three seat supports Starting with the center port, tighten each support into from the valve body (7). the valve body using the insert tool (1). 5. Remove the ball (6) from the valve body while taking 6. Replace the handle (2) on the stem while ensuring that care not to score or damage the outer surface. the position markings on the handle line up with those 6. Remove the handle from the stem (4) by pulling upwards. on the stem. Replace the insert tool on the handle. To remove the stem, push it into the valve body from above. 7. Properly fit the socket o-rings (10) in their respective 7. Remove the seats (5), backing o-rings (8), and body o- grooves. rings (9) from the seat supports. 8. Place the end connectors (12) into the union nuts (13), 8. Remove the seat and backing o-ring from the inside of then thread onto the valve body taking care that the the valve body. socket o-rings remain properly fitted in their grooves. 9. Remove the stem o-rings (3). 10. The valve components can now be checked for problems and/or replaced. e • =r .L 44 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES IPEX TKD Series 3-Way Ball Valves can be used for flow diverting, mixing, or on/off isolation. They will replace a Tee + Valve Availability 2 valve linkage assembly at reduced cost and space, along with shorter installation and maintenance time. The patented Body Material: PVC seat stop carrier allows for in-line microadjustment of the ball Size Range: 1/2" through 2" seating, and features o-ring cushioning to minimize wear and prevent seizing. The TKD also includes our patented DUAL Pressure: 232psi BLOCK® locking union nut system, which ensures the nuts Seats: Teflon® (PTFE) are held in position even under severe service conditions such as high vibration or thermal expansion. Integral mounting Seals: EPDM or Viton® (FKM) flange and bracketing allows for direct actuation and simple End Connections: Socket (I PS) support, while a locking handle can prevent improper Threaded (FNPT) positioning. TKD Series 3-Way Ball Valves are part of our complete Xirtec®140 systems of pipe, valves and fittings, engineered and manufactured to our strict quality, performance, and dimensional standards. `I 11 ANS/ ASTM D1784 ANSI 131.20.1 ASTM D2464 ASTM D2466 ASTM D2467 ASTM F1498 • IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 45 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Sample Specification 1.0 Ball Valves-TKD 1.1 Material • The valve body, stem, ball, end connectors, and unions e The threaded carrier (ball seat support) shall be shall be made of PVC compound which shall meet or adjustable with the valve installed. exceed the requirements of cell classification 12454 . The valve body, union nuts, and carrier shall have deep according to ASTM D1784. square style threads for increased strength. 1.2 Seats 0 The ball shall be machined smooth to minimize wear • The ball seats shall be made of Teflon® (PTFE). on valve seats. • All valve seats shall have o-ring backing cushions to 1.3 Seals compensate for wear and prevent seizure of the ball. • The o-ring seals shall be made of EPDM. 0 The thickness of the valve body shall be the same at or The o-ring seals shall be made of Viton® (FKM). all three ports. 1.4 All wetted parts of the valves shall comply with 0The stem design shall feature a shear point above the standards that are equivalent to NSF Standard 61 for o-ring to maintain system integrity in the unlikely event potable water. of a stem breakage. 2.0 Connections The valve shall include the DUAL BLOCK® union nut locking mechanism 2.1 Socket style • The handle shall incorporate an optional feature to • The IPS socket PVC end connectors shall conform to allow the valve position to be secured with a padlock. the dimensional standards ASTM D2466 and ASTM . The handle shall incorporate a removable tool for D2467. adjustment of the threaded carrier. 2.2 Threaded style 0 The top of the stem shall incorporate molded features • The female NPT threaded PVC end connectors shall to indicate port location and ball position. conform to the dimensional standards ASTM D2464, 0 All valves shall have integrally molded mounting ASTM F1498, and ANSI B1.20.1. flanges for support and actuation 3.0 Design Features 3.1 Pressure Rating • All valves shall be true union at all three ports. All valves shall be rated at 232psi at 73°F (230C). • All sizes shall be full port. 3.2 Markings • Valve design shall permit positive shutoff of any of the three ports. All valves shall be marked to indicate size, material designation, and manufacturers name or trade mark. • Balls shall be of T-port or L-port design (specifier must select one). 3.3 Color Coding • The valve shall have blocking seat supports at all three 0 All PVC valves shall be color-coded dark gray. ports. 4.0 All valves shall be Xirtec° 140 by IPEX or approved equal. 46 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions • ' • IPS Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • " • Size (d) DN E H H 1 L. Z 1/2 0.59 2.13 5.20 3.15 0.91 3.43 .: 3/4 0.79 2.56 6.27 3.94 1.00 4.26 - nR? 1 0.98 2.87 6.85 4.33 1.13 4.59 1-1/4 1.26 3.39 8.07 5.16 1.26 5.55 • 10 1-1/2 1.57 3.86 8.96 5.83 1.38 6.20 2 1.97 4.80 10.51 7.05 1.50 7.50 • Female NPT Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • " • Size (R) DN E H H1 L. Z 1/2 0.59 2.13 4.96 3.15 0.71 3.56 •• 3/4 0.79 2.56 5.76 3.94 0.71 4.35 b 1 0.98 2.87 6.56 4.33 0.89 4.78 •• 1-1/4 1.26 3.39 7.71 5.16 0.99 5.73 . •• 1-1/2 1.57 3.86 8.32 5.83 0.97 6.38 • 2 1.97 4.80 9.99 7.05 1.17 7.66 Mounting Flanges - Dimension (inches) Size DN a A 1/2 0.59 0.79 1.22 3/4 0.79 0.79 1.22 • 1 0.98 0.79 1.22 • 1-1/4 1.26 1.18 1.97 A 1-1/2 1.57 1.18 1.97 2 1.97 1.18 1.97 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 47 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Weights Flow Coefficients Approximate Weight (Ibs) Cv Size Position Size (inches) IPS Socket FNPT Threaded A B C D E 1/2 0.68 0.68 1/2 3.85 2.45 4.55 13.7 5.11 3/4 1.21 1.21 3/4 9.50 6.65 10.2 26.6 10.5 1 1.74 1.74 1 14.4 9.80 17.2 53.2 18.6 1-1/4 2.81 2.81 1-1/4 27.3 18.9 32.2 73.5 33.3 1-1/2 3.66 3.66 1-1/2 33.3 23.1 42.0 119 43.4 2 6.17 6.17 2 63.0 43.4 84.0 224 85.4 Pressure - Temperature Ratings 250 232 -PVC 200 n � 150 m d 100 uq `o 50 0 32 62 73 92 122 140 152 182 212 Working Temperature(°F) 40 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Operating Positions T-Port Position L-Port Position T--Port L-Port �•, .- . • 00 mixing diverting —- 00 - 90° diverting closed 1800 straight flow closed 2700 diverting diverting 900 ss 1800 = . 61 �• 2700 =+ . • • - . IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 49 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts Position A: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 0 N N 0.1 a 0.01 1 10 100 loon Flowrate(GPM) Position B: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Separating Flow 1 N _ N _ _ r O N N 1 a) 0.1 1 �•' —T:-_� d _ J 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position C: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet • Diverting Flow Q 1 N O d ..}—•�• • 1 .• —_ N N 0.1 1 f' 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) 50 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. It �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts (cunt'd) Position D: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet ti • Straight Flow 1 Q 0 - • N N a 0.1 •I�• - 0.01 1 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position E: 10 • L-Port • Any Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 a • • • N d 0.1 a Y • 0.01 'l.\lam♦ ILI 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 51 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Components (� l'J s 4 ;� Ca )10 U # Component Material Qty 1 insert U-PVC 1 2 handle U-PVC 1 3 spring (SHKD) Stainless Steel 1 4** safety handle block (SHKD) PP-GR 1 5* stem o-rings EPDM-FKM 2 6 position indicator POM 1 7 stem U-PVC 1 8 Dual Block® POM 3 9 body U-PVC 1 10* support o-ring for ball seat EPDM-FKM 4 11* ball seat PTFE 4 fto' • _ 12 ball U-PVC 1 �'• 13 radial seal o-ring EPDM-FKM 3 14 support for ball seat U-PVC 3 15 stop ring U-PVC 3 16* socket seal o-ring EPDM-FKM 3 17* end connector U-PVC 3 18abc union nuts U-PVC 3 *Spare parts available. **Optional feature 52 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Installation Procedures 1. For socket and threaded style connections, remove the _ union nuts (part #18 on previous page) and slide them onto the pipe. For flanged connections, remove the union nut/flange assemblies from the valve. 2. Please refer to the appropriate connection style sub- section: a. For socket style, solvent cement the end connectors (17) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Solvent Cementing"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume k Vinyl Process Piping Systems". Be sure to allow sufficient cure time before continuing with the valve installation. b. For threaded style, thread the end connectors (17) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, `Joining Methods— Threading"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". c. For flanged style, join the union nut/flange assemblies to the pipe flanges. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Flanging"in the IPEX Industrial f Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". 3. Open and close the valve to ensure that the seat supports (14) are at the desired adjustment. If adjustment is required, remove the insert tool (1) from the handle (2). Line up the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat supports. Tighten or loosen to the desired position then replace the tool on the handle. For correct alignment of the ball and seat support system, adjustment should begin with the center port. s 4. Ensure that the socket o-rings (16) are properly fitted in their grooves then carefully place the valve in the system between the end connections. If anchoring is required, fix the valve to the supporting structure via the integral mounting flange on the bottom of the valve body (9). 5. Tighten the three union nuts. Hand tightening is typically sufficient to maintain a seal for the maximum working pressure. Over-tightening may damage the threads on the valve body and/or the union nut, and may even cause the union nut to crack. 6. Check the installation of the dedicated lock nut device DUAL BLOCK® (8) on the valve body. 7. Open and close the valve to ensure that the cycling performance is adequate. If adjustment is required, loosen the union nuts, remove the valve from the system, and then continue from Step 3. IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 53 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. i IPEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Valve Maintenance Disassembly Assembly 1. If removing the valve from an operating system, isolate Note: Before assembling the valve components, it is the valve from the rest of the system. Be sure to advisable to lubricate the o-rings with a water soluble depressurize and drain the isolated branch and valve lubricant. Be sure to consult the "IPEX Chemical Resistance before continuing. Guide" and/or other trusted resources to determine specific 2. Unlock the Dual Block®system by compressing the lever lubricant-rubber compatibilities. (8). Loosen the three union nuts (18) and drop the valve 1. Properly fit the stem o-rings (5) in the grooves on the out of the line. If retaining the socket o-rings (16), take stem (7), then insert the stem from the inside of the care that they are not lost when removing the valve from valve body (9). the line. 2. Line up the markings on the stem with the ports in the 3. To disassemble, rotate the handle (2) to the following valve body. position: 3. Replace the backing o-ring (10) and seat (11) at the a. For T-Port valves, the three arrows must line up back of the valve body. with the three valve ports (The valve must be open at all three ports). 4. Insert the ball (12) into the valve body while ensuring b. For L-Port valves, the two arrows must line up with that the ports line up with the markings on the stem. ports "a" and "b" (see component diagram). 5. Ensure that all body o-rings (13), backing o-rings, and 4. Remove the insert tool (1) from the handle then line up seats are properly fitted on the three seat supports (14). the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat Starting with the center port, tighten each support into the valve body using the insert tool (1). supports (14). Loosen and remove all three seat supports from the valve body (9). 6. Replace the handle (2) on the stem while ensuring that 5. Remove the ball (12) from the valve body while taking the position markings on the handle line up with those care not to score or damage the outer surface. on the stem. Replace the insert tool on the handle. 6. Remove the handle from the stem (7) by pulling upwards. 7. Properly fit the socket o-rings (16) in their respective To remove the stem, push it into the valve body from above. grooves. sea 8. Place the end connectors (17) into the union nuts (18), 7. Remove the seats backing o-rings (10), and body o- then thread onto the valve body taking care that the rings (13) from the seat supports. socket o-rings remain properly fitted in their grooves. 8. Remove the seat and backing o-ring from the inside of the valve body. 9. Remove the stem o-rings (5). 10. The valve components can now be checked for problems and/or replaced. Q;.1 54 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. +G F+ English Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 3-0515.090 Rev T 06/13 Operating Instructions Description515 Sensor 8510 Integral (with red cap) Sensor Operating Instructions for all versions of 515/8510 and 2536/8512 Simple to install with time-honoured reliable performance, Signet 515 and 2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors are highly repeatable, rugged sensors that offer exceptional value with little or no maintenance. Signet 515 and 2536 sensors measure liquid f ow rates in full pipes and can be used in low pressure systems. • The many material choices including PP and PVDF make this model highly versatile and chemically compatible with many liquid process solutions. • Sensors can be installed in DN15 to DN900 ('/2 to 36 in.)pipes using Signet's comprehensive line of custom f ttings • These custom f ttings,which include tees, saddles, and weldolets, seat the sensor to the proper insertion depth into the process f ow. • The sensors are also offered in conf gurations for wet-tap installation requirements. 515/8510 Advantages: 2536 Sensor 8512 Integral Flow rate range 0.3 to 6 m/s(1 to 20 ft/s) (with blue cap) Sensor Installs into pipe sizes DN15 to DN900('/2 to 36 in.) • Wide Turndown Ratio of 20:1 Sinusoidal frequency output capable of driving a self-powered f owmeter(Model 5090) • Self-powered • Highly repeatable output • Chemically resistant materials • Easy to replace rotor 2536/8512 Advantages: • Flow rate range 0.1 to 6 m/s(0.3 to 20 ft/s) • Installs into pipe sizes DN15 to DN900('/2 to 36 in.) • Wide Turndown Ratio of 66:1 • Open-collector output • High resolution and noise immunity • Chemically resistant materials • Easy to replace rotor General Information InformationWarranty Refer to your local Georg Fischer Sales off ce for the most Georg Fischer Signet products are manufactured in a variety current warranty statement. of wetted materials to suit various liquids and chemicals. All warranty and non-warranty repairs being returned must All plastic materials including typical piping types(PVC, include a fully completed Service Form and goods must be PVDF, PP and PE)are more or less permeable to contained returned to your local GF Sales off ce or distributor. media, such as water or volatile substances, including some Product returned without a Service Form may not be acids.This effect is not related to porosity, but purely a matter warranty replaced or repaired. of gas diffusion through the plastic. Signet products with limited shelf-life(e.g. pH, ORP, chlorine If the plastic material is compatible with the medium according electrodes, calibration solutions; e.g. pH buffers,turbidity to the application guidelines,the permeation will not damage standards or other solutions)are warranted out of box but not the plastic itself. However, if the plastic encloses other warranted against any damage, due to process or application sensitive components, as is the case with GF Signet plastic failures(e.g. high temperature, chemical poisoning,dry-out)or paddlewheel sensors,these may be affected or damaged by mishandling (e.g. broken glass, damaged membrane,freezing the media diffusing through the plastic body and rotor. and/or extreme temperatures). Failures of PVDF paddlewheel sensors when used in hot nitric acid applications have been reported. PVDF is known to allow Product Registration for substantial permeation of nitric acid constituents without being damaged itself. No clear guideline can be given here, Thank you for purchasing the Signet line of Georg Fischer since the damaging effect to the sensor is highly dependent measurement products. on temperature, pressure and concentration. If you would like to register your product(s), Utilizing sensors in applications with aggressive substances is you can now register online in one of the following ways: possible. On special request GF Signet can provide sensors .❑a" 0 Visit our website www.gfsignet.com and click with a different internal resin encapsulation (potting)that will on Product Registration Form delay the damaging effect of acids to the sensors. • If this is a pdf manual (digital copy), click here For all Special Product inquiries or to place an order, please Scan the QR Code on the left email signet-special product@georgfischer.com. Safety Information 1. Depressurize and vent system prior to installation or removal. 2. Conf rm chemical compatibility before use. WARNING! 3. DO NOT exceed maximum temperature or pressure specs. A!* 4. ALWAYS wear safety goggles or faceshield during �, installation and/or service. 5. DO NOT alter product construction. Paddlewheel Retaining Nuts: Red (515)and Blue (2536) Warning/Caution/Danger The retaining nuts of paddlewheel sensors are not designed QIndicates a potential hazard. Failure to follow all warnings for prolonged contact with aggressive substances. Strong may lead to equipment damage,injury,or death acids, caustic substances and solvents or their vapor may Personal Protective Equipment(PPE) lead to failure of the retaining nut, ejection of the sensor and Always utilize the most appropriate PPE during loss of the process f uid with possibly serious consequences, installation and service of Signet products. such as damage to equipment and serious personal injury. Retaining nuts that may have been in contact with such Pressurized System Warning substances, e.g. due to leakage or spilling, must be replaced. Sensor may be under pressure,take caution to vent system prior to installation or removal.Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/or serious injury. Hand Tighten Only Overtightening may permanently damage product threads and lead to failure of the retaining nut. Do Not Use Tools Use of tool(s)may damage product beyond repair and potentially void product warranty. Note/Technical Notes Highlights additional information or detailed procedure. 2 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +Gp+ Table of Contents & Dimensions Table of Contents • Description.............................................................................1 WarrantyStatement...............................................................2 Product Registration..............................................................2 515/2536 Sensor Safety Information.................................................................2 Chemical Compatibility..........................................................2 Standard Table of Contents...................................................................3 7.6 m(25 ft) cable Dimensions............................................................................3 included Specifcations........................................................................4 _ Location of Fitting..................................................................5 Sensor Mounting Position......................................................5 Standard Sensor Installation.................................................5 1-1/4"NPSM Sensor Wiringthreaded cap ........................................................................5ffflil X(0 thru 5) Rotor Replacement Procedure..............................................5 26.7 mm K-Factors...............................................................................6 (1.05 in.) •— H-Dimensions........................................................................6 SignetFittings........................................................................7 Ordering Information (515/8510)...........................................7 OrderingInformation 2536/8512 8 Pipe Range: ( )""""""""""""""""""""' 1/2 in.to 4 in. -XO= 104 mm(4.1 in.) 5 in. to 8 in. -X1 = 137 mm(5.4 in) 10 in.and up -X2=213 mm(8.4 in.) 1/2 in.to 4 in. -X3=297 mm(11.7 in.) 5 in.to 8 in. -X4=332 mm(13.1 in.) Wet-tap 10 in.and up -X5=408 mm(16.1 in.) Lengths 8510-XX/8512-XX Integral Sensor shown with Transmitter and Integral Adapter Kit(sold separately) 102 mm -XO or (4.0 in.) -X1 -XO = 152 mm (6.0 in.) -X1 = 185 mm (7.3 in.) __j +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 3 Specif cations Specifications 7 Environmental Requirements Flow Rate Range: Pressure/Temperature Ratings 515....................................0.3 to 6 m/s(1 to 20 ft/s) Standard and Integral Sensors: 2536..................................0.1 to 6 m/s(0.3 to 20 ft/s) Polypropylene Body........... 12.5 bar(180 psi)max. Pipe Size Range...................DN15 to DN900('/2 in.to 36 in.) @ 20'C(68`F) Cable Length........................7.6 m (25 ft)standard 515.................................... 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. 515....................................60 m(200 ft)maximum @ 90°C(194'F) 2536..................................305 m (1000 ft)maximum 2536.................................. 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. Cable type............................2-conductor twisted pair w/ @ 85'C(185'F) shield (22 AWG) Operating Temperature......18'C to 66'C(0 'F to 150 'F) Minimum Reynolds Number..4500 PVDF Body.......................... 14 bar(200 psi)max. Materials: @ 20'C(68'F) Cap Material.........................Glass Filled Polypropylene 515.................................... 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. 515: Red @ 100°C(212'F) 2536: Blue 2536.................................. 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. @ 85'C(185'F) Wetted Materials: Operating Temperature......18'C to 100'C(0'F to 212 'F) Sensor Body.........................Glass Filled Polypropylene Wet-Tap Sensor: (black)or PVDF Polypropylene Body...........7 bar @ 20'C, 1.4 bar @ 66'C O-Rings................................FPM (Std), EPR(EPDM)or (100 psi @ 68'F,20 psi @ 150'F) FFPM optional Max Removal Rating......... 1.7 bar @ 22 'C(25 psi @ 72'F) Pin ........................................Titanium, Hastelloy-C or PVDF; Operating Temperature......18'C to 66'C(0 'F to 150 'F) optional Ceramic, Tantalum,or Stainless Steel Standards and Approvals Rotor.....................................Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; • CE(2536 Only) optional ETFE with or without • Manufactured under ISO 9001 for Quality, carbon f ber reinforced PTFE ISO 14001 for Environmental Management and sleeve for rotor pin OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety. Shipping Weight: • RoHS Compliant -XO....................................0.454 kg (1 lb) r China RoHS (Go to www.gfsignet.com for details) -X1 ....................................0.476 kg (1.04 Ibs) � Declaration of Conformity according to FCC Part 15 -X2....................................0.680 kg (1.50 Ibs) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. -X3....................................0.794 kg (1.75 Ibs) -X4....................................0.850 kg (1.87 Ibs) Operation is subject to the following two conditions: -X5.................................... 1.0 kg (2.20 Ibs) (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and 3519.................................. 1.3 kg (2.86 Ibs) (2)This device must accept any interference received, Performance including interference that may cause undesired operation. Linearity................................±1%of maximum range @ 25'C(77'F) 515(8510)Sensor 2536(8512)Sensor Repeatability.........................±0.5% maximum range @ 25'C(77'F) 1210 14.51 (psi) 1 14.510 .5 200 13.6 ---- - --- 200 13.8 - -- - -- Electrical ... ' , • - 190 13.1 .....-.-..�.d � I I 180 12 4 T 515 Sensor B0 12.4 - 170 11.7 _;...;... .o, .;. 170 11.7 -___-,__a_ __________________ Fre uenc 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal 160 11.0 _;--- -v --- -_, - '- r ' 160 11.0 ----- - -'- (6 Hz per ft/s) 150 10.3 -y---j--. 1 - 150 10.3 ....... -- Amplitude..............................3.3 V p/p per m/s nominal 140 9.7 (1 V p/p per ft/s) 130 9.0 - i---; - - 120 8.3 -_ -- ---- --- 20 83 .............. - .... Source Impedance...............8 kQ 110 7.6 - .. Y- 110 7.6 2536 Sensor 100 6.9 100 6.9 90 6.2 _;__�__�___;__;__�_'__ _ ________ 90 6.2 -- ---- ---- ----- -- - Frequency.............................49 Hz per m/s nominal 80 5.5 -; ; ; ; ; 80 5.5 -- - (15 Hz per ft/s nominal) 70 4.6 --j---. ;---j---j--- --j--- 70 4.6 - Supply Voltage......................5 to 24 VDC±10%regulated 60 4.1 -----'- - - __i 60 4.1 50 3.4 __ 50 3.4 Supply Current......................<1.5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC <20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC 30 2.1 - -- +; ; -- 30 2.1 -- - - Output Type..........................Open collector, sinking 20 1.4 -..! 20 1.4 Output Current...................... 10 mA maximum ' ` r 10 7 0 0 °C -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 °C -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 °F -4 32 68 104 140 176 212 °F -4 32 68 104 140 176 212 4 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +Gp+ Sensor Installation and Wiring Location of Recommended sensor upstream/downstream mounting requirements. 2 x 90°Elbow 3 dimensions Reducer 90°Elbow 2 x 90°Elbow Pump/Valve 15L x I.D.%I 51 x I.D. 20�x I.D._l 51 x I.D.I 25x I.D. 5I x I.D.I 40L x I.D. 5I_x I.D. 50� x I.D.% 5�-x I.D. �N �►I �►I Ivry 0° r ry Sensor • • • • -45° +45° Horizontal pipe runs: • Mount sensor in the upright(0°)position for best performance(pipe must be full). • Mount at a maximum of 45°when air bubbles are present. • Do not mount on the bottom of the pipe when sediments are present. Process Vertical pipe runs: Pipe • Mount sensor in any orientation. • Upward f ow is preferred to ensure full pipe. Standard Sensor Installation black sensor conduit bale • Lubricate O-rings with a non-petroleum based, viscous lubricant(grease) cap compatible with the system. o /tab • Using an alternating/twisting motion, lower the sensor into the f tting, making sure the installation arrows on the black cap are pointing in the direction of f ow, see Figure A. notch • Engage one thread of the sensor cap then turn the sensor until the alignment tab is seated in the f tting notch. Hand tighten the sensor cap. black conduit sensor bale DO NOT use any tools on the sensor cap cap or the cap threads and/or fitting cap sensor flange threads will be damaged, PROCESS PIPE see Figure B. (TOP VIEW) direction of flow Figure A Figure B Sensor Technical Notes 515 Sensor Connections to Black 0 Use 2-conductor shielded cable for cable extensions. Signet Instruments Frequency(-) Ll Cable shield must be maintained through cable splice. 0 F edquencY + ( ) Refer to your instrument manual for specif c wiring details. Shield �2536 Sensor Connections to Other Brand Instruments Ground Other Brands Black + 3.3 to 24 2536 Sensor Connections to 10 K4 — VDC Signet Instruments 0 Black Shield VDC 'IFGnd. Other FU Red Red Input Shield instrument 0 Frequency in • DC sensor power supplied from Signet instrument. 0 Ground 10 KQ Pull-up resistor may be required for non-Signet brand instrument. Rotor Replacement Procedure I � • To remove the rotor, insert a small screwdriver between the rotor and the ear of the sensor. ---- -, • Twist the screwdriver blade to f ex the ear outward enough to remove one end of the rotor and pin. - • DO NOT f ex the ear any more than necessary! If it breaks, the sensor cannot be repaired. • Install the new rotor by inserting one tip of the pin into the hole, then f ex the opposite ear back enough to slip rotor into place. +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 5 K-Factors K-Factors A K-Factor is the number of pulses a sensor will generate for each engineering unit of f uid that passes the sensor. K-factors for water are listed below in U.S.gallons and liters. For example,in a 1-inch PVC pipe,the 515 paddlewheel generates 172.07 pulses per gallon of water passing the rotor. K-factors are listed for pipes up to 12 inches. For pipes over 12 inches,consult your Signet distributor. PIPE 515/8510-XX 2536/85d42.994 PIPE 51 51851 0-XX 253618512-XX PIPE 515/8510-XX 2A SIZE FITTING U.S. SIZE FITTING U.S. U.S. SIZE FITTING U.S. (IN.) LITERS GAL LITERS (IN.) LITERS GAL LITERS GAL (IN.) LITERS GAL LIT SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE CARBON STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE STAINLESS STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 P 1/2 MPV8TO05 137.42 520.12 271.37 1/2 CS4T005 97.808 370.20 199.74 756.00 2-1/2 CR4W025 4.9670 18.800 9.93/4 MPV8TO07 78.61 297.52 154.08 3/4 CS4To07 56.027 212.06 115.90 438.69 3 CR4W030 3.2153 12.170 6.41 MPV8TO10 45.46 172.07 88.65 1 CS4To10 37.289 141.14 75.768 286.78 4 CR4W040 1.8388 6.9600 3.601-1/4 MPV8TO12 24.19 91.54 47.24 1-1/4 CS4TO12 16.025 60.655 32.026 121.22 5 CR4W050 1.3897 5.2600 2.80 1-1/2 MPV8TO15 16.44 62.22 32.08 1-1/2 CS4TO15 11.982 45.350 24.079 91.139 6 CR4W060 0.9749 3.6900 1.9868 7.5200 2 MPV8T020 9.60 36.32 18.87 2 CS4TO20 7.0717 26.767 14.391 54.468 8 CR4W080 0.5627 2.1300 1.1466 4.3400 SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE STAINLESS STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 10 CR4W100 0.3567 1.3500 0.7292 2.7600 2-1/2 PV8TO25 5.7683 21.833 11.359 1/2 CR4TO05 94.838 358.96 193.98 734.20 12 CR4W120 0.2536 1 0.9600 0.5125 1.9400 3 IPV8TO30 13.5775 113.541 17.0414 26.652 1 314 CR4TO07 53.530 202.61 108.88 412.10 CARBON STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE 4 1 PV8TO40 12.0147 17.6258 13.9645 15.006 1 CR4To10 33.590 127.14 66.764 252.70 2-1/2 CS4WO25 4.9670 18.800 9.9339 37.600 SCH 80 CPVC TEES FOR SCH 80 CPVC PIPE 1-1/4 CR4TO12 16.357 61.910 33.849 128.12 3 CS4WO30 3.2153 12.170 6.4306 24.340 1/2 MCPV8TO05 137.42 520.12 271.37 1027.1 1-1/2 CR4TO15 10.676 40.410 20.428 77.320 4 CS4WO40 1.8388 6.9600 3.6777 13.920 3/4 MCPV8TO07 78.61 297.52 154.08 583.19 2 CR4T020 5.8917 22.300 12.095 45.780 5 CS4WO50 1.3897 5.2600 2.8692 10.860 1 MCPV8TO10 45.46 172.07 88.65 335.53 GALVANIZED IRON TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 6 CS4WO60 0.9749 3.6900 1.9868 7.5200 1-1/4 MCPV8TO12 24.19 91.54 47.24 178.79 1 IR4TO10 27.619 104.54 56.277 213.01 8 CS4WO80 0.5627 2.1300 1.1466 4.3400 1-1/2 MCPV8TO15 16.44 62.22 32.08 121.42 1-1/4 IR4TO12 16.639 62.979 33.751 127.75 10 CS4W100 0.3567 1.3500 0.7292 2.7600 2 MCPV8T020 9.60 36.32 18.87 71.44 11/2 IR4To15 12.335 46.688 24.941 94.401 12 CS4W120 0.2536 0.9600 0.5125 1.9400 SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE 2 IR4TO20 7.7832 29.459 15.699 59.420 COPPER/BRONZE BRAZOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE 2 PV8S020 8.5812 32.480 17.633 66.739 BRONZE TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 2-1/2 BR46025 4.9670 18.800 9.934 37.600 2-1/2 PV8S025 5.7683 21.833 11.359 42.994 1 BR4To10 27.619 104.54 56.277 213.01 3 BR4B030 3.2153 12.170 6.431 24.340 3 PV8SO30 3.5775 13.541 7.0414 26.652 1-1/4 BR4To12 16.639 62.979 33.751 127.75 4 BR46040 1.8388 6.9600 3.678 13.920 4 PV8SO40 2.0147 7.6258 3.9645 15.006 1-1/2 BR4T015 12.335 46.688 24.941 94.401 5 BR4B050 1.3897 5.2600 2.869 10.860 6 PV8S060 1.0997 4.1623 2.1994 8.3246 2 BR4T020 7.7832 29.459 15.699 59.420 6 BR46060 0.9749 3.6900 1.987 7.5260 8 PV8SO80 0.6263 2.3705 1.3253 5.0164 COPPER TEE FITTINGS ON COPPER PIPE SCH K 8 BR4B080 0.5627 2.1300 1.147 4.3400 10 PV8S100 0.4042 1.5300 0.808 3.0600 1/2 CUKTO05 117.10 443.21 242.50 917.84 10 BR46100 0.3567 1.3500 0.729 2.7600 12 PV8S120 0.2801 1.0600 0.571 2.1600 3/4 CUKTO07 56.052 212.16 113.15 428.27 12 BR413120 0.2536 1 0.9600 1 0.513 1.9400 SCH 80 PVC SADDLE ON SCH 40 PVC PIPE 1 CUKTO10 33.600 127.18 67.749 256.43 SCH 80 IRON SADDLES ON SCH 80 PIPE 2 PV8S020 7.2259 27.350 14.452 54.700 1-1/4 CUKTO12 23.307 88.218 46.615 176.44 2 IR8SO20 8.5495 32.360 17.099 64.720 2-1/2 PV8S025 4.9866 18.874 9.8175 37.159 1-1/2 CUKTO15 15.049 56.962 30.565 115.69 2-1/2 IR8SO25 5.8705 22.220 11.223 42.480 3 PV8S030 3.3389 12.638 6.2608 23.697 2 CUKT020 7.7595 29.370 16.746 63.385 3 IR8SO30 3.5456 13.420 6.980 26.420 4 PV8S040 1.7776 6.7282 3.5552 13.456 COPPER TEE FITTINGS ON COPPER PIPE SCH L 4 IR8SO40 2.0238 7.6600 3.884 14.700 6 PV8S060 0.9854 3.7297 1.9708 !2.8000 4594 1/2 CUKTO05 109.49 414.41 226.74 858.22 5 IR8SO50 1.5482 5.8600 3.218 12.180 F12E PV8SO80 0.5688 2.1527 1.1966 5292 314 CUKTO07 50.485 191.09 101.91 385.74 6 IR8SO60 1.0806 4.0900 2.230 8.4400 PV8S100 0.3567 1.3500 0.740 1 CUKTO10 31.662 119.84 63.841 241.64 8 IR8SO80 0.6156 2.3300 1.295 4.9000 PV8S120 0.2536 0.9600 0.523 9800 1-1/4 CUKTO12 22.576 85.451 45.152 170.90 10 1 IR8S100 1 0.4042 1 1.5300 0.808 3.0600 1-1/2 CUKTO15 14.573 55.160 29.598 112.03 12 1 IR8S120 1 0.2801 1 1.0600 0.571 2.1600 2 CUKT020 7.5575 28.605 16.310 61.74 SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 40 PIPE 2 IR8SO20 7.0859 26.820 14.172 53.640 2-1/2 IR8SO25 4.9670 18.800 9.934 37.600 H-Dimensions ----f 3 IR8SO30 3.1678 11.990 6.135 23.220 •H" 4 IR8SO40 1.8098 6.8500 3.503 13.260 5 IR8SO50 1.4082 5.3300 2.917 11.040 The plastic sensor insert in the Weldolet 6 IR8SO60 0.9934 3.7600 1.913 7.2400 f tting MUST be removed during the welding 8 IR8SO80 0.5627 2.1300 1.162 4.4000 process.When reinstalled, it is important 10 IR8S1oo 0.3567 1.3500 0.740 2.6000 that the insert be threaded to the proper 12 IR8S120 0.2536 0.9600 0.523 1.9800 height("H"dimension). K-Factors DIN Pipes PIPE FITTING 515/8510-XX 2536/8512-XX SIZE I I LITERS I U.S.GAL I LITERS I U.S.GAL POLYPROPYLENE FITTINGS(DIN/ISO AND BS AND ANSI) Weldolet "H"dimension Weldolet "H"dimension DN 15 PPMT005 127.23 481.55 251.75 952.87 part number mm inches part number mm inches DN 20 PPMT007 73.207 277.09 148.77 563.10 CS4WO20 60.45 2.38 C84W240 105.66 4.16 DN 25 PPMT010 37.300 141.18 77.042 291.60 DN 32 PPMT012 22.071 83.540 44.709 169.22 CS4WO25 62.99 2.48 CS4W360 104.14 4.10 DN 40 PPMT015 13.544 51.265 27.450 103.90 CS4W030 62.73 2.47 DN 50 PPMT020 7.8193 29.596 16.060 60.789 CS4WO40 62.23 2.45 CR4W020 60.45 2.38 PVDF FITTINGS(DIN/ISO AND BS AND ANSI) CS4WO50 82.29 3.24 CR4W025 62.99 2.48 DN 15 SFMT005 111.19 420.87 218.56 827.26 DN 20 SFMT007 60.277 228.15 129.42 489.87 CS4WO60 78.99 3.11 CR4W030 62.73 2.47 DN 25 SFMT010 36.116 136.70 74.915 283.55 CS4WO80 73.15 2.88 CR4W040 62.23 2.45 DN 32 SFMT012 20.950 79.294 41.899 158.59 CS4W100 143.00 5.63 CR4WO50 82.29 3.24 DN 40 SFMT015 11.490 43.490 22.980 86.980 CS4W120 137.16 5.25 CR4W060 78.99 3.11 DN 50 SFMT020 6.8450 25.908 13.312 50.385 PVC FITTINGS(DINIISO)-EUROPE ONLY CS4W140 129.54 5.40 CS4WO80 73.15 2.88 DN 15 PVMT005 128.45 486.18 256.90 972.37 CS4W160 123.19 4.85 CR4W100 143.00 5.63 DN 20 PVMT007 64.160 242.85 128.32 485.69 CS4W180 116.84 4.60 CR4W120 137.16 5.40 DN 25 PVMT010 39.270 148.64 78.540 297.274 DN 32 PVMT012 22.490 85.125 44.980 170.249 CS4W200 111.25 4.38 DN 40 PVMT015 13.700 51.855 27.400 103.709 DN 50 PVMT020 7.8600 29.750 15.720 59.500 6 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +GF+ Ordering Information Signet Fittings Type Description Type Description Plastic Iron,Carbon Steel, 0.5 to 2 inch versions 0.5 to 2 in.versions tees MPVC or CPVC 316 SS Threaded Mounts on threaded pipe ends tees F7 PVC Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only Carbon steel& Glue-on Cut 2-1/2 inch hole in pipe stainless steel 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole Saddles Weld in place using solvent cement Weld-on Over 4 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Weldolets Ili PVC 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe Clamp-on Fiberglass Saddles 6 to 8 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe tees o 1.5 in.to 2 in.PVDF insert FPT Iron 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe Metric Strap-on + Over 4 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Union For pipes from DN 15 to 50 mm saddles Special order 14 in.to 36 in. Fitting PP or PVDF Ordering • • 515/8510-XX Mfr. Part No. Code Description P51530-HO 198 801 659 Sensor, Polypropylene, Hastelloy-C, Black PVDF; 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-PO 198 801 620 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-P1 198 801 621 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch P51530-P2 198 801 622 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch P51530-P3 198 840 310 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-P4 198 840 311 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch P51530-P5 198 840 312 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch P51530-SO 198 801 661 Sensor, polypropylene, PVDF (natural), Black PVDF; 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-TO 198 801 663 Sensor, PVDF(natural), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-T1 198 801 664 Sensor, PVDF(natural), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 5 to 8 inch P51530-VO 198 801 623 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-V1 198 801 624 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 5 to 8 inch P51530-V2 198 801 625 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 10 to 36 inch 3-8510-PO 198 864 504 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-8510-P1 198 864 505 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-8510-TO 159 000 622 Sensor, Integral, PVDF(nat.), PVDF(nat.)Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-8510-VO 198 864 506 Sensor, Integral, PVDF(nat.), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-3519/515-P3 159 000 819 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-3519/515-P4 159 000 820 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 5 to 8 inch 3-3519/515-P5 159 000 821 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 10 to 36 inch Replacement Parts 515/8510 M1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF Black P51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF Natural M1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, ETFE P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 3-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, ETFE P31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red (for use with 515) +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 7 Ordering Information — Ordering Information 2536/8512-XX Mfr. Part No. Code Description 3-2536-PO 198 840 143 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/z to 4 inch 3-2536-P1 198 840 144 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-2536-P2 198 840 145 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch 3-2536-P3 159 000 758 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/z to 4 inch 3-2536-P4 159 000 759 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-2536-P5 159 000 760 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch 3-2536-VO 198 840 146 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), '/2 to 4 inch 3-2536-V1 198 840 147 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 5 to 8 inch 3-2536-TO 198 840 149 Sensor, PVDF (natural), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-PO 198 864 513 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-P1 198 864 514 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-8512-TO 198 864 518 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-VO 198 864 516 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), '/z to 4 inch 3-3519/2536-P3 159 000 822 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/2 to 4 inch 3-3519/2536-P4 159 000 823 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 5 to 8 inch 3-3519/2536-P5 159 000 824 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 10 to 36 inch Replacement Parts 2536/8512 3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, ETFE 3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, ETFE P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue(for use with 2536) Accessories 515/8510 &2536/8512 M1546-1 198 801 182 Rotor Pin,Titanium M1546-2 198 801 183 Rotor Pin, Hastelloy-C M1546-3 198 820 014 Rotor Pin,Tantalum M1546-4 198 820 015 Rotor Pin, Stainless Steel P51545 198 820 016 Rotor Pin, Ceramic 1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM 1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM 1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FFKM P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypropylene P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable(per foot), 2 conductor with shield, 22 AWG 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mount kit 3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal junction box 3-8050.390-1 159 001 702 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT,Valox° 3-8050.390-3 159 310 116 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PP 3-8050.390-4 159 310 117 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PVDF 3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter integral adapter(for 8510 and 8512) +GF+ Georg Fischer Signet LLC,3401 Aero Jet Avenue,El Monte,CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel.(626)571-2770 • Fax(626)573-2057 For Worldwide Sales and Service,visit our website: www.gfsignet.com • Or call(in the U.S.): (800)854-4090 For the most up-to-date information,please refer to our website at www.gfsignet.com 3-0515.090 Rev T 06/13 English ©Georg Fischer Signet LLC 2013 Weidmu"ller 3E WAVESERIES Weidmuller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 www.weidmueller.com • I� II �• 1 The product line includes the following functions: When used for industrial monitoring applications,sensors can record ambience conditions. Sensor signals are used • Isolating transformers, supply isolators and signal within the process to continually track changes to the converters for DC standard signals area being monitored. Both digital and analogue signals • Temperature measuring transducers for resistance can occur. thermometers and thermocouples, Normally an electrical voltage or current value is • frequency converters, produced which corresponds proportionally to the • potentiometer-measuring-transducers, physical variables that are being monitored • bridge measuring transducers(strain gauges) Analogue signal processing is required when automation • trip amplifiers and modules for monitoring electrical processes have to constantly maintain or reach defined and non-electrical process variables conditions.This is particularly significant for process • AD/DA converters automation applications. Standardised electrical signals • displays are typically used for process engineering.Analogue • calibration devices standardised currents/voltage 0(4)...20 mA/0...10 V have established themselves as fty�%WAFMOARMed are available as pure signal physical measurement and control variables. converters/ isolation transducers, 2-way/3-way isolators, Weidmuller meets the ever increasing challenges of RMplV isolators, patiA+ PMSfMc;or ac;trin amplifiPr.�. automation and offers a product portfolio tailored to the Order No. 8581180000 Version Frequency signal isolating transformer,Screw requirements of handling sensor signals in analogue connection signal processing GTIN(EAN) 4032248234486 The analogue signal processing products can be used Qty. 1 pc(s). universally in combination with other Weidmuller products and in combination among each other.Their electrical and mechanical design is such that they require only minimal wiring efforts. Housing types and wire-connection methods matched to the respective application facilitate the universal use in process and industrial automation applications. Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 1 Data sheet-, Weidmuller 3F WAVESERIES Weidmuller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 Technical data www.weidmueller.com Dimensions and weights Length 92.4 mm Length(inches) 3.638 inch Width 12.5 mm Width(inches) 0.492 inch Depth 112.4 mm Depth(inches) 4.425 inch Net weight 118.7 g Temperatures Operating temperature 0°C...55°C Storage temperature -20°C...85°C Probability of failure MTTF 458 Jahre Input low EL—A Number of inputs Sensor 2-,3-wire PNP/NPN, Namur initiator,push-pull 1 step,Frequency Sensor supply Rated input level Threshold/hysteresis: Namur:approx. 1.7 mA/ approx.0.2 mA;NPN: approx.6.5 V/approx.0.2 V;PNP:approx.6,7 V/ 16 V DC @ max. 15 mA approx.0.5 V Input frequency 0...100kHz Output Number of outputs 1 Output voltage,note 0...5 V,0...10 V,adjustable Output current 0...20 mA,4...20 mA, load impedance voltage adjustable z 1 kf) load impedance current 5 600 f) Offset voltage max.0.05 V Offset current max. 100 pA Status indicator Green LED General data Accuracy Configuration DIP switch(measurement range 0...15900 Hz), Frequency generator (measurement range 0... <0.2%of output range 100 kHz) Current-carrying capacity of cross- Galvanic isolation connect. 5 2 A 3-way isolator Input/Output configurable Mounting rail TS 35 Power consumption Step response time 360 ms+2 times the Max. 1.6 W at IouT=20 period time of input mA frequency Supply voltage Temperature coefficient Max.200 ppm/K of 24 V DC±25% output range Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 2 Weidmuller 3F WAVESERIES Weidmailer Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 Technical data www.weidmueller.com Insulation coordination i Clearance&creepage distances EMC standards EN 55011,EN 61000-6, >—5.5 mm EN 61326 Galvanic isolation 3-way isolator Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV Insulation voltage 4 kVeff/5 s Insulation voltage input or output/rail 4 kVeff/ 1 min. Insulation voltage input or output/supply4 kVeff/5 s Pollution severity 2 Rated voltage Standards DIN EN 50178,DIN EN 300 V 61000-4-2 Surge voltage category III Connection data Type of connection Screw connection Stripping length,rated connection 7 mm Tightening torque,min. 0.4 Nm Tightening torque,max. 0.5 Nm Clamping range,rated connection 2.5 mm2 Clamping range,rated connection,min. 0.5 mm2 Clamping range,rated connection,max. 2.5 mm2 Classifications ETIM 3.0 ECO01774 ETIM 4.0 ECO02653 ETIM 5.0 ECO02653 ETIM 6.0 ECO02918 eClass 6.2 27-21-01-20 eClass 7.1 27-21-01-20 eClass 8.1 27-21-01-20 eClass 9.0 27-21-01-20 eClass 9.1 27-21-01-28 Product information Product information This product will soon be replaced by a new product. Please do not use with new systems.Please contact our technical support. Descriptive text accessories Cross-connector for power supplies and markers-refer to Accessories Approvals Approvals C u� usC UL US t LISTED LISTED Fmmz.Lac.c= ROHS Conform Downloads Approval/Certificate/Document of Conformity Declaration of Conformity Brochure/Catalogue CAT 4.1 ELECTR 16/17 EN Engineering Data EPLAN.WSCAD User Documentation Instruction sheet Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 3 Weidmuller T WAVESERIES Weidmaller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 • www.weidmueller.com Electric symbol I V •15V 06 N/Name! //PS\<CC O O CC 7 ., 4 o- GPAI F �24V OV 8 i 3 • • L �kL Screenshot example,Wave tool software Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 4 ifm electronic %10 Operating instructions Electronic pressure sensor 12-FI2—F-!torsoa PN22xx PN26xx oo - ov LO O • N O O O Co Co d� N N O Co Contents 1 Preliminary note...................................................................................................4 1 .1 Symbols used ................................................................................................4 2 Safety instructions ...............................................................................................4 3 Functions and features ........................................................................................4 3.1 Applications ...................................................................................................5 4 Function ...............................................................................................................6 4.1 Communication, parameter setting, evaluation .............................................6 4.2 Switching function..........................................................................................7 4.3 Analogue function ..........................................................................................8 4.4 IO-Link ...........................................................................................................9 5 Installation.......................................................................................................... 10 6 Electrical connection.......................................................................................... 11 7 Operating and display elements ........................................................................ 12 8 Menu.................................................................................................................. 13 8.1 Menu structure: main menu ......................................................................... 13 8.2 Explanation of the menu .............................................................................. 14 8.2.1 Explanation of the menu level 1 ......................................................... 14 8.2.2 Explanation of the menu level 2 ......................................................... 14 9 Parameter setting .............................................................................................. 15 9.1 Parameter setting in general ....................................................................... 15 9.2 Configure display (optional)......................................................................... 17 9.3 Set output signals ........................................................................................ 18 9.3.1 Set output functions............................................................................ 18 9.3.2 Define switching limits for the hysteresis function .............................. 18 9.3.3 Define switching limits for the window function .................................. 18 9.3.4 Scaling of the analogue value ............................................................ 19 9.4 User settings (optional)................................................................................ 19 9.4.1 Set delay for the switching outputs..................................................... 19 9.4.2 Set output logic for the switching outputs ........................................... 19 9.4.3 Set damping for the switching signal .................................................. 19 9.4.4 Damping for analogue output ............................................................. 19 9.4.5 Zero-point calibration.......................................................................... 19 2 9.4.6 Read min/max values for the system pressure ..................................20 9.4.7 Reset all parameters to factory setting ...............................................20 9.4.8 Set colour change of the display .......................................................20 9.4.9 Graphical depiction of the colour change of the display.....................21 10 Operation .........................................................................................................23 10.1 Read set parameters .................................................................................23 10.2 Self-diagnosis / error indications ...............................................................24 11 Technical data and scale drawing ....................................................................25 11 .1 Setting ranges............................................................................................25® 11 .2 Further technical data ................................................................................27 12 Factory setting .................................................................................................28 3 1 Preliminary note 1 .1 Symbols used ► Instructions > Reaction, result [. . .] Designation of keys, buttons or indications Cross-reference Important note • Non-compliance may result in malfunction or interference Information n Supplementary note 2 Safety instructions • Please read this document prior to set-up of the unit. Ensure that the product is suitable for your application without any restrictions. • If the operating instructions or the technical data are not adhered to, personal injury and/or damage to property can occur. • Check the compatibility of the product materials with the media to be measured in all applications. • Correct condition of the device for the operating time can only be guaranteed if the device is only used for media to which the wetted materials are sufficiently resistant --� 3.1 Applications. • If the devices are used in gas applications with pressures > 362 psi (25 bar) the notes in chapter 3.1 for devices with the marking **), must be absolutely observed! The responsibility whether the measurement device is suitable for the • respective application lies with the operator. The manufacturer assumes no liability for consequences of misuse by the operator. Improper installation and use of the devices result in a loss of the warranty claims. 3 Functions and features The device monitors the system pressure of machines and installations. 4 3.1 Applications Type of pressure: Relative pressure Pressure resistance Order Measuring range (max. permissible Bursting number pressure pressure) psi bar psi I bar I psi bar Pressure sensors with - 18 NPT internal thread PN2270 0...5800 0...400 11580 800 24650 1700 PN2271 0...3625 0...250 7250 500 17400 1200 PN2292** 0...1450 0...100 4350 300 9400 650 PN2293** -14.5...362.5 1 ...25 2175 150 5075 350 PN2294** -14.6...145 -1 ...10 1087 75 2175 150 PN2296 -1 .8...36.25 -0.125...2.5 290 20 725 50 psi mbar psi I mbar I psi I mbar PN2299 -14.5...14.5 -1000...1000 290 20000 725 50000 PN2297 -0.72...14.5 -50...1000 145 10000 450 30000 PN2298 -- -12.5...250 -- 10000 -- 30000 Pressure sensors with - 18 NPT external thread psi bar psi bar psi bar PN2670 0...5800 0...400 11580 800 24650 1700 PN2671 0...3625 0...250 7250 500 -7 17400 1200 PN2692** 0...1450 0...100 4350 300 9400 650 PN2693** -14.5...362.5 -1 ...25 2175 150 5075 350 PN2694** -14.6...145 -1 ...10 1087 75 2175 150 PN2696 -1 .8...36.25 -1 .25...2.5 290 20 725 50 psi mbar psi mbar si mbar PN2699 1 -14.5...14.5 -1000...1000 290 20000 725 50000 PN2697 -0.72...14.5 -50...1000 145 10000 450 30000 PN2698 -12.5...250 -- 10000 -- 30000 *� With static overload pressure or max. 100 million pressure cycles. **> Use devices with a measuring range >_ 3625 psi (250 bar) for gas applications > 362 psi 25 bar)! MPa = (measured value in bar) . 10 kPa = measured value in bar x 100 5 Avoid static and dynamic overpressure exceeding the specified overload • pressure by taking appropriate measures. The indicated bursting pressure must not be exceeded. Even if the bursting pressure is exceeded only for a short time, the unit may be destroyed. ATTENTION: Risk of injury! The units are vacuum resistant. With a nominal pressure range <_ 4,35 psi • (300 mbar) observe the specifications in the data sheet! HPressure Equipment Directive (PED): The units comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive and are designed and manufactured for group 2 fluids in accordance with the sound engineering practice. Use of group 1 fluids on request! 4 Function • The unit displays the current system pressure. • It generates output signals according to the operating mode and the parameter setting. • It moreover provides the process data via 10-Link. • The unit is laid out for fully bidirectional communication. So, the following options are possible: - Remote display: reading and display of the current system pressure. - Remote parameter setting: reading and changing the current parameter setting. - 10-Link parameter setting —> 4.4. 4.1 Communication, parameter setting, evaluation OUT1 (pin 4) • Switching signal for system pressure limit value • Communication via 10-Link OUT2 (pin 2) • Switching signal for system pressure limit value • Analogue signal 4...20 mA/ 0...10 V 6 4.2 Switching function OUTx changes its switching status if it is above or below the set switching limits (SPx, rPx). The following switching functions can be selected: • Hysteresis function / normally open: [out/ou2] = [Hno] (--� fig. 1 ). • Hysteresis function / normally closed: [out/ou2] = [Hnc] (—> fig. 1 ). First the set point (SPx) is set, then the reset point (rPx). The hysteresis defined remains even if SPx is changed again. • Window function / normally open: [out/ou2] = [Fno] (--� fig. 2). • Window function / normally closed: [out/ou2] = [Fnc] (--> fig. 2). The width of the window can be set by means of the difference between FHx and FLx. FHx = upper value, FLx = lower value. P 1 P FE 2 SP HY FH rP FL t t 1 Hno Fno 0 0 1 Hnc 1 Fnc 0 01. P = system pressure; HY = hysteresis; FE = window MflWhen set to the window function the set and reset points have a fixed hysteresis of 0.25 % of the final value of the measuring span. 7 4.3 Analogue function OUT2 is an analogue output: • [ou2] defines whether the set measuring range is provided as 4...20 mA ([ou2]= [11) or as 0...10 V ([ou2] _ [U]). • Analogue start point [ASP2] determines at which measured value the output signal is 4 mA or 0 V. • Analogue end point [AEP2] determines at which measured value the output signal is 20 mA or 10 V. Minimum distance between [ASP2] and [AEP2] = 20 % of the measuring span. Voltage output 0...10 V: Factory setting Measuring range scaled I U [V] U [V] .t............................. ........................ 10 — 10 -1 0 MEW P -1 0 ASP AEP MEW P P = System pressure VMR = Final value of the measuring range ASP = Analogue start point [ASP2] AEP= Analogue end point AEP2 In the measuring range of the respective unit the output signal is between 0 and 10 V. I It is also indicated: • System pressure above [AEP2]: 10...10.3 V • Fault indication according to Namur: 11 V 8 Current output 4...20 mA Factory setting I Measuring range scaled I I [mA] I [nnA] ............................... ................... 20 20 4 4 - -1 0 MEW P -1 0 ASP AEP MEW P P = System pressure VMR = Final value of the measuring range ASP = Analogue start point [ASP2] AEP= Analogue end point IAEP21 In the measuring range, the output signal is between 4 and 20 mA. It is also indicated: • System pressure above [AEP2]: 20...20.5 mA • System pressure below [ASP2]: 4...3.8 mA • Fault indication according to Namur: 21 .5 mA. 4.4 10-Link General information This unit has an 10-Link communication interface which requires an 10-Link- capable module (10-Link master) for operation. The 10-Link interface enables direct access to the process and diagnostic data and provides the possibility to set the parameters of the unit during operation. In addition communication is possible via a point-to-point connection with a USB adapter cable. Further information about 10-Link at www.ifm.com --� "more product information" "Specials" --� "10-Link". 9 Device-specific information You can find the IODDs necessary for the configuration of the 10-Link unit and detailed information about process data structure, diagnostic information and parameter addresses at www.ifm.com --* "more product information" --� "Specials" "10-Link". Parameter setting tools You will find all necessary information about the required 10-Link hardware and software at www.ifm.com ---> "more product information" --> "Specials" ---> "10-Link". 5 Installation Before installing and removing the unit: make sure that no pressure is • applied to the system. ► Insert the unit in a '/4 - 18 NPT process connection. ► Tighten firmly. Recommended tightening torque: <_ 50 Nm Depends on lubrication, seal and pressure load! The sensor housing can be rotated by 3450 with regard to the process connection. Do not rotate past the end stop! 10 6 Electrical connection The unit must be connected by a qualified electrician. The national and international regulations for the installation of electrical equipment must be adhered to. Voltage supply according to EN 50178, SELV, PELV. ► Disconnect power. ► Connect the unit as follows: Core colours 1 BN L+ BK black 2 1 2 BN brown � � vv�ouT2 BU blue 3 • • 4 4 B�0UT1 WH white s B� �- OUT1 : switching output or 10-Link OUT2: switching outputs or analogue output Colours to DIN EN 60947-5-2 Example circuit I 2 x positive switching 2 x negative switching BN L+ BN L+ 2 WH 2 WH _ _E;� 4 BK 4 BK 2: OUT2 3 BU 2: OUT2 3 BU 4: OUT1 L_ 4: OUT1 L_ I 1 x positive switching / 1 x analogue 1 x negative switching / 1 x analogue � BN L+ BN L+ 2 WH 2 WH P4 BK 4 BK UT 3 BU 2: OUT2 3 BU : L- 4: OUT1 L- 11 7 Operating and display elements 0 000®© 0 ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 II iT-1 V 00 04P (070 ) 0 10 11 12 1 to 8: indicator LEDs LED 1 Switching status OUT1 (lights when output 1 is switched). LED 8 Switching status OUT2 (lights when output 2 is switched). LEDs System pressure in the indicated unit of measurement 2 - 7 (pin connection is device-specific). 9: Enter button [•] - Selection of the parameters and acknowledgement of the parameter values. 10 to 11: Arrow keys up [A] and down [V] - Setting of the parameter values (scrolling by holding pressed; incremental by pressing once). 12: Alphanumeric display, 4 digits - Display of the current system pressure. - Indication of the parameters and parameter values. 12 8 Menu 8.1 Menu structure: main menu °0J ' RUN 2 0O 1 r-ES ......................................... OO DO OO OO Ou 1 • F1nU SP 1 1C.Oa FH 1 • 10.00 • r- 1 �aa FL 1 �300 :u F' f�no � Ak OOO OO OO OO OO OO OO . =(�O dS 1 0.0 PSF'2 0 0 FH2 f0.00 0O� � � 0O dr_ •REPL f00 FL 2 • 900 • EF • dS2 ' 0.0 . dr-2 0.0 V A ( OO • unt bPr- V A 00 P--r7 • Ian P • Lr , aaa tit , 9.aa A 0O dPP • 0 0.06 V A 0O dPP 0. 1 o0 co F a V 'i 00 coLr- • r-Ed cRI as o 0O n Menu items highlighted in grey e.g. [ FH1 • AL cFL oo ] are only active when assigned parameters have been selected. d, S • d2 13 8.2 Explanation of the menu 8.2.1 Explanation of the menu level 1 SPx / rPx Upper / lower limit value for system pressure at which OUTx switches with hysteresis setting. Prerequisite: OUTx setting is [Hno] or [Hnc]. FHx / FLx Upper / lower limit value for system pressure at which OUTx switches with window setting. Prerequisite: OUTx setting is [Fno] or [Fnc]. ASP2 Analogue start point for system pressure: measured value at which 4 mA/ 0 V are provided. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. AEP2 Analogue end point for system pressure: measured value at which 20 mA/ 10 V are provided. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. EF Extended functions / opening of menu level 2. 8.2.2 Explanation of the menu level 2 rES Restore factory setting. out Output function for OUT1 : • Switching signal for the pressure limit values: hysteresis function [H ..] or window function [F ..], either normally open [. no] or normally closed [. nc]. ou2 Output function for OUT2: • Switching signal for the pressure limit values: hysteresis function [H ..] or window function [F ..], either normally open [. no] or normally closed [. nc]. • Analogue signal for the current system pressure: 4...20 mA [1] or 0...10 V [U]. dS1 / dS2 Switching delay for OUT1 / OUT2. drl / dr2 Switch-off delay for OUT1 / OUT2. Standard unit of measurement for system pressure (display): uni [PSI] / [bAr] / [mbar] / [MPA] / [kPA] / [inHG] / [iH2O] / [mmWS] . P-n Output logic: pnp / npn. Lo Minimum value memory for system pressure. Hi Maximum value memory for system pressure. dAP Damping of the switch point. dAA Damping of the analogue output. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. coF Zero-point calibration. coLr Assignment of the display colours "red" and "green" within the measuring range. cFH / cFL Upper / lower value for colour change. Parameter only active after selection of a freely definable colour window in the coLr parameter: [r-cF] or [G-cF]. diS Update rate and orientation of the display. 14 9 Parameter setting During parameter setting the unit remains in the operating mode. It continues to monitor with the existing parameters until the parameter setting has been completed. 9.1 Parameter setting in general 3 steps must be taken for each parameter setting: 1 Select parameter o 0 0 0 P ► Press [•] to get to the menu. -- -- C 1 1=1 1 1 1 ► Press [A] or [1] until the requested O parameter is displayed. 000000 -J I r 1 1 1 A V 2 Set parameter value ► Press [•] to edit the selected parameter. ► Press [A] or [1] for min. 1 s. Q:;: 0 0 > After 1 s: setting value is changed:incrementally by pressing the button A once or continuously by keeping the i button pressed. 1 11 1 I E 1 C.1 1 Numerical values are incremented continuously with [A] or decremented with [V]. 3 Acknowledge parameter value o 0 0 0 0 0 ► Briefly press [•]. 1 1 1 9 C 11_1 > The parameter is displayed again. _ 1-1 The new setting value is saved. O Set other parameters ► Press [A] or [1] until the requested parameter is displayed. Finish parameter setting ► Press [A] or [1] several times until the current measured value is displayed or wait for 30 s. > The unit returns to the process value display. 15 Ez If [C.Loc] is displayed when an attempt is made to modify a parameter value, a parameter setting process is active via the 10-Link communication (temporary locking). MIlIf [S.Loc] is displayed, the sensor is permanently locked via software. This locking can only be removed with a parameter setting software. • Change from menu level 1 to menu level 2: ► Press [•] to get to the menu. o 0 0 0 0 0 O — O ► Press [A] [V]until [EF] is displayed. ' 000000 " 0 A V ► Press [•]. 000000 > The first parameter of the submenu is �_ displayed (here: [rES]). �k _0 � IL J O • Locking / unlocking The unit can be locked electronically to prevent unintentional settings. ► Make sure that the unit is in the 0 0 0 0 0 0 normal operating mode.► � ; ,—'c Press [A] + [1] simultaneously for 10 s. > [Loc] is displayed. / 10S During operation: [Loc] is briefly displayed if you try to change parameter values. 16 For unlocking: 0 0 0 0 0 0 ► Make sure that the unit is in the normal operating mode. 1 O � � 1 11 1=11=- ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously for 10 s. / > [uLoc] is displayed. 10 S On delivery: not locked. • Timeout: If no button is pressed for 30 s during parameter setting, the unit returns to the operating mode with unchanged values. • Exit a parameter without adopting the settings To exit a parameter without adopting the 0 0 0 0 0 0 settings: 1►ii. ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously. '�� > Return to the menu level. O A • Leaving the menu level To leave the menu level: ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously. > Menu level 2 changes to level 1 "E 1JI I or (*) A level 1 changes to display. 9.2 Configure display (optional) ► Select [Uni] and set the unit of measurement: # t n� - [PSI], - [bAr], [mbAr], - [MPA], [kPA], - [inHG], - [iH2O], - [mmWS] E The selectable units of measurement depend on the respective unit. 17 ► Select [diS] and set the update rate and orientation of the display: 1— 1 - [dl]: update of the measured values every 50 ms. - [d2]: update of the measured values every 200 ms. - [0]: update of the measured values every 600 ms. - [rdl], [rd2], [rd3]: display as for dl , d2, d3; rotated by 1800 . - [OFF ] = The display is switched off in the operating mode. When one of the buttons is pressed, the current measured value is displayed for 30 s. The LEDs remain active even if the display is deactivated. o Even with unsteady pressure characteristics [dl] provides optimum Il readability; the corresponding algorithms are stored. 9.3 Set output signals 9.3.1 Set output functions ► Select [out] and set the switching function: ►=11 1 - [Hno] = hysteresis function/NO, - [Hnc] = hysteresis function/NC, - [Fno] = window function/NO, - [Fnc] = window function/NC. ► Select [OU2 ] and set the analogue function: t - [Hno] = hysteresis function/NO, CJ1 11- - [Hnc] = hysteresis function/NC, - [Fno] = window function/NO, - [Fnc] = window function/NC. - [1] = current signal 4...20 mA, - [U] = voltage signal 0...10 V. 9.3.2 Define switching limits for the hysteresis function ► [oul] / [ou2] must be set as [Hno] or [Hnc]. 1��=1 1 ► Select [SPx] and set the value at which the output is set. 11 1 ► Select [rPx] and set the value at which the output resets. 1__ =1 � [rPx] is always smaller than [SPx]. The unit only accepts values which are lower than the value for [SPx]. r- 1-11_-1 9.3.3 Define switching limits for the window function ► [oul] /[ou2] must be set as [Fno] or [Fnc]. �� � ► Select [FHx] and set the upper limit value. F h2 18 ► Select [FLx] and set the lower limit value. � [FLx] is always lower than [FHx]. The unit only accepts values which are F#- lower than the value for [FHx]. F 1 J: 9.3.4 Scaling of the analogue value ► Select [ASP2] and set the value at which 4 mA/ 0 V is provided. 1_=11_= 1_=1_=1 1 1 11 1 ► Select [AEP2] and set the value at which 20 mA/ 10 V is provided. 1_=11_= ►__1__1 Minimum distance between [ASP2] and [AEP2] = 20 % of the measuring I I L I C span (scaling factor 5). 9.4 User settings (optional) 9.4.1 Set delay for the switching outputs [dS1] / [dS2] = switching delay for OUT1 / OUT2. d [drl] / [dr2] = reset delay for OUT1 / OUT2. 1 1 ► Select [dS1], [dS2], [drl] or [dr2] and set a value between 0 and 50 s dr- 1 (at 0 the delay time is not active). 11_= _=I E For this unit the parameters [dSx] and [drx] for the set and reset ►_I 11 points are designed strictly to the VDMA guideline. 1=11-- 1=-1 9.4.2 Set output logic for the switching outputs ► Select [P-n] and set [PnP] or [nPn]. i-1 -- 1-7 9.4.3 Set damping for the switching signal ► Select [dAP] and set the damping constant in seconds d71 1_=�1_(value T: 63 %); setting range 0.000...4.000s. I 11 EDamping affects [dAP] the switch point / process data flow (10-1-ink communication) and the display. 9.4.4 Damping for analogue output ► Select [dAA] and set the damping constant (rise time 10...90 %) in 1► 1_=1 seconds; setting range 0.000...4.000 s. 1=1 1111 ElDamping [dAA] only affects the analogue output / analogue signal path. 9.4.5 Zero-point calibration ► Select [coF] and set a value between -5 % and 5 % of the final value Col of the measuring range (if PN2x69 and PN2x99 ±5 % of the measuring span). The internal measured value "0" is shifted by this value. 19 9.4.6 Read min/max values for the system pressure ► Select [HI] or [Lo] and briefly press [•]. 1 _I [HI] = maximum value, [Lo] = minimum value. 1 11 Delete memory: ► Select [HI] or [Lo]. 1 0 ► Press and hold [A] or [V] until [----] is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. 9.4.7 Reset all parameters to factory setting ► Select [rES]. _ ► C Poo- Press [•]. ► Press and hold [A] or [V] until [----] is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. We recommend noting down your own settings before carrying out a reset (---> 12 Factory setting). 9.4.8 Set colour change of the display ► Select [coLr] and set the function: ► __ - [rEd] = display colour red (independent of the measured value). �— �— L - [GrEn] = display colour green (independent of the measured value). - [rl ou] = display colour red when OUT1 switches. - [G1ou] = display colour green when OUT1 switches. - [r2ou] = display colour red when OUT2 switches ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [G2ou] = display colour green when OUT2 switches ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [r-12] = display colour red when the measured value is between the limit values of OUT1 and OUT2 ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [G-12] = display colour green when the measured value is between the limit values of OUT1 and OUT2 ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [r-cF] = display colour red when the measured value is between the freely definable limit values [cFH]*) and [cFL]*). - [G-cF] = display colour green when the measured value is between the freely definable limit values [cFH]*) and [cFL]*) *)The parameters [cFL] and [cFH ] can only be selected in the menu tree when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated. ► Select [cFH] and set the upper limit value. FIL-11 (only possible when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated). > The setting range corresponds to the measuring range and its minimum limit is [cFL]. 20 ► Select [cFL] and set the lower limit value ¢► (only possible when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated). �— > The setting range corresponds to the measuring range and its maximum limit is [cFH]. 9.4.9 Graphical depiction of the colour change of the display Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r1 ou] / [r2ou], mode hysteresis function [G1 ou] / [G2ou], mode hysteresis function OUT1/ OUT1/ OUT2 OUT2 1 2 1 2 Measured value > switch point OUT1/OUT2; Measured value > switch point OUT1/OUT2; Display = red Display = green Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r1 ou] / [r2ou], mode window function [G1 ou] / [G2ou], mode window function FH2/ FH2/ FL1/ FL1/ FL2 FL2 1 2 1 2 Measured value between FL1/FL2 and Measured value between FL1/FL2 and FH 1/FH2; Display = red FH 1/FH2; Display = green 0 Colour change display green Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range 21 ERepresentation [r-12] / [G-12] only possible when [ou2] = switching output. Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r-12], mode hysteresis function [G-12], mode hysteresis function OUT2 OUT2 OUT1 OUT1 1 2 1 2 Measured value between OUT1 and OUT2; Measured value between OUT1 and OUT2; Display = red Display = green Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r-12], mode window function [G-12], mode window function FL2 FL2 FH1 FH1 FL1 FH2 FL1 FH2 1 2 1 2 Measured value outside FL1 ...FH1 and Measured value outside FL1 ...FH1 and FL2...FH2; Display = red FL2...FH2; Display = green 0 Colour change display reen 0 Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range FL1 / FL2 Lower limit value window function outputs OUT1 / OUT2 FH1 / FH2 Upper limit value window function outputs OUT1 / OUT2 22 Display colour change with parameter [r-cF] Display colour change with parameter independent of OUT1 . [G-cF] independent of OUT1 . cFL cFH cFL cFH 1 2 1 2 Measured value between cFL and cFH; Measured value between cFL and cFH; Display = red Display = green I 0 Colour change display green Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range cFL Lower limit value (independent of the output function) cFH Upper limit value (independent of the output function) 10 Operation After power on, the unit is in the Run mode (= normal operating mode). It carries out its measurement and evaluation functions and provides output signals according to the set parameters. Operation indication --� 7 Operating and display elements. 10.1 Read set parameters ► Press [•]. ► Press [A] or [V] until the requested parameter is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. > The unit displays the corresponding parameter value for approx. 30 s; then it changes to the process value display. 23 10.2 Self-diagnosis / error indications The unit has many self-diagnostic options. • It monitors itself automatically during operation. • Warnings and faults are displayed (even if the display is deactivated), in addition they are available via the parameter setting software. 0 0 Ca J � J N C6 o Fault / warning Corrective measures o co co 0) co c a none F Supply voltage too ► Check / correct the supply low. voltage. SC flashes flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching outputs for flashes at switching outputs short-circuit or excessive OUT1 and OUT2 **>. current; remove the fault. SC1 flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching output flashes at switching output OUT1 for short-circuit or OUT1 excessive current; remove the fault. SC2 flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching output flashes at switching output OUT2 for short-circuit or OUT2 **>. excessive current; remove the fault. Loc W Parametrierung Ober ► Unlock buttons ---> 9.1 Tasten gesperrt. Parameter setting in general "Locking / unlocking". C.Loc W Parameter ► Wait until parameter setting setting locked via 10-Link is finished. via pushbuttons, parameter setting is active via 10-Link communication 9.1 . S.Loc W Setting buttons ► Unlocking only possible via locked via parameter 10-Link interface / parameter software. Parameter setting software. change is rejected 9.1 . 24 0 C6 J J N M ZD o Fault / warning Corrective measures o 0 0 U) W OL W Process value too ► Check / reduce system high pressure / select unit with (measuring range corresponding measuring exceeded). range. UL W Process value too low ► Check / increase system (value below pressure / select unit with measuring range). corresponding measuring range. Err F Internal fault / ► Contact the manufacturer. flashes malfunction. *� F = fault W = warning **� The output remains deactivated as long as the excessive current / short circuit continues. 11 Technical data and scale drawing 11 .1 Setting ranges SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL DP min max min max min max min max min max min max U) 40 5800 10 5780 0 4640 1160 5800 20 5800 0 5780 10 0 0 N to 10 N 2.5 400 1 398.5 0 320 80 400 1 .5 400 0 398.5 0.5 Z Z 0- 0.25 40 0.1 39.85 0 32 8 40 0.15 40 0.0 39.85 0.05 .Fn 25 3625 10 3610 0 2900 725 3625 15 3625 0 3610 5 � � cm CO M N N 1 .5 250 0.5 249 0 200 50 250 1 250 0 249 0.5 Z Z as � 0.15 25 0.05 24.9 0 20 5 25 0.1 25 0.0 24.9 0.05 AP = Schrittweite 25 SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL AP min max min max min max min max min max min max 10 1450 4 1444 0 1160 290 1450 6 1450 0 1444 2 N N cm co cu N N 0.6 100 0.2 99.6 0 80 20 100 0.4 100 0 99.6 0.2 Z Z d ca 0- 0.06 10 0.02 9.96 0 8 2 10 0.04 10 0 9.96 0.02 -12 362.5 -13.5 361 -14.5 290 58 362.5 -13 362.5 -14.5 361 0.5 M M M M N N -0.85 25 -0.95 24.9 -1 20 4 25 -0.9 25 -1 24.9 0.05 Z Z -0.085 2.5 -0.095 2.49 -0.1 2 0.4 2.5 -0.09 2.5 -0.1 2.49 0.005 c' -13.6 145 -14.2 144.4 -14.6 116 14.6 145 -13.8 145 -14.6 144.4 0.2 cm N -0.94 10 -0.98 9.96 -1 8 1 10 -0.96 10 -1 9.96 0.02 Z Z as cu -0.094 1 -0.098 0.996 -0.1 0.8 0.1 1 -0.096 1 -0.1 0.996 0.002 -1 .6 36.25 -1 .75 36.1 -1 .8 29 5.45 36.25 -1 .65 36.25 -1 .8 36.1 0.05 N N u -0.11 2.5 -0.12 2.49 -0.125 2 0.375 2.5 -0.115 2.5 -0.125 2.49 0.005 Z Z -11 250 -12 249 -12.5 200 37.5 250 -11 .5 250 -12.5 249 0.5 -0.64 14.5 -0.7 14.44 -0.72 11 .6 2.18 14.5 -0.66 14.5 -0.72 14.44 0.02 cz ti titt1000 -48 996 -50 800 150 1000 -46 1000 -50 996 2 N � N N M a 100 -4.8 99.6 -5 80 15 100 -4.6 100 -5 99.6 0.2 401 .5 -19 400 -20 32 660.5 401 .5 -18.5 401 .5 -20 400 0.5 AP = Schrittweite 26 SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL AP min max min max min max min max min max min max -14.3 14.5 -14.45 14.4 -14.5 8.7 -8.7 14.5 -14.4 14.5 -14.5 14.4 0.05 E -985 1000 -995 990 -1000 600 -600 1000 -990 1000 -1000 990 5 N to CM0- -98.5 100 -99.5 99 -100 60 -60 100 -99 100 -100 99 0.5 Z Z aa � _ -396 402 -400 398 -402 240 -240 402 -398 402 -402 398 2 -29.2 29.5 -29.4 29.3 -29.5 17.7 -17.7 29.5 -29.3 29.5 -29.5 29.3 0.1 0 _ -4.4 100.4 -4.8 100 -5 80.2 15 100.4 -4.6 100.4 -5 100 0.2 Co C -11 250 -12 249 -12.5 200 37.5 250 -11 .5 250 -12.5 249 0.5 N CO N N Z Z CO -110 2550 -120 2540 -125 "85 -115 2550 -125 2540 5 E -1 .1 25 -1 .2 24.9 -1 .25 -1 .15 25 -1 .25 24.9 0.05 AP = Schrittweite 11 .2 Further technical data MFurther technical data and scale drawing at: www.ifm.com 27 12 Factory setting Factory setting User setting SP1 25% MEW*** rP1 23% MEW*** I out Hno I ou2 I SP2 75% MEW*** I I rP2 73% MEW*** I I ASP2 0 (PN2x99: -14,4 psi) (PN2x69: -7,3 psi) AEP2 100% MEW * I coF 0 dSx 0.0 I d rx I 0.0 I P-n PnP I dAP 0.06 dAA 0.1 diS d2 uni I PSI IIH2O coLr rEd cFH VMR* cFL MAW** * = Final value of the measuring range (MEW) ** = Initial value of the measuring range (MAW) *** = The indicated percentage of the final value of the measuring range (VMR) of the respective sensor in psi (for PN2x69 and PN2x99 the percentage of the measuring span) is set. More information at www.ifm.com 28 29 CORD TO BE 16/2 SJOW/SJOW-A ASS`Y SUPPLIED WITH PIPE MOUNTING BRACKET AND VERTICAL FLOAT SST HOSE CLAMP(RANGE 04"TO 01j") ® PAGE C Us 57 F 1 0000000 PUMP "ON" -- -- 115V PIGGYBACK PLUG OPTIONAL 0 0 � o Q u o 230V PIGGYBACK MIM PLUG OPTIONAL 00 co PUMP "OFF" 0 a ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS <tO::N7E7W CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC. Um IWC CHANGES TOLERANCES DRAWN BY DATE SPECIFICATION SHEET F DECIMALS D. MIDDLETON 02/20/04 E xxx = t.005 MECHANICAL FLOAT D xx = t.010 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION: FRACTIONAL SCALE: PART NO. C x/x = t.1/64 AS NOTED VERTICAL FLOAT B ANGLES HALF q x• = t1/r TYPICAL APPLICATION VERTICAL SWITCH SIMPLEX PUMP SYSTEM PAGE 2 d DISCHARGE PIPE . d a . d VERTICAL FLOAT SWITCH tl d A d d PUMPd a• • d ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS (C0::N7E7W CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC. um NYC CHANGES TOLERANCES DRAWN BY DATE SPECIFICATION SHEET F DECIMALS D. MIDDLETON 02/20/04 E xxx = t.005 MECHANICAL FLOAT D xx = t.010 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION: FRACTIONAL SCALE: PART NO. C x/x = t.'/64 AS NOTED B VERTICAL SWITCH ANGLES NONE A r = t1/Z A B C D E F G H 460VAC 3-PHASE 60HZ INCOMMING v PROTECTED SOURCE GROUND I r a I 11I 21I 31I I NOTE: ALL WIRE TO BE C3 z GLI MTW 600V b b b DSl NOTE, REMOVE PAINT FROM BEHIND J u 100 _ 125 124 124 124 z GROUND BUS. w r Z FUI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 mmo 101 I " M m I FU2 GHl - 126 0 v FU3 a In aaw Ll L2 L3 2 103 128 n w Y 3 6 o w N Z MPl 104 XTPRMP6BC1 CN1 129 0 o L1 � � 105 I ,-�ry _I I i I I -LT ---- O 3 - T.O.S.S. � o 106 L21T2 ----- Pi PUMP MOTOR 131 0 W O.SHP 3-PHASE 460VAC 60HZ r L3 11FLA � 38 ��----1T3 ----- 132 o T O L31o) — — — J L(506)J MMP2 108 XTPR6P3BC1 CN2 133 8Ll O I I I SWAT L2 110 /t,��� ��___ PUMP MOTOR P2 3HP 135 4 I � I I I 3-PHASE 460VAC 60HZ L3 � 2T3----- SFLA 136 o .CJ 00 L312) — — — J L(508)_j � CC aj 112 XTPRIP6BC1 CN3 137 N- - -1 F —1 113 Ll rr J`J�1 I--�----------- 138 L2 I I I I I PERMEATE W E-o 114 /Ito 3T2 PUMP P3 075HPMOTOR 139 a ��Q 5 L3 I I I I I 1.32FLAE 460VAC 60HZ r, 115 /`\'--`��Y��I---- 3T3 L314) — — — J L(510)� 116 141 FU4 117 142 L1 1.aA 1L1 DWG. N0. I 6 118 143 L2 i.an 1L2 1 119 144 OF 9 120 145 END END END XF1 460VAC PRIMARY 115VAC SECONDARY 121 146 H1 H3 H2 H4 250VA SEE NAMEPLATE 7 122 147 1 120-1 35A 120-2 X1 X2 120-N s 3 — 6 (/ 123 148 120-1 120-1 120-N 120-N w w W x W W 124 125 125 125 149 200 543 541 200 _ rrro 120VAC 120VAC 120VAC 120NEU z o r CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL o o z=zo(i Z'--XX ;J O ..N $ �w3fof aw ww xxawr Iywaw p U Q L�VDZf Z..f�W .r20rJ rwrw W 0_ Z xzw a roa3o_ A B C D E F G H E3 120VAC 12ONEU 24VDC OVDC o zz CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL r J U 200 149 149 225 224 149 z a L3w,F- zo 201 120-1 120-N 226 +24VDC -24VDC Li+24VDC P1 � cavio ¢aw 120-1 FU6 120-3 120-N - 202 3.OA 227 ? 3 2 203 228 n w Y 3 0 o w N Z L N PS1 "I204 O 120VAC IN 229 0 o 24V OV 24VDC OUT o U 205 + + 120WATT 230 y I� N +24VDC FU7 +24VDC-1 -24VDC o w 206 7 5.OA 2 231 a 8 13 M '�i- M 9 14 0 3 207 ii 15 232 o T O 208 PB1 233 0 E-STOP RESET CR1 CONTROL OUTPUT 209i 10 10A 10B lOC lOC 11 -24VDC POWER OFF 234 ESPB1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 RELAY (210)(221)(329) CR1 210 235 (209) � 4 211 236 •.V. O O 111111E APPROPRIATE J ', JUMPER FOR INSTALLATION 212 OF REMOTE E-STOP Pu-1 OUTTEN- 237 W W Q a sC/) J 5 O +24VDC DIGITAL INPUT -24VDC O Z ~ 214 300 SLOT 1 300 239 (L r, Q 215 +24VDC 402 DIGITAL OUTPUT 404 -24VDC 240 SLOT 2 HMIl 216 +24VDC 502 DIGITAL OUTPUT 504 -24VDC 241 SLOT 3 217 +24VDC 600 ANALOG INPUT 600 -24VDC 242 MAPLED SYSTEMS AY SLOT 4owc. No. P/N, HMC7070AM 6 218 243 2 219 244 OF 9 1 2 3 220 245 O O LQ DOOR 221 CR1 24 246 +24VDC (209) 2s GND 27 _ 7 222 28 247 -24VDC 29 Ld Ld 223 +24VDC 24 24 -24VDC -24VDC -24VDC 248 +24VDC -24VDC a w woaw 224 225 400 500 500 400 225 249 END END 4 o-= -- E3 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC OVDC OVDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC z Z r CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL o [313Li Z m N J O ..N $ �w3fa awa aw Ixwr ywaw 13 U Q L�VDZf Z..few .r2OrJ rarw Li a w�z xzaa roa3a A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS n ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH a J Z � 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC o z CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J s 300 214 214 325 324 324 L3 w HMII HMII v)d zo uuiiuM uN SLOT 1 SLOT 1 p=U 301 +24VDC -24VDC i i v I i v i MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MI01 326 +24VDC -24VDC MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MI01 A Of 24VDC 16-POINT DIGITAL INPUT 24VDC 16-POINT DIGITAL INPUT ¢o o LS4 S1:xo 302 PROCESS TANK +24VDC ____ LS4 100 XO (LS4) 327 SPARE SPARE O X8 SI:x8 LEVEL SWITCH 30 � 0 PROCESS TNK SPARE m(U.--i CONERY, 2900-B1S4C1-20 LVL i±2 303 328 0 o w 04"I Z S1:X1 O CRl EXTERNAL DIRTY TANK +24VDC -- _ LSS 101 Lss) O CRl +24VDC 109 S1a9 0 Xl 329 X9 (CR1) 0 LEVEL SWITCH 3I aI ExT DIRTY TNK EMERGENCY STOP ESTOP w CONERY, 2900-BIS4C1-21 LVL (209) V 305 330 LS6 SI:x2 EXTERNAL PERMEATE N w +24VDC LS6 (LS6) +24VDC 306 TANK __-- �__—__ 102 X2 TEXT NK PERMEATE 331 SPARE SPARE 3 110 X10 SPAR T 0 Ln LEVEL SWITCH �� �� 3` SPARE 3 CONERY, 2900-B1S4C1-22 LVL Lo 307 332 z o DPSI +24VDC DPSI S1:x3 +24VDC ' 308 U/F PRE FILTER �_____ 103 X3 (DPSI) 333 SPARE 35 SPARE 111 Xll SPARE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ,3 33 U/F FILTER SWITCH DIFF PRESS 309 334 SI:x4 P1 +24VDC Mii M 1 104A i 104 (Pi) +24VDC 112 SI:x12 310 TOSS X4 TOSS PUMP 335 SPARE 36 SPARE 36 X12 SPARE 4 PUMP RUNNING (105) (105) RUNNING U O 311 336 J •� O i.. P2 Ln it MMP2 CN2 S1:x5 W 312 SWAT +24VDC lOSA 105 X5 SWAT 337 SPARE SPARE O X13 S1:x13 H � Q SWAT PUMP SPARE U) PUMP RUNNING (109) (109) RUNNING Q = In 313 338 J I W P3 MMP3 CN3 sl:x6 Q 314 PERMEATE +24VDC I 106A I 106 X6 PER 339 SPARE SPARE O X14 SPAR d Q 5 PUMP RUNNING PERMEATE PUMP SPARE U13) (113) RUNNING W 315 340 316 SPARE SPARE O X7 SPARE 341 SPARE SPARE O X15 SPARE 317 342 DWG. NO. 6 318 IP COM 0 IP COM 3 319 344 of 9 LEFT RTB RIGHT RTB 320 345 321 346 7 322 347 Li w 323 348 w(L a�w Lir3w 324 325 325 349 END END � Io J H J 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC L) [30 CONTROL CONTROL HMI] CONTROL CONTROL ti< w 8 3 3 n s = SLOT u F-50 H aw Lw �v,W0� U F F 13 v Z U Z 2 E3 H LLJ ..�O_F- s s s w '2 0_ 2 Z wD_'W 1 0 w A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH of J z 0 0 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 400 224 224 425 T 424 tn w HMIl HMIl N a z SLOT 2 SLOT 2 a ME 401 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 24 -24VDC 426 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 -24VDC w�L) 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT ¢a C3 +24VDC +24VDC 24 402 PWR 24V 215 427 FOR Y3, Y4, Y5 C2 ro N 2 403 428 0 z w w z S2:Y6 CR2 CR2 (PV1) rn O -24VDC O pvI) 206 -24VDC PERMEATE/BACK FLUSH 404 PWR 0V 215 429 PERMEATE/HACK Y6 FLUSH St to (Au 14 (A27 5t RELAY o � SOL VLV (419) (420) (421) (421) TOP BOTTOM o 405 LEVEL LEVEL 430 ---- CV1-1 s2:Yo CVl-1 s2:Y7 CR3 CR3 (PV2) N w <cvl-v 200 ___ -24VDC (PV2) 207 -24VDC PERMEATE / CIP 406 YO — — PROCESS TANK 431 Y7 C7 PROCESS TNK 45 4T PERMEATE/CIP 52 52 RELAY VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN sOL vLv 1z 77 14 (A2) 3 (444) (445) (446) (yA6) � <�< Lo 407 432 z � � CVI-2 S2:Ye CR4 (PV3) S2:Y1 24VDC CVl-2 <Pv3) CR4 BACK FLUSH / (CVI-2) 201 - 208 -24VDC 408 Yl ------0�o----- CIP SUCTION 433 BACK FLUSH/ Y8 PERMEATE OUT CIP SUCTION 46 4G PERMEATE OUT 5-3 t3 CA1J 14 (A2) 53 VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN sOL vLv RELAY (448) (448) (449) (449) 409 434 CV2-1 S2:Y2 C V 2-1 410 (CV-1) Y2 202 4 _____ ____ 4724VDC U/F 435 +2avnc C3 24 Z U/FFOR Y6, Y7, Y8 4 VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN V O 411 436 J •� O a= � S2:Y9 Lu Q 412 FOR YO+YI,VY2 Cl 24 437 CPV2CIP Y9 O SPARE SPARE N VLV OPEN Q (n V 413 438 Lu W S2:Y3 CV2-2 CV2-2 S2:Y10 Q •W (CV2-2) 203 -24VDC rJ 414 DISCHARGE Y3 48 ------0-�o----- 4a DISCHARGE 439 HACKPFLUSH Y10 SPARE SPARE d '� Q vLv OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN vLv OPEN w 415 440 CV3-1 S2:Y4 CV3-1 S2:Y11 R V PROCESS 204 -24VDC (PV3-2) 416 pROCEs) Y4 49 ------0—�o----- 49 PROCESS 441 PERMEATE OUT YllO SPARE SPARE VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN VLV OPEN 417 442 DWG.N0. CV3-2 S2:Y5 CV3-2 6 418 (CV3-2) Y5 205 ————— ____ -24VDC CIP DISCHARGE 443 +24VDC C4 24 4 CIP DISCHARGE 50 50 FOR Y9, Y10, Yll VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN TOP LEVEL OF 419 PV1 212 212 CR2 444 PV2 214 214 CR3 g TOP RTB 1 54F 1 s <1u BOTTOM RTB 1 ss s a4> 1 9 <1u 420 2 1 OPEN 445 2 215 0-1 I OPEN 541 10 (22) 55 6 (24> 1 10 (22)3213 J1 3 215J1 9 Ql) 1 (12) 1 9 all 421 1 l 0 CLOSE 446 1 CLOSE 7 4 2 C22J(429)10 (22) 4C 2 C22J(431)10 122J 422 447 PV3 CR4 'n O O 1 216 216 w n 423 448 s6 s 1149 1 s (1u 217 I OPEN w�x 2 a w 56 6 (24J 1 10 (22) z 0 w 424 425 425 449 3 217 J 1 '�r,F- 1a21 1 9au Oo zo J 24VDC OVDC 1 CLOSE o z=o 0 CONTROL CONTROL HMn 4 2 C22J(433)10 (291 z—�ti w 8 E os 4 ws sLor w ¢w ww 0Wa 24VDC OVDC � U a CONTROL CONTROL ow v a w cz.) z=0E-L'j �F- F- w D_�.. xzw>a l0w3� A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH of J Z 0 0 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 500 224 224 525 T 524 tn w HMIl HMIl N a Z SLOT 3 SLOT 3 a ME 501 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 24 -24VDC 526 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 -24VDC w�L) 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT ¢a C3 +24VDC +24VDC 24 502 PWR 24V 216 527 FOR Y3, Y4, Y5 C2 2 503 528 0 o w w C Z -24VDC S3:Y6 306 -24VDC 504 PwR OV 216 529 SPARE Y6 38 SPARE 38 SPARE o o U n 0 S3:YO CN1 TOSS C-4 �' (CN1) 300 -24VDC S3:Y7 307 -24VDC 1 506 YO PUMP RUN 531 Y7 39 SPARE 39 SPARE TOSS PUMP SPARE RUN CONTACTOR Lo 3 (105)(310) < 507 532 Z � � CN2 508 (PUMP SWAT S3:Y8 SWAT PUM Yl 301 CN2 -24VDC PUMP SPARE P RUN 533 Y8 O SPARE SPARE RUN CONTACTOR (109)(312) 509 534 S3:Y2 CN3 CN3 PERMEATE (CN3) 302 -24VDC +24VDC 24 510 PERMEATE PUMP Y2 PUMP RUN 535 FOR Y6, Y7, Y8 C3 4 RUN CONTACTOR (113)(314) L) C� O 511 536 J •� O D= Lu O .24VDC 24 O S3: U) v1 Q 512 FOR Yo, Y1, Y2 Cl 537 SPARE RE Y9 O SPARE SPARE Q S � 513 538 J W a ?�F- 514 SPARE Y3 O SPARE SPARE 539 SPARE Y10 O SPARE SPARE d Q 5 W 515 540 AH1 ALARM HORN S3:Yll 311 12 HORN 0-N AH1 s3:Ya 516 SPARE Y4 O SPARE SPARE 541 Yll 52 52 149 ALARM HORN TOP BOTTOM 517 LEVEL LEVEL 542 DWG.No. 6 518 S3:Y5 YS 305 SPARE SPARE 543 120VAC C4 120-1 X. 5 SPARE 37 37 FOR Y9, Y101 Yll 519 544 OF 9 TOP RTB BOTTOM RTB 520 545 521 546 7 522 547 w 523 548 w X amw z Fr 524 525 525 549 END END F-,F o�i J H J 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC oU Zoo= CONTROL CONTROL HMn CONTROL CONTROL Z a 1 2 3 4 5 = SLOT 4 Fw3frw„ o U L'LL vj�LLI ZU w �2OH� --H-Q'H- x x x w d".. 2 ZLLI>W �0w �- A B C D E F G H 0 J Z � 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC ozo CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 600 217 217 HMI1 625 624 624 HMI1 L3 w SLOT 4 SLOT 4 0 z MAPLE SYSTEMS: HMC7MI02 MAPLE SYSTEMS: HMC7MI02 a=o 601 +24VDC -24VDC 0-10VDC / 4-20MA SELECTABLE 626 +24VDC -24VDC 0-10VDC / 4-20MA SELECTABLE A H 4-POINT ANALOG INPUT 4-POINT ANALOG INPUT a a o 602 O VO 627 O V2 ()a- 2 603 628 0 z w x 04 z 0) O -24VDC O -24VDC O o 604 COM 629 COM U LSl LSl S4:I0 LS3 LS3 S4:I2 o w DIRTY TANK +24VDC 400 (LS1) PERMEATE TANK +24VDC 402 (LS3) 04 r7 606 ---- 1 2 ---- IO I2 M PRESSURE SENSOR 58 60 DIRTY TNK PRESSURE SENSOR 66 68 PERMEATE TNK r IFM: PN2698 PRESS. IFM: PN2698 PRESS. -24VDC -24VDC d r 67 ---- 3 4 �69 z MI2 CONNECTOR M12 CONNECTOR O SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET = SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET 608 GND O V1 633 GND O V3 609 634 FM1 SIl O -24VDC O BLK -24VDC 610 COM 635 — --- 1 6 COM � 4 UO 611 636 RED O - --- 2 J '� LS2 lr LS2 S4111 FM1 S41I3 LLI ~ OCIP TANK +24VDC ____ ____ 401 (LS2) O PERMEATE +24VDC 403 (FM1) H Q 612 PRESSURE SENSOR 62 1 2 64 Il CIP TNK 637 FLOW SENSOR 70 7 5 72 I3 PERMEATE N IFM: PN2698 PRESS. GF SIGNET: 3-2536-P❑ FLOW Q (n U O -24VDC ---- O -24VDC J 613 62 3 4 65 638 71 8 4 73 W M12 CONNECTOR Z CEE DETAIL THIC SHEET 5 614 GND 639 GND W 615 640 +24VDC +24VDC 616 641 -24VDC -24VDC DWG.NO. 617 642 6 618 643 6 619 644 OF 9 LEFT RTB RIGHT RTB 620 645 621 646 7 622 647 Ld w Ot 623 648 w X amw Ld 624 625 625 649 END END PRESS. SENSOR DETAIL a~J-l u IFM P/N: PN2698 z o o f F- ---------1 oz'z 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC U o�U CONTROL CONTROL HMII CONTROL CONTROL L+� Z-�ti W o �¢ $ 2 a 4 s = --LOT n 0UT2 2• •11 �w 3 f 0 • • ¢waww atV)wD_ U j OUTI� j zioLLJw L J M12 CONNECTOR =zw a �13w A B C D E F G H V) ALARM HORN EM STOP Cy RESET O 30.00 W. 0 Z Z 000 � 0 U Z � � N d Z 0=O DOOR NAMEPLATE 9.07 a Qof a > a a Z 7.240" o o NOTE: PAINT ENCLOSURE EDJE TECH BLUE o o w ac N Z (Z)QTY. (2) 22.5mm KNOCKOUTS o om o 5.1 60" TOP PLAN ©QTY. (1) DISCONNECT HANDLE KNOCKOUT o ©QTY. (1) TRANSMITTER GF 9900 KNOCKOUT m U (3.62" X 3.62" SQUARE) N o HMI KNOCKOUT "' Lo 3 QTY. (1) HMI KNOCKOUT DD a\ SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET o a J z �9 EO OTY. (1) 1.125" KNOCKOUT ALARM HORN FLOYDBELL PART NUMBER: XC09201Q 24.00 DOOR 4 VO _ J 17f � Ln N N— N— -- -- -- -- SWAT1 500 Q CON ROL 7.80 USABLE y N — PA 7.000" 1 EL 4 DEPTH 1 4 V)V N N 8 20 22 1Lu II N N— I O 26 I I II I Z N N— II IL O— O— II �2_ 8 21 23 5.( (1 II I HM11II I 31 25 q C �— 28.06 DOOR a— ii DWG.N0. DOOR 1 ESPB1 �?— M— 1 9 10 11 12 O 1 X2 7 OF 9 1 11 1 II I II I 7.000" II N N 1 -__ 1 _] V) O LLJ I' 1 d 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 h5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2 8 29 30 31 o m w 0 Z~�O W H O� 0 Z O Z 2 8 LEFT ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION RIGHT ELEVATION s�3 W=WWI O'NUO O O 2 U-ul O Z U Zoo H 2ZLJw0f 1--0D'3�- A B C D E F G H TB1 U) 1 120-1 58 +24VDC Of 2 120-1 59 -24VDC o 1 3 120-1 60 400 o En 4 120-N 61 GROUND - 5 120-N 62 +24VDC J a 6 120-N 63 -24VDC 2W z Ofrna 7 +24VDC 64 401 w i a.o 8 +24VDC 65 GROUND 0`" 9 +24VDC 66 +24VDC a 10 +24VDC 67 -24VDC ?= 3 11 +24VDC 68 402 12 -24VDC 69 GROUND 8 2 13 -24VDC 70 +24VDC o o w 14 -24VDC 71 -24VDC " z 15 -24VDC 72 403 0 16 -24VDC 73 GROUND o o 17 10 74 SPARE 3 18 10A 1 2 3 4 O5 O6 c U 19 10A X2 X4z X28 x4 O J 20 10B 21 10B 33 �"� � r O Lo 3 22 10C � Lo 23 10C V _ d r B 24 11 CUSTOMER SIDE o O O ♦nn 9 25 24 N— FTB 5 c3 26 24 �= m m m m m m m m m m m m 460 VOLTS, 28 29 N 30 +24VDC 30 100 - -------- ----------- i 1------- 29 30------ 57 58------74 31 +24VDC 31 101CD V — 4 32 +24VDC 32 102 0,1 Ln ALL WIRING DUCT IS o � 33 +24VDC 33 103 m— 1.5 x 3" a a a J •� p 34 +24VDC 34 110 � — . . o 0 o J '� co— PS1 > > > > CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 SI1 7 27 28 35 +24VDC 35 111 X3 W y — ®®®®® 36 +24VDC 36 112 = ®®®®®®®®a®®®a®®® N" N V1 ®_®_®®®_®®_®a®®®a®®® > 37 —24VDC 37 300 °— o 0 0 Q S 38 —24VDC 38 301 U 39 —24VDC 39 302 W 40 —24VDC 40 303 �— 44 ZQ y 41 —24VDC 41 304 34 'go � rJ _ � 16 18 15 18 17 18 25 31 d 42 —24VDC 42 305 w 43 —24VDC 43 306 — i 44 —24VDC 44 307 = MMP1 MMP2 MMP3 29 45 —24VDC 45 200 13 19 �— 38 40 46 —24VDC 46 201 X2 m— O xPi 47 —24VDC 47 202 C+ o 0 0 0 0 o 48 —24VDC 48 203 O 0 49 —24VDC 49 204 �— o0 00 00 oo3+ owc. No. 00 50 1 —24VDC 50 205 — i 6 51 —24VDC 51 206Lc) — i 1 52 —24VDC 52 207 53 —24VDC 531 208 54 213 54 212 ®®®®® ®®®®® ®®®®® of 9 55 215 55 214 - cNi cNz cNs 56 217 56 216 N - 30 0 57 120—N 57 311 BOTTOM TOP ° °®°°°°O° �° o ------- --------------------------------------------------- LEVEL LEVEL 1 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 7 37 39 41 43 U) w 37 39 41 42 37 39 41 42 a wx omw Ld ZOLLI HI�J ZOF- O Z Z= NOoo z-1-Nof 8 aw3mN �=ww� of N O 0- 0 w N O Z O Z=O w w H of m Z W Of H 0 d'3H A B C D E F G H V) Of EDJE TECH SWAT 500 0 BILL OF MATERIALS o Z ITEM QUANTITY MANUFACTURE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS `" o 1 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EAJ35 END ANCHOR(END STOP) w w 2 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EBJ3 TERMINAL END BARRIER FOR 1492.14 `n as o �=U 3 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EBJD4 TERMINAL END BARRIER FOR 1492JD4 0`n 4 42 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492J4 TERMINAL BLOCK 35A,600V 4mm,GREY,10-22AWG a 5 28 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492JD4 TERMINAL BLOCK,DUAL CIRCUIT FEED THROUGH MN 6 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492JG4 TERMINAL BLOCK,GREEN/YELLOW GROUNDING 8 2 7 3 LITTELFUSE CCMR030 FUSE,CLASS CC,30A,TIME DELAY,600V o o w 04 z 8 9 DOORNP DOOR NAME PLATE ID TAG a, 9 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7070AM HMC,7"TOUCH,E-NET,51 EXPANSION PORTS,2 SERIAL o o 10 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M101 HMC 1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 16 DIG INPUTS <� 6 N O U 11 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M102 HMC,1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 4 ANALOG INPUTS(VOLT/AMP SELECTABLE) 0 12 2 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M001 HMC,1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 12 DIG RELAY OUTPUTS N 13 2 LITTELFUSE KLDR01.4 FUSE,CLASS CC,1 AA,TIME DELAY,600V M \ �2 T O � 3 14 0 � r 15 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR003 FUSE,CLASS CC,3A,TIME DELAY,600V Z 16 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR003.5 FUSE,CLASS CC,3.5A,TIME DELAY,600V 17 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR005 FUSE,CLASS CC,5A,TIME DELAY,600V 18 3 LITTELFUSE LPSC001 FUSEHOLDER,1P,CC STYLE,FINGERSAFE NO INDICATOR,30A MAX 19 1 LITTELFUSE LPSCO02 FUSEHOLDER,2P,CC STYLE,FINGERSAFE NO INDICATOR 30A MAX 20 1 EATON M22DG PUSH BUTTON,GREEN,FLUSH,MOMENTARY,22mm 4 21 1 EATON M22K01 CONTACT BLOCK,N.C. y 22 1 EATON M221(10 CONTACT BLOCK,N.O. J •� O 23 1 EATON M22PVT EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON,RED/YELLOW cr 24 1 MAINNP MAIN NAME PLATE � C/1 < 25 4 OMRON MY4ND2DC24S RELAY,4PDT,24VDC COIL < V 26 1 ABB OHY65J6 HANDLE,PISTOL,RED/YELLOW FOR OS30FACC12 G� I Lu 27 1 ABB OS30FACC12 DISCONNECT,3-POLE,30AMP,FUSED Q 5 28 1 ABB OXP6X150 SHAFT FOR OS30FACC12 a ��Q 29 1 HAMMOND PH250MQMJ TRANSFORMER,250VA,460PR1:120SEC w 30 1 SQUARED PK9GTA GROUNDBAR,9-PIN,ALUMINAUM 31 4 OMRON PYFI4AN RELAY SOCKET,4PDT 32 1 SAGINAW SCE30H3008LP ENCLOSURE,30x30x08" 33 1 SAGINAW SCE30P30 SUBPANEL27x27" 34 1 SOLA SVL524100 POWER SUPPLY,120 WATT,5A @ 24VDC,120VAC INPUT DWG. No. 35 1 FLOYD BELL XC09201Q ALARM HORN/BUZZER 30-120VAC EXTRA LOUD&CONTINUOUS PIEZO 6 36 1 ILSCO XT4 GROUND LUG#14 TO#4 9 37 3 EATON XTCE009BIOTD CONTACTOR,9A,3-POLE,1-N.O.,24VDC COIL 38 1 EATON XTPAXCLKB3 JUMPER BUS FOR EATON MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR or 9 39 3 EATON XTPAXSAII AUX CONTACT,1-N.O.&1-N.C.CONTACT FOR MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR,SIDE MOUNT 40 1 EATON XTPAXIT INCOMING TERMINAL FOR MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR 41 3 EATON XTPAXTPCB JUMPER BETWEEN MMP AND XTPR..B and XTCE...B contactors 7 42 2 EATON XTPRIP6BC1 MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR, 1-1.6 FLA 43 1 EATON XTPR6P3BC1 MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR,4-6.3 FLA FREQUNCY SIGNAL ISOLATOR,FREQUENCY INPUT,0-10V/4-20mA SELECTABLE OUTPUT, <n 44 1 WEIDMULLER 858119000 w 24VDC CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 0 w m o ujow z- (3 Z0 - OZOZ= N=OU Z—H Nair 8 aw3ma mmwwaf D_NUD- Ow N 0 Z U Z=O w w �-of =ZWD'� HOD_3H ,LPN TECHH�� N .n2 WASiE M� SWAT500 SYSTEM INSTRUCTION MANUAL MP-SWAT SYSTEM Designed for: SENIOR OPERATIONS LL C-AMT DI V. Job Number: 19401 Al • Edjean Technical Services, Inc. 246A US Hwy 224 Sullivan, Ohio 44880 Ph. (800) 242-0525 * Fax 440-647-2400 2 FORWARD TO THE USER This USER'S MANUAL contains general instructions for installation, operation, and routine maintenance of SWAT500 SYSTEM. The manual is divided into sections for easy review: SWAT System, Installation, Operation, Pre and Post Treatment, Special Cleaning, Spare Parts, Record Keeping, and Cleaning Log. SAFETY NOTICE The SWAT500 SYSTEM incorporates all protective devices required by good engineering practice. However, its operation could be hazardous under abnormal conditions. The manufacturer urges all users to observe normal safety rules that apply to work on moving machinery, electrical motors or with electrical circuits carrying potentially hazardous voltages. STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. warrants that the system will be built in accordance with specifications referred to in the sale brochures and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment. The sole liability of Edjean Technical Services, Inc. under this limited warranty shall be to repair or replace, at our option, a defect in the material or workmanship during the one year period with exception of the membrane element(s), filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer materials, or"wear parts". In no event shall EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. be liable for any loss, damage, injury, or expense resulting from the use, the operation or installation of the system. And from the decomposition of membrane elements, filter bags, seals, gaskets, elastomer material, or other "wear parts" because of the equipment or with respect to ordinary wear and tear. EDJEAN TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IMPLIED, IN RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT, AND IN PARTICULAR, MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 3 CONTENTS 1. THE S.W.A.T. MOP SYSTEM 1.2 Principle Components 5 1-3 Functional Description 6 1-4 Specifications and Reference Data 6 1-5 Standard Accessories 7 2. INSTALLATION 2-1 Receiving the S.W.A.T. MOP WATER SYSTEM 8 2-2 Installation Planning 8 2-3 Electrical &Utility Requirements 8 2-4 Assembly and Drawing layout 9-10 2-5 Preparation for Start-Up 10-11 3. OPERATION 3-1 Principle of Operation 12 Back flushing/installing the Ultrafiltration Element 13 3-2 System Start-up Procedures 14 3-3 Ultrafiltration Principles of Operation 15 3-4 U/F General Operating Conditions 15 Startup/ Shut down Ultrafiltration Element 16 Cleaning U/F element " Flushing the Element if Cleaning 17 3-5 Toss Unit Description 18 Start-Up Procedures 19 Operating Procedures 19 Maintenance/Complete Internal Cleaning 20 Contaminated Media 21 Troubleshooting Checklist 21-22 4. PRETREATMENT 4-1 Solids 23 4-2 Oils 5. POSTTREATMENT 24 6. ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CONTROL SCREEN 25 8. STARTING UP SYSTEM WITH CONTROL PANEL 26-28 9. ACTUATOR FLOW POSITIONS 29 10. MOTOR AND SENSOR SWITCHES DATA 30 11. PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING FORM 31 12. CIP RECORD KEEPING FORM 32 4 WARNING AND CAUTION WARNING: Indicate that people may be hurt if procedures are not followed properly. CAUTIONS indicate that machinery may be damaged or economic loss can occur if procedures are not followed properly. IMPORTANT Before attempting to install or operate this system, be sure you are familiar with all aspects of the system components and their operation by thoroughly reading and understanding this manual. SWAT500 SYSTEM Function The SWAT500 System is a turnkey ultrafiltration system which processes oily detergent mop waters / floor scrubber water and parts wash waters by concentrating its contaminates. The filtered clean detergent water stream, referred to as PERMEATE, IS SUITABLE FOR REUSE. The concentrated contaminants, suspended solids and emulsified oils, referred to as CONCENTRATE, must be disposed of properly. CAUTION: Verify compliance with local regulations prior to disposing of concentrate. 1.2 Principle Components The principal interior components are: inlet tank, tramp oil separator, process fluid compartment, CIP (Clean In Place) compartment, Permeate compartment and ultrafiltration membrane system CAUTION: Verify condition of wash water, solvents will shorten the life of the membranes. 5 1.3 Functional Description The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is a proven tool for the efficient separation of emulsified oils and suspended solids from industrial detergent mop wash water, floor scrubber water, and waste coolants. The SWAT500 SYSTEM consists of two individual EdjeTech SYSTEMS. 1. EdjeTech CROSS The dump station is the receiving unit that is used to collect the contaminated fluid for the efficient separation of suspended solids. Where heavy solids loading(1% and higher) are expected the optional paper bed filter is recommended. The Tramp Oil Separator System (T.O.S.S.) is used to remove suspended solids, free and mechanically emulsified oils, and bio-slime from the DIRTY FLUID or waste coolant. 2. INTEGRATED ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM The EdjeTech Membrane System removes all emulsified oils and suspended solids, clarifying wash waters so that they may be used indefinitely or post treated for sewer discharge. 1.4 Specifications and Reference Data The SWAT500 SYSTEM when used as an industrial waste treatment system will process waste coolants (90%- 95%) to clarify the water for reuse or prepare the water through post treatment for sewer discharge. This user's manual takes each component of the SWAT500 SYSTEM and explains it in detail. Read the entire manual before attempting to operate the EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM. CAUTION: Do not process water contaminated with solvents. Process only known waste waters. General Overall dimensions: 69"X 90" x 71" high Dump Station: 150-gallon capacity 44" X 72" X 12" Input Fluid Type Oily plant water PH Range 2-10 Temperature Range up to-122 F Process Tank 90 Gallons U/F Element Clean Tank 20 Gallons Electrical Supply required 460 3 phase Elastomers Buna - N Separator Supply Pump RAMOY -33260 (5gpm) U/F Supply Pump Ebara A3U321601350T3C TOSS Filter (bag type) 100 Micron (ES140015-1120) Membrane Pre-Filter (bag type) 25 Micron (ESI40015-1136) Membrane (hollow fiber type) ACP-3013 (ESI40035-1101) 6 1.5 Standard Accessories DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER TOSS Section EdjeTech Floating Skimmer Ballast Style (03) 42035-1405 TOSS pump Discharge Hose 3/4" Nylabraid 42020-1867 Pre-filter Assembly Plastic Filter Disc 42020-1200 Media Pack 42020-1573 FILTERS & FILTER PARTS TOSS Filter Bag 100 micron 40015-1120 U/F Pre-filter Bag 50 micron 40015-1090 U/F Membrane 4040 (PPG) 40035-1125 Adapter, U/F Membrane Membrane extensions PVC 40035-1135 1" clamps for U/F PVC 40035-1140 PUMPS & PUMP PARTS Continental Pump CPM-22 42045-1040 Stator Buna-N 42040-1728 Rotor Stainless Steel 42040-1751 Mechanical Seal Buna-N 42040-1765 Flex Joint Pinned 42040-1734 Ebara pump Ebara A3U32160B50T3C 42040-2004 Impeller Stainless steel Shaft Seal Ceramic/Buna-N OTHER PARTS Actuated Valve 1" 42035-3110 Actuated Valve 1.5" 42035-3120 Gauge 0-60psa 42020-1081 Flow sensor 1"Paddle wheel 42020-4270 Pressure sensor Liquid Level 42020-1618 Float switch Mercury type 42020-4100 Valve 1.5" PVC 42035-1705 Valve 1" PVC 42035-1390 7 INSTALLATION Receiving the SWAT500 SYSTEM The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is assembled and shipped nearly complete. Remove all shipping materials from the exterior of the system. Check all components for damage as soon as the shipment is received. If damage is found, file claim with the carrier and notify EdjeTech immediately. 2.2 Installation Planning 1. Provide a dimensionally suitable and structurally sound foundation, which is capable of supporting the SWAT500 SYSTEM at flooded weight. 2. Choose an installation site that is level. Make sure that the MINI-SWAT SYSTEM IS LEVEL IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 3. Provide shut-off valves at all outlet lines as close as possible to the SWAT System. 4. Effluent discharge from (optional) POST TREATMENT module must flow by gravity to the sewer or secondary process tank. 5. Provide external containers (drum)to collect oil from TOSS Oil Outlet fitting. (See Picture Below) 6. Provide optional clean water tanks, where required, to store clarified detergent wash waters for reuse. 7. Install any optional components included with your system. � 7L Provide oil collection Drum for this outlet t ; 2.3 Electrical & Utility Requirements Plant electrical source to operate the SWAT500 SYSTEM requires; 460v/3ph/60hz. The user chooses ELECTRICAL SYSTEM at the time the system is purchased. Plant City water source (recommended filtered) is required for cleaning the Membrane. 30-45 gallons will be required to wash and clean the Ultrafiltration Membranes. 8 2.4 Assembly Step 1: Move PROCESS TANK ASSEMBLY into place. Remove all packing and boxes from compartments. Step 2: Check all valves and unions and tighten down any that may have come loose Step 3: Place mercury type float switch (LS4) into process tank Step 4: Put pressure sensor (LS 1) that is inside the control panel into place on inlet tank (right below the electrical panel) Step 5: Make sure all manual valves are open except for MV2. Step 6: Connect plant electrical power to the system. Step 7: Bring city water service to the system. This can be a simple water hose and connection from a water service in the area. Step 8: Place skimmer connected to the TOSS pump and lay it in the Dirty Inlet Tank. Step 9: ***Prime separator supply pump with water. Add water through plugged tee on top of pump. Once water is filled replace plug. Step 10: Install a filter bag (PE 100 PIS) on the solids removal unit (cap), located in the inlet of the TOSS unit(TOSS filter F1). Step 11: Remove top from Prefilter(filter F2)housing. Install a filter bag (PE50P2S) in the canister. P1 4-PERPJIEATETANK PI-TOSS PUMP 5-CIP TANK MV2 1-DIRTY INLET TANK LS4(not visible) 2-TOSS TANK 3-PROCESS TANK i CV3 G1 (Gauge not shown) PV2 2 MV3 G3 CV 1,CV2,CV3=1.5" actuated valves PV1,PV2,PV3= 1" PV1 CV2 actuated valves PV3 P2 MV 1 CV1 MV4 Not show LS1 LS3 P2-SWAT PUMP LS2 F1 P3- PREMEATE PUMP Diagram 1 9 2.5 PREPARATION FOR START UP Follow this start up procedure with a new SWAT500 SYSTEM. CLEAR WATER START UP Step 1: Prime TOSS supply pump: 1) Removing the plug on top of the TOSS supply pump, fill pump with water then replace plug. 2) Fill TOSS tank(tank 2) with clean water until water rises above the media pack. Step 2: Fill Clean in Place (CIP) Compartment with 30-45 gallons of water and cleaner (compartment about 3/4th full). Step 3: Adjust TOSS Fluid Weir(located on the outlet of the TOSS tank section) to its lowest position so that water or oil does not overflow into the oil outlet trough. Step 4: Fill Process compartment (tank 3) with water until water is overflowing the divider wall and back into the Dirty inlet tank(tank 1) Step 5: Energize Control Panel. Start / Stop each Pump and check rotation. Make necessary wire changes at disconnect if required. Step 6: Connect piping to permeate discharge outlet next to (PV3) actuated valve Step 7: Connect piping to inlet coupling located on top of Inlet tank(1) The SWAT500 SYSTEM IS NOW READY FOR START UP Process mode startup: Callouts are located on diagram 1 on page 9 1) Fill all tanks with specified coolant/water 2) Open valves MV1, MV3 and MV4 (MV2 is in closed position and is only open when concentrate needs to be pumped out) 3) Install bag filters for P1 and P2 4) Pull out the E-Stop, 5) Press (green) reset button 6) 6Press 'ENABLE TOSS 'button, this will turn on the TOSS pump (P1). When engaged it will appear as 7) Press `PROCES "button, this will turn on the SWAT pump (P2) and begin the processing of the fluids. When Process is engaged and pump running it will appear as PROC ELECTS Note: pumps will only turn on if the level sensors sense enough water in the tanks. Note 2: all levels can be adjusted using the ET POINTS button Backflush mode 1) Backflush mode is built into the Process mode a. Backflush mode turns on every 45 minutes and backflush's for 30 seconds then returns to the process mode There is a yellow box that says Minutes to next backflush 45.0 (time can be adjusted to increase or decrease time between backflush events. b. The permeate pump will turn on and the Actuator PV1 rotates and SWAT pump (P2)turns off Permeate Pump-out mode 1) Press `PERM PUMPOUT'button a. A green square with the words JLMPOUTEN will turn on, this indicates that this mode is enabled. Pump will engage when water level reaches high point. When pump engages the button will turn red. 10 The permeate fluid is pumped out to appropriate customer holding tank. Note: this mode does not affect the Process mode and can be run simultaneously. Select CIP (Clean In Place) 1) Press '[SELECT CIP' button when selected and engaged, the button will appear as IP SEL 2) This mode will redirect CV1, CV3 and PV2 actuators to the CIP tank a. This process is separate from backflush mode. This process is to help clean the membranes using selected cleaners for your particular operation. b. Run the CIP between 30 minutes to 2 hours. Adjust time to fit your specific needs. Concentrate Pumpout 1) Press ONC PUMPOU when Process fluid is concentrated down and fluid needs to be pumped out. 2) When activated and pump is running the button will appear as ` PUMPOUT ' 3) When to know when to use concentrate Pumpout. a. When permeate flow slows down and after doing a CIP the ermeate immediately drops way down. This may be an indicator that the fluid has been concentrated down. b. If you know your oil/dirt load, you then can calculate out the concentration i. For example: you have 250 gallon batch of fluid and you know the oil and dirt level is 5%. ii. This means 237.5 gallons of water and 12.5 gallons of oil/dirt. So for every batch of fluid 12.5 gallons will be left behind in the process tank. iii. After 10 batches there will be 125 gallons in the process tank that cannot be permeated out. Now the 250 gallon process tank will have 125 unfilterable fluid+ (125 x .05=6.25) of new unfilterable fluid for a total of 131.25 of the 250 gallon processtank. iv. At this point or when customer determines the Process tank should be pumped out via the CONC PUMPOUT mode. 11 OPERATION 3.1 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The EdjeTech CROSS (section that includes inlet tank, toss tank and process tank) uses two physical principles to accomplish separation. These two principles in combination are responsible for the exceptional separation qualities of the EdjeTech SWAT 500 SYSTEM. The difference in density between oil and water or any two fluids of differing densities causes separation by gravity. EdjeTech has incorporated into our system the use of a unique law of fluid dynamics. This principle states that two non-miscible liquids, when flowing through a porous media bed by gravity, will separate at an accelerated rate. Neither the oil nor the water will flow as readily as if they were flowing independently. Therefore, there is a high physical potential for the oil and water to separate. The DIRTY MOP WATER (or PARTS WASHER FLUID) from mop pails, or floor scrubbers is discharged directly into the inlet of the SWAT system(method of feeding varies with application). The TOSS (Tramp Oil Separation System) unit is used for separating solids and free floating and mechanically emulsified oils from the fluid. The inlet compartment is equipped with a bag filter to remove solids down to 25 microns and to start the separation of the oil from the water. The oil / water mixture then flows by gravity beneath the oil trough, and into the media pack. 1) The water flows horizontally through the media pack, under the effluent baffle up and over the water discharge weir, out of the separator, and into the process (coalesced coolant) tank. 2 The coalesced oil in the inlet compartment is removed in a similar manner by the inlet compartment oil weir. The separated oil flows horizontally across the top of the water to the media chamber oil weir. It then flows out the media chamber oil weir and into the oil trough. The Process tank receives the clarified fluid from the TOSS by gravity flow. The tank is designed to fill and overflow back to the Dirty Inlet tank. This flow is called a TOPPED-OFF BATCH PROCESS and has proven to be most effective for recycling and waste treating mop water, parts washer fluid, water-soluble mineral oils and other industrial fluids. The clarified fluid from the separator flows into the Process Tank and is then pumped by the Ultrafiltration (U/F) supply pump through a polishing filter(172) and to the ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM. The ULTRAFILTRATION MODULE completes the EdjeTech SWAT MP WATER SYSTEM. The system draws fluid from the PROCESS TANK and processes it through an ultrafiltration membrane system for the clarification of aqueous solutions. The clarified fluid (permeate) is reused or is pumped through a POST TREATMENT MODULE and discharged to the sewer. BACKFLUSHING After de-watering most industrial organic waste solutions, a film of high molecular weight material will coat the inside of the fibers of the membranes, forming a secondary membrane which will impede the permeate flow through the fibers. This film must be removed; we accomplish some of this with the automatic backflush mode that runs 30 seconds between 45 minutes of the process mode. We recommend running the Clean in Place (CIP) 12 mode once every 8-24 hours for optimum life of the U/F filter cartridges. After each run, the system should be switched over to the CIP cycle on the control panel to maintain optimal flows and life of the membrane filters. INSTALLING THE ULTRAFILTRATION ELEMENT 1. Unpack the element. (Note: membrane filters may have already been placed into position prior to shipping). 2. Insert end cap on left side of housing place retaining springs into place (be sure O-ring is in place) see pic 1 3. Connect piping back up (unions) see pic 2 4. Connect adapter with hole to end of membrane and slide membrane into housing see pics 4,5 and 6 5. Connect adapter with solid end to opposite side of membrane and slide end cap onto filter housing (be sure o- ring is in place, see pics 7 and 8 6. Place retainer ring into place at end of housing. See pic 9 1 �\ i Picture I Picture 2 Picture 3 tr. lit Picture 4 Picture 5 Picture 6 a - Picture 7 Picture 8 Picture 9 13 3.2 SYSTEM STARTUP PROCEDURES FIRST READ the detailed description and unit operation of each component. Their start-up and shut down operations may relate only to that unit. It is suggested that the system be started on clean city water. Once the system is in place and electrical power is furnished to the systems control box; 1. Fill the Dirty Inlet Tank with enough water to activate the pressure sensor switch (LS1) and prime the TOSS supply pump with water BEFORE TRYING TO START IT. 2. Fill the TOSS tank with water until it discharges water into the Process tank. 3. Adjust the adjustable fluid weir so that the water in the separator is about 1/4" to 1/2" below the oil overflow troth. 4. Place a pail or drum under the tramp oil discharge outlet to receive the separated oils. 5. Fill the Process tank and the Clean / Wash tank with enough water to activate the U/F Supply pump's level pressure sensor switch (LS2). 6. Close V2 (with handle perpendicular to valve), and Open V 1, V3 and V4 manual valves. 7. Remove the lid on the in-line filter (F2), make sure a filter cartridge is installed then fill with water and replace the lid. Also place bag filter onto the inlet filter cap of the TOSS tank 6. "Bump" (quickly, start and stop)pump motors to make sure of the proper motor rotation. NOTE: Pumps will not start unless the liquid level pressure switches sense that there is enough water in the tanks to run. 7. When dirty inlet tank has enough water, turn on the TOSS PUMP. 8. The TOSS PUMP will fill the TOSS unit. The water will discharge by gravity flow into the process tank and the process tank will fill and overflow by gravity back into the dirty inlet tank. Add enough dirty water to complete the above cycle. 9. Once the process tank is filled and skimming back to the Dirty tank. You can turn on the Process mode. The EdjeTech SWAT500 SYSTEM is fully operational. 14 3.3 ULTRAFILTRATION PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION ULTRAFILTRATION The EdjeTech SWAT500 ultrafiltration system is designed for a wide range of INDUSTRIAL WASTE FLUID APPLICATIONS. An aqueous solution is pumped through the Spiral wound U/F (.05-.15u) elements. The U/F elements are semi-permeable membrane capable of performing a variety of selective separations. The inner membrane skin of the fibers rejects contamination, which is above the molecular weight cutoff of the fiber (oil and suspended solids) while allowing smaller molecules, ionic species, and water to pass through freely (permeate). The solution becomes progressively more dewatered as it moves through the fibers and returns to the PROCESS TANK. Multiple passes of the process stream(concentrate) will result in further dewatering. Ultrafiltration Element The Ultrafiltration element used by EdjeTech Services Inc. is manufactured by PPG. Innovative Material Science Drives Superior Performance The superior performance of the PPG membrane is driven by advancements in material science made by PPG's team of scientists and engineers.The proprietary manufacturing process allows a precise pore size which can be varied over the ultra and micro filtration ranges with a narrower pore size distribution compared to conventionally cast membranes.A composite membrane is formed by combining a nanoporous,hydrophilic inorganic filler and a hydrophobic polymer. The hydrophilic nature of the high surface area inorganic filler creates strong capillary forces,pulling water through the membrane.The nanoporous structure reduces fouling by not allowing penetration of oil droplets or solid particles.This innovative morphology results in higher flux rates and more efficient oil/water separation and suspended-solids removal than conventionally cast hydrophilic and oleophilic membranes. PPG CORPORATION SPIRAL WOUND FIBER ELEMENTS OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 1. A PREFILTER or FILTER with at least a 50 micron rating is required depending on the feed stream characteristics and hollow fiber internal diameter. 3.4 GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating pH Range 1.8-10 Continuous (Netting Wrap) <_43oC(110oF) Maximum Temperature Wrap)Continuous (Fiberglass s57oC(135oF) Clean-In-Place rci 1550oC(122oF) LMH 35-135 Typical Flux Rate GFD 20-80 Recommended Cross Flow Rate m3/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 (pervessel) GPM 25 35 40 bar <_6.9 Maximum Feed Pressure psi <_100 Maximum Differential Pressure(per bar <_1.4 element) psi <20 bar <_3.5 Backwash Pressure psi <50 m3/h 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Flow Rate GPM 3.0 2.4 1.7 Typical Recovery Rate(per element) 16% 9% 6% Warning: Do not allow solvents to enter the membrane 15 The best element performance may occur at a pressure differential, which is different from that described above. To determine the best operating conditions, it is recommended that a batch be run at various points to find the optimum. The inlet pressure should always be the same about 30-40 psig. Batches should be run at 20, 25 and 30, differential pressure between G2 and G3 (this can be done adjusting valve MV3, see diagram 1 on page 9. Measurements of permeate flow rate taken throughout the run and total elapsed time will indicate the best conditions. These conditions can then be used on all subsequent runs. CLEANING ULTRAFILTRATION ELEMENT Cleaning procedures will vary by application. While most oil / water streams are unique, experience has generally shown that the cleaning procedures listed below will restore permeate rates on most streams provided that the procedure is followed on a daily basis. As experience is gained on the specific stream of concern, reduced frequency of cleaning may be possible. It is recommended that EdjeTech personnel be involved in any program for determining the minimum frequency of cleaning. Many factors affect the ultrafiltration process so the actual performance of the element will very as contaminate in the wash /mop water varies. The permeate flow rate should not be allowed to drop more than 60% of its average process flow rate. The element SHOULD be cleaned thoroughly (in the CIP mode) at cycle completion, before the unit is shutdown overnight or if the permeate flow rate drops significantly. FLUSHING THE ELEMENT (QUICK FLUSH) Follow this procedure whenever processing is stopped. Step 1: Shut ultrafiltration unit down by turning off Process mode. Step 2: Fill CIP tank with water and cleaner, there are several types of cleaners depending on dirt load. Step 3: Press Select CIP button. Step 4: Run in CIP for 10-15 minutes CAUTION DO NOT EXCEED 122 DEGREES F. @ 60psi MEMBRANE DAMAGE MAY OCCUR 16 CLEANING Step 1: Fill the clean in place (CIP) tank with water (warm water works even better) and add 1/2 cup to 1 quart of cleaner. We suggest using the EcoClean cleaner CA UTION TOO MUCH ECOCLEAN CLEANER WILL CAUSE EXCESSIVE FOAMING TOO LITTLE ECOCLEAN CLEANER WILL CA USE LOW PERMEATE RECOVERY Step 2: Check the permeate flow rate. This should be about 75% of the new membrane flow rate, which was recorded at start-up. The clean cycle will take between 15 to 90 minutes. Step 5: When cleaning is completed,press "PROCESS" selector button. 17 3.5 TOSS UNIT DESCRIPTION EdjeTech TOSS UNIT consists of five main components: the inlet compartment (with filter bag), oil trough, media pack, processed fluid compartment, and adjustable fluid weir. Some of the functional parts are fixed weldments within the main components. Materials and protective coatings are selected for the specific operating conditions. A. Inlet Compartment: The inlet compartment accepts the influent flow prior to the media pack. Any large quantities of bulk oil, as well as sediment are held here. The unit removes free-floating oil directly by means of a water level weir combined with an oil trough. The oil trough (which precedes the media pack) acts as an underflow weir and directs the oil/water mixture into the media pack. B. Oil Chamber: The oil chamber is the space directly above the media pack between the inlet compartment and the water discharge compartment. The space is void of media permitting the oil to flow freely to the oil discharge weir. C. Oil Discharge Weirs: Oil is removed from the TOSS UNIT by means of the oil discharge weirs. The unit has two; one in the inlet compartment and one in the media pack chamber. The process fluid outlet weir sets the oil level, and the water level should be set at 1/4" below the weir tops to allow oil to build up and overflow the weirs into the trough and out the oil discharge port. D. Media Pack: The TOSS UNIT pack is composed of a lightweight, highly permeable Polypropylene material. As the oil /water mixture flows by gravity through the media pack the oil (which is lighter than water) is coalesced and floats to the top of the media chamber. The size and configuration of the media is determined by the nature of the application. E. Clean Water Compartment: The processed water compartment contains the ADJUSTABLE FLUID WEIR,which controls all of the TOSS tanks water level. In addition, this is where the processed fluid is discharged. PRECAUTIONS A. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT cannot remove chemically emulsified oils from the water. NOTE: Emulsifying type cleaners should not be used at any time. B. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT must be primed properly at initial start-up. See START-UP PROCEDURE. C. NEVER drain the EdjeTech TOSS UNIT without first removing all oil and from the top portion of the media pack(this can be done by raising the water weir to its highest level). D. NEVER EXCEED THE RATED INLET FLOW TO THE TOSS UNIT. E. THE INLET CONTENTS MUST NOT EXCEED AN AVERAGE OF 20% TO 50% OIL. Inlet oil contents of up to 100% can be tolerated for short periods of time. If very large quantities of oil are present, the water 18 discharge weir of the TOSS UNIT should be raised and the oil removed by gravity flow. F. NEVER OPERATE THE EdjeTech TOSS UNIT WHEN THE OIL FLOW OUT OFTHE TOSS UNIT IS RESTRICTED. START-UP PROCEDURE 1. Check for proper installation of all EdjeTech TOSS UNIT components. See INSTALLATION. 2. Remove all shipping materials, cardboard, tape, from interior of the TOSS UNIT. 3. Insure that influent flow to the TOSS UNIT is unrestricted. 6. Lower the Adjustable Fluid Weir to its lowest point. 7. Fill the TOSS UNIT with clean water by running a hose into the inlet tank. Water level should start to overflow the Water Discharge Weir. 8. Prime the TOSS UNIT by adding several gallons of oil SLOWLY onto the media chamber until a 1/4" layer of oil is evenly distributed across the surface of the water. Do the same in the inlet tank. The oil used should be similar to the major contaminant in the dirty sump. 9. Introduce oil / water mixture from sump to the inlet of the TOSS UNIT. Feed the mixture at a flow rate, which does not exceed the TOSS UNITS flow rate. See SPECIFICATIONS section(1.4 Specifications and Reference Data) for proper flow rate. 10. Lower the position of the Adjustable Fluid Weir until the oil is just about to over flow into the oil trough. 11. The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT will automatically process the oil/water mixture without interruption and unattended by personnel. OPERATING PROCEDURES 1. The level in the inlet tank should be marked at start-up and observed periodically. If level rises despite adherence to specified flow rate, see TROUBLESHOOTING. 2. The inlet tank should be drained periodically and cleaned of any accumulated dirt. Refer to REMOVAL OF SEDIMENT FROM SEPARATOR. 3. The water level in the process tank should be checked to insure that the discharge piping is not obstructed. Effluent should not exceed the height of the water discharge weir in the TOSS tank. 4. Oil collecting drums should be routinely emptied to avoid overflow. 5. The media pack may become fouled with tarry materials. It should be cleaned as necessary using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 19 MAINTENANCE The EdjeTech TOSS UNIT will provide long-term and trouble free service when operated within the design conditions. Since there is no moving parts only a filter, maintenance consists of a periodic flushing of accumulated sediment and checking the filter bag. Normal amounts of suspended solids will not clog the highly permeable media. Procedures are used to deal with excessive solids. To wash media simply remove the media and hose down for a quick flushing and replace media.. Frequency of flushing is determined by the amount of solids in the oil/water mixture. COMPLETE INTERNAL CLEANING If the effluent is continually dirty, or if the media pack becomes fouled with tarry materials or solids, a complete internal cleaning of the EdjeTech TOSS UNIT may be necessary. To thoroughly clean all internal surfaces, it is necessary to purge the remaining oil and drain the contents of the TOSS UNIT. The following procedures are recommended. 1. Shut "off' supply pump to the TOSS UNIT. 2. The oil discharge line should be diverted from routine collecting drum to another tank or barrel. 3. Raise the Adjustable Fluid Weir to a level that allows for maximum discharge of both oil and water to flow over the oil trough. 4. Open the Separator Tank Drain and circulate clean water through the media chamber at a slow rate. Continue backflushing until most or all of the floating oil has been removed, and clear water flows over the oil weirs. 5. Shut off clean water supply when all of the oil floating in the media chamber and inlet tank has been purged from the unit. 6. Disconnect the clean water supply and completely drain the TOSS UNIT. 7. Remove the media pack. 8. Clean media pack with water, steam, and cleaners available from EdjeTech. EMULSIFYING TYPE CLEANERS SHOULD NOT BE USED AT ANY TIME. 9. Flush all internal surfaces with water, steam, and ECOCLEAN cleaners. 10. Reinstall media pack. 11. Oil discharge line should be returned to routine collecting drum. 12. Repeat STARTUP PROCEDURE. 20 CONTAMINATED MEDIA If the media becomes fouled with tarry materials, it may be cleaned in one of the following ways: 1. Use ECOCLEAN 20OHD Biodegradable cleaners at an economical dilution ratio for stainless steel, painted, or fiberglass surfaces. Just spray on the cleaner on the media and rinse. 2. Circulate ECOCLEAN 20OHD non-emulsifying cleaners, through the TOSS UNIT with water. The cleaner will pass through the same areas as the oil dissolving any tarry deposits and will separate at the discharge weir. The cleaner may be collected and recycled. 3. Using a steam lance, introduce steam into the media bed at a point below the oil layer. The steam will dissolve any tarry materials and allow them to separate and move into the oil trap. 4. Remove the contaminated media pack from the TOSS UNIT and clean by any suitable means. TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST PROBLEM: A. OIL CONTENT IN WATER EFFLUENT IS TOO HIGH. Possible Cause: 1. Oil from sump has been CHEMICALLY EMULSIFIED 2. Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. 3. T.O.S.S. UNIT has not been properly primed at start-up. Solution: 1. Run a bench/lab test and send a one gallon fluid sample to EdjeTech. EdjeTech will test and identify problem and offer corrective measures. 2. Clean media using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 3. See STARTUP PROCEDURE. B. OIL CONTAMINATED SOLIDS BREAKING THROUGH INTO THE WATER EFFLUENT. Possible Cause: Media pack contaminated with sediment or tarry materials. Solution: Clean media pack using one of the methods on CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 21 C. WATER CONTENT IN OIL EFFLUENT IS TOO HIGH. Possible Cause: 1.Adjustable Fluid Weir set too high. 2.Rated inlet flow has been exceeded 3.Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. 4.Effluent water flow restricted. Solution: 1.Reset adjustable fluid weir. See START-UP PROCEDURE. 2. Set pump at proper flow rate. 3.Clean media pack using one of the methods listed on CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 4.Check valve and water outlet piping for restrictions. D. NO FREE OIL IS BEING REMOVED. Possible Cause: 1. Detergent content in coolant is too high and is emulsifying oil. 2. Coolant strength is too high. 3. No tramp oil (less than 1%) in system. Solution: 1. Run a bench/lab test(send sample to EdjeTech)will have solution. 2. Run a bench/lab test and reduce coolant concentration. 3. Run a bench/lab test. E. TOSS UNIT OVERFLOWING Possible Cause: 1. Rated inlet flow has been exceeded 2. Effluent water flow restricted. 3. Effluent oil flow restricted. 4. Media pack clogged with tarry materials or bacterial residue. Solution: 1. Set pump at proper flow rate 2. Check valve and water outlet piping for restrictions. 3. Check valve and oil outlet piping for restrictions. 4. Clean media using one of the methods listed in CONTAMINATED MEDIA. 22 PRETREATMENT 4.1 SOLIDS Several Pretreatment products are available for removing solids prior to the SWAT SYSTEM. Consult EdjeTech Services for further information. 4.2 OILS THE SWAT SYSTEM is able to process large amounts of free-floating oils. The systems TOSS unit will separate floating oils and prepare the emulsions for processing through the element. 23 POSTTREATMENT Post Treatment may be required to meet local, state, and/or federal EPA regulations. The most common post treatment modules used to clarify water before discharge is: 1. Activated Carbon 2. Activated Clay 3. Reverse Osmosis 4. Ion Exchange 1.ACTIVATED CARBON Most water effluent (permeate) from mineral oil based water soluble fluids may require only activated carbon to maintain T.O.C. & T.O.G. LEVELS for safe sewer discharge. 2.ACTIVATED CLAY Some water effluent (permeate) may have soluble heavy metals that must be removed before discharge. Activated clay is used to reduce or remove heavy metals from the water stream. SEMI-SYNTHETIC FLUIDS Some fluids contain mineral oils, organic soaps and chemical compounds that require activated carbon and clay to clarify Permeate (water effluent) discharge. SYNTHETIC FLUIDS These fluids are compounded from chemical solutions. They contain no mineral oils or organic soaps. They are very stable and difficult to waste treat by normal chemical treatment. 3. REVERSE OSMOSIS REVERSE OSMOSIS is used to clarify the permeate from a synthetic fluid to reduce the C.O.D. and bring the discharge water into compliance with local discharge requirements. Reverse Osmosis is also used to clarify water for reuse as a make-up fluid to a coolant system or other secondary water supply systems in the plant. 4. ION EXCHANGE ION EXCHANGE is used where soluble metals are in quantity to recover for another process or where the permeate water is to be reused as a process fluid for mixing new coolant. EdjeTech Services will help you select the proper system to clarify waste water for sewer discharge or for reuse. We are able to size and build a post treatment system to your individual requirements. Contact your local EdjeTech Service Representative or the factory help. 24 Electrical Panel Q Reset button E-Stop button • When Power is turned on 1) The e-stop button must be pulled out 2) The reset button must be pushed before the system can run. 3) When power turned on the audio alarm may sound,press the reset button and reset alarms Control Screen ' f IAIEAIE CAL M, MA FOR (3)Tank water levels indicators ;� E-STOP pushed '■�► gi (Not visible here) TIME To NEXT sacK' A—Backflush time cycle Pump/Process mode controls I SELECT CW ENARIE TOSS MANUAL Atr Permeate flow (gpm)not shown CON.PUMPOUT PERMPUMPOUT Other control screens tn)itrgl".r Rf iN SET POINTS 30 PfiOCF. 9VIElV MAar; :aK Ull, ill Vt 1�.V11�rCV31''PVi.i I"llri-+ Tank levels Enabled(green) Disabled(red) Pic 10 Shows energized Actuators and Pumps (External tank levels is optional and may not be on your system 25 Starting up the system with the control screen 1) Press buttons (as seen in pic 11) a. ENABLE TOSS (This turns on the TOSS, Oil/Water separator pump) b. PROCESS (This turns on the SWAT/Process pump) c. PERM PUMPOUT (This allows the permeated fluid to be pumped to an external tank. tip DIRIV PI AM DII I NNR IRXN IRNR tl Ull IkUll ll Ull Al sa av f1 do BI PC F 393 19.6 35,E - NEXTN9RLKFLU$N SELECTCW YWUAI MDOE CONC PUMPOUT MANUAISCREEN SET POINTS 30 PROCESS VIEW ALARMS -cvL-]CVE2 CVI2-=M=IP" Plc 11 You will see in this screen that 1) The PROCESS SELECTED, TOSS ENABLED AND PERM PUMPOUT are now red indicating they are engaged. 2) The minutes to next backflush is 1.8 minutes 3) The Process level is green meaning the water is high enough for the pumps to engage. 4) The (optional) external tank levels are red indicating the water level is low and pumps won't turn on. 5) The CV1-1, CV2-1, CV3-1, PV1-2, PV2-2 are energized indicating direction of actuators, in this case they are in the process mode setting. 6) The SWAT, TOSS, PERM are green indicating they are energized, a. Note: the DTYTR and PRMTR are (optional) external tank pumps and my not be on your system 3D View Screen Pressing the 3D mode button on the Control Screen will show you the 3D view of the system and which pumps are energized. I, REM" 26 Set Points Screen This screen allows you to control the levels at which the level sensors will energize or de-energize the pumps/modes SET POINTS TOSS PUMP LOU CIP SWAT LOW 7 LEVEL SHUTDOWN LEVEL SHUTDOWN - '�O D FF 1 5.0' 6.0 6. 0 TOSS PUMP HIGH CIP SWAT HIGH PR& LEVEL TURN ON LEVEL. TURN ON F- r-6.0 36. 0 4E DIRTY TRANS PUMP - - OFF LEVEL LOW LLV6. OFF =F4- _ _ 38_ .Ei 6.0; 6.0 DIRTY TRANS PUMP SYSTEM TANK HIGH BACKFLUSH ON LEVEL LEVEL ALARM SP PERM PUMP ON BACKFLUS INTERVAL F 41,MINUTES And also control the backflush cycle (in minutes Touch the yellow block you want to change and select the level or minutes - desired. Legend of touch screen buttons: TOSS pump level shutdown Permeate tank low level off TOSS pump high level turn on Controls level sensor LS3 (second input) Controls level sensor LS 1 in Inlet tank Backflush mode permeate pump off CIP SWAT low level shutoff Backflush mode permeate pump on CIP SWAT high level turn on Controls level sensor LS2 (second input) Controls level sensor LS2 in CIP tank Process mode Perm pump off System tank high level alarm SP Process mode Perm pump on Controls level sensor LS 1 (second input) Controls level sensor LS3 in Permeate tank Dirty transfer pump off level Backflush internal (minutes) Dirty transfer pump on level Controls timing from Process mode to backflush Controls level sensor LS 1 (second input) mode Optional control (may not be on your system) 27 Manual Mode Screen *Control each item on r INL;♦L MOD IF ���L t� this screen manually. CV1-2 PV2 SWAT Pt"'1 Actuator positions I 2 1 Legend CV1-1 CV open to Process tank CV 1-2 CV 1 open to CIP tank CV2-1 CV2 open to Process tank CV2-2 CV2 open to pump out CV3-1 CV3 open to Process tank CV3-2 CV3 open to CIP tank PV 1 Rotates PV 1 PV2 Rotates PV2 PV3 Rotates PV3 TOSS Pump manually runs the TOSS pump,bypassing level switches SWAT Pump manually runs the SWAT pump, bypassing level switches Permeate Pump manually runs the Permeate pump, bypassing level switches 4-PERMEATE TANK P1-TOSS PUMP 5-CIP TANK 1-DIRTY INLET TANK LS4(not visible) 2-TOSS TANK 3-PROCESS TANK � CV3 PV2 CV1,CV2,CV3=1.5" actuated valves PV1,PV2,PV3=1" PV1 actuated valves CV2 PV3 CV1 LS1 LS3 P2-SWAT PUMP LS2 F1 P3-PREMEATE PUMP 28 Flow Positions for SWAT 500 Actuator Note: Position 1 is to the right with the center facing person Positions 1 Process mode(on for 45 minutes off for 30 seconds) 2 —N� 1 CV1 1 CV2 1 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 2 Process flow permeate pump out mode(on when tank is full and when external permeate holding tank is low) CV1 1 CV2 1 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 1 SWATPump On Permeate Pump On 3 Back flush in Process mode(on every 45 minutes for 30 seconds) CV1 1 CV2 2 CV3 1 PV1 2 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump Off Permeate Pump On 4 Clean in place(CIP)mode(on for 5 minutes off for 10 seconds) CV1 2 CV2 1 CV3 2 PV1 1 PV2 1 PV3 1 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 5 Clean in place(CIP)backflush mode(on for 10 seconds off for 5 minutes) CV1 2 CV2 2 CV3 2 PV1 1 PV2 1 PV3 1 SWATPump Off Permeate Pump Ready state 6 Concentrate pump out(Operator controlled) CV1 1 CV2 2 CV3 1 PV1 1 PV2 2 PV3 2 SWATPump On Permeate Pump Ready state 29 CONTROLLED BUTTON TYPES ON LIGHT INDICATORS BY SENSOR MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES Model HP FLA TOUCH SCREEN WHEN ON SWITCH P1 TOSS PUMP CPM-22 1/2 1.1 LS1 P2 SWAT PUMP CDU200/5-3HP 3 5 LS2&L54 P3 PERMEATE PUMP 1HM 3/4 1.32 LS3 * P4 DIRTY TRANSFER PUMP CDU70 3/4 LS1 * P5 PERMEATE TRANSFER PUMP CDU70 3/4 LS3 SENSOR SWITCHES LOCATION TYPE CONTROLS Time F1 FLOW SENSOR PIPE 3-2536-PO READS PERMEATE FLOW 1)Pl OFF/ON at preset setpoints 2)P40FF/ON at presetsetpoints LS1 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR DIRTYTANK PN2698 3)SYSTEM HIGH LEVEL ALARM IN DIRTY TANK On always Clean in Place mode:PUMP P20N/OFF IN CIPTANK LS2 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIP TANK PN2698 (not on in other modes) Operator controlled Process mode: P30n/Off at preset setpoints Backflush mode:P3 On/Off at 2nd preset setpoints, In backflush mode LS3 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSOR PERMEATE TANK PN2698 Low level off set point turns off P2&P3 on 30sec/off 45 min I In Process mode on LS4 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN PROCESS TANK 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P2Off/On 45 min/off 30 sec ** LS5 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN EXT DIRTY TAN K 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P4Off/On EXT PERMEATE ** LS6 MERCURY TYPE PUMP DOWN ITANK 2900-B1S4C1-2 PUMP P3Off/On * Note: P4 and P5 pumps are 'optional equipment" and may not be on your system. **Note: LS5 and LS6 are optional equipment and are for systems that have incorporated an external dirty tank and an external permeate tank. (May not be on your system) 30 Section 8- PERMEATE FLOW RECORD KEEPING Date Liquid Processed Permeate water flow rate Time Operated Pressure Pressure Pressure P-1 P-2 P-3 31 Section 9 CIP RECORD KEEPING Date Length of Cleaning Cleaning Solution Permeate Flow Temperature Forward flow Reverse flow (Time Operated) used Rate P1 P2 P1 P2 32 Models : C D U C D X 2 C D U 2 C D X 0 Instruction and Operation Manual PRO Steel Centrifugal 2-Stage Centrifugal E EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Contents Section Page SafetyInstructions...........................................................................................................2 GeneralDescription.........................................................................................................2 Installation........................................................................................................................3 Selectioncharts...............................................................................................................4 Specifications...................................................................................................................5 Sectionalview..................................................................................................................9 Mounting Instructions.....................................................................................................13 Maintenance..................................................................................................................14 CDU/CDX Assembly Instructions..................................................................................15 Assembly/Disassembly..................................................................................................16 Troubleshooting..............................................................................................................17 +WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Rules for Safe Installation and Operation 1. Read these rules and instructions carefully.Failure to follow them could cause serious bodily injury and/or property damage. 2. Check your local codes before installing.You must comply with their rules 3. For maximum safety,this product should be connected to a grounded circuit equipped with a ground fault interrupter device. 4. Before installing this product, have the electrical circuit checked by an electrician to make sure it is properly grounded. 5. Before installing or servicing your pump, BE CERTAIN pump power source is disconnected. 6. Make sure the line voltage and frequency of the electrical current supply agrees with the motor wiring. If motor is dual voltage type, BE SURE it is wired correctly for your power supply. 7. Complete pump and piping system MUST be protected against below freezing temperature. Failure to do so could cause severe damage and void the warranty. 8. Avoid system pressures that may exceed one and a half times the operating point selected from the pump performance curve. 9. Do not run your pump dry. If it is, there will be damage to the pump seal. General Description CDU, 2CDU, CDX, 2CDX model pumps may be used for the pumping of clean water and other fluids compatible with 304 stainless steel.These pumps are not to be used for handling dirty water or water with suspended solids, water containing acids, or corrosive liquids, seawater, and flammable or dangerous liquids. Please see pump specifications for fluid temperature ranges.These pumps are not designed to run without water. 2CDU/2CDXU model pumps and CDU/CDXU model pumps are similar in function and construction.The differences between the models include: • single impeller vs.twin impeller • flow rate • heads • weight • dimensions. Please see the technical specifications in this manual for more detailed descriptions. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 2 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Rules for Safe Installation and Operation PACKAGE CONTENTS 1. Be sure all parts have been furnished and that nothing has been damaged in shipment. 2. The catalog lists all parts included with package.A packing list packed with pump, also lists contents. 3. OPEN PACKAGES AND MAKE THIS CHECK BEFORE GOING TO JOBSITE. PIPING— Pipes must line up and not be forced into position by unions. Piping should be independently supported near the pump so that no strain will be placed on the pump casing.Where any noise is objectionable, pump should be insulated from the piping with rubber connections.Always keep pipe size as large as possible and use a minimum of fittings to reduce friction losses. SUCTION PIPING—Suction pipe should be direct and as short as possible. It should be at least one size larger than suction inlet tapping and should have a minimum of elbows and fittings(5 to 6 pipe diameters of straight pipe before inlet is recommended). The piping should be laid out so that it slopes upward to pump without dips or high points so that air pockets are eliminated. The highest point in the suction piping should be the pump inlet except where liquid flows to the pump inlet under pressure. The suction pipe must be tight and free of air leaks or pump will not operate properly. DISCHARGE PIPING—Discharge piping should never be smaller than pump tapping and should preferably be one size larger.A gate valve should always be installed in discharge line for throttling if capacity is not correct.To protect the pump from water hammer and to prevent backflow, a check valve should be installed in the discharge line between the pump and gate valve. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS—Be sure motor wiring is connected for voltage being used. Unit should be connected to a separate circuit. A fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker must be used in this circuit. Wire of sufficient size should be used to keep voltage drop to a maximum of 5%. Single phase motors have built-in overload protection. Flexible metallic conduit should be used to protect the motor leads. PRIMING—The pump must be primed before starting.The pump casing and suction piping must be filled with water before starting motor. Remove vent plug in top of casing while pouring in priming water.A hand pump or ejector can be used for priming when desired. When water is poured into pump to prime, remove all air before starting motor. STARTING—When the pump is up to operating speed, open the discharge valve to obtain desired capacity or pressure. Do not allow the pump to run for long periods with the discharge valve tightly closed. If the pump runs for an extended period of time without liquid being discharged, the liquid in the pump case can get extremely hot. ROTATION—All single phase motors are single rotation and leave factory with proper rotation.Three phase motors should be checked to ensure proper rotation FREEZING—Care should be taken to prevent the pump from freezing during cold weather. It may be necessary,when there is any possibility of this,to drain the pump casing when not in operation. Drain by removing the pipe plug in the bottom of the casing. ROTARY SEAL—PRO STEEL pumps are fitted only with rotary seal. This seal is recommended for LIQUIDS free from abrasives. LOCATION OF UNIT—The pump should be installed as near to the liquid source as is practical so that the static suction head (vertical distance from the center line of the pump to water level) is maximized, and so that a short, direct suction pipe may be used. The capacity of a centrifugal pump is reduced when the unit is operated under a high suction lift.The piping should be as free from turns and bends as possible, as elbows and fittings greatly increase friction loss. Place the unit so that it is readily accessible for service and maintenance and on a solid foundation,which provides a rigid and vibration-free support. Protect the pump against flooding and excess moisture. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 3 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Model CDU Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3450 RPM IIMIN Ft 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 200 50M 150 40 7015-2HP 100 12015-3HP 30 0 w 60 70/3-1'/HP 2001- = 3H a p 20 60 12013- 1%HP 20013- 50 70/1-''/.HP 3HP 15 40 120/1.1HP 20011- 10 30- 0 1% P 6 20 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 CAPACITY IN GPM Model CDX Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3600 RPM 1 2 3 5 10 15 Q m3/h I I I I I I 15 30 60 90 150 250 Q I/min 300 H 80 H ft 200 60 m 50 150 40 I I o 0 100 I I IN CDIN N 30 75 I I 0 20 50 I U I U U 40 10 5 10 20 30 50 Imp.g.p.m. 5 10 20 30 50 100 U.S.g.p.m. Model 2CDU/2CDX Selection chart Synchronous Speed 3600 RPM I/MIN 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 Ft. 250 70M 220 200--- 2CDXU 70/306.3HP 2CDXU 2001506-SHP 60 CDU 7013063HP 2CDU 2001506-51HP 0 LU 170 = 50 J H 150 2CDXU 70I206.2HP p 2CDU 701206.2HP H 2CDXU 1201306 40 1 -3HP 120 2CDU 1201306 -3HP 35 100 30 904 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 CAPACITY IN GPM EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 4 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — CDX Standard Optional Size Suction 11/4" NPT Thread 1'/2" NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 1/4 HP to 3 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 68 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 40 to 130 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum: 140°F (60°C) Working pressure Maximum:8 PSI Materials Casing 304 Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304 Stainless Steel Shaft 303 Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal Consult factory for additional Carbon/Ceramic/NBR seal options Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type TEFC/IP55 Speed 60 Hz, 3600 RPM (2 poles) Single Phase 230V Three Phase 230/460V Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) Bearing Sealed Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 5 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — CDU Standard Optional Size Suction CDU70— 11/4" NPT thread CDU120- 1'/4" NPT thread CDU200— 11/2" NPT thread Discharge 1" NPT thread Range of HP 3/4 HP to 3 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 95 GPM at 3450 RPM Head 26 to 144 feet at 3450 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Water Temperature 212°F (100°C) Max.250°F (121°C)with optional high temperature seal Max.working pressure 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Type 21 High temperature version Mild chemical version Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type NEMA 56J Frame Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) 60Hz, 1725 RPM (4 poles) Single Phase TEFC-3/4 HP to 3 HP ODP-3/4 HP to 3 HP, 115/230V Explosion proof—consult factory Three Phase TEFC-3/4 HP to 3 HP Washdown duty—consult factory ODP-3/4 HP to 3 HP, 208-230/460V Bearing Ball Bearing Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 6 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — 2CDXU Standard Optional Size Suction 2CDXU70— 11/4'' NPT Thread 2CDXU120— 1'/4' NPT Thread 2CDXU200— 1'/2' NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 2 HP to 5 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 66 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 98 to 245 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum:212°F (100°C) Working pressure Maximum: 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft 304L Stainless Steel Bracket Aluminum or Cast iron Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Carbon/Ceramic Consult factory for optional seal types Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type TEFC/IP55 Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) Three Phase 230/460V Motor Casing Aluminum Bearing Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 7 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Specifications — 2CDU Standard Optional Size Suction 2CDU70— 11/4" NPT Thread 2CDU120— 11/4" NPT Thread 2CDU200— 11/2" NPT Thread Discharge 1" NPT Thread Range of HP 2 HP to 5 HP Range of Performance Capacity 5.5 to 66 GPM at 3600 RPM Head 98 to 245 feet at 3600 RPM Liquid handled Type of liquid Clean water Temperature Maximum:212°F (100°C) Maximum:250°F (121°C)with optional high temperature seal Working pressure Maximum: 125 PSI (9 Bar) Materials Casing 304L Stainless Steel Impeller(closed type) 304L Stainless Steel Shaft 304L Stainless Steel Bracket Cast iron Shaft Seal Mechanical Seal—Type 21 High temperature version Mild chemical version Direction of Rotation Clockwise when viewed from motor end Motor Type NEMA 56J Frame Speed 60 Hz, 3450 RPM (2 poles) Single Phase TEFC—2 HP to 5 HP ODP—2 HP to 3 HP, 115/230V Explosion proof—consult factory Three Phase TEFC—2 HP to 5 HP Washdown duty—consult factory ODP—2 HP to 3 HP, 208-230/460V Motor Protection Built-in overload protection (single phase) Bearing Ball Bearing EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 8 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Exploded view — CDX 3 92 _ i I 4 26 734 - 73 \ �1 75 77 24 23 ® ` 52 15 14 � 93 \ \ 77 I o 75 i 24 Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304 Stainless 1 003 Motor bracket Cast Aluminum 1 004 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 007 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 011 Mechanical seal Carbon/Ceramic 1 014 Fan Polypropolene 1 015 Fan Cover Steel 1 023 Capacitor Single Phase only 1 024 Priming/Drain plug 303 Stainless 2 026 O-Ring NBR 1 032 Key 304 Stainless 1 034 Impeller nut 304 Stainless 1 052 Terminal box Plastic 1 053 Terminal cover Plastic 1 073 Casing ring NBR 1 075 Washer 304 Stainless 2 077 O-ring NBR 2 092 Lip seal — 1 093 Lip seal — 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 9 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.07/04 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Sectional view — CDU 800 018 120-3 011 111 115 `t Q 021 001 048 9 129 135-2 \ t 1 ,1 160 107* 120-1 135-1 Part No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304L Stainless 1 011 Casing cover 304L Stainless 1 018 Bracket Aluminum 1 021 Impeller 304L Stainless 1 048 Impeller nut 304L Stainless 1 107* Casing ring (*CDU 70 series only) Viton 1 111 Mechanical seal — 1 115 O-Ring Viton 1 120-1 Bolt 304L Stainless 8 120-2 Bolt 304L Stainless 2 120-3 Bolt 304L Stainless 4 120-4 Bolt 304L Stainless 1 129 Nut 304L Stainless 1 135-1 Washer 304L Stainless 8 135-2 Washer Aluminum 2 160 Base Steel 1 212-2 Plug 304L Stainless 2 800 Motor — 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 10 EBARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation 92 Exploded view - 2CDX 26 4\ 11 \ 79 27 72 \\\ 103 � J 105 8 34 73 102 77 / f 75 �- 53 24 23 � 15 li < � 14 o .� 52 93 32 0 75 77 24 �.i Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 1 Casing 304 Stainless 1 4 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 7 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 8 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 9 Diffuser 304 Stainless 1 11 Mechanical seal Carbon/Ceramic 1 14 Fan Polypropolene 1 15 Fan cover Steel 1 23* Capacitor* *Single phase only 1 24 Priming plug 303 Stainless 2 26 O-Ring Viton 1 27 O-Ring Viton 1 32 Key 304 Stainless 2 34 Impeller nut 304 Stainless 1 52 Terminal box Polypropolene 1 53 Terminal cover Polypropolene 1 72 Casing ring Viton 1 73 Casing ring Viton 1 75 Washer 304 Stainless 2 77 O-ring Viton 2 79 Spacer diffuser 304 Stainless 1 92 Lip seal — 1 93 Lip seal — 1 102 Suction cover 304 Stainless 1 103 Conveyor cover 304 Stainless 1 105 Sleeve 304 Stainless 1 *Note:Capacitor for Single Phase ONLY EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 11 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.07/04 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Sectional view — 2CDU 142 4 3 m �� 31 1 79 7 f 72 27 \ 103 ' 1D5 9\ 34 102 ' 73 71 t 24 75 \ \ •_. - a 1 �j7 77 32 1 75 24 Location No. Part Name Material No. for 1 Unit 001 Casing 304 Stainless 1 003 Motor bracket Cast Aluminum 1 004 Casing cover 304 Stainless 1 006 Shaft extension 304 Stainless 1 007 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 008 Impeller 304 Stainless 1 009 Diffuser 304 Stainless 1 011 Mechanical Seal Type 21 Carbon/Ceramic 1 024 Priming plug/Drain plug 303 Stainless 2 026 O-Ring Viton 1 027 O-Ring Viton 1 032 Key Stainless 2 034 Impeller nut 304 Stainless/Nylon 1 072 Casing ring Viton 2 073 Casing ring Viton 1 075 Washer 304 Stainless 2 077 O-ring Viton 2 079 Spacer diffuser 304 Stainless 1 102 Suction cover 304 Stainless 1 103 Conveyor cover 304 Stainless 1 105 Sleeve 304 Stainless 1 142 Base Steel 1 EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 12 EaARA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Mounting Instructions Mounting the Assembly Do not operate the pump unless the assembly is securely and properly mounted. Misalignment of the motor/pump assembly or not having the assembly reasonably level may cause pump vibration, noisy operation, fluid leaks, or air leaks and air locks in the suction pipe. 1. Place the motor/pump assembly in its intended operating position. 2. Level the pump through the centerline of the motor/pump assembly suction port. A! WARNING Initial Operation Make certain the motor is not connected to a power source until the motor is properly assembled and mounted. Serious personal injury or damage to the motor/pump assembly could occur if the motor is activated improperly. Only certified electricians should make electrical connections. 1. Prime the pump by adding fluid to the volute case through the top plug.To properly prime the pump, venting may be required. 2. Check the nameplate on the motor to determine the correct wiring procedure for your intended power source and if the motor is single or three phase. Connect the motor to a power source by following the wiring procedure on the motor's nameplate. Note: a. Single phase motors are typically dual voltage. In some cases, three phase motors are tri-voltage. Check the nameplate and follow the proper wiring procedure for the voltage you are using. Improperly wiring the motor could result in damage to the motor. b. Three phase motors require a control box. Install overload protection to help prevent motor damage. c. Depending on the wiring, three phase motors may start in reverse. Interchange any two power leads to change the starting direction and pump rotation. • Always follow correct operating procedures. • Always disconnect the motor/pump assembly from all power sources before servicing the pump or motor. • Periodically check all power connections, bolts, screws, and the motor's mounting. • Failure to properly follow assembly and operating instructions could result in damage to the pump and motor. • Failure to properly install the impeller and impeller nut could result in damage to the pump and could cause serious personal injury. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 13 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Maintenance Service Keep ventilation openings clear of extraneous objects which may hinder free flow of air thru motor. Motor bearings are lubricated during manufacture.Additional lubrication is not required during their normal lifetime. A! CAUTION Draining The pump and piping should always be protected against freezing temperatures. If there is any danger of freezing, the unit should be drained.To drain the pump, remove the drain plug at the bottom of the volute, and remove the priming plug to vent the pump. Drain all piping. Disassembly Instructions — CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX All pumping parts can be removed from case without disturbing the piping. 1 WARNING POWER SUPPLY—Open the power supply switch contacts and remove fuses. Disconnect the electrical wiring from the motor. VOLUTE CASE (a) Drain pump case by removing drain plugs. (b) Remove the bolts securing volute case to pump bracket. (c) Pry volute case from casing cover with a screwdriver. IMPELLER CDU — Hold the motor shaft with a screwdriver in the shaft end slot. Remove the impeller nut. Grasp and turn the impeller counterclockwise (as viewed from pump end). CDX, 2CDX, 2CDU—Hold the motor shaft with a screwdriver in the shaft end slot. Use a wrench to remove the impeller nut. Slide impellers from the shaft. SEAL (a) Remove the rotating part of the seal by pulling it off the shaft. (b) The stationary seat can be pressed from the casing cover. CHECK LIST FOR EXAMINATION OF PUMP PARTS IMPELLER- Replace the impeller if any vane is broken, excessive erosion shows, or if labyrinth surfaces are worn. Impeller nut should be replaced if damaged. MECHANICAL SEAL- Seal face, 0-ring and sealing members should be free of burrs and dirt.Complete seal assembly should be replaced if not in perfect condition. SHAFT-Shaft surface under seal must be clean, smooth and without any grooves. It should be replaced if necessary. VOLUTE AND SEAL PLATE LABYRINTH SURFACES (Wear Rings)- If worn, replace the necessary part. If furnished with pressed in wear rings, only the rings need be replaced. NOTE If replacement parts are ordered, please furnish the following information to your EBARA distributor: 1. Reference Numbers 2. Description of Pump Part 3. EBARA Model Number and Serial Number on the Nameplate. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 14 EaAOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation CDU/CDX Assembly Instructions Position the pump on its end with the shaft up.The work surface should be level, capable of supporting the motor. 1 WARNING Make certain the motor is not connected to a power source. Do not install or assemble the pump on a motor connected to a power source.Serious injury could occur if the motor activates during pump assembly. Assembling the Pump 1. Position the motor bracket on the motor with the mounting feet toward the motor.Cross-tighten bolts to factory recommended torque of 6 ft.lbs. 2. Using finger pressure only, firmly press the stationary seal seat into the casing cover. Press the seat until it evenly bottoms out in the seat cavity. 3. Be careful not to damage the stationary seal. a. Position the casing cover over the the motor shaft. b.Align the casing cover holes with the motor bracket holes. c. Firmly press the casing cover into position. (Casing cover may need to be tapped into place by using a rubber mallet.) 4. Ensure all seals have good contact. a. Carefully press the rotating seal assembly onto the motor shaft. Ensure the face of the seal assembly has solid, square contact with the stationary seal seat. b. The seal retainer must seal against the motor shaft. c. Position the seal spring and seal washer. CDX pumps do not require seal spring washers. 5. Failure to properly install the impeller and the impeller nut could result in the impeller spinning off the shaft in three phase applications (when the motor may start in reverse rotation). For CDU pumps: a.While holding the seal spring in place, thread the impeller clockwise onto the motor shaft. b. Use a screwdriver to hold the motor shaft stationary.Turn the impeller on the shaft until it spins down and bottoms out. Make certain that the impeller is firmly bottomed and sealed. c. Install the impeller nut onto the shaft in the same manner as the impeller was installed. Make certain the impeller nut is firmly sealed against the impeller.Apply lock tite to the impeller nut before installing. For CDX pumps: a. Position key in keyway on shaft b. Slide impeller onto shaft c. Tighten impeller nut. 6. Position the Viton 0-ring over the casing cover. Do not cut nick or damage the 0-ring during installation. 7. The discharge can be positioned in the direction desired. a. Position the pump volute casing over the casing cover. b. Rotate the discharge to the desired direction. c. Align the bolt holes and secure the case to the casing cover with lock washers and cap screws. d. Cross tighten the bolts to 3.4 Ibs (factory recommended torque).Overtightening may result in stripping of the motor bracket threads. 8. Position the mounting base on the pump and secure with cap screws. 9. Place the bolt and lock nut on the back of the mounting base.Adjust the bolt height to support the motor and tighten the lock nut to secure the bolt height. 10. Rotate the impeller to ensure proper alignment. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 15 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Assembly Instructions — Models 2CDU, 2CDX For 2CDX start with step#3. 1. Apply thread locker to the shaft extension.Thread shaft extension on to the motor shaft.Tighten to 10Nm ( 7.5 ftlb). 2. Attach motor bracket to the motor cross tightening the bolts.8 Nm (6 ftlbs) 3. Install stationary seal in the casing cover. Press the seal until it evenly bottoms out in the seat cavity. 4. Carefully press the casing cover onto the motor bracket. Be sure to align the casing cover bolt-holes with the bolt-holes in the motor bracket. 5. Carefully press the rotating seal assembly onto the motor shaft. Ensure that the face of the seal assembly has solid, square contact with the stationary seat. Position the seal spring and spring washer. (2CDX pumps do not require a seal spring washer.) 6. Install the casing cover o-ring. Do not nick or cut the o-ring. 7. Install key in the location to accept the delivery side impeller. Reference the parts list to ensure the proper part number impeller is in the proper position. 8. Install sleeve and key for the suction side impeller. 9. Install diffuser spacer. Be sure to align the diffuser spacer notch with the casing cover spigot. 10. Install the o-ring on the conveyor cover. 11. Assemble the conveyor cover being sure to align the casing cover notch with the diffuser spacer spigot. 12. Install the diffuser. 13. Slide the suction side impeller onto the shaft into its proper position. Reference the parts list to ensure the proper part number impeller is in the proper position. 14. Install the suction cover. 15. Thread the self locking nut onto the shaft and tighten For 2CDU, go to step 16.A For 2CDX, go to step 16. 16. Place casing onto the assembly, aligning the holes of the casing with the holes of the casing cover and the motor bracket.Thread the casing bolts and crass tighten to 8 Nm (6 ft. Ibs). Go to step 19. 16 a. Place casing onto the assembly aligning the holes of the casing with the holes of the casing cover and motor bracket.Thread the M6x 16 bolts into the upper side holes.Thread the M6 X 30 bolts in the lower side holes. Cross tighten the casing bolts to 8Nm (6 ftlbs) 17 a. Fit the base onto the bolts protruding from the lower side holes. Using lock washers and nuts secure the base to the assembly. 18 a. Install nut and screw in the jack screw position in the base. Set the pump on a horizontal surface and loosen jack screw until it comes in contact with the bottom of the motor. 19. Rotate pump shaft to ensure proper alignment of assembly. Pump shaft should rotate with out rubbing if assembly installation is correct. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 16 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Troubleshooting TROUBLE POSSIBLE CAUSE TROUBLESHOOTING Pump does not run. Faulty connection of power supply circuit. Check power supply circuit. Wrong wiring of control circuit. Correct control circuit. Bound shaft Remove cause of obstruction. Mechanical seal faces stuck together Release seal by turning shaft. Faulty motor Repair or replace motor. Damage to bearing Repair or replace any damaged bearing. Pump does not pump water. Considerable voltage drop. Correct rotation direction. Inadequate quantity. Rotation direction reversed. Re-prime the pump. Lack of priming. Re-examine the plan. High discharge head. Re-examine the plan. Large piping loss. Clear foot valve suction. Clogged foot valve. Check and repair suction piping. Leakage from suction piping. Re-install as per instructions. Too high suction lift. Foot valve in ample immersion. Low water level. Overcurrent Considerable fluctuation of power supply voltage. Considerable voltage drop. Throttle flow rate at outlet. Low head and overflow rate. Replace any damage bearing. Damaged bearing. Pump vibrates, excessive operating Beyond rated capacity. Reduce flow rate. noise Cavitation. Consult distributor Improper piping. Secure piping again. Damaged bearing. Replace any damaged bearing. Foreign matter clogging cooling fan. Remove foreign matter. Pressurizing application. Too limited pressure switch setting. Replace pressure switch to wider range. Pump starts and soon stops Check and repair leaks. Pump does not stop Leakage in system. Reduce max pressure setting to the Too high pressure setting. lower in pressure switch. MAINTENANCE: The pump does not require special maintenance. The following rules must be observed for safe operation: If the pump is not going to be used for a long period, the pump should be drained of water and flushed with clean water. Where the pump is exposed to freezing temperatures, it should always be left drained when not in use. *All specifications subject to change without notice. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 17 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation Chemical Compatibility Chart Item Conc. Temp. *Code Item Conc. Temp. *Code No. Pumpage Type Formula % °F °C Level No. Pumpage Type Formula % F C Level 1 Acetic acid Ch,COOH 10 68' 20' 2 36 Phosphoric acid H,PO, 176' <_80° 3 2 Ammonium bicarbonate NH,CO, 10 68' 20' 2 37 Phthalic acid C5 H,(COOH)2 Wat.Sol. 68° 20° 2 3 Ammonium carbonate (NH,),CO, 68' 60' 3 38 Potassium bicarbonate KHCO, 30 68, 20, 1 4 Ammonium chloride NH,CL 10 68' 20' 3 39 Potassium carbonate K2 CO3 40 68° 20, 1 5 Ammonium hydroxide NH,OH 10 176° <80° 3 40 Potassium chloride K CL 10 68' 20' 2 6 Ammonium nitrate NH,NO, 5 3 41 Potassium hydroxide K OH 10 176, <80° 2 7 Beer 1 42 Potassium permanganate KM,,0, 68' 20' 2 8 Benzilic acid C,H5 COOH 10 68° 20° 2 43 Potassium phosphate KH2 PO4 10 176' 80' 3 9 Benzilic acid C6 H5 COOH 68° 20' 2 44 Potassium sulfate K2 SO4 2 10 Boric acid H3 B03 5 68' 20° 1 45 Propionic acid CH3 CH2 CO2 H 20 6& 20° 2 11 Boric acid H,BO, 5 176° 80' 1 46 Propylene glycol CH3 CHOHCH20H 60 6& 20- 3 12 Brine 2 47 Salicylic acid C5 H4 0HCOOH 68° 20° 2 13 Butyric acid C,H7 COOH Wat.Sol. 2 48 Sodium bicarbonate NA HCO, 10 68° 20° 1 14 Calcium chloride CA C12 68' 20° 3 49 Sodium carbonate NA2CO, 140, <60, 1 15 Calcium nitrate CA(NO3)2 10 2 50 Sodium chloride NA C1 3 16 Calcium phosphate CA3(P0,)2 10 212' <_100° 2 51 Sodium hydroxide NAOH <10 140, <60, 2 17 Citric acid C,H,07 5 68' 20' 2 52 Sodium nitrate NANO, 10 2 18 Coffee 1 53 Sodium phosphate NA,PO4 212' <_100° 1 19 Copper sulfate C�SO4 5 68' 20' 2 54 Sodium sulfate NA2 SO, 5 140, <60, 2 20 Ethylene glycol CH20H CH70H 1 55 Sulfuric acid H2 S0, 10 68' 20' 4 21 Fluosilicic acid H2 SiF6 20 68, 20, 4 56 Sulfurous acid H2 S03 Sat. 68° 20, 3 22 Fruit juices 1 57 Sulfurous acid H2 S03 10 68° 20* 2 23 Hydrocyanic acid HCN 68° 20° 2 58 Tannic acid C76 H52 046 10 68' 20` 1 24 Hydrogen peroxide 68' 20° 2 59 Tartaric acid C4 H6 05 10 68° 20° 2 25 Lactic acid C,H5 03 5 149° <_65° 3 60 Tea 1 26 Lactic acid C3 H5 03 10 68' 20° 2 61 Vinegar 140, <_60° 1 27 Magnesium chloride MG C12 3 62 Water 230' <_110° 1 28 Magnesium sulfate MI SO4 68' 20° 2 63 Water,condensation 1 29 Maleic acid (CHCO2H)2 10 68' 20' 3 64 Water,de-cationized 3 30 Milk 1 65 Water,demineralized 1 31 Nitric acid HNO, 20 68' 20' 4 66 Water,distilled 1 32 Nitric acid HNO3 20 158' 70' 4 67 Water,mine 1 33 Oleic acid C18 H34 02 20 68' 20° 3 68 Water,sea 3 34 Oxalic acid (COOH)2 <_10 68' <20° 2 69 Water,thermal 1 35 Oxalic acid (COOH)2 10 158' 70° 4 70 Wine-Whiskey 1 Where hot and aggressive liquids are to be pumped,in addition to *Code Key: 1 =Good 2=Fair 3=Poor* 4=Not recommended checking the chemical compatibility,bear in mind that any deviations in Important—Pumpages coded 3"poor"may result in reduced or unsatisfactory temperature,density,and viscosity from the reference data would bring service life. about variations in terms of power input,hydraulic performance,and suction capacity.Make sure in all cases that the power input is not higher than the rated power. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 18 Eat (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 Model CDU, CDX, 2CDU, 2CDX EBARA End Suction Centrifugal /Two-stage Centrifugal Instructions and Operation EBARA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION ROCK HILL, SOUTH CAROLINA COMMERCIAL PUMP/ PRODUCTS LIMITED WARRANTY (EXCEPT MODEL EPPD SUMP PUMPS) Ebara International Corporation, Rock Hill, SC ("EIC-RH") warrants to the original purchaser only ("Customer") that the EIC-RH Commercial Pump/Product ("Pump") will be free of defects in workmanship and material for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of installation or eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment by EIC-RH, whichever comes first, provided that notification of any such defect is promptly given in writing to EIC-RH. Customer may be required at EIC-RH's request to verify that it is the Customer of the Pump and that the Pump was installed and operated in accordance with EIC-RH's instructions. EIC-RH's sole obligation under this warranty will be to repair or replace with a new or reconditioned Pump, such Pump as has failed or has been found to be defective during the warranty period, or at EIC-RH's sole option, to refund to the customer an equitable part of the purchase price. In no event shall EIC-RH's cost responsibility exceed the initial purchase price paid by the Customer for the Pump. EIC-RH shall be liable only for the cost of the Pump, or the cost of repair or replacement of any defective Pump. Customer shall be responsible for labor, cost of removal and installation at Customer's premises, transportation and insurance costs to EIC-RH and any other incidental costs. This warranty is void and does not apply if damage is caused by improper installation, improper main- tenance, accident, alteration, abuse, misuse or if the Pump has been disassembled prior to warranty evaluation without written authorization from EIC-RH. Warranty service and information for return procedures will be provided by EIC-RH upon receipt of written notice describing the defect or problem to: Ebara International Corporation Warranty/Claims 1651 Cedar Line Drive Rock Hill, SC 29730 803-327-5005 Phone 803-327-5097 Fax THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY ON THIS PUMP, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM THE TERMS OF THIS WARRANTY. EIC-RH'S SOLE OBLIGATION IN CASE OF ANY DEFECT WILL BE TO PROVIDE THE WARRANTY SERVICE SPECIFIED ABOVE. THE FOREGOING IS CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE AND EIC-RH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 19 EEVOA (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 • info@pumpsebara.com rev.12/03 S� Y 7 1 • I 1 i t k Contact your dealer or supplier for more information about other Ebara products: EBARA International Corporation Standard Pump Division 1651 Cedar Line Drive - Rock Hill,SC 29730 (t)803 327 5005 • (f)803 327 5097 info@pumpsebara.com • www.pumpsebara.com E ©2004 EBARA International Corporation EIC CD(X)U2CD(X)U1204 0704 INSTRUCTION MANUAL Model e - HM ;4j GOULDS WATER a xylem brand Table of Contents Table of Contents 1 Introduction and Safety.............................................................................................................................................................2 1.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................................................................................2 1.2 Inexperienced users....................................................................................................................................................................2 1.3 Safety terminology and symbols................................................................................................................................................2 1.4 Spare parts....................................................................................................................................................................................2 2 Transportation and Storage.......................................................................................................................................................2 2.1 Inspect the delivery.....................................................................................................................................................................2 2.2 Transportation guidelines...........................................................................................................................................................2 2.3 Storage guidelines.......................................................................................................................................................................3 3 Product Description...................................................................................................................................................................3 3.1 Pump design................................................................................................................................................................................3 3.2 Application limits.........................................................................................................................................................................3 3.3 The data plate..............................................................................................................................................................................3 4 Installation.................................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1 Facility requirements...................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1.1 Pump location......................................................................................................................................................................3 4.1.2 Piping requirements............................................................................................................................................................4 4.2 Electrical requirements...............................................................................................................................................................4 4.3 Install the pump...........................................................................................................................................................................4 4.3.1 Install the pump on a concrete foundation......................................................................................................................4 4.3.2 Electrical installation............................................................................................................................................................5 5 Commissioning,Startup,Operation,and Shutdown.................................................................................................................5 5.1 Prime the pump...........................................................................................................................................................................5 5.2 Check the rotation direction(three-phase motor)...................................................................................................................5 5.3 Start the pump..............................................................................................................................................................................5 6 Maintenance..............................................................................................................................................................................5 6.1 Service...........................................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2 Seal replacement.........................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2.1 Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................................6 6.2.2 Preassembly.........................................................................................................................................................................9 6.2.3 Reassembly...........................................................................................................................................................................9 6.2.4 Torque values.....................................................................................................................................................................11 7 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................................11 7.1 Troubleshooting table..............................................................................................................................................................12 8 Product warranty.....................................................................................................................................................................12 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 1 1 Introduction and Safety Description of user and installer symbols 1 Introduction and Safety �{ Y{ Specific information for personnel in charge of installing I the product in the system(plumbing and/or electrical aspects)or in charge of maintenance. 1.1 Introduction Specific information for users of the product. Purpose of this manual The purpose of this manual is to provide necessary information for: • Installation • Operation 1.4 Spare parts • Maintenance WARNING: Q CAUTION: Only use original spare parts to replace any worn or faulty Read this manual carefully before installing and using the components.The use of unsuitable spare parts may cause product.Improper use of the product can cause personal in- malfunctions,damage,and injuries as well as void the guar- jury and damage to property,and may void the warranty. antee. NOTICE: For more information about the product's spare parts,refer to the Sales Save this manual for future reference,and keep it readily available at and Service department. the location of the unit. 1.2 Inexperienced users 2 Transportation and Storage QWARNING: 2.1 Inspect the delivery This product is intended to be operated by qualified person- 1. Check the outside of the package. nel only. 2. Notify our distributor within eight days of the delivery date,if the Be aware of the following precautions: product bears visible signs of damage. • This product is not to be used by anyone with physical or mental 3. Remove the staples and open the carton. disabilities,or anyone without the relevant experience and knowl- 4. Remove the securing screws or the straps from the wooden base(if edge,unless they have received instructions on using the equip- any). ment and on the associated risks or are supervised by a responsible 5. Remove packing materials from the product.Dispose of all packing person. materials in accordance with local regulations. • Children must be supervised to ensure that they do not play on or around the product. b. Inspect the product to determine if any parts have been damaged or are missing. 1.3 Safety terminology and symbols 7. Contact the seller if anything is out of order. Hazard levels 2.2 Transportation guidelines Hazard level Indication Precautions DANGER: A hazardous situation which,if not Q WARNING: A! avoided,will result in death or se- rious injury Observe accident prevention regulations in force. • Crush hazard.The unit and the components can be heavy. WARNING: A hazardous situation which,if not Use proper lifting methods and wear steel-toed shoes at A! avoided,could result in death or all times. serious injury CAUTION: A hazardous situation which,if not Check the gross weight that is indicated on the package in order to se- : avoided,could result in minor or lect proper lifting equipment. moderate injury Position and fastening NOTICE: • A potential situation which,if The unit can be transported either horizontally or vertically.Make sure not avoided,could result in un- that the unit is securely fastened during transportation,and cannot roll desirable conditions or fall over. • A practice not related to per- sonal injury Hazard categories Hazard categories can either fall under hazard levels or let specific sym- bols replace the ordinary hazard level symbols. Electrical hazards are indicated by the following specific symbol: QElectrical Hazard: Hot surface hazard Hot surface hazards are indicated by a specific symbol that replaces the typical hazard level symbols: As CAUTION: 2 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 3 Product Description BVE 147PSI at Not Avail- 147PSI at Not Avail- Not Avail- ^ 194F able 194F able able 3.3 The data plate The data plate is a label on the pump.The data plate lists key product specifications. Goulds Water Technology 3 @.FIMTM CATALOG NUMBER 2 4 GPM FEET RPM ® 7 5 DO NOT OPERATE AT CLOSED DISCHARGE HM 12 M003_B sc b www.xylemappliedwate��Ev SPDRINKING NSF/ANSI61 GAR 2.3 Storage guidelines 1. Goulds Water Technology Catalog Number Storage location 2. Capacity range 3. TDH range NOTICE: 4. Rated speed • Protect the product against humidity,dirt,heat sources,and me- 5. Rated horsepower p g y b. Maximum operating pressure chanical damage. 7. Maximum fluid temperature • The product must be stored at an ambient temperature from-40°C 8. Pump serial number to+60°C(-40°F to 1400F). IMQ or other marks(for electric pump only) Unless otherwise specified,for products with a mark of electrical-relat- 3 Product Description ed safety approval,the approval refers exclusively to the electrical II pump. 3.1 Pump design 4 Installation The pump is a multistage,non-self priming pump.The pump can be used to pump: Precautions • Cold water Q • Warm water WARNING: • Observe accident prevention regulations in force. Intended use • Use suitable equipment and protection. The pump is suitable for: • Always refer to the local and/or national regulations,legis- • Civil and industrial water distribution systems lation,and codes in force regarding the selection of the • Irrigation(for example,agriculture and sporting facilities) installation site,plumbing,and power connections. Improper use 4.1 Facility requirements QDANGER: Do not use this pump to handle flammable and/or explosive 4.1.1 Pump location liquids. DANGER: An improper use of the product leads to the loss of the warranty. zt Do not use this unit in environments that may contain flam- mable/explosive or chemically aggressive gases or powders. 3.2 Application limits Guidelines Table 1: Pressure and temperature limits Observe the following guidelines regarding the location of the prod- uct: Seal Code 1 HM,3HM 5HM 1 OHM, • Make sure that no obstructions hinder the normal flow of the cool- 15HM, ing air that is delivered by the motor fan. 22HM • Make sure that the installation area is protected from any fluid leaks, or flooding. 2-6 Stages 7+Stages 2-5 Stages b+Stages All Stages . If possible,place the pump slightly higher than the floor level. BQE 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at • The ambient temperature must be between-300C(-22°F)and 248F 248F 248F 248F 248F +40°C(+104°F)unless otherwise specified in the data plate. • The relative humidity of the ambient air must be less than 50%at BQV 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at +40°C(+104°F). 248F 248F 248F 248F 248F QQE 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at Installation above liquid source(suction lift) 248F 194F 248F 194F 194F The theoretical maximum suction height of any pump is 34 ft.In prac- tice,this is not achieved due to the following conditions affecting the QQV 147PSI at 235PSI at 147PSI at 235PSI at 235PSI at suction capability of the pump: 248F 194F 248F 194F 194F Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 3 4 Installation • Temperature of the liquid • The control panel must protect the motor against overload and • Elevation above the sea level(in an open system) short-circuit. • System pressure(in a closed system) • Install the correct overload protection(thermal relay or motor pro- • Resistance of the pipes tector). • Own intrinsic flow resistance of the pump • Height differences Pump Type Protection NOTICE: Single phase standard electric - Built-in automatic reset ther- Do not exceed the pumps suction capacity as this could cause cavita pump up to 3 HP mal-overload protection- Short circuit protection(must tion and damage the pump. be supplied by the installer) 4.1.2 Piping requirements Three-phase electric pump - Thermal protection(must be supplied by the installer) Short circuit protection(must Precautions be supplied by the installer) Q CAUTION: • The controlpane must e equippedwith a dry-running protection • Use pipes suited to the maximum working pressure of the system to which a pressure switch,float switch,sensors,or other pump.Failure to do so can cause the system to rupture, suitable device is connected. with the risk of injury. • The following devices are recommended for use on the suction side • Make sure that all connections are performed by qualified of the pump: installation technicians and in compliance with the regula- - When the liquid is pumped from a water system,use a pressure tions in force. switch. • Do not use the on-off valve on the discharge side in the - When the liquid is pumped from a storage tank or reservoir,use closed position for more than a few seconds.If the pump a float switch or sensors. must operate with the discharge side closed for more • When thermal relays are used,relays that are sensitive to phase fail- than a few seconds,a bypass circuit must be installed to ure are recommended. prevent overheating of the water inside the pump. The motor checklist Piping checklist Use cable according to rules with 3 leads(2+earth/ground)for single • Pipes and valves must be correctly sized. phase versions and with 4 leads(3+earth/ground)for three-phase ver- • Pipe work must not transmit any load or torque to pump flanges. sion. ®0 5 4.3 Install the pump I 2 3 0 6 4.3.1 Install the pump on a concrete foundation �0 5 4 0 I 2 3 6 8 ((( 9 01' �- -� 10 .� 13 13 II 8 9 1- N12-01z-B-a< - 12 12 -- 311 4.2 Electrical requirements G - • The local regulations in force overrule these specified require- NM12�M01t B-'° ments.In the case of fire fighting systems(hydrants and/or sprin- 1. Piping support klers),check the local regulations. 2. On-off valve Electrical connection checklist 3. Flexible pipe or joint 4. Check valve Check that the following requirements are met: 5. Control panel • The electrical leads are protected from high temperature,vibra- 6. Do not install elbows close to the pump tions,and collisions. 7. Bypass circuit 8. Eccentric reducer • The power supply line is provided with: 9. Use wide bends - A short-circuit protection device 10.Positive gradient - A main disconnect switch. 11.Piping with equal or greater diameter than the suction port 12.Use foot valve The electrical control panel checklist 13.Do not exceed maximum height difference 14.Ensure adequate submersion depth NOTICE: 1. Anchor the pump onto the concrete or equivalent metal structure. The control panel must match the ratings of the electric pump.Improp- er combinations could fail to guarantee the protection of the motor. Check that the following requirements are met: 4 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 5 Commissioning,Startup,Operation,and Shutdown - If the liquid temperature exceeds 50°C,the unit must be anch- ored only by the motor bracket side and not also by the side of 5.1 Prime the pump the inlet supporting bracket - If the transmission of vibrations can be disturbing,then provide H>O x<® vibration-damping supports between the pump and the founda- tion. _= 2. Remove the plugs covering the ports. [1H 3 3. Assemble the pipe to the pump threaded connections. Do not force the piping into place. -HI 4.3.2 Electrical installation - Precautions „M„uo„Ax WARNING: 1. Fill plug A • Make sure that all connections are performed by qualified 2. Drain plug installation technicians and in compliance with the regula- tions in force. Installations with liquid level above the pump(suction head) • Before starting work on the unit,make sure that the unit and the control panel are isolated from the power supply Close the on-off valve located downstream from the pump. and cannot be energized. Installations with liquid level below the pump(suction lift) Grounding(earthing) Open the on-off valve that is located upstream from the pump and close the on-off valve downstream. At Electrical Hazard: • Always connect the external protection conductor to 5.2 Check the rotation direction (three-phase ground(earth)terminal before making other electrical connections. motor) 4.3.2.1 Connect the cable Follow this procedure before start-up. 1. Connect and fasten the power cables according to the wiring dia- 1. Start the motor. gram under the terminal box cover. 2. Stop the motor. a) Connect the ground(earth)lead. 3. If the rotation direction is incorrect,then do as follows: Make sure that the ground(earth)lead is longer than the phase a) Disconnect the power supply. leads. b) In the terminal board of the motor or in the electric control pan- b) Connect the phase leads. el,exchange the position of two of the three wires of the supply cable. NOTICE: c) Check the direction of rotation again. Tighten the cable glands carefully to ensure the protection against the cable slipping and humidity entering the terminal box. 5.3 Start the pump 2. If the motor is not equipped with automatic reset thermal protec- 1. Start the motor. tion,then adjust the overload protection according to the nominal current value of electric pump(data plate). 2. Gradually open the on-off valve on the discharge side of the pump. At the expected operating conditions,the pump must run smoothly and quietly.If not,refer to Troubleshooting on page 11. 5 Commissioning, Startup, Y1 3. If the pump does not start in correctly in 30 seconds,then do the following: Operation, and Shutdown a) Switch off the pump. b) Reprime the pump. Precautions c) Start the pump again. A! WARNING: 4. Switch off and on the pump(for about 30 seconds of continuos run- ning)and make sure that all the trapped air is bled out by repeating this 2-3 times. injuries. NOTICE: NOTICE: Make sure that the pump has bled away all the trapped air.Failure to • Never operate the pump below the minimum rated flow. do so can harm the product. • Never operate the pump with the delivery ON-OFF valve closed for longer than a few seconds. • Do not expose an idle pump to freezing conditions.Drain all liquid that is inside the pump.Failure to do so can cause liquid to freeze 6 Maintenance and damage the pump. • The sum of the pressure on the suction side(water mains,gravity Precautions tank)and the maximum pressure that is delivered by the pump must not exceed the maximum working pressure that is allowed /Q Electrical Hazard: (nominal pressure PN)for the pump. ` Disconnect and lock out electrical power before installing or • Do not use the pump if cavitation occurs.Cavitation can damage servicing the unit. the internal components. QWARNING: • Maintenance and service must be performed by skilled and qualified personnel only. • Observe accident prevention regulations in force. • Use suitable equipment and protection. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 5 6 Maintenance 6.1 Service 3. Lock shaft with a screwdriver or a soft jaw vice. The pump does not require any scheduled routine maintenance.If the user wishes to schedule regular maintenance deadlines,they are de- pendent on the type of pumped liquid and on the operating conditions of the pump. Contact the local sales and service representative for any requests or information regarding routine maintenance or service. 6.2 Seal replacement 1. Close all necessary suction and discharge valves. 2. Remove the lower drain plug and the upper vent plug to drain the liquid from the pump. 6.2.1 Disassembly 1. Remove two motor fan cover screws and remove motor fan cover. 4. Remove four(4)casing studs(Compact design)or four(4)tie rod nuts and washers(Sleeve design). 2. Remove motor fan using two small flat bars or two large screwdriv- 5. Remove casing(Compact design)or pump foot and suction head ers. (Sleeve design). 6. Remove sleeve(Sleeve design). 7. Remove first stage bowl. 6 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 6 Maintenance 8. Remove shaft screw/impeller nut. 11.For non-bearing stage,remove diffuser. r 9. Remove impellerspacer. 12.Remove impeller spacer. 13.Forbearing stages use steps 15-17. a) Remove bearing washer. IL 10.Remove impeller. * b) Remove diffuser. 1 Model e-HIM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7 6 Maintenance c) Remove bearing. 17.Remove seal spacer. d) Repeat a through c for all intermediate stages. 14.Remove last stage diffuser. Adam 15.Remove impeller spacer. 16.Remove impeller. I + 18.Remove rotating seal. I 8 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL b Maintenance 19.Remove seal housing. 6.2.2 Preassembly 1. Remove sleeve 0-ring on suction end(Sleeve design). 20.Press out stationary seal from seal housing. 2. Remove sleeve 0-ring on motor end(Sleeve design). /It �1 Note:Properly dispose of sleeve 0-rings and mechanical seal parts. Do not reuse. 3. Install new sleeve 0-ring on suction end(Sleeve design). 4. Install new sleeve 0-ring on motor end(Sleeve design). 6.2.3 Reassembly 1. Inspect and clean the inside the pump casing and inside bore of seal housing removing any debris. 2. Lubricate ID of seal housing and ID of seal with water or P-80. 3. Remove new rotating and stationary seal elements from packaging, inspect for damage and clean with water. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 9 6 Maintenance 4. Insert the new stationary seal seat into the seal bore of the seal turn initially,the seal is seated properly. housing with the seal face out. 1 a) DO NOT scratch or damage the seal face. b) Ensure that the seal is seated firmly and squarely inside the seal bore. c) With a clean lint-free cloth or alcohol swab,wipe the seal face clean of all lubricant or debris. d) DO NOT use grease or heavy lubricants to install seal,as these materials can cause the seal to leak. 5. Install seal housing. f' 7. Install seal spacer. 8. Install impeller. 9. Install last stage diffuser. 10.Install impeller spacer. 11.Install impeller. 12.Install impeller spacer. 13.Install diffuser. f 6. Rotate the rotary portion of the mechanical seal on the pump shaft 14.Repeat 10-13 for all intermediate stages. until it"locks"and you are unable to turn freely.If you are unable to For bearing stages,use steps 15-17. 15.Install bearing. 10 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7 Troubleshooting 16.Install bearing diffuser. 20.Install shaft screw/impeller nut. 21.Install first stage bowl. 22.Install sleeve(Sleeve design)by pressing into the seal housing for a tight 0-ring fit. 23.Install casing(Compact design)or suction head(Sleeve design). 24.Install pump foot(Sleeve design). 25.Install four(4)casing studs(Compact design)or four(4)washers and tie rod nuts(Sleeve design). 26.Install motor fan onto motor shaft.Using a rubber mallet,gently tap the fan into place against motor housing. 17.lnstall spacer. 18.Install first stage impeller. � r 27.Place motor fan cover over fan and cooling fins,and install two cov- er screws. 6.2.4 Torque values Pump size Tie rod nuts Vent/drain plug 1-5SV 22lbsft(30 N m) 15lbsft(20 N m) 10-22SV 37 Ibs ft(50 N m) 15 Ibs ft(20 N m) 33-125SV 44 Ibs ft(60 N m) 29 Ibs ft(40 N m) Casing bolts/tie rods One piece pump body(1-3-5HM) 11 ft-lb Sleeved Units(1-3-5HM) 10 ft-lb Sleeved Units(10-15-22HM) 18.5 ft-lb Impeller screw One piece pump body(1-3-SHM) 6 ft-lb Sleeved Units(1-3-5HM) 15 ft-lb Sleeved Units(10-15-22HM) 26 ft-lb 19.Install impeller spacer. 7 Troubleshooting Introduction Always specify the exact pump type and identification code when re- questing information or spare parts from the Sales and Service depart- ment. For other situation not mentioned in the table,refer to the Sales and Service department. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 11 8 Product warranty physical damage;(c)used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions 7.1 Troubleshooting table for installation,operation and maintenance;(d)damaged from ordina- ry wear and tear,corrosion,or chemical attack;(e)damaged due to ab- Problem Cause and solution normal conditions,vibration,failure to properly prime,or operation without flow;(f)damaged due to a defective power supply or improper The pump does • The thermo-overload protection in the single- electrical protection;or(g)damaged resulting from the use of accesso- not start. phase motor has tripped;it will automatically re- ry equipment not sold or approved by Seller.In any case of products set when the motor cools down. not manufactured by Seller,there is no warranty from Seller;however, • Check the power supply wiring to see that the Seller will extend to Buyer any warranty received from Seller's supplier connections are all tight of such products. • Check to see that the circuit breaker or ground- THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY fault protection device has tripped.Or replace AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,GUARANTEES, any fuses that may have blown. CONDITIONS OR TERMS OF WHATEVER NATURE RELATING TO THE • Check to see if any protection device installed GOODS PROVIDED HEREUNDER,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION for dry running protection has tripped or hung ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS up. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,WHICH ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DIS- The pump starts • The power supply cable is damaged,the motor CLAIMED AND EXCLUDED.EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY up but the ther- short circuits or thermal protector or fuses are LAW,BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIA- mal protector is not suited for the motor current.Check and re- BILITY FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE triggered after a place the components as necessary. LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR REPLACING THE PRODUCT AND SHALL short time or the • The thermo-overload protection(single phase) IN ALL CASES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY THE BUYER FOR fuses blow. or of the protection device(three-phase)trips THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE due to excessive current input.Check the pump FOR ANY OTHER FORM OF DAMAGES,WHETHER DIRECT,INDIRECT, working conditions. LIQUIDATED,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,PUNITIVE,EXEMPLARY • A phase in the power supply is missing.Check OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF the power supply. PROFIT,LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS OR REVENUE,LOSS OF IN- • The pump is clogged with solids and the impel- COME,LOSS OF BUSINESS,LOSS OF PRODUCTION,LOSS OF OP- ler becomes bound.Clean the pump. PORTUNITY OR LOSS OF REPUTATION. The pump starts • Air is entering the suction piping,check the liq- Limited consumer warranty but does not de- uid level,the tightness of the suction pipes and Warranty.For goods sold for personal,family or household purposes, liver any liquid. the operation of the foot valve. Seller warrants the goods purchased hereunder(with the exception of • The pump is not correctly primed.Repeat the in- membranes,seals,gaskets,elastomer materials,coatings and other structions in Prime the pump on page 5. "wear parts"or consumables all of which are not warranted except as The pump's de- • Check for restrictions in the piping system. otherwise provided in the quotation or sales form)will be free from de- livery is re- • Wrong rotation of the impeller(three-phase). fects in material and workmanship for a period of one(1)year from the duced. Check the direction of rotation. date of installation or eighteen(18)months from the product date • The pump is not correctly primed.Repeat the in- code,whichever shall occur first,unless a longer period is provided by structions in Prime the pump on page 5. law or is specified in the product documentation(the"Warranty"). Except as otherwise required by law,Seller shall,at its option and at no cost to Buyer,either repair or replace any product which fails to con- form with the Warranty provided Buyer gives written notice to Seller of 8 Product warranty any defects in material or workmanship within ten(10)days of the date when any defects or non-conformance are first manifest.Under either Commercial warranty repair or replacement option,Seller shall not be obligated to remove or pay for the removal of the defective product or install or pay for the Warranty.For goods sold to commercial buyers,Seller warrants the installation of the replaced or repaired product and Buyer shall be re- goods sold to Buyer hereunder(with the exception of membranes, sponsible for all other costs,including,but not limited to,service costs, seals,gaskets,elastomer materials,coatings and other"wear parts"or shipping fees and expenses.Seller shall have sole discretion as to the consumables all of which are not warranted except as otherwise pro- method or means of repair or replacement.Buyer's failure to comply vided in the quotation or sales form)will be(i)be built in accordance with Seller's repair or replacement directions shall terminate Seller's with the specifications referred to in the quotation or sales form,if such obligations under this Warranty and render this Warranty void.Any specifications are expressly made a part of this Agreement,and(ii)free parts repaired or replaced under the Warranty are warranted only for from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one(1)year the balance of the warranty period on the parts that were repaired or from the date of installation or eighteen(18)months from the date of replaced.The Warranty is conditioned on Buyer giving written notice to shipment(which date of shipment shall not be greater than thirty(30) Seller of any defects in material or workmanship of warranted goods days after receipt of notice that the goods are ready to ship),whichever within ten(10)days of the date when any defects are first manifest. shall occur first,unless a longer period is specified in the product docu- Seller shall have no warranty obligations to Buyer with respect to any mentation(the"Warranty"). product or parts of a product that have been:(a)repaired by third par- Except as otherwise required by law,Seller shall,at its option and at no ties other than Seller or without Seller's written approval;(b)subject to cost to Buyer,either repair or replace any product which fails to con- misuse,misapplication,neglect,alteration,accident,or physical dam- form with the Warranty provided Buyer gives written notice to Seller of age;(c)used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions for installa- any defects in material or workmanship within ten(10)days of the date tion,operation and maintenance;(d)damaged from ordinary wear and when any defects or non-conformance are first manifest.Under either tear,corrosion,or chemical attack;(e)damaged due to abnormal con- repair or replacement option,Seller shall not be obligated to remove ditions,vibration,failure to properly prime,or operation without flow; or pay for the removal of the defective product or install or pay for the (f)damaged due to a defective power supply or improper electrical installation of the replaced or repaired product and Buyer shall be re- protection;or(g)damaged resulting from the use of accessory equip- sponsible for all other costs,including,but not limited to,service costs, ment not sold or approved by Seller.In any case of products not manu- shipping fees and expenses.Seller shall have sole discretion as to the factured by Seller,there is no warranty from Seller;however,Seller will method or means of repair or replacement.Buyer's failure to comply extend to Buyer any warranty received from Seller's supplier of such with Seller's repair or replacement directions shall terminate Seller's products. obligations under this Warranty and render the Warranty void.Any THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ALL OTHER parts repaired or replaced under the Warranty are warranted only for EXPRESS WARRANTIES.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING BUT the balance of the warranty period on the parts that were repaired or NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY replaced.Seller shall have no warranty obligations to Buyer with re- AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,ARE LIMITED TO ONE spect to any product or parts of a product that have been:(a)repaired (1)YEAR FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION OR EIGHTEEN(18) by third parties other than Seller or without Seller's written approval; MONTHS FROM THE PRODUCT DATE CODE,WHICHEVER SHALL (b)subject to misuse,misapplication,neglect,alteration,accident,or OCCUR FIRST.EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW,BUYER'S 12 Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 8 Product warranty EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR REPLACING THE PRODUCT AND SHALL IN ALL CASES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY THE BUYER FOR THE DEFEC- TIVE PRODUCT.IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER FORM OF DAMAGES,WHETHER DIRECT,INDIRECT,LIQUI- DATED,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,PUNITIVE,EXEMPLARY OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT,LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS OR REVENUE,LOSS OF IN- COME,LOSS OF BUSINESS,LOSS OF PRODUCTION,LOSS OF OP- PORTUNITY OR LOSS OF REPUTATION. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to you.Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damag- es,so the above exclusions may not apply to you.This warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. To make a warranty claim,check first with the dealer from whom you purchased the product or visit www.xyleminc.com for the name and lo- cation of the nearest dealer providing warranty service. Model e-HM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 13 Xylem 1"zileml 1)The tissue in plants that brings water upward from the roots; 2)a leading global water technology company. We're a global team unified in a common purpose:creating advanced technology solutions to the world's water challenges.Developing new technologies that will improve the way water is used, conserved,and re-used in the future is central to our work.Our products and services move,treat, analyze,monitor and return water to the environment,in public utility,industrial,residential and commercial building services,and agricultural settings.With its October 2016 acquisition of Sensus, Xylem added smart metering,network technologies and advanced data analytics for water,gas and electric utilities to its portfolio of solutions.In more than 150 countries,we have strong,long-standing relationships with customers who know us for our powerful combination of leading product brands and applications expertise with a strong focus on developing comprehensive,sustainable solutions. For more information on how Xylem can help you,go to www.xylem.com lem Xylem Inc. Visit our Web site for the latest version ofthisdocument 2881 East Bayard Street,Suite A and more information Seneca Falls,NY 13148 Let's Solve Water USA The original instruction is in English.All non-English instructions are translations of the original instruction. Tel:(800)453-6777 Fax:(888)322-5877 ©2017 Xylem Inc www.gouldswatertechnology.com Goulds is a registered trademark of Goulds Pumps,Inc. and is used under license. IM254R03 PROGRESSING CAVITY! NMI Introduction to Continental Pump Co. and Progressing Cavity Pumps Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com How Progressing Cavity Pumps work: Progressing Cavity Pumps have similar characteristics of a Piston Pump, such as sealed cavities and operational similarities such as: being able to pump at extremely low rates, even to high pressures, and revealing the effect to be purely positive displacement. They are also known as an Eccentric Screw Pump due to the motion of the rotor. Rotors are made of Hardened Steel or Stainless Steel and are covered with a Chrome Plating to give resistance to corrosive and abrasive materials. Some liquids affect the Chrome Plating and in those applications a Non-Plated Rotor should be used. Stators are metal tubes with internally molded cavities of Synthetic or Natural Rubber. The Rotor seals tightly against the flexible rubber stator as it rotates, forming tightly sealed cavities which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. The pumped liquid does not change in shape or size when pumped due to the tightly sealed cavities formed between the rotor and stator. The effect of the design is that the fluid is moved at a very predictable and steady rate. With positive suction the pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubricant between the pumping elements. HOW THEY WORK Rotor (1) turns within the flexible rubber stator(2)forming tightly sealed cavities (3) which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. Pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubri- cant between the pumping elements. 1 2 3 INLET � ��., � OUTLET t� In operation our pumps are fundamentally fixed flow rate pumps and offer long life and reliable service transporting thick or lumpy fluids. However, abrasive fluids can significantly shorten the life of the stator. Also, slurries can be pumped reliably if the slurry is viscous enough to maintain a lubrication layer around the particles and protect the stator. At the points where the rotor touches the stator,the surfaces are generally traveling transversely, so small areas of sliding contact occur. These areas need to be lubricated by the fluid being pumped. This can mean that more torque is required for starting, and if allowed to operate without fluid, called "run dry", rapid deterioration of the stator can happen as a result. Progressing Cavity Pump key advantages: POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT The turning ROTOR develops "positive pumping action" similar to a piston moving through a cylinder of infinite length.The pump pressure developed does not depend upon the speed of the rotating ROTOR. The capacity of the pump is approximately viscosity, and pressure can be projected for particular operating conditions. UNIFORM DISCHARGE FLOW Fluids are uniformly discharged without pulsation in a constant steady flow. Displacement remains the same with each revolution of the ROTOR permitting accurate predictable metering relative to the fluid being pumped. Because of the unique flow characteristics, these pumps are well suited for low-shear applications. INTERNAL VELOCITY OF FLUIDS All fluids are pumped with a minimum amount of turbulence, agitation, pulsation or separation disturbance. SELF PRIMING Pumping action starts at the time the ROTOR is turned and it is capable of 28 feet of suction lift in an appropriate installation. The liquid being pumped acts as a lubricant between the ROTOR and STATOR and forms a continuous seal to project the pumping phenomena. SOLIDS IN SUSPENSION Solid particles over a wide range of size and shape-as large as 1 1/8 inches in diameter, are pumped with no difficulty. REVERSIBLE Pumps can be operated clockwise or counter-clockwise with effective performance in most installations. INSTALLATION Pumps can be mounted horizontally or vertically and the Suction Port can be turned to any position for appropriate entry of the liquid. Pump Selection Guide To properly select the best performing pump consideration should be given to: Capacity The rate of flow in Gallons Per Minute (GPM). Pressure How much Pressure is required to move the Liquid being Pumped thru the Discharge Port of the Pump depends upon the piping system and the kind of Liquid being handled. The difference between the Pressure required at the Pump Discharge and the pressure being introduced into the Pump Suction is the differential Pressure and is expressed as Pounds Per Square Inch- (PSI). Viscosity The resistance to the flow is expressed by various Scales of measurement; however,the most commonly used is CENTIPOSES. The Viscosity usually changes with Temperature and should always be considered. For conversion purposes the formulas set forth below can be of value: Centipoises=Centistokes x Specific Gravity Centipoises = SSU x Specific Gravity (SSU=Saybolt Seconds Universal) Temperature The Maximum and Minimum Temperatures at which the Fluid to be pumped are important factors in proper Pump Selection. High Temperatures can cause distortion and swelling of Stator Materials and Low Temperatures can affect Viscosity that reflects in Flow Characteristics and Horsepower requirements. Operating Time The Operating Cycle of the Pump should be considered; Whether the Pump is to run continuously or intermittently can be a factor in the selection of the Drive. Abrasion Classify the Abrasive characteristics of the fluid to be pumped. Abrasives can look alike and appear to have similar properties; however,they can produce different wearing characteristics. Endeavor to classify the fluid broadly in order to select the proper Pump Construction and Operating Speed. The Classifications set forth below will serve as a guide and our experiences will be helpful: No Abrasives Example: Clear Water, Gasoline, Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil. Light Abrasives Example: Dirty Water containing Silt and/or small amounts of Sand or Earth. Medium Abrasives Example: Clay Slurries, Potters Glazes, Porcelain Enamel, Frit, Sludge,Wood Dust in Water. Heavy Abrasives Example: Slurries containing large amounts of Sand, Emery Dust, Lapping Compounds, Mill Scale, Plaster, Grout, Roof Gypsum. Corrosion Whether the Fluid being pumped is Neutral,Acid or Alkaline it should be considered in selecting the proper materials of Pump construction. The pH value of the Fluid should be known or determined. A pH of 7 is neutral, below 7 is Acid and above 7 is Alkaline. CP Model Number Identification: Materials used in the pumps are based on the fluid to be handled and are indicated in the model number identification. CPM L56 - CSQM 1 2 3 4 5 6 (1): Indicates the type of pump (2): Indicates the pump frame size designation (3): Indicates the pump body casting material (4): Indicates the rotor material (5): Indicates the stator material (6): Indicates the type of seal Material of Construction Continental Letter Key Materials Pump Body C Cast Iron S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Buna Nitrile R Natural Rubber B EPDM F Viton Seal Type M Mechanical Seal D Packing Gland CL, CM and CG Model Number Identification: Materials used in the pumps are based on the fluid to be handled and are indicated in the model number identification. 2CL8 - CDQ 1 2 3 4 5 6 (1): Indicates the number of stages for the rotor and stator (2): Indicates the pump frame size designation (CL, CM or CG Frame) (3): Indicates the size of the rotor and stator (4): Indicates the pump body casting material (5): Indicates the rotor and internal parts material (6): Indicates the stator material Material of Construction Continental Letter Key Materials Pump Body C Cast Iron S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor D Chrome Plated Alloy Steel S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Buna Nitrile R Natural Rubber B EPDM F Viton Internal Parts C Carbon Steel AF Anti-Friction Bearings HS Hardened Steel Frame Size Designation CL-Suitable for a wide variety of applications and are the most frequently used.When properly applied they give excellent long life performance at the most economical cost. CM-Similar to CL Pumps,except have a larger drive head to handle the increased horsepower that is needed to produce the higher pressures that can be developed by these pumps. CG-Designed to handle the heavier applications of Sewage,Industrial Waste,Polluted Liquids and Slurries. Liquids that can be handled by Continental Progressing Cavity Pumps These Materials of Construction permit Continental Pump to handle almost any fluid that can be moved thru pipe. Set forth in the accompanying chart is a partial list of liquids that have been successfully handled along with an indication of the basic materials for the pump body, the rotor and the stator. Rotors are made of Hardened Steel or Stainless Steel and are covered with a Chrome Plating to give resistance to corrosive and abrasive materials. Some liquids affect the Chrome Plating and in those applications a Non-Plated Rotor should be used. Stators are metal tubes with internally molded cavities of Synthetic or Natural Rubber. Note: *Non-Plated Rotor When 'D' Rotors are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be Carbon Steel. When 'S' Rotors are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be Stainless Steel. Maximum allowable Temperatures for Stators: B-240oF, F-3007, Q-2107, R-1857 PUMP 1fQU1� BODY ROTOR STATOR Acetic Acid(cold dilute) S S' B Q R C S An Acid Mine Water C S Q R Alcoh C D Fi Alcohol,Methyl(wood) C D Q R Alum(Pap` S B F Q R Aluminum Hydroxide C D Q R Aluminum Sulphate S 8 F Q R Ammonium Bicarbonate C S D S B R Ammonium Chloride S. B Q R Ammonium Phosphate C S D S B 0 R mmonium Nitrate C S R Ammonium Sulphate C S S. B Q R matic Hydrocarbons C S Asphalt C S D S F $arium Chloride - R Barium Hydroxide _ _ C S D S B F 0 R Barium Nitrate C S Q R Baruim Sulphate C S D S O R Beer S Q R Beer Wort S S R Beet Sugar Liquor r_z -— B F Q Ber7ere(coal tar product) C D S F Benzine(petroleum prod Black Liquor C S D S F Q Boiler Feed Water Bordeaux Mixture C D Q R Boric Acid Brine,Calcium Chloride C S S. B F C! R Brine,Sodium Chloride C S S. B F Q R Calcium Chlorate C S D S F Calcium Chloride C S D S B F Q R Calcium Hypochlonte C S S B F Calgon(sodium hexametaphosphate) S S Q R Carbon Blsulfide C S D S F Carbon Disulphide C S D S F Pagc 4 PUMP LIQUID BODY ROTOR STATOR #i Carbonrc Acid C S Q R r.Oil C S D S F Caustic Potash(I e) C S D S Q R C S 0 S e Caustic Zinc Chloride S S Q R China Wood T C D Drying Oils C D O Vegetable Oils C 0 Q Chlorinated H drocarbons for _ S— S F ff(Chromic roethylene C S D S 0 ChloriQ C D S F oroethyline S S F Acid(diluted) S S F id S S B F O R C D F Q R Copper Nitrate S S O R ate S S' F Q---A, Copperas S S. Q R Corn 08` C S D S Cotton Seed Oil C S S F Q "M- C S 0 S Cyanide C D Q R m C B. Diethylene Glycol(alcohol) C S D S F Q R Deioniz Distillery Wort C S D S Q R Edible Oils C 'S- 0 S Epsom Salts C S D S B F 0 Ethyl Alcohol C S D S B F Fatty Acids C S D S F S Ferrous Sulphate S S. Q R aid°� Re— S F Formic:Acid S _ F Fruit Juices S Q Fuel Oils C S F 0 Furfural S Fuul Oils C D Q Gasoline Glucose C S D S 8 F Q R Glue L erine C S D S B F Q R erol S n Alcohol C D Q R, pe Juice S Ss C S D S O R rocyanic Acid S B F Hydrogen Peroxide S S F Rydrogen Sulfide S S B F Kerosene _C D 0 Lard C S D S F Q Lime Water C D O R Md Oil C S D S B F Q Lubricating Oils C D Q ium hydroxide) C S D S 8 FININE&I - Magnesium Chloride C S D S B F Q Iphate C S D S' 8 Mercury C S D S Q R Metha C S D S B R Page 5 PUMP LIQUID BODY ROTOR STATOR Methyl Chloride C D Q R Milk of Lime C S Q R Mine Water C S Q R Molasses C D S 8 F 0 R Naphtha C D 0 Nickel Chloride S S B F 0 R Nickel Sulphate S S. B F 0 Oil•Paraffin Base C D 0 Oil-Vegetable C D Q Paints-Water Base C D 0 R Palmitic Acid C D F Q Phosphoric Acid S S F Potassium Carbonate C D O R Potassium Chloride C D 8 F 0 R Potassium Nitrate C D B F Q R Potassium Phosphate C D 0 R Potassium Sulphate C D B F 0 Salammoniac S S B Q R Salt Brine(to 30%) C S S Q R Sea Water C S Q R Sewage C D 0 R Shellac C D 0 Soap Liquor(thlnl C S D S B F Q Soda C D B F 0 R Sodium Alummate C D B 0 R Sodium Bicarbonate C S B F Q R Sodium BISLIIf lP S S B Q R Sodium Carbonate C S B F 0 R Sodium Chloride C S S. B F Q R Sodium Hydroxide C S D S B Q R Sodium Nitrate C D B Sodium Silicate C D 8 F 0 R Sodium Sulfate S S B F 0 Soy Bean Oil C D F 0 Starch C S D S B Q R Steric Acid S D Q Sugar C D Q R Tar C D Q Tar&Ammonia in Water C D 0 Titanium Chloride S S F Toluene(toluop C D F Trub Sludge C D 0 R Turpentine C D F 0 Varnish C D F Vegetable oil C D Q Vinegar S S. B F Q Vitriol Blue S S B F 0 Vitriol•Green S S Q R Waste Water C D Q R Whiskey C S D S 0 R Wine S S B Q R Wood Pulp C D Q R Yeast S S B 0 R Zinc Chloride S S. B F Q R Zinc Nitrate S S O R Zitte Sulfate S S. B 0 R Note: ' Non-plated ROTOR. When D ROTORS are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be of Carbon Steel. When S ROTORS are used the Drive Shaft and Connecting Rod will be of Stainless Steel, Maximum allowable Temperatures for STATORS: B•240°F, F-300'F,0.210'F, R-185.F. Pape 6 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PRpGRESSING CAVITY ft PUMP WARRANTY We warrant our Pumps against Material and Workmanship defects for a period of one year from date of shipment from our plant; Provided the Company receives written notice of such defects and such claims are substantiated by the Company upon their authorized prepaid return to the Factory. Correction of defects in Material and /or Workmanship shall constitute a fulfillment of this Warranty and shall be returned to the user prepaid and credit issued for the incoming transportation. Failure of Pumping components due to normal or abnormal wear in operation or by operating conditions beyond the Company's knowledge or control shall not be considered as evidence of defective material, unless the Company's examination of these parts discloses such a defect. Except for the above Warranty the Company makes no warranty, expressed or implied and no warranty of fitness for a particular use and operation when they have no detail knowledge of all the data prior to purchase surrounding the application of the pump covering: *Liquid to be Pumped *Pumping Temperature *Viscosity Specific Gravity *Corrosive Content *Abrasive Content *Service Cycle *Pipe Sizes-Valves-Controls *Pump Drive *Suction Line *Discharge Line All of the above as set forth in detail in our Pump Application Data Sheet that is to be submitted to the Home Office Engineering Staff for consideration and approval. Any recommendations offered by Distributors, or Dealers and their representatives are to be considered as their best judgment and as matters of opinion without liability to the Company. Under no circumstances shall the Company be liable for damages to good will, loss of profits or for any type of consequential damage. Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 Model CP Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ' Continental Pump Company PROGRESSING CAVITY 29425 State Hwy B Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-4337 Email:sales .con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com LEI 0 FLEX. COUPLING CONTINTENTAL PUMP COUPLING GUARD DISCHARGE MOTOR SUCTION , __.1 .. i2l I-,, CONTINENTAL PUMP CO. WARRENTON MO. MODEL P PART NAMES IN LINE BASE coNTINENTAL PUMP Model CP Pumps are great for i low GPM and viscosity applications and can pump _! many different types of materials. It's a low cost MOTOR PULLEYJ PUMP PULLEY pump that is compact and PULLEY GUARD DISCHARGE has many drive options. SUCTION Model CP pumps and parts + -- - -- - -- are interchangeable with many progressing cavity pump brands. CWTINENTAL PUMP CO. WARRENTON MOE, MODEL. CP PART NAME: V-BELT BASE 0 Please contact one of our application specialists at (636)-456-6006 Mon-Fri 8AM-5PM CST for more CONTINTENTAL PUMP information. DISCHARGE MOTOR SUCTION IL 11 CONTINENTAL PUMP CO, WARRENTON MO. MUDEL CP PART NAME! CLOSE-COUPLED CP PUMP MODELS CROSS REFERENCE ro manswall Wo,.,. REV. 4/20/12 CROSS REFERENCE Model or Frame Designation CONTINENTAL MOYNO° CP-15 331 CP-22 332 CP-33 333 CP-44 344 CP-56 356 CP-67 367 All Moyno°Parts,models and identification numbers are listed for reference purposes only.Continental Pump Co,Inc.is not affiliated with or a representative of neither Moyno®nor its parent company.Please contact one of our application specialists at(636)-456-6006 M-F 8AM-5PM CST for more information. Materials of Construction Continental Moyno Letter Key Letter Key Materials Pump Body C C Cast Iron S S 316 Stainless Steel Rotor D D Chrome Plated Alloy Steel S S Chrome Plated 304 Stainless Steel Stator Q Q Buna Nitrile B B EPDM F F Viton Internal Parts C C Carbon Steel AF AF Anti-Friction Bearings HS HS Hardened Steel Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PROGRESgNGCAVITY PUMPS Y ONLY NRt •� • NE • VIN PA MECHANICAL SEAL PUMP 1 T" a PACKING GLAND CLOSE COUPLED PUMP MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP Continental Pump Co. 29425 State Hi c h wa v B Warrentoa. 410 OiS,'? CATALOG CPU-9000 ON N 'TT PRQGRCSSING CAVITY PUMPS • . . • A iva,3" Ve/m mfi (�v U irtifA FOR A WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS Discharge Revolutionary, in design . . . . Port yet simple and economical, 8uctlon Port —j�+�, Seal their performance is out- Ball standing on (hundreds of dif- Bearings ferent applications for indus- try, farm and home. Proven for 35 years on the toughest pumping problems in industry this amazingly versatile , pump is now available in compact, low-cost Stator models for a wide range of uses. The famed, time-tested and proven simple Rotor MECHANICAL SEAL principle of a helical screw rotor—ONLY ONE Flexible PLUMP MOVING PART—turning in a tough rubber Joint stator provides positive displacement, is self- Models priming to as much as 25 feet of suction lift, CP-115 CP-44 has high reserve pressure, low internaltur- bulence, continuing uniform flow and freedom CP-2;2 CP-56 from air locking. CP-3.3 CP-67 Properly applied the-se pumps will yield per- formance never before accomplished with other types. Small in size, light in weight, easy to maintain, requiring no lubrication -CONTINENTAL PUMPS are ideal for many kinds of transferring, circu- lating, metering, filling, sprinkling, irrigating, drainage, and spraying jobs. 11 TRANSFERRING W THEY WORK . CIRCULATING SPRAYING Rotor (1) turns within the flexible rubber stator (2) forming tightly sealed . SPRINKLING cavities (3) which move toward the discharge port, carrying the liquid. Pumping action starts the instant the Rotor turns. Liquid acts as the lubri • IRRIGATING cant between the pumping elements, • DRAINING 1 2 3 • FILLING • METERING SEWAGE • WATER SYSTEMS �ET WASHING CLEANING © COPYRIGHT 1984 CONTINENTAL PUMP CO. ST.LOUIS,MO. 'Ida& vt 1 • • 14 "A" CLEAN WATER SYRUP Itightl VEGETABLE OILS ILight) DIRTY WATER (Slightly) IHeavy) IHeavy) (Extremely) HYDRAULIC OIL (light) STARCHES (Lighil HOT WATER iHeovyl (Heavy) SALT WATER WATER BASE PAINTS LIME WATER SOAPY WATER TREE SPRAYS IThin) COOLANTS COLO WATER (Containing Insolubles) AQUARIUM CIRCULATION (Sail Water) BEET SUGAR LIQUORS LAWN SPRINKLING (Water) (Fresh Water) CANE SUGAR LIQUORS LAUNDRY TRAY TRANSFER INSECTICIDES IThinl KEROSENE GREENHOUSE MIST SPRAYING (Containing Insolubles) NAPTHA SWIMMING POOL CIRCULATION WEEDICIDES IThinl BENZINE SWIMMING POOL FILTRATION (Containing Insolublesl ENGINE OIL ILight) WHISKEY WOOD TREATMENTS (Oil Basel (Hoavyl GLYCERINE IPastes I CREOSOTE WINE LINSEED OIL ALCOHOLS !Ethyl) TURPENTINE LIVESTOCK SPRAYS IThin) (Methyll BEER (Containing Insolublesl BRINE (Lightl IWK LIQUID FERTILIZER IThin) COTTON SEED OIL FLAVORS AND EXTRACTS (Containing Insolubles) AMMONIA WATER DYE WHITEWASH IThinl WET VACUUM APPLICATIONS FARE FIGHTING IHeavy) CONDENSATE URINE ANIMAL OILS (lord) LIOUID SOAP IRRIGATING MOLASSES I0loc1slraP1 MINERAL OIL SEWAGE IDiluted) and many more. Fill out the PUMP APPLICATIION DATA SHEET and return for a prompt recommendation. Requtest copies if not with this Catalog. Motor Mechanical Seal Discharge Discharge Port Port Packing \ Lantern Ring Suction 7�_ Packing Gland Port � •?� L. Balls Bearings t L_� \ f+! &Was t \ 47 Stator Rotor Flexible Joint Stator % � Rotor CLOSE COUPLED Flexible Joint MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP Models PACKING GLAND PUMP CPM-15 CPML-15 CPM-22 CPML-22 Models CPM-33 CPML-33 CP-15D CP-44D CPM-44 CPML-44 CP-22D CP-56D CPM-56 CPML-56 CP-33D CP-67D CPM-67 CPML-67 3 CT N TA� • . • are the solution to handling many liquids in a LOW COST COMPACT UNITS N N range of capacities from less than one gallon to �� �_- more than 50 galtons per minute versus discharge PROGRESSING CAVITY PUMPS pressures to 150 PSI depending upon liquid and for every requirement conditions of the application. 1 y 4 SOW TYPE ❑ ' TYPE M TY,;h IIPM{ ❑A. CLOSE COUPLED CLOSE COUPLED MECHANICAL SEAL PUMP PACKING GLAND PUMP [FO N T I N E N T A L P U M P M 0 D E L S MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP MOTOR-DRIVEN PUMP PROGRESSING CAVITY TYPE PUMP TYPE - -PORT SIZES• MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION D 1 M E N S 1 0 N S - SEE MOTE BELOW SHIPPING N P T BODY CASTINGS ROTORS T A T O R S SE A L S WEIGHTS PUMP FRAME SIZES B E (APPROXIMATE) INLET OUTLET c' s s G'u "R"P F`1 M" D' A B C D E F G H J K U SUCTION DISCHARGE IRON STAINLESS STAINLESS A Y H MECHANICAL PAC GIAND CP-15•CP-22•CP-33•CP•44 34' 34- ✓ J J ✓ J J J 12-7/16' &1116' 5_S'8' 3.12' 5-3 4' S-1? 3-14-• 3.1,16- 348' 1.7,16- 58' 15 Lb, CP-15•CP•22•CP•33•CP-44 34' 34' J / J ! ! I 14.314' 6-14' 8-12' 3-1? 5.1116' S-17 3.14- 3' &7r16' 1.7n6' 55" 18 Les CPM-15•CPW22•CPM-33•CPM-44 14- 3r ✓ / ! J I J 18.516" 11-112' 6-13,16" 3.1? 5.7417 6-Sr &I? 4A7 10-5E' 7' 48 Lea CPML-15-CPML-22•CPML•33•CPML-44 314" 34' J J J / I J J 20-9'16' 13.34' 6-1316' 3-17 S-7V 6-58' 6-12' 4-1-2' 12.7/8' 7' 52 Lbs CP-56 1117 1.114• ✓ J ! J J J ! 16-1116' 944' 6.15M6' 4.9632' 7-99r 7-12' 8' 4.14- "IT 2.3T 34 40LOS CP-56 1-1? 1-1/4' J ! ! ! / ! J 18-11tr 9.14• 9.06' 4.93r 7-9W 7-1,2' 6' 4-14' S11/18' 2.38' 34 44 Lbs CPW56 1.12- 1.114' J ✓ J / J ! 22-114- 12.1? 9-34' 4-1? 7-1? 1 7.12- 9' 10, 12.14- 81 001bs CPML-56 1.17r 1.1/4' / J J J J I ✓ 24-11J16' 14-15116- 9.14- 4•I? 7.12' 7-1? 9' 10' 14-1 116' 81 a- 85Les CP-67 r 2' ! ! J ! J / J 19-9'16- 11IS16' 7-S'8' 4.11V 8-114• B-14' 6' 4-71" 4.906' 9 85Lea CP-67 r 2' I ! J J / ! 22' 12' T0' 4•I.2' 8.114- 8-14' 6' 4.14' 7-1,8' 1 2 t 9 90 LD> CPM-67 r 2' ! I / ✓ ✓ ! 24-! 12-58' 1 1r 4-117 7.3,4' 8-114' T 10' 14-5tr 165H 117 Lbs CPML•67 r r J I / J J J ! 27.1116' 15.1,16' 1 17' 1 4.12' 7-3,4' 8-1 4' 9' 10' 17.1116' 1 8-5H 125Lbs NOTE: TYPE PUMP DESKIINATION' EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE MODEL DESIGNAMNS NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS.EXCEPT V MAY VARY BY IT AFTER PUMP FRAME SIZE FRAME CP:5-CSOM DO NOT USE ABOVE DNENSONS FOR LIMITED SPACE 14STALLAT10N5 IST LETTER BCOY CASTING-C'OR'T FRAME CP 15 SSW REQUEST CERTIFIED DRAWMG. 2ND LETTER ROTOR-'S FRAME CPU 56 CSCU WHERE V 15 ST.-.W.007 SHAFT HAS FLAT KEYSEAT 1,1V DEEP.I'LONG 3RD LETTER STATOR-V.TF OR-F' FRAME CPML 56 C%M V S 3,4• .OW Wr SHAFT HAS FLAT KEYSEAT V 14'DEEP.I•LONG A1H LETTER-TYPE OF SEAL Y OR Tl FRAME CP671CSO0 V 15 V •.00V-007 KEYWAY IW WIDE.IV DEEP.7 LONG A— r' A A .,1 iYLT10M I PORT �4UOT D•iLXu04 sucrloR Q1POMI _ F PORT MOAT K >'ORI DA1_ K bXN�R7 f A— « POINT E h U D MOtpAIL K U f O 0 /I O D I O EIEVATIOM SHAFT ELEVATIDN LZ SHAFT END END FLFYATIDN 3UEXD H EI-EVATIDN J + y .• N r+ J � '+ G t'VIEW I`H J ���111 G r VIEW H L, VIEW r. H 4+ J G w6i lfAl PUMP MODELS PUMPP AODELS PIMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CP 15M CP 22M.CP-$W-CP. .CP•56M.1 P-67M CP I%-CP•22D-CF.=,CP+Ie.CP.56D CP47D CPU 15-CPM-N-CPM-33 CPM44.CPML 15-CP11114-22,1,`PUL•17 CPML-U CPM-56-CPNL-56.CPN 7.CPML•67 MFUMMtSL SEM TYPE P11IUIP4 plug TYPE CLOSE CWPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE CLOSE CWPLED WTOR DRIVEN TYPE 4 $ �CN- NEe LNPROCRI.SSING CAVITY • • • • • • CONTINENTAL offers Low Cost Compact Pumping Units for every requirement. They are available complete and ready for prompt installation. DIRECT CONNECTED MOTO R-D RIV E—N�= V-BELT MOTOR-DRIVEN UNITS Models Models CP-15 CP•44 CP-15 CP-44 CP-22 CP-56 CP-22 CP-56 CP-33 CP-67 CP-33 CP-67 • •UPLED MOTOR-DR Models Models CPML-15 CPML-44 -^� CPM-15 CPM-44 CPML-22 CPML-56 CPM-22 CPM-56 CPML-33 CPML-67 CPM-33 CPM-67 Model CPML Pumps can be CLOSE-COUPLED to a Large Selection of Motor and Drive Units including: - Open Drip Proof • Direct Current Motors GASOLINE - • Totally Enclosed • Direct Current SCR Drives Fan Cooled - AC Variable Speed Drives Models • Explosion Proof — WITH A WIDE RANGE OF CPG-24C ELECTRICAL CURRENT CPG-35 C CHARA C TERIS TICS CPG-46C CPG-58C CPG-67C ALSO AVAILABLE WITH VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES _ - OR PORTABLE 3 HORSEPOWER ENGINE UNITS SPEED REDUCER UNITS 6 YIELD OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE l r�AFPPLICATION OF IC��-��- �� �A hundreds of different 0 N-T IN N �- applications for . PROGRfSSING 11 I?Y PUMPS J ll- f� Speed, temperature, viscosity, suction lift, diischarge INDUSTRY pressure, abrasive content and corrosive action of the liquid to be handled should all be considered in applying COMMERCE these pumps. Pump should always be filled with the liquid to be handled before running. The liquid serves as a lubricant and is easily poured into pump through the discharge port before final assembly of the piping or hose AGRICULTURE connections. A filling tee with a plug or valve can be in- stalled above the discharge port for ease in filling. Liquid to be pumped should never exceed 190°F tem- perature. Maximum speed that any of these pumps should be run is 2,800 rpm and then only in handling thin, abrasive-free liquids. preferably the speed should PERFORMANCE DATA be 1,750 rpm for longest life. When liquid contains abra- CAPACITY Gillum pP,Mmute Iwate,at 70 F1 MOTOR slve material or Is viscous, the speed should be reduced- MODEL DISCHARGE PUMP SPEEO HORSE NO. PRESSURE POWER For various viscosities of abrasive-free liquids, tfle maxi- 1750rpm 1150rpm 1170rpm 500,pm 430rpm mum operating speed of the pump is set forth below: 0 1.9 13 1.0 .7 .5 25 1.7 1.0 .5 .2 .1 SUGGESTED MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF PUMP 2000 RPM 1150 RPM - 1150 RPM 070 RPM S00 RPM U0 RPM 100 RPM IN RPM _ 5D 1.2 .9 .2 VISCOSITY 1Centlpolse! CP-i5 75 1.2 .0 v2 1 lee S00 1000 3to0 SW 10.000 100 1.0 .7 1 o to to ro ro to w 125 .9 .5 101 Sao 1001 30" 5000 10,000 T0,000 W.u, Gnni/ 31 W.tptt Table N...y MotP4w{ Pwt. Pw.w u 150 _6 .4 MMb Oi Sr,,,P eun« ABRASIVE FLUIDS 0 4.9 3.2 2.4 1.6 1.2 25 4.1 23 2.0 1 3 .9 N.ne Nom Nan. Ly61 Medmn, Mediu,n Navvy Twny Ctrs Wn« Ovty Ct,p Slarr,n Ln nq compou.d, CP-22 50 3.4 2.2 1.6 1.0 ,7 1/2 PmcNun Emnwl Md1 sa.41n Witt, _ 75 2.6 1.7 1.3 .8 .6 Capacity and life of these pumps will depend upon the 100 2.0 1.5 1.0 .6 4 liquid being handled. I 0 9A 6.0 4.6 3.1 1 2.3 Piping to pump should be properly selected and should CP32 25 7.0 4.5 34 2.] 1.7 1/2 not be smaller in size than the suction and discharge so 42 27 2.0 ports of the pump.All pipe and hose fitting joints should 0 150 _ 9.7 7.3 4.9 1 3.6 5.9 4.0 3.0 t7z be right. Discharge lines should be open or if pump is Cpqy 25 uD z6 operated in an enclosed system, provision should be -- 50 9.0 6.1 I 4.6 3.1 2.3 3/4 made for pressure relief when the pump pressure exceeds the limits as set forth for each model pump. 0 2a.0 15.fi 11.7 7.9 5.0 25 22.0 14.] 10.7 7.2 6.3 Pump bearings do not require lubrication as they are CP56 -- pre-lubricated. 35 205 _13.3 10.0 6.7 4.9 SO We recommend that the pump be flushed after its use. 19 5 12.7 9.5 6.4 4.1 0 53.0 34.5 26.0 17.5 � 13.0 PUMP SHOULD NOT BE RUN DRY. 10 43.0 31.0 23.4 16.6 11.7 t We will be glad to collaborate on any proposed CP67 20 430 20.0 1_ 21.0 14.0 10.3 applications, r ]S 14.0 22.0 16.5 11.0 8.1 1112 Fill in COMLOVENrAL PUMP DATA Sheet and return for a 50 26.0 1 16.1 12.3 63 6.1 2- prompt recommendation. Request copies if not with this Bulletin, 7 ZRFL NNE �1have been applied b these NTA y CAVITY pUMPs well known Companies: AGB07T LABORATORItS CONSOLIDATED ALUMINUM INDUSTRIAL SLGARS IEA80DY COAL ALCOA CONTAINER COMP OF AMERICA YNLANO MFG. PEPSI COLA ALLEN PRODUCTS CONTINENTAL EMSCO INTERNATIONAL PAPER PETROLITE ALLIED CHEMICAL CORNING GLASS JOHNS MANVILLE PiTNEY BOWES ALTON BOX CURTIS PAPER JOHES&LAUGHL IN PRATT&LAMBERT AFAERICAN STEEL FOUNDRIES CUTLER HAMMER KAISER GYPSUM CO. PIALS701Y PURINA ALIVEHICAN STORES PACKING DAN RIVER KIMBERLY CLARK REMINGTON ARMS AMOCO DIL DEKALB AGRICULTURE KOCH ENGINEERING REYNULOSMETALS ANACONDA DEL MONTE LACLEDESTOKER ST JOEMINERALS ARGONNE NATIONAL LAB OO'A'CHEMICAL to CROSSE RUBBER ST LOUIS SHIF ARMCO OR,PEPPER LEA MFG ST.REG1S PAPER ARVIN INDUSTRIES ORAVO LOCKHEED SAMSONITE ASPEN PL ASTiCS DO PONT MALLINCKROUT SIGMA CHEMICAL BAtOOR EAGLE PICHER MARATHON DIL SIGMA TREATMENT BANNERFIBREBOARO EASTERN STAINLESS VICOONNELI DOUGLAS SIMPLEX INDUSTRIES BANQUET FOODS FMC MEAD PAPER SIOUX CITY BARGE BEATRICE FOODS FEDERAL PAPER BOARD CEO,MEYER MFG SGNOCD PRODUCTS BEMIS FISHER BODY MIDWEST DREDGING A E STALEY BENDIX FORD MOTOR MILES LABORATORIES SUNDSTRAND BEVERIDGE PAPER GAF MISSISSIPPI LIME SONNEN BOEING GENERAL ELECTRIC MO PAC UNION ELECTRIC BROWN CO. GEORGIA PACIFIC MOBILE DRILLING U.S.GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES GL IDDEN DURKEE MOBILE OIL U.S GYPSUM CARNATION GLOBE VALVE MONADNOCK PAPER U.S.INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS CASTLE&COOKE GOLOBLATT TOOL MONARCH CEMENT U.S MINERALS CERRO METAL B F_GOODRICH MONSANTO U.S.STEEL CERTAIN TEED GREENVILLE TOOL N.L.INDUSTRIES UNITED STATES GYPSUM CHAMPION PAPER GRIFI'IN MFG NATIONAL BY PRODUCTS VALSPAR CHASE SAG HALLIBURTON NAT104AL FELT WAGNER ELECTRIC CHEVROLET HALLMARK NATIONAL GYPSUM WAUSAU PAPER CITY OF JOPLIN HAMILTON STANDARD NATIONAL MACHINERY WELLSVILLE FIRE BRICK CITY OF ST CHARLES HANNA MINING NATIONAL MARINE WESTERN ELECTRIC CITY OF SHREVEPORT HARRISON RADIATOR NEK0USA PAPERS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CLEVELAND CLIFFS HARSHAW CHEMICAL NORTHRUP KING WESTVACO CLINTON CORP HOERNCR WALDORF OLIN WEYERHAEUSER CLOW HOLLINGSWORTH&VOSE OLINKRAFT COCA COLA HUBINGER OWENS CORNING FIBERGLAS COLEMAN HUDSON FOODS OWENS ILL.INUIS COLONIAL BAKING IBM PACKAGING CORP OF AMERICA and many more. CONSOLIDATED PACKAGING IDEAL CESIENT PANHANDLE EASTERN _ CONTINENTAL Models CL, CM, CG, & CJ C0 TiNE Ll PUMPS and PARTS _ � - NTA are interchangeable with G �y Robbins & Myers MOYNO PROGRESSIN CAYIT pRMpS , -�. - - -- --j = ow- Models L, M, SWG. & J. Heavy Duty Industrial Pumps Ti „, ,.��•°�"°` l' '� CL Model PUMP Request Catalog CL-8400 PROMPT SHIPMENT can be made . . . from our closest STOCKfNG DISTRIBUTOR...or DIRECT from our FACTORY in St. Louis. . . PLUS the availability of 47 YEARS EXPERI- ENCE in successfully applying PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMPS! Continental Pump Co. 29425 State High uva y B Warrenton, MO 63383 CATALOG CPU-9000 www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 CP Performance Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ME PROGRESSING CAVITY PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP REVISED 4/2012 PERFORMANCE DATA CAPACITY-Gallons per Minute(Water at 707) MODEL DISCHARGE MOTOR HORSE NO PRESSURE PUMP SPEED POWER 1750 RPM 1150 RPM 870 RPM 580 RPM 430 RPM 0 1.9 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.5 25 1.7 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 50 1.5 0.9 0.2 CP-15 75 1.2 0.8 1/2 100 1.0 0.7 125 0.8 0.5 150 0.6 0.4 0 4.9 3.2 2.0 1.6 1.2 25 4.1 2.7 2.0 1.3 0.9 CP-22 50 3.4 2.2 1.6 1.0 0.7 1/2 75 2.6 1.7 1.3 0.8 0.6 100 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.6 0.4 0 9.4 6.0 4.6 3.1 2.3 CP-33 25 7.0 4.5 3.4 2.3 1.7 1/2 50 4.2 2.7 2.0 1.3 0.9 0 15.0 9.7 7.3 4.9 3.6 3/4 CP-44 25 12.0 7.8 5.9 4.0 3.0 50 9.4 6.1 4.6 3.1 2.3 3/4 0 24.0 15.6 11.7 7.9 5.8 CP-56 25 22.0 14.3 10.7 7.2 5.3 11/2 35 20.5 13.3 10.0 6.7 4.9 50 19.5 12.7 9.5 6.4 4.1 0 53.0 34.5 26.0 17.5 13.0 10 48.0 31.0 23.4 15.8 11.7 2 CP-67 20 43.0 28.0 21.0 14.0 10.3 35 34.0 22.0 16.5 11.0 8.1 2 50 25.0 16.3 12.3 8.3 6.1 2 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com �PROG GRE0S MI MCAVITY am~ Pump Curves MUM .11 PROGRESSING Oq�IT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-15 H P GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- I 0.4 2.0 i i 0.3 I -- -- -�4— cp P — ---- N Gp 5 NA,-- 0.2 1.0 --- — - -- -- i 0.1 I i 0 30 60 90 120 150 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com 1� PROGRESSfNG cpVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-22 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 5.0 del I I 0.4 4.0 010 t. 0.3 3.0 01 i I f � I � I 0.2 2.0 or 5 I- 0.1 1.0 I I I i i I i i I i � I I 0 20 40 60 80 100 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PROGRESSING CAVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-33 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 0.5 9.0 I Gb I ,I 0.4 8.0 Q INA AM- I _ 7.0 0.3 6.0 @ 1�5�RP� 5.0 I I I 0.2 4.0 eo- 3.0 �Q @ ifL I 0.1 2.0 1 1.0 I I I I - I I I � 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-60061 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com LINE PROGRESSING CAVIT PERFORMANCE DATA MODELCP-44 H P GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F --- — --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 0.8 16.0 I 0.7 14.0 nil 0.6 12.0 0.5 10.0 I I 0.4 8.0 MAZ 0.3 6.0 0.2 4.0 0.1 2.0 — — -- 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton. Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ` 1J PROGRESSING�AV1T PERFORMANCE DATA MODELCP-56 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 1.0 25.0 r---- --- --- --- --- --- I 0.9 .00 l 0.8 20.0 - - # 01 0.7 I 0.6 15.0 001 0.5 ol 0.4 10.0 de E�_ 4 l 0.2 5.0 --- - --- --- --- --- -- 0.1 --- --- I I I - -- 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email: sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com i PROGRESSING�AV1T PERFORMANCE DATA MODEL CP-67 HP GPM TEST LIQUID-WATER AT 70°F 2.5 50.0 � I I I 45.0 p 2.0 40.0 I I i �OII I I i I TT-FFI#-+ I i+, . 3 5.0 PMI� 1.5 30.0 1 I 25.0 I 1.0 20.0 15.0 00, 0.5 10.0 5.0 oil _ I i 0 10 20 30 40 50 DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) MAX. PSIG Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 I Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 CP Dimensions Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PROGRESS►.G CAVITY► Dimensions&Weights CP Frame Pumps **Drawings on next page** REV4/20/12 PUMP DIMENSIONS(INCHES) WEIGHT PORT SIZES SIZES (LBS) INLET OUTLET A B C D E F G H J K U SUCTION DISCHARGE CP-15•CP-22- CP-33•CP-44 12-7/16" 6-13/16" 5-5/8" 3-1/2" 5-3/4" 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 3-11/16" 3-3/8" 1-7/16" 5/8" 15 3/4" 3/4" CPD-15•CPD- 22•CPD-33- CPD-44 14-3/4" 6-1/4" 8-1/2" 3-1/2" 5-13/16" 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 3" 6-7/16" 1-7/16" 5/8" 18 3/4" 3/4" CPM-15 CPM-22 CPM-33 CPM-44 18-5/16" 11-1/2" 6-13/16" 3-1/2" 5-7/8" 6-5/8" 6-1/2" 4-1/2" 10-5/8" 7" 48 3/4" 3/4" CPML-15 CPML-22 CPML-33 CPML-44 20-9/16" 13-3/4" 6-13/16" 3-1/2" 5-7/8" 6-5/8" 6-1/2" 4-1/2" 12-7/8" 7' 52 3/4" 3/4" CP-56 16- 11/16" 9-3/4" 6-15/16" 4-9/32" 7-9/32" 7-1/2" 6" 4-3/4" 3-9/16" 2-3/8" 3/4" 40 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPD-56 18 13/16" 9-3/4" 9-1/16" 4-9/32" 7-9/32" 7-1/2" 6" 4-3/4" 5-11/16" 2-3/8" 3/4" 44 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPM-56 22-1/4" 1 12-1/2" 9-3/4" 4-1/2" 7-1/2" 1 7-1/2" 9" 10" 12-1/4" 8-1/4" 1 80 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CPML-56 24 11/16" 14-15/16" 9-3/4" 4-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 9" 10" 14-11/16" 8-1/4" 85 1-1/2" 1-1/4" CP-67 19-9/16" 11-15/16" 7-5/8" 4-1/2" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 6" 4-7/8" 4-9/16" 2-1/8" 1" 85 2" 2" CPD-67 22" 12" 10" 4-1/2" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 6" 4-3/4" 7-1/8" 2-1/8" 1" 90 2" 2" CPM-67 24-5/8" 12-5/8" 12" 4-1/2" 7-3/4" 8-1/4" 9" 10" 14-5/8" 8-5/8" 117 2" 2" CPML-67 27-1/16" 1 15-1/16" 12" 4-1/2" 7-3/4" 1 8-1/4" 9" 10" 17-1/16" 8-5/8" 125 2" 2" Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 63383 1 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com A A F B C F SUCTION DISCHARGE SUCTION DISCHARGE PORT PORT K PORT PORT K E O E O U U D O O O O ELEVATION SHAFT ELEVATION SHAFT END END �H� J �G� VIEW ��—H VIEW PUMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CP-15M CP-22M • CP-33M • CP-44M CP-56M CP-67M CP-15D • CP-22D • CP-33D • CP-44D • CP-56D • CP-67D MECHANICAL SEAL TYPE PACKING GLAND TYPE A SUCTION PORT B When Mato F DISCHARGE TI N ZPORT - A PORT MOTOR I Phom 2' � �� CONDENSER 8 POR F 0 0 MOTOREl E K ® MOTOR E ° O ° K D p 0 0 H ELEVATION �• G—►I SUCTION FAH ELEVATION) �G — SUCTION� VIEW PUMP MODELS PUMP MODELS CPM-15 • CPM-22 • CPM-33 CPM-44 • CPML-15 • CPML-22 CPML-33 • CPML-44 CPM-56 • CPML-56 • CPM-67 CPML-67 CLOSE COUPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE CLOSE COUPLED MOTOR DRIVEN TYPE Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel: 636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaluItrapumps.com PR0GRESSING CAVITY-7 C P Parts Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com �PROG GRE0S MI MCAVITY am~ Parts Lists PARTS LIST FRAMES: CP15, 22,33&44 PpOGgESSING CAVITY MECHANICAL SEAL TYPE- M 2 4 5R 3 28 5 DISCHARGE NPT 1 7 9 / 6 SUCTION 8 NPT 0 0 0 o O O 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-1SS 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-15PS U6-15PS U6-15PS U6-15PS 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-15TS U6-15TS U6-15TS U6-15TS 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 8 MECHANICAL RING U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 9 RETAINING SEAL U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 28 STATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CP-15 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST ' FRAMES: CPD15, 22, 23&44 pRCGRESSING CAVITY PACKING GLAND TYPES-D SR 19 3 28 S 4 7 DISCHARGE NPT 2 9 1 14 Is SUCTION NPT O O 01 6 29 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C CP3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S CP3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U513-15 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN U6-15PDSN 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN U6-15TDSN 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 U7-15 9 RETAINING RING U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 U9-15 14 PACKING SET U14-15 U14-15 U14-15 U14-15 U15-15C U15-15C U15-15C U15-15C 15 PACKING GLAND U15-155 U15-155 U15-155 U15-15S 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15S U17-15S U17-15S U17-15S 19 LANTERN RING U19-15S U19-15S U19-15S U19-15S 20 SHAFT RETAINING RING U20-15 U20-15 U20-15 U20-15 28 STATOR RING U28-15S U28-15S NOT USED NOT USED 29 BEARING SPACER U29-15C U29-15C U29-15C U29-15C **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION P=PINNED C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPD-15 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST • , FRAMES:CPM15, 22,33&44 .^Av T r CLOSE COUPLED PUMP . . • DISCHARGE N PT 28 5 4 5R 2 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT i 8 SUCTION N PT 00 0 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. ITEM NO. PART NAME 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS U2-15PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CPM3-15C CPM3-15C CPM3-15C CPM3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPM3-15S CPM3-15S CPM3-15S CPM3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q U5-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 U5R-15 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 U17-15 28 STATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPM-15 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com f PARTS LIST �RESSINGC FRAMES:CPML15, 22,33&44 1'!RO • •I CLOSED COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE MOTOR SHAFT N PT 5 5R 2 21 28 4 3 1 r SUCTION 8 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE NPT r yr r it r 0 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM y/ir x yr. 0 r it HS PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. ITEM NO. PART NAME 15 FRAME 22 FRAME 33 FRAME 44 FRAME CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C CP1-15C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S CP1-15S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS U2-15TQS CPML3-15C CPML3-15C CPML3-15C CPML3-15C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPML3-15S CPML3-15S CPML3-15S CPML3-15S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-15PTS U4-22PTS U4-33PTS U4-44PTS 5 STATOR U5-15Q U5-22Q US-33Q U5-44Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-15S U5R-15S U5R-15S U513-15S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q U8-15Q 21 MOTOR COUPLING U21-15S U21-15S U21-15S U21-15S 28 is ATOR RING U28-155 U28-155 I NOT USED I NOT USED HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-15 HS-15 HS-15 HS-15 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPML-15 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST ' FRAMES:CP56&67 PRocgEssiNG cavlrY MECHANICAL SEAL TYPES-M --- - - -- 5R 2 5 4 DISCHARGE 1 INIPT 3 7 SUCTION i 8 9 6 N PT - - 00 - - - - O O 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CP3-56C CP3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-56S CP3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR US-56Q US-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-56PS U6-67PS 6 SHAFT,THREADED 1.16-56TS NOT USED 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) 1.17-56 U7-67 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q F17 RETAINING RING U9-56 U9-67 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U17-56 U17-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CP-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PARTS LIST a ' FRAMES: CPD56&67 SSA^ CAVITY . . ., PACKING GLAND TYPES-D SR 19 3 S 4 DISCHARGE 7 NPT 2 9 1 14 1s 20 SUCTION NPT O ILV / . O O 6 29 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS PART NO. PART NO. 67 ITEM NO. PART NAME 56 FRAME FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CPI-56S CP1-67S 2 IFLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CP3-56DC CP3-67DC 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CP3-56DS CP3-67DS 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 6 SHAFT,PINNED U6-56PDS U6-67PDS 6 SHAFT,THREADED U6-56TDS NOT USED 7 BALL BEARING(2 EA) U7-56 U7-67 9 RETAINING RING U9-56 U9-67 14 PACKING SET U14-56 U14-67 U15-56C U15- U15-67C 15 PACKING GLAND 56S U15-67S 17 ROLL PIN(2 EA) U17-56S U17-67S 19 LANTERN RING U19-56S U19-67S 20 SHAFT RETAINING RING U20-56 NOT USED 29 BEARING SPACER U29-56DC NOT USED **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPD-56/67 Continental Pump Company REV.4/20/12 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com PARTS LIST FRAMES:CPM56&67 PROGRESSING CAVITY CLOSE COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE N PT 5 4 5R 2 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT SUCTION 8 MOTOR, 1 OR 3 PHASE NPT ao 1750 RPM OR 1140 RPM oo HS 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING FARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED NOT USED U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CPML3-56C CPML3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPML3-56S CPML3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) NOT USED U21-67S 21 MOTOR COUPLING U21-565 U21-67S HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-56 HS-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE CPM-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PARTS LIST FRAMES:CPML 56&67 pROGRESS�NG CAVITYI CLOSE COUPLED PUMP DISCHARGE 2 NPT 5 4 5R 21 3 1 MOTOR SHAFT SUCTION 8 MOTOR,1 OR 3 PHASE NPT o 1750 OR 1140 RPM a HS 17 PLEASE SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER AND/OR SERIAL NUMBER OF PUMP WHEN ORDERING PARTS ITEM NO. PART NAME PART NO. PART NO. 56 FRAME 67 FRAME CP1-56C CP1-67C 1 SUCTION HOUSING CP1-56S CP1-67S 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-PINNED U2-56PQS U2-67PQS 2 FLEXIBLE JOINT-THREADED U2-56TQS NOT USED CPM3-56C CPM3-67C 3 DISCHARGE HOUSING CPM3-56S CPM3-67S 4 ROTOR,PINNED AND THREADED U4-56PTS U4-67PS 5 STATOR U5-56Q U5-67Q 5R STATOR BARRIER** U5R-56S U5R-67S 8 MECHANICAL SEAL U8-56Q U8-67Q 17 ROLL PINS(2 EA) U21-56S U21-67S HS HOUSING SUPPORT HS-56 HS-67 **=OPTIONAL T=THREADED P=PINNED MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION C=CAST IRON/CARBON STEEL B=EPDM S=STAINLESS STEEL F=VITON Q=BUNA N/NITRILE R=NATURAL RUBBER CPM L-56/67 REV.4/20/12 Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaIultrapumps.com PROGRESSING CAVITY! NMI Pump Operation and Installation Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax: 636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com Mal Installation and Operation Instructions for CONTINENTAL Models CP, CL, CM, and CG 1. The Operating Principle of the CONTINENTAL Progressive Cavity Pump is based on two pumping elements. One is a high strength steel single thread helical screw rotor that turns in a double thread helical screw stator. The stator is a molded elastomer of various selected compounds bonded into a steel tube. 2. The outer circumference of the turning rotor is in contact with the internal circumference of the stator and provides an effective seal creating cavities of liquid that are moved from the suction end to the discharge end of the pumping elements. 3. The displacement of the liquid is uniformly positive,without pulsation or turbulence. The rate of flow is proportional to the speed of the rotating rotor. Pressure is uniform and independent of the pump speed, but is attributable to the length of the rotor and stator elements. 4. Dry friction is harmful to Progressing Cavity Pumps. Do no operate the pump until it is filled with the liquid to be pumped. This liquid serves as a lubricant and as a seal between the rotor and stator and is not a priming operation. Approximately 10%of the pump's displacement rating will satisfy the cooling and lubricant requirements until full displacement capacity is attained. 5. Mount the pump on a properly machined and fabricated steel base that is anchored with bolts on a level solid foundation. 6. Alignment of direct driven pumps that are driven by a motor or a speed reducer should be carefully checked after the pump base has been mounted on the foundation. Check the alignment of the coupling halves with a straight edge. Alignment should be checked at least four points 90° around the O.D. of the coupling. A space between the pump and driver shaft ends should be held to no less than 1/8". 7. Belt driven pumps should be checked after mounting the pump base on the foundation. Make sure, with the help of a straight edge, that the belts and pulleys are in alignment and that the belts have the proper tension. 8. Pump rotation: The pump can be operated in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction when viewing the pump form the driveshaft end. The recommended operating direction is clockwise when viewing the pump from the driveshaft end. The inlet and discharge ports are 1 related to the rotation of the pump. Please contact the factory if you have any questions regarding rotation. 9. Piping to pump should generally be the same size as the pump inlet port and discharge port openings. Those systems handling viscous,volatile high pressure or high temperature materials may have to be more appropriately sized. a. All threaded joints should be coated and sealed with pipe compound. b. Provide for expansion in the piping system to all for movement and deflection. c. Use pipe supports to keep the weight of the piping system from causing strain on the pump. d. Make all lines as direct and free of fittings as possible. Minimize suction line by locating the pump below or close to the liquid being pumped. e. When the pump is handling abrasive, corrosive liquids, slurries, sludges, cements, adhesives or any liquids that harden, it should be flushed clean. The rotation of the pump can be operated both clockwise and counterclockwise to accomplish this operation most thoroughly. f. It is a good practice to consider installing pressure and/or vacuum gauges in both the inlet and outlet pipes to the pump to check that it conforms to your operating specifications. Progressing Cavity Pumps are positive displacement and the discharge outlet must be kept open or a relief valve or a by-pass piping arrangement should be provided. If the discharge or inlet into the system is to be shut off or closed, provisions must be made for a relief valve or by-pass arrangement or damage can be done to the pump and the drive, including the motor. Strainers,filters and foot valves should be properly sized so as not to affect performance of the pump and should usually be installed in the suction line. 10. Pump Bearings are anti-friction ball type and should be periodically grease lubricated. They are initially packed when assembled at the factory. a. Do not over lubricate. b. Use quality anti-friction bearing grease. c. It is recommended that under normal use,that no lubrication be added for the first 1200 hours of operation unless it is uncomfortable to hold the hand on the bearing housing. d. The bearing shaft assembly should be inspected and cleaned after running the pump for approximately 2500 hours. e. All old grease should be removed from the bearing housing, and only new grease applied to bearing races so as to fill them flush. f. Add a few drops of oil to bearing seals before remounting assembly. 2 11. Packing maintenance procedures a. The Packing Gland should be firmly tightened so as to prevent excessive leakage through the packing, but not so tight that it will cause overheating. Always adjust packing gland evenly. Align the packing gland so that it evenly goes into the packing gland cavity of the pump housing. b. CONTINENTAL Progressing Cavity Pumps are supplied with a lantern ring in the midsection of the packing with access to a lubrication fitting on the external surface of the pump body. Lubricating the packing regularly with small amounts of lubricant or flushing with water will extend the life of the packing and help maintain a good seal. c. A scored driveshaft reduces the life of packing and should be replaced. d. When replacing worn packing use standard die-cut formed packing. Do not use one piece spiral packing. Press into place the die-cut and preformed packing rings and stagger the joints 180'apart. e. After packing is installed,tighten the gland bolts evenly and firmly. Bolts should be backed off gradually as the stuffing box warms up,to avoid overheating of the packing area. f. A small amount of leakage through the packing can be normal and helpful for good operation and easily drained away from the base. Pre-Start-Up Checks 1. Read and understand all information furnished with pump. 2. Review operating conditions. 3. Check setting of relief valve in discharge line. 4. Check for proper position of belt or coupling guards. Do not operate pump without guards. 5. Fill the pump with the liquid to be pumped. Do not operate pump dry. 6. Rotate driveshaft of pump four or five rotations. This creates a seal between the rotor and stator to create pumping action. 7. Make sure the inlet and discharge lines are open. 8. Start the unit. 9. Check to see if the pump is delivering liquid. If it is not, refer to the section on checking pump performance. Troubleshooting Pump Performance A summary of possible causes of improper performance of Progressing Cavity Pumps No liquid delivered 1. Pump rotating in wrong direction. 2. Inlet lift too great. 3 3. Clogged inlet line. 4. Air pockets or vapor lock. 5. Air leaks in inlet line. 6. Faulty relief valve in system. Pump Takes Too Much Power 1. Speed too high. 2. Liquid more viscous that anticipated. 3. Operating pressure higher than specified. Check this with gauge at the pump outlet. 4. Outlet line obstructed. 5. Mechanical defect, such as bent shaft,tight packing gland, or misalignment of piping. 6. Relief valve in system not operating properly. Insufficient Liquid Delivered 1. Air leaks in inlet line. 2. Air leaks in through packing. 3. Speed too low. 4. Excessive lift at inlet. Check this with gauge at the pump inlet. 5. Viscosity of liquid too high for size and length of inlet pipe. 6. Foot valve or end of inlet pipe not immersed deeply enough in liquid. 7. Foot valve, if used,too small, stuck, or not working properly. 8. Partial air pockets or vapor lock. 9. Pump damaged by misalignment. 10. Excessive clearance in pump caused by wear or corrosion. 11. Faulty relief valve in system. Excessive Noise 1. Started pump. Liquid not getting into pump. 2. Air leaks in inlet line. 3. Air or gases in liquid. 4. Pump speed too high. 5. Improper mounting. Check alignment thoroughly. Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton, Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-43371 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentaluItrapumps.com 4 Application, Installation and Operation ' J Instructions for Dis-Assembly and Assembly of . . Model CP - - Continental Progressing Cavity Pumps When necessary to dismantle pump,disconnect pipe or hose Speed,temperature,viscosity,suction lift,discharge pressure, at suction and discharge ports. Remove bolts which connect abrasive content and corrosive action of the liquid to be Suction Housing to Discharge Housing. Rotor can be removed handled should all be considered in applying these pumps. by turning it in opposite direction to pump rotation. Grip Pump should always be filled with the liquid to be handled Rotor with wrench,whose teeth have been protected,and before running. The liquid serves as a lubricant and is easily hold Shaft externally-hold Motor Shaft with Screwdriver on poured into the pump through the discharge port before final CPM Models. To replace Rotary Seal,unscrew Flexible Joint assembly of the piping or hose connections. A filling tee with with 3/16"hexagonal wrench. Rotary Seals can be easily a plug or valve can be installed above the discharge port for removed from shaft. ease in filling. To replace Pump Bearings remove Retaining Ring and then Liquid to be pumped should never exceed 190°F tap shaft at threaded end. Protect threaded end with wood temperature. Maximum speed that any of these pumps or rubber block. should be run is 2,800 rpm and then only in handling thin, abrasive-free liquids. Preferably the speed should be 1,750 If any parts of the Rotary Seal are worn or broken,replace rpm for longest life. When liquid contains abrasive materials complete Rotary Seal. The parts of each Rotary Seal are or is viscous,the speed should be reduced. precision matched and are not interchangeable. Illustration below shows how Rotary Seal is installed by parts and how it For various viscosities of abrasive-free liquids,the maximum looks after it is complete. Part A is pressed into the Discharge operating speed of the pump is set forth below: Housing. Care should be taken to assure that rubbing SUGGESTED MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF PUMP surfaces of Part A and B are not scratched. Moisten rubber sleeve of Part B with water to permit easy fitting 1150 870 580 430 180 100 over Shaft. Part B is then slipped down Shaft until face fits 2800 RPM 1750 RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM firmly against face of Part A. Part C is placed against Part VISCOSITY(Centip000) 3000 5000 30,000 Shaft 1 1 100 500 000 B. Flexible Joint should then be screwed into against 1 to to to to to to to Part C. Use hexagonal wrench to tighten Flexible Joint, 100 500 1000 3000 5000 10,000 20,000 and then screw Rotor onto Flexible Joint. It is not Canned 30 Table Molas- Peanut necessary to tighten Rotor with a wrench as it is self- Water Milk Weight Syrup Honey ses Paste Butter Oil tightening when the pump starts. ABRASIVE FLUIDS None None None Light I Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Moisten inside of Stator with water and slip it over Rotor. Mount Suction Housing to Discharge Housing and fasten Slurries Dirty Clay Slies Lapping Clear water Gasoline Compounds with body screws. Refill pump with liquid to be handled, Water Porcelain Enamel Mill Scale in Water connect pipe or hose to suction and discharge ports and pump is ready to run. Capacity and life of these pumps will depend upon the liquid ROTARY SEAL ASSEMBLY being handled. Piping to pump should be properly selected and should not _ be smaller in size than the suction and discharge ports of the LI\ +\ r■ pump. All pipe and hose fitting joints should be tight. RRR I Discharge lines should be open or if pump is operated in an yI enclosed system,provision should be made for pressure relief ( I when the pump pressure exceeds the limits as set forth for each model pump. PART A PART B PART C Pump bearings do not require lubrication as they are pre- lubricated. We recommend that the pump be flushed after its use. MOTOR FUMBLE JOINT ROTOR PUMP SHOULD NOT BE RUN DRY. sNA" We will be glad to collaborate on any proposed applications. Fill out the CONTINENTAL PUMP APPLICATION DATA sheet and return it for a prompt recommendation. Please request Continental Pump Company copies if not with this Bulletin. 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-4337 1 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com (Type F onlyl 5 1 (Type F only) 30 3 '17 13 \ 1 f 6 3 \1 1 4 \ . 6 28 \\1 i 28� r� 10 8 2 2 9 5 DRAIN 1 DRAIN (opposite side) 13 lopposite side) -Models CP-15,22,33,44,56,67 'Models CPM-15,22,33,44,56,67 TYPES A or AB,C or CB, F or FB,G or GB TYPES C or CB, F or FB,G or GB 28 1 3 1 D.icharge Suction 1/ 11 Port Port \ • / ••17(Type F only' 14 DRAIN //5 4' 29 5� 6 � f to�•� 'Models CP-15,22,33,44,56,67 \ TYPES D or IDS,H or HB 16 9 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION 1 Suction Housing 7 Pump Bearing 15 Packing Gland 2 Flexible Joint 8 Rotary Seal 16 Packing Gland Bolt 3 Discharge Housing 9 Retaining Ring 17 Roll Pins 4 Rotor 10 Screws and Nuts 28 Stator Ring 5 Stator 13 Slinger Ring 29 Bearing Spacer 6 Shaft 14 Packing 30 Motor Models CPG-24,35,46 OPERATION OF GASOLINE ENGINE DRIVEN UNITS TYPE A This unit comes to you ready for operation with the exception of the gasoline and engine oil. A complete book of instructions is furnished with each Gasoline Engine Model and should be thoroughly read and followed. After gasoline „ engine is made ready by filling with engine oil in crank case j a' and gasoline in tank,fill Discharge Housing of the pump with the liquid to be handled. Complete suction and discharge Ne port connections of pump and start engine with rope provided. We recommend that the pump be drained and flushed after each use. DO NOT RUN PUMP DRY Continental Pump Company 29425 State Hwy B I Warrenton,Missouri 633831 Tel:636-456-6006 1 Fax:636-456-4337 Email:sales@con-pump.com www.continentalultrapumps.com ow PPG Filtration Technologies Product Data Sheet: PPG 4040-D*1P-FEM Description Element Properties Proprietary Composite Spiral Element Membrane Material Proprietary Composite Available in Fiberglass and Netting Wrap Nominal Pore Size(pm) 0.05,0.15 configurations Membrane Area 6.7 mz 5.3 mz 3.7 mz Anti-Telescoping Device(ATD)both ends 72ft2 57ft2 40ft2 Feed Spacer 31 mil 43 mil 65 mil Brine seal(one end)-Fiberglass Wrap only Part#Fiberglass Wrap ULA4040- ULA4040- ULA4040- Dimensions OF DA1P-FEM06FF DB1P-FEM06FF DD1P-FEMIIFF Element Diameter(A):3.88 (98.6 mm) MF MNA4040- MNA4040- MNA4040- DA1P-FEM06FF DB1P-FEM06FF DD1P-FEMIIFF Element Length(B): 40.0"(1016 mm) Part#Netting Wrap Permeate Tube ID(C): 0.625"(15.9 mm) OF ULA4040-DA1P- ULA4040-DB1P- ULA4040-DD1P- Weight: -9 Ibs(4 kg) NNM06FF NNM06FF NNMIIFF MF MNA4040- MNA4040- MNA4040- DA1P-NNM06FF DB1P-NNM06FF DD1P-NNMIIFF Method of Operation Cross Flow A C I� IOperating Parameters BConfiguration 31 mil 43 mil 65 mil pH Range 1.8-10 Continuous s 43°C(110°F) (Nettting Wrap) Maximum Temperature Continuous s 57°C(135°F) (Fiberglass Wrap) Clean-In-Place s 50°C 022°F) [CIP] Fee LM H 35-135 Typical Flux Rate GFD 20-80 Ba kw.ahDl.har. Recommended Cross m3/h 5.6 8.0 9.0 Soa,e,w,ao Flow Rate(per vessel) GPM 25 35 40 ®Faadoh-1Sp— bar s 6.9 Bd^a�a' ❑PP M—b— Maximum Feed Pressure '�`�eF� I Glee psi 5100 �Fa""a Spaaa` Maximum Differential bar s 1.4 Pressure(per element) psi 520 F6d$010 1 ••• ••.. bar 53.5 •• Pe,meare Backwash Pressure psi s 50 Fa,maaaT m3/h 0.7 0.5 0.4 Backwash Flow Rate GPM 3.0 2.4 1.7 Backwash Wader Typical Recovery Rate(per element) 16% 90/0 6% co�camaca The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements in filtration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up-to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein, 'Feed Spacer Configuration PPG Filtration Technologies Contact us: The PPG/ogois a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio,Inc. 440 College Park Drive ® filtration@ppg.com @2017 PPG Industries,Inc.11/17 Monroeville,PA 15146 USA © www.ppgfiltration.com 1 1 PPG Filtration Technologies Membrane Cleaners - CHEMKLEEN° XF Membranes in microfiltration (MF) and CHEMKLEEN ' is a ready to use ultrafiltration (UF) systems require more formulated alkaline cleaner for oil fouled frequent cleaning than those in reverse PPG MF and OF membranes available in 20 osmosis (RO) systems. As a result, generic liter pails or totes. chemicals are commonly used to mitigate costs. However, when generic cleaners no Fouling longer restore a membrane's performance, There are four types of fouling common to their benefit to operational cost efficiency is membrane operations including particulate, lost. biological, inorganic, and organic. PPG Industries offers formulated chemical Particulate fouling is caused by suspended cleaners specific for PPG Filtration solids, colloids, and turbidity that can be Technologies' MF and OF membranes. reduced by coagulation, sedimentation, clarification, and media filtration. The PPG MF and OF specialty formulations may common cleaning method for particulate be applied in place of generic cleaners or as fouling is forward flush and backwash. a periodic recovery cleaner between cleanings with generics. Biological fouling is caused by the growth of microorganisms that can be reduced by 1. Specially formulated to clean all PPG using in-line chemical feed of chlorine or membrane types biocide or by elimination of nutrients by using • Microfiltration(MF) powder activated carbon (PAC). The • Ultrafiltration (UF) common cleaning method for removal of biological fouling is forward flush and 2. PPG CHEMKLEEN° XF enhances backwash with oxidizers or biocides (NaOCI the performance of the MF or OF system and (Sodium Hypochlorite) or H2O2 (Hydrogen prolongs membrane life. Peroxide)). 3. PPG Filtration Technologies Services Inorganic fouling is caused by the Team is available to provide guidance on the precipitation of inorganics on the membranethat can be reduced by using most effective cleaning program or pre- oxidation/precipitation and filtration as treatment procedure. pretreatment to the membrane. The common cleaning method for removal of The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 inorganic fouling is forward flush and If the forward flush and backwash cleanings backwash with acid at pH 2 (HCI do not show the expected results, a CIP is (Hydrochloric or Muriatic Acid), H2SO4 necessary. (Sulfuric Acid), CISH807 (Citric Acid)). Detailed CIP Procedure for Fouled MF/UF Organic fouling is caused by organics Membrane Elements adsorbing on the membrane (silt, organic acids, humus, oil/grease, etc.) that can be The following detailed CIP procedure can be reduced by using PAC or coagulation. The followed for cleaning of PPG membrane common cleaning method for removal of elements: organic fouling is forward flush and Inspect CIP tank, hoses, and cartridge backwash with alkali at pH <10 (NaOH /bag pre-filters. Clean tank and flush (Sodium Hydroxide)). hoses if necessary. Install new Oil/grease are organic contaminants that are cartridge/bag pre-filters using 5 micron or insoluble in water but soluble in hexane, tighter rated pre-filter on the cleaning chloroform or other approved solvent(s). loop. They often are found in water as an Fill the CIP tank with CHEMKLEEN XF emulsion. Certain surface-active chemicals and clean water diluted to 1.5% react with the oil or grease to form colloid- concentration. Adjust pH as needed to size droplets that are typically very stable in 9.7 with NaOH (Sodium Hydroxide). water. Oil/grease foulants result from these materials coating the membrane surface. With the filtration system running, open Often the selective permeability of the CIP permeate valve, close the membranes "breaks" the oil/water emulsion, permeate service valve and fill the CIP and the resulting free oil is attracted to the tank with permeate water or clean flush membrane surface. Membrane fouling and water. When the container is filled to cleaning requirements depend on the type of desired level, turn the process pump oily water systems. OFF. Oil/grease foulants may be dissolved with Close the inlet feed water supply valve to alkaline solutions containing surfactants and the process pump and open the pump emulsifying agents such as sodium Iauryl inlet feed from the CIP tank. sulfate. In many cases, specially formulated Close the permeate valve to point of use cleaners compatible with the membrane are and the concentrate valve drain. required for oil/grease foulant removal. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate CHEMKLEEN XF is formulated specifically and concentrate to return to the feed for oil/grease removal from PPG MF and OF tank. The membrane elements, the CIP membranes. fhe technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 pump, and the CIP tank should be acetic, or citric acid. If pH is too low, assembled in a loop configuration to flush adjust with sodium hydroxide or sodium water through the elements and back to bicarbonate. Because of its limited buffer the feed tank. Refer to the PPG capacity, use caution not to overshoot Membrane Cleaning Handbook for above pH 10 when using sodium typical forward flush process flow hydroxide. diagram. Check to ensure that the feed, permeate, Turn on the CIP pump to pump clean and concentrate valves and lines are permeate or city water through the open and unrestricted in the cleaning membrane elements and back to the tank tank loop. for 10-30 seconds, depending on system Start the CIP pump. holdup volume. Arrange valves to refill the CIP tank with a. Observe all system pressures and flows. permeate or clean water, turn off the CIP b. Do not exceed maximum flows or pump. pressures given in Table 1. Excessive Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate feed pressure or permeate flow during and concentrate to return to the CIP tank. cleaning will trap foulants at the surface The membrane elements, the CIP pump, of the membrane and inhibit removal, and the CIP tank should be assembled in and create excessive foaming that will a loop configuration to recirculate the require additional flush water. cleaning solution through the elements Table 1- Maximum recommended cleaning and back to the CIP tank during cleaning. flow rate per element vessel housing Refer to the PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook. Outerwrap ' - Element UOM Fiberglass 10.Turn on agitator or tank recirculation D orTape or pump Net Add and thoroughly mix the cleaner 2.511 -----m3/h 1.2 1.8 solution in the CIP tank. Refer to the gpm 5.3 7.9 PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook. 4,� m3/h 3.0 4.5 Check cleaning solution pH. Refer to the 8,v m3/h 12 18 PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook.and gpm 53 79 the PPG membrane specification sheets for guidelines on cleaning pH limits. If pH Flow rates during cleaning must be is too high, adjust with sulfuric, nitric, sufficient to remove foulants from the The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 membrane element surface, but do not biological materials that were removed exceed AP limits. Do not exceed 10 psi (0.7 during the cleaning cycle. bar) of pressure drop per element or 45 psi Start the membrane system and flush to (3 bar) per pressure vessel. drain/recycle/disposal for 20 minutes to c. Damage may result to membrane remove all residual cleaning solution elements if the temperature of the CIP from the system. Refer to the PPG solution exceeds 122°F (50°C). If the Membrane Cleaning Handbook for a water temperature exceeds 113°F typical forward flush process flow (45°C), place bags of ice into the CIP diagram. Verify that permeate quality is tank, or start coolant flow to chiller coil or good (check pH, temperature, turbidity, heat exchanger (depending on specific total suspended solids, etc.) before equipment available) to absorb the extra returning to normal operation. heat. After permeate quality is verified as d. Recirculate and/or soak the cleaning acceptable, route the permeate valves to solution in the membrane elements point of use and concentrate to according to recommendations (Refer to drain/recycle/disposal for normal the PPG Membrane Cleaning operation. Refer to the PPG Membrane Handbook). In many cases, it is Cleaning Handbook for a typical process advisable to divert the first 15 — 20% of flow diagram. cleaning solution volume to drain to remove contaminants from the loop and provide a more effective cleaning. After recirculation of chemical cleaner is The permeate flow rates may complete, drain the CIP tank and collect continue to rise for up to 24 hours after the cleaner for disposal. In some cases, cleaning for operating conditions to fully if compatible with permeate product end stabilize. If permeate flow has not returned use, the cleaner can be returned to the to near (within 5%) initial stabilized flux feed tank eliminating the need to conditions, another CIP with longer soak segregate. times or a different cleaning chemistry may improve performance. After cleaning cycle is complete, install new cartridge or bag filters. Replace the old cartridges / bags even if the pressure drop is not high enough to warrant maintenance. This step will prevent the retransmission of particulates or The technical data presented in this bulletin is based upon information believed by PPG to be currently accurate.However,no guarantees of accuracy,comprehensiveness or performance are given or implied.Continuous improvements infiltration technology may cause future technical data to vary from what is in this bulletin.Contact your PPG representative for the most up- to-date information. Statements and methods described herein are based upon the best information and practices known to PPG.However,procedures for applications mentioned are suggestions only and are not to be construed as representations or warranties as to performance or results,nor does PPG warrant freedom from patent infringement in the use of any formula or process set forth herein. The PPG logo is a registered trademark of PPG Industries,Inc. ©2017 PPG Industries,Inc.10/17 Doc REIChemKleen10272017 PPG Filtration Technologies Membrane Cleaning Handbook Revision: Dec 19, 2016 This document is intended to guide users of the use of any formula or process set forth PPG spiral wound membrane elements herein. when to clean and what cleaning or sanitizing chemicals should be used to Why is membrane cleaning necessary? remove the most common foulants that may be encountered during typical filtration Depending on the separation application, system process operations. there are various types of constituents that can be present in the feed water that can Please note that the cleaning guidelines reduce the flow of permeate over time. outlined here are intended for general use in Suspended solids can build up on the most industrial process and wastewater surface of the membrane or plug the filtration applications. channels created by the feed spacer. Emulsified and dissolved organics can Contact your PPG Filtration representative adsorb to the surface of the membrane or for recommendations specific to your even within the pore structure of the membrane filtration system application. membrane matrix beneath. Colloidal and The technical data presented in this bulletin dissolved inorganics can precipitate on the is based upon the best available data and surface of the membrane and form a hard scale. Microbiological growth can also occur practices known to PPG at the present time, on the membrane surface, forming a sticky but PPG does not guarantee the biofilm that agglomerates suspended solids, performance, results, accuracy, or but also blocks flow by itself. comprehensiveness of such information. Continuous improvements in filtration Where practical, membrane foulants should technology may cause future technical data be minimized or eliminated from the feed of to vary from what is in this bulletin. Contact the membrane filtration system through your PPG representative for the most up-to- proper pretreatment and segregation date information. procedures. Seek assistance from your PPG representative to help identify pretreatment Statements and methods described herein best practices for your application. Not all are based upon the best information and contaminants can be removed or segregated practices known to PPG. However, from the membrane feed stream, and procedures for applications mentioned are frequently, the constituent(s) targeted for suggestions only and are not to be construed separation by the PPG membrane can also as representations or warranties as to be a foulant itself. In all cases, a periodic performance or results, nor does PPG chemical clean-in-place (CIP) procedure can warrant freedom from patent infringement in Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 1 of 15 be extremely effective in recovering and cleaning and/or sanitization, be sure to maintaining high permeate flux rates. follow recommended guidelines for your All PPG membrane elements are designed specific membrane elements, or contact a to be highly compatible with most aggressive PPG representative for application cleaning chemicals. In many cases this assistance. It may be necessary to dose a allows the use of inexpensive commodity chemical reducing agent, such as sodium bisulfite or erythorbate, to reduce or chemicals in lieu of more expensive eliminate residual oxidant concentrations in proprietary formulations. Because of the the membrane element feed water. single layer construction of the PPG MF/UF membranes, periodic back-flushing or back- When should we clean our membranes? pulsing can be performed by pressurizing the permeate side of the membrane, forcing It is important to remove foulants from the open pores that may have become membrane surface on a periodic basis to obstructed by foulants or particulates. This prevent irreversible mechanical damage to ability is unique to the PPG membrane the membrane element or system. structure compared to most conventional Unchecked fouling can also allow higher spiral wound membrane elements. concentrations of colloidal or emulsified contaminants to pass through the Below is a list of foulants known to cause membrane, leading to decreased permeate reduction in flux rate of MF/UF membrane quality. Fouling can be controlled by elements: monitoring decreases in permeate flux rate, Microbes/biofilm increases in feed pressure or pressure drop Free oils & greases across the element or housing, or increased Aprotic or chlorinated solvents concentrations of turbidity, TOC, oil & Distillate fuel oils, naphtha, and grease, or other contaminants in the gasoline permeate. Ketones Due to the variety of separation applications Silicates to which PPG membranes are applied, there Silicones or silicone based are no universal metrics for defining required defoamers cleaning frequency, however, there are a 8. Colloidal silica few rules of thumb that can be used to help 9. High MW polymer flocculants determine when to clean. As long as 10.Some wetting agents cleaning procedures are performed as 11.Stearates directed, PPG membrane elements can While low concentrations of most chemical withstand many cleaning cycles with no oxidizers will not cause physical damage to effect on lifetime, so it is better to clean more the PPG membrane, they may affect anti- frequently than is necessary rather than fouling properties at high concentrations or waiting until after irreversible fouling has cause damage in certain pH ranges. Since already begun. oxidizers are sometimes necessary for Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 2 of 15 PPG membrane elements should undergo a drop (AP) is a lagging indicator of fouling in cleaning cycle if any of the following a spiral wound, cross-flow filtration element. conditions are met: If a significant increase in pressure drop across an element is observed, a substantial Permeate flow drops more than 15 — amount of particulates or other contaminants "break-in"after initial flow stabilization or have already built up within the feed spacer "bre of the element. It may be difficult to fully Rejection decreases by 25 — 50% recover permeate flow from this condition. Feed pressure or differential pressure Because of the robust construction of the (AP) across an element increases by PPG membrane, back-flushing or back- >_25% pulsing from the permeate into the Depending on the application, PPG feed/concentrate line can help to push solids membrane elements may be operated well off of the surface of the membrane and outside these conditions without permanent unblock pores within the membrane matrix. damage, please contact your PPG Contact a PPG representative for representative for specific recommendations on performing this recommendations. In certain process or cleaning technique. See Figure 1 for a wastewater applications, fouling may occur typical spiral wound element normal immediately, and backflush/cleaning operating configuration and Figure 4 for a frequencies must be determined through typical permeate backflush process flow comprehensive field pilot testing. configuration. For many applications, during the initial Safety Considerations operation of a new membrane element, permeate flow may drop substantially then As with the use of any chemical, consult the stabilize over the first 72 hours of use. This SDS provided by chemical manufacturer for is typically an irreversible loss and may not detailed information regarding the handling, be recovered even by aggressive cleaning. storage, use, and disposal of cleaners used In these cases, use the stabilized flow rate during the CIP process. Carefully read as the base line for indication of future operations manuals provided by the filtration cleaning cycle requirements. system manufacturer before using any CIP equipment. If resistance heaters are used to If a sudden and substantial change in elevate temperature of cleaning solution, permeate flow or rejection occurs, it is likely ensure that proper safety interlocks exist to an indication that mechanical failure of the avoid operating at temperatures above safe element or permanent damage to the design limits for the equipment materials of membrane has occurred. Check for damage construction. to o-rings or bypass of element concentrate seals. Many membrane cleaning chemicals contain surfactants and may create significant Unlike typical depth filtration, e.g. bag, amounts of foam during the cleaning cartridge, or sand/media filters, pressure process. It is recommended to maintain an Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 3 of 15 1 1 inventory of defoamer onsite to control The CIP system should be equipped with the occurrences of excessive foaming. following: Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly . Cleaning tank with mixer after handling chemical products, before . Pump with flow meter for monitoring eating, smoking, and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period. Appropriate required cleaning recirculation flow rates techniques should be used to remove to one vessel or bank of vessels; see potentially contaminated clothing. Wash Table 1 for recommended cleaning flow contaminated clothing before reusing. rates per element Ensure that eyewash stations and safety • Pressure gauges on the cleaning loop to showers are close to the workstation monitor pressure drop across the location. Personal protective equipment for element(s) the body should be selected based on the • Temperature control — cooling to prevent task being performed and the risks involved the temperature of the cleaning tank from and should be approved by a specialist exceeding the element limits; heating to before handling chemical cleaning products. allow the operator to bring solutions to The generation of waste should be avoided effective cleaning temperature quickly, or minimized wherever possible. Disposal of reducing CIP cycle times cleaning products, solutions and any by- pH control — pH sensor and controller will products should at all times comply with the monitor and help to maintain proper pH requirements of environmental protection throughout the CIP to ensure maximum and waste disposal legislation and any effectiveness of cleaner solution regional local authority requirements. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable Bypass valves to isolate cleaning products via a licensed waste disposal solution through the membrane elements contractor. Waste should not be disposed of and prevent contamination of process untreated to the sewer unless fully compliant fluid(s). with the requirements of all authorities with . Cleaning/flush water supply — DI/RO jurisdiction. Dispose of chemical contents water preferred, OF permeate can also and containers in accordance with all local, be used regional, national and international regulations. Bag/cartridge filter on the cleaning loop to remove any particulate displaced from Required CIP equipment the membrane elements during CIP See Figure 3 for typical CIP equipment CAUTION: Special consideration should be arrangement. given to materials of construction of all CIP components with respect to chemical compatibility of cleaners to be used and expected cleaning solution temperatures. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 4 of 15 1 1 Table 1: Maximum recommended cleaning Table 2: Estimated holdup volume per flow rate per element vessel housing element Outerwrap TypeElement • diameter 2540 2 0.5 Net 4040 4 1 2.5" -m3lh----- ------------1'2--------------------------1.8----------- 8040 20 5 gpm 5.3 7.9 4.1 gpm 13 20 For example — a system with six, 8040 m3/h 12 18 membrane elements with a clean water 81' ----------------------- --------------------------------- ----------------------------- permeate production rate of 60 gpm would gpm 53 79 require 120 gallons of cleaning solution and Note: Flow rates during cleaning must be a minimum CIP tank volume of 180 gallons. sufficient to remove foulants from the membrane element surface, but do not Preparing CIP solutions exceed AP limits. Do not exceed 10 psi (0.7 A variety of commodity and proprietary bar) of pressure drop per element or 45 psi cleaners are available on the market for (3 bar) per pressure vessel. cleaning and sanitizing membrane Required CIP solution volumes elements. A cleaner's effectiveness is dependent on the type and severity of fouling In order to calculate the volume of cleaning and the chemistry of the contaminants that solution required for a given CIP cycle, caused the fouling. Generally, the highest estimate the system holdup volume of the concentration, pH, and temperatures membrane element housings and the CIP allowable will provide the quickest and most piping, then add enough extra volume to effective cleaning possible. Always follow remain above the low level shutoff point of PPG element specifications for chemical the CIP tank. compatibility, pH and temperature limits, otherwise, permanent membrane damage Use the following methods to quickly may occur that is not covered under the PPG estimate required CIP solution and tank warranty. volumes. For cleaning solution, take the total holdup volume of the housings with When preparing cleaning or sanitizing elements installed, then multiply by 2 to solutions — the use of RO permeate or DI estimate the system holdup, then multiply by water is preferred. At a minimum, MF/UF 2 again for required solution volume. permeate quality water should be used. Minimum CIP tank capacity should be 3 Descaling cycles will be most effective if the times the clean water permeate production water has a hardness concentration of less rate. See Table 2 for estimated holdup than one grain/gallon (<17 mg/L as CaCO3). volumes of various PPG element sizes. City or utility water will not damage the PPG Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 5 of 15 1 1 membrane elements, but cleaning may be on the foulant(s) present, see Table 3 for less effective. Reuse of spent cleaning specific chemical cleaner formulations. solutions is not recommended. Always check the manufacture date of your cleaners Oil & grease: amine based mildly alkaline before use, many have a limited shelf life. cleaners can help remove oil or grease type fouling; aggressive caustic solutions with pH Heating the cleaning solution with a heat >10 should be avoided exchanger or resistance heater will speed up the chemical reaction rates taking place Inorganic scales and metal particulates: organic acids; acetic or citric acids also during cleaning. Heated solutions will more quickly break up or dissolve biofilms, provide a complexing effect; EDTA (Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) is a oil/organics, and inorganic scales. However, common chelating agent in many cleaners; exercise caution that the temperature does not exceed the maximum temperature limits mineral acids should be avoided of the membrane elements, or damage could Biofilm and organics: oxidizers (e.g. occur. If the temperature of cleaning solution sodium hypochlorite and hydrogen peroxide) rises too much during the cleaning process, can be very effective at treating biofilms and turn off the heater, reduce hot water flow to sanitizing, but should be used with caution at heat exchanger, or add bags of ice to the CIP pH >9 or membrane damage could result; do tank to reduce the temperature before not exceed recommended pH or chlorine continuing recirculation. If possible, install a tolerance limits of individual membrane high temperature switch on the membrane element specifications. inlet manifold to automatically shut the system down if the process or cleaning feed Typical CIP cleaner flow rates and water exceeds the membrane element circulation times temperature limit. In general, cleaning operations for Liquid cleaner solutions are widely available membrane elements should follow this and are the easiest to handle. More frequent sequence: clean water flush, cleaner cleanings or larger applications may warrant circulation, cleaner soak, cleaner the cost savings of using powdered recirculation, drain, final water flush. The pH cleaners. When using powdered cleaners, of the cleaner solution should be monitored make sure that the cleaner is well mixed and during the recirculation step. If a pH change fully dissolved before circulating into the greater than 0.5 occurs, extra cleaner should membrane elements. be added to the CIP tank to maintain Always keep enough chemicals in inventory maximum efficacy at target pH value. If the to complete at least one CIP cycle in case of cleaner becomes heavily discolored or dirty an immediate need to clean in order to during the CIP cycle, drain and mix a new prevent unexpected shutdown of production. batch of cleaner. The following general recommendations will Circulation and soak steps should be rotated help you choose a cleaning solution based in intervals of 10 — 30 minutes. If cleaning is Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 6 of 15 performed on a frequent, regular schedule, Quick kill nonoxidizing biocide to soak and recirculation times may be control bacteria, yeasts and fungi reduced. If cleaning cannot be performed on Mildly alkaline surfactant to disperse a regular basis due to production residual organics constraints, cleaning times may need to be Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other prolonged. Cleaners that contain enzymes to inorganic deposits and scales break down protein foulants commonly require longer cycles than stated herein, in If biofouling is not severe, follow a two-step order to allow completion of the more process for standard maintenance cleaning: complex reactions. This may require soaking Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other times sustained overnight or longer, consult inorganic deposits and scales the specific cleaner manufacturer guidelines Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer for more information. to destabilize and prevent biofilm Because most separation applications growth expose the membrane elements to different combinations of foulants rather than just one If oil or grease fouling is suspected to be type, it is not uncommon for multiple present, reverse the two-step process for the cleaning steps with different chemicals to be maintenance cleaning: required for effective recovery of flux through Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer the membrane. to breakdown and emulsify oils & greases General CIP program guidelines fi Acidic cleaner to dissolve iron or other fouled MF/UF membrane elements inorganic deposits and scales The example cleaning programs Typically, the concentrate is first drained recommended below will remove organics, from the membrane elements, then the colloidal matter, inorganic scales, and system is flushed with permeate or city biofouling that can occur in many membrane water. This additional step increases cleaner process filtration applications. Biofouling activity and effectiveness during the CIP. commonly occurs in the first stage of a Depending on the cleaning solution used, system, and results in a significant increase one or multiple post CIP flushes with fresh in differential pressure (AP). Each stage of a water may be required to fully rinse the multi-stage system should be cleaned cleaning solution from the membrane separately if possible. surfaces and prevent contamination of the The severe biofouling cleaning program process water permeate to the point of use. follows a four-step cleaning process: The membrane elements should also be flushed between each cleaning stage to Mildly alkaline surfactant with oxidizer prevent mixing of cleaner solutions and to destabilize biofilms unwanted reactions from occurring. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 7 of 15 1 1 For wastewater applications, spent flush When the system returns to service, the water is typically returned to the process operating conditions may not be improved or feed water tank to maximize system could be slightly reduced compared to the recovery. In certain applications where the start of the cleaning. Many chemical process downstream of the membrane cleaners can temporarily affect the elements could be contaminated by CIP membrane or support materials, and routine chemicals, the spent flush water should be operation for up to 24 hours may be routed separately to drain or disposal. Spent necessary to stabilize operating conditions. Membrane element specifications should CIP cleaning solutions and rinses containing always be followed with respect to pH, stearate foulants should always be disposed temperature, pressure, and flow rate. and not returned to the process feed water tank. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 8 of 15 1 Table 3: PPG Filtration cleaning chemical recommendations FiltrationPPG . Recommendations for . . . Membrane . Typical 96.95 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. 2 STPP 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute 50C Oil/organics fouling 2-4 hrs 35-' (95- 1F)max ax 8 8 9 0 1 EDTA intervals for 2—4 hours. (122 0.05 PPG HP AM27 - adjust pH to<_9.0 95-96 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. 0 0 4-5 Citric acid based cleaner 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute inorganic deposit fouling 50 Iron/other 2 hrs 20-°30 CC(122' -86 F)max F) 2 0-2.2 - e.g. ChemTreat RL-2016 intervals for 2 hours. - 3. Monitor pH levels every 30 minutes and add solution if - a pH gain of greater than 0.5 is recorded. 0 0 99.6 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. oxidizing treatment 50 Biological fouling- 1 -2 hrs 35-°45 C(122(1(95- 1F)max F) 8 5-9.5 0.4 PPG Chemchlor 2. Circulate and soak remaining solution at 30 minute - adjust pH to<9.0 intervals for 1 —2 hours. Biological fouling- 20-30°C(68-86°F) 99.8 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. oxidizingtreatment 0.5 2 hrs 6.0 8.0 50°C(122°F)max 0.2 PPG HP AM27 2. Circulate remaining solution for 1 -2 hours. Biological fouling- 25°C(77°F) 99.99 DI or RO water 1. Flush first 15% of solution through membranes to drain. nonoxidizin treatment 4 hrs 5.0 9.0 g 50°C(122°F)max 0.01 PPG MZD 40940 2. Circulate remaining solution for 4 hours. Note: If any cleaning solution shows heavy discoloration during cycle, discard, makeup a new solution, and repeat that cleaning stage. Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 9 of 15 1 1 Detailed CIP procedure for fouled MF/UF 7. Arrange valves to refill the CIP tank with membrane elements permeate or clean water, turn off the CIP The following detailed CIP procedure can be pump. followed for cleaning of membrane 8. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate elements: and concentrate to return to the CIP tank. The membrane elements, the CIP pump, 1. Inspect CIP tank, hoses, and and the CIP tank should be assembled in bag/cartridge pre-filters. Clean tank and a loop configuration to recirculate the flush hoses if necessary. Install new cleaning solution through the elements bag/cartridge pre-filters using 5 micron or and back to the CIP tank during cleaning. tighter rated pre-filter on the cleaning See Figure 3 for typical cleaning loop loop. process flow diagram. 2. With the filtration system running, open g. Turn on agitator or tank recirculation the CIP permeate valve, close the permeate service valve and fill the CIP pump. tank with permeate water or clean flush 10.Add and thoroughly mix the cleaner water. When the container is filled to solution in the CIP tank. See Table 3 for desired level, turn the process pump specific formulation recommendations. OFF. 11.Check cleaning solution pH. Reference 3. Close the inlet feed water supply valve to Table 3 and the PPG membrane the process pump and open the pump specification sheets for guidelines on inlet feed from the CIP tank. cleaning pH limits. If pH is too high, adjust with sulfuric, nitric, acetic, or citric 4. Close the permeate valve to point of use acid. If pH is too low, adjust with sodium and also the concentrate valve drain. hydroxide or sodium bicarbonate. 5. Open the CIP valves, allowing permeate Because of its limited buffer capacity, use and concentrate to return to the feed caution not to overshoot above pH 10 tank. The membrane elements, the CIP when using sodium hydroxide. pump, and the CIP tank should be 12.Check to ensure that the feed, permeate, assembled in a loop configuration to flush and concentrate valves and lines are water through the elements and back to open and unrestricted in the cleaning the feed tank. See Figure 2 for typical tank loop. forward flush process flow diagram. 6. Turn on the CIP pump to pump clean 13.Start the CIP pump. permeate or city water through the a. Observe all system pressures and flows. membrane elements and back to the tank b. Do not exceed maximum flows or for 10 — 30 seconds, depending on system holdup volume. pressures given in Table 1. Excessive feed pressure or permeate flow during Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 10 of 15 1 1 cleaning will trap foulants at the surface from the system. See Figure 2 for a of the membrane and inhibit removal, typical forward flush process flow and can also create excessive foaming diagram. Verify that permeate quality is that will require additional flush water. good (check pH, temperature, c. Damage may result to membrane conductivity, etc.) before returning to elements if the temperature of the CIP normal operation. solution exceeds 1220F (500C). If the 17.After permeate quality is verified as water temperature exceeds 1130F acceptable, route the permeate valves to (450C), place bags of ice into the CIP point of use and concentrate to tank, or start coolant flow to chiller coil or drain/recycle/disposal for normal heat exchanger (depending on specific operation. See Figure 1 for a typical equipment available) to absorb the extra normal operating process flow diagram. heat. 18.Note that permeate flow rates may d. Recirculate and/or soak the cleaning continue to rise for up to 24 hours after solution in the membrane elements cleaning for operating conditions to fully according to recommendations in Table stabilize. If permeate flow has not 3. In many cases, it is advisable to divert returned to near (within 5%) initial the first 15 — 20% of cleaning solution stabilized flux conditions, another CIP volume to drain to remove contaminants with longer soak times or a different from the loop and provide a more cleaning chemistry may improve effective cleaning. performance. 14.After recirculation of chemical cleaner is complete, drain the CIP tank and collect the cleaner for disposal. In some cases, if compatible with permeate product end use, the cleaner can be returned to the feed tank eliminating the need to segregate. 15.After cleaning cycle is complete, install new cartridge filters. Replace the old cartridges even if the pressure drop is not high enough to warrant maintenance. This step will prevent the retransmission of particulates or biological materials that were removed during the cleaning cycle. 16.Start the membrane system and flush to drain/recycle/disposal for 20 minutes to remove all residual cleaning solution Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 11 of 15 I''I�'I AGITATOR :AOl PERMEATE Ir R FLUSH WATER x-um-x w-Ilm rt � R, co sm r newewrcFLIM euawRrs� � K--r-�CJ'} w.nra+ 1------------------ O PLW P K 11GT RETENTATE mv>ea �Rs ~yam e CMLLEDMOT sco �.rs� WATER SUPPLY n� CHILLEDAIOT WATER RETURN FEED TAIFK im RE-F eIOP.Fm rw�b a b a Dory Pr..r.o.w.. FE®9dN �m �,�1 9c..n!aP a.dEac r..l b 4s upv y�f•wm.e F]b brt Wv+d:N Pafv..v�:b W u MvaP... !P 4abdaa�WPrP.a�.. Ic M .P..r�baPbn.�oa PIDCE4 PV// �d�m a.r W wr..1��dPn�r a Wn eNynr M 11 OS naa W ry nn.bb Pm.r bs n..� NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. n NMAL RELEASE ATF 1 J5l2015 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERATING DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM E PROJECT- GUI PPG CONFCENT14L This drawing is the DESIGNED ATF PROCESS FILTRATION STEP DRAWING NO. DRAFTED ATF PAY dPPG Fldustries.Inc. PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-0201 Figure 1: Process filtration step — flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 12 of 15 A4IiAlOR 1,m I,ali]aEnrE � .. FEUsn waa sa]ma e um 1F R R OAACIaVA9/TANK — I—_______---------- vai I — %WAT!k FLTDI E19ENT5 aywfAw nm I Sm I rarcm] smo ------------------ Cr HIM► aaa 0.ETEMATEbAh ]a]ma o-tm Em CHILLED/MOT ra.m] WATERSUVVLV cco WATER RETURN i FEFD TANI vm R 15 r v�rdb N v um I dN[� .Ivwlm db.r4hlG\Na�vYm Msw\r,m PpN olm4.var..wrv.��v Pb•'r�s�. Anna Ydb LMue\N\\wer\h p\Nn�'tielgr q�b IWt ydnAy Cr.b.b,ren MI\ry]\very —]. Kif]] :Mlt ryr IF:R�tirF.b lr.�ml'.Ode\ ,f FEED SOLN - oil ��•�-� �d/\yd Nvn\\n\C v\fv,bwnb hP4 rr\.�.. \dP�4db]\m.w\ppds.ry rd.\Mby. HCCES PIl1AP ao Ppwt\+r.bv+yv�aw nyNn�e r•. Sim NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: S DECEWER M16 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A INi-ALREL6ASE ATF 12/5l2016 APPVD: ISSUEFOR: SYSTEMPFD MONROEVLLE,PA OPERATING DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM F PROJECT GUIDE DESIGNED ATF PPG CONPDENTL4L TTris a`a""815 the MEMBRANE ELEMENT FORWARD FLUSH DRAW ING NO. PmPertY d PPG k]dustne,Inc. DRAFTED ATF PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-0202 Figure 2: Membrane element forward flush step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 13 of 15 y CIP CILEMICALISI 21M AOTAnoIt �. PERMEATE R R FLUSH WIDER 1116T MIIm (r]+ 1r A R OAMLRWA9ITMIR '------------------I JIM r cF<iarfaEwa YFi,m.r � I �l ------------------� Q P JNP U.2 ire RETENTATET\ sc�-uma CHILLED/HOT WATER SUPPLY CHILLED/HOT WATER RETURN 17M _ - b,mA 1.�IIl ulm r C Ib YUrd drY Y�YCY M..MY+Yad iar dlaN' MrManb�ghPC O��Ycw�r=mrr Nvwwr,ie CYbr� pnnar Yglr LMnreY bpY.Yrr ntlYb�Ya4Rl a.yar I4br arVf d1.b.rry raw�.i nfiYl�ry (y-Sf:r :arb1 rrr,Ri aP�rY..b M nw,.pabY FEED SOLH �'�"� Y,<e a.►a..ae r.n.b�.m�a�.ror.nw iw Imr-t p,rY br wpnrn N vmn ba..b 1YG r...rr. !wP Pdb,Ysn r.rpv M.sy ad r ml bM rrq.rrr.r a..w. Paew.�v. PbCFST PIAf •ri.a m�hFi wrtirara+rm�hw e.+P.rn um wr�a.n rvrmrror YovY r be..� NO- REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVLLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A vmAL RELEASE ATF 1 v52016 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERAi1NG DATE: TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM 1 rMWING T: GLIDE PPGCONFDENTWL This drawing is theDESIGNED ATF MEMBRANEELEMENTCHEMICALCLEAN NO. DRAFTED ATF P"F d PPG Md6tries,Inc. PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E76-D203 Figure 3: Membrane element chemical cleaning step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work©2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 14 of 15 PERMEATE FLUSH WATER � s-,+�- ---------- ------- ------- OP PUMP 1102 --L=T1' RMWATE CHILLE /hOT WATER SUPPLY CHILLED/HOT WATER REIVRN FEED TANK 1701 no FEE�DS�OLN� oil PTDCMPVW NO. REVISIONS BY DATE APP SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE, 5 DECEMBER 2016 MONROEVILLE BUSINESS&TECHNOLOGY CENTER PPG INDUSTRIES,INC. A INITIAL RELEASE ATF 1-'(5t-'016 APPVD: ISSUE FOR: SYSTEM PFD MONROEVILLE,PA OPERATING DATE: - TYPICAL MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM F 1 PROJECT: GME DESIGNED ATF P"'NFIDENTL4J-This drawing is the PERMEATE BACKFLUSH DRAWNG NO. Dperty of PPG kstines. . DRAF T � ", p xlu ft PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM E16-O24 Figure 4: Membrane element permeate backflush step —flow diagram of typical PPG membrane system Membrane Cleaning Handbook Unpublished Work @ 2016 PPG Industries, Inc. Page 15 of 15 UL LISTED IND.CONTEQ 3PZW v tea—_ OryY �� o°t MAue Type 4X Indoor Use Only Enclosure. DESIGN PROTECTED GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS The VALBIA electric actuators are suitable for the automation of ball and butterfly valves for the industrial and construction sector.The usage of electronic components of last generation,together with precise mechanic,thanks to a careful research and development,enables high performance and long-term reliability of the product. The range has been manufactured with following characteristics: •The housing of the actuators provides a VO self-extinguish class techno-polymer material. •The kinematics is made by steel and techno-polymer gear wheels,sustained by hardened steel pinions,mounted on self-lubricating bushes and inserted in a strong structure of die-cast aluminium(excluding mod.VB015). •The connection part of the actuators with the valves,is made by a die-casted and painted aluminium plate cataphoresis,with a dual drilling interface as per the IS05211-DIN 3337 Standard. •The electronic circuit adjusts automatically the motor speed depending on the mechanical load variations in order to drive the cycle always in the same time. •The whole range of actuators is provided with an electronic safety system for the torque control(torque limiter). •The whole range of actuators is standard provided of heater activated with the powered actuator. •The whole range of actuators(except for mod.VB015)is modulable:and programmable in standard mode(4-20 mA or 0-1 OV)or reverse mode(20-4 mA or 10-OV) All electric actuators(except for mod.VB015)can be equipped with rotary potentiometer(51<01 W). •All electric actuators(except for mod.VB015 and for 12V power supply),can be equipped with battery backup for emergency control. \N_�/aLMia 118 MODEL VB015 VB030 VB060 VB110 VB190 VB270 VB350 MAX WORKING TORQUE(IN-LBS) 133 266 530 975 1680 2390 3100 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC LOW VOLTAGE VOLTAGE (V) 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC MULTIVOLTAGE 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC 100-240V AC WORKING TIME(sec) 10 8 9 27 27 50 50 TORQUE LIMITER STD STD STD STD STD STD STD 12VAC/24VAC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% 12VAC/DC 50% DUTY RATING 12VDC/24VDC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 24VAC/DC 75% 40VAC 100-240VAC 100-2 100-440VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC PROTECTION IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 ROTATION 90° 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, UPON REQUEST 180° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° 180°or 270° MANUAL OVERRIDE STD STD STD STD STD STD STD POSITION INDICATOR STD STD STD STD STD STD STD WORKING TEMPERATURE -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F -4°F+131°F HEATER STD STD STD STD STD STD STD ADDITIONAL FREE LIMIT SWITCHES n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD n°2 STD (type SPDT) (type SPOT) (type SPDT) (type SPOT) (type SPOT) (type SPOT) (type SPDT) DRILLING ISO 5211 *F03-F05 *F03-F05 F05-F07 F07-F10 F07-F10 F07-F10 F07-F10 SQUARE(in) 0.43 0.43 0.55 0.67 0.67 0.87 0.87 SQUARE UPON REQUEST 0.35 0.35-0.55 0.43-0.67 0.55-0.87 0.55-0.87 0.67 0.67 FAIL-SAFE OPERATION(BATTERY BACKUP) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST NOT AVAILABLE FOR MOD.12V POSITIONER STD(4-20mA or 0-10 VDC) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST REVERSE(20-4mA or 10-0 VDC) LINEAR POTENTIOMETER(5K Q 1W) NOTAVAILABLE UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST UPON REQUEST ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 WEIGHT(LBS) 3.09 5.07 7.28 10.80 10.80 13.23 13.23 F04 or F07 upon request. POWER CONSUMPTION MODEL VB015 VB030 VB060 VB110 VB190 VB270 VB350 NOMINAL VOLTAGE 100-240V AC VERSION H ABSORBED CURRENT 0.3-0.19 A 0.4-0.2 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.4-0.2 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.6-0.3 A 0.75-0.4 A ABSORBED POWER 30-46 VA 40-48 VA 60-72 VA 40-48 VA 60-72 VA 60-72 VA 75-96 VA NOMINALVOLTAGE 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V 12V 24V AC/DC AC/DCAC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC VERSION L ABSORBED CURRENT 1.2A 0.6A 2.2-1.8A 1-0.7A 3.8-2.85A 1.8-1.2A 2.2-1.8A 1-0.7A 3.8-2.85A 1,8-1,2A 3.8-2.85A 1.8-1.2A 4.75-3.65A 1.95-1.65A ABSORBED POWER 15 VA 26,5-22 24-17 46-34 43-29 26,5-22 24-17 46-M 43-29 46-34 43-29 5744 47-40 VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA FREQUENCY 50/60 HZ ==R vrmma 119 -1 r__J f OP LL CO W C) i CH O N ° L o , PG11 m M W Q IN'► W a OF n 0 o MOD. DRILLING ISO 5211 CH A B C D E F G H I L M N O OP Q VB015 F03- F05 0.43 4.84 5.57 1.67 4.74 4.96 0.61 4.06 1.26 0.55 1.42 1.97 10-24 UNC 2BXo.47 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.51 2.68 2.56 VB030 F03- F05 0.43 6.18 7.40 2.38 5.10 5.75 1.65 1.30 1.42 0.47 1.42 1.97 10-24 UNC 2BX0.47 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.51 2.56 3.94 VB060 F05- F07 0.55 7.28 8.46 2.66 5.77 6.81 1.65 2.01 1.42 0.63 1.97 2.76 1/4-20 UNC 2BX0.59 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.63 2.56 4.33 VB 110 F07- F 10 0.67 8.31 9.14 3.31 6.02 7.01 2.13 2.13 1.58 0.75 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB 190 F07 - F 10 0.67 8.31 9.14 3.31 6.02 7.01 2.13 2.13 1.58 0.75 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB270 F07- F 10 0.87 8.74 9.19 3.03 6.69 7.17 2.03 2.13 1.58 0.95 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.75 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 VB350 F07- F 10 0.87 8.74 9.19 3.03 6.69 7.17 2.03 2.13 1.58 0.95 2.76 4.02 5/16-18 UNC 2BX0.79 3/8-16 UNC 2BX0.75 4.33 4.53 Upon request F04 or F07. /aLaia ,.SP,'-s 120 ELECTRIC WIRING V1301 5 1 00-240V 50/60Hz ACTUATOR M STATIC IMPULSE DRIVE OPTOISOLATED BY PLC r-------------I 1 OPEN CLOSED I r 3 2 1 I I OO o @ _ J, 1= 6mA I I ELECTRONIC I I AUX MICRO AUX MICRO CONTROL a I I I I I OPEN CLOSED 1 11 1 I I ; � 1i�1 I I I I I I I I I 1011121 9 1 7 18 111116 1514 13 2 1 MICRO AUX WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION N L ELECTRIC WIRING V601512V-24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz -------------------- OPEN CLOSED I I ACTUATOR ACTUATOR 1 I I I I I I I O i M M I 1 I I I AUX MICRO AUX MICRO 1 L L OPEN CLOSED I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 I 1 I OPENING CLOSING OPENING I 1 CLOSING 1 L=LIMITER TORQUE I ---------- AC DC MICRO AUX WITH VALVE N IN OPEN POSITION L MMLI ��Jr1. �C3Ir1. ;.�. 121 ELECTRIC WIRING FROM VB030 TO VB350 12V ACIDC 50/60 Hz,24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz, 100-240V AC 50/60 Hz Ground(PE) L(+) 2 points control mode N(GND) L(+) N(-) Fuse JG ning ound(PE) rn c Ground 0 o a U U O Optional with potentiometer 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5k01W Terminal block A B C rr F e 8 r ° 5 3 points control mode LL LL o € € F L(+) N(-) Optional 24V do battery (not available for 12V versions) U z z z z FREE CONTACT Ground(PE) MAX 1A 120Vac/2A 24Vdc y 0 Free contacts o Power supply MAX 2A250Vac/30Vdc 1 2 3 voltage board c Control4ogic board Term "F" U — ON/OFF electric actuator Electric actuator / Asia 122 ELECTRIC WIRING WITH POSITIONER FROM VB030 TO VB350 12V AC/DC 50/60 Hz,24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz, 100.240V AC 50/60 Hz Ground(PE) L(+) CMD IN N(GND) 4 IN 4-20mA Fuse 3 GND 2 IN 0-10V TOUT 10V 4 IN 4-20mA 0 3 GND c Ground 2 IN 0-10V z o p n INTERNAL POTENTIOMETER 1 OUT 10V a Lu U U O 5k41W 4 IN 4-20mA wC MIN x a o 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 cc 2 1N 0--10V13 a w z = 1 OUT 10V MAX z g 'v Z Terminal block y 4 IN_4-20mA c 0 n F rr n ° 3 GND 2 IN 0-10V CMD I N It is possible to connect the inputs of LL LL o E a wntoller if compatible with the above chart r 1 OUT 10V Optional CMD OUT �( avallalble do battery 3 GND 3 GND + _Vversions) J RZ- 0z RZ- -z 2 OUT_0-10V CMD OUT 2 OUT 10V �/ FREE CONTACT 1 OUT_4-20MA MAX1A120Vac/2A24Vdc 1 OUT_4-20mA Rmis MIN=11,D Free contacts 3 GND 2 OUT 0 10V MAX2A250Vac/30Vdc Power supply 1 OUT 4-20mA A - voltage board Control/logic board :E. +Rmis MAX=500f1 Electric actuator with positioner a is possible to connect the inputs o a contoller'rf compatible with the above char) -11 I -���J ��_ 7�C317 � 123 APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES IPEX TK Series 3-Way Ball Valves can be used for flow diverting, mixing, or on/off isolation. They will replace a Tee Valve Availability + 2 valve linkage assembly at reduced cost and space, along with shorter installation and maintenance time. The Body Material: PVC patented seat stop carrier allows for in-line micro- Size Range: 112" through 2" adjustment of the ball seating, and features o-ring cushioning to minimize wear and prevent seizing. Integral Pressure: 232psi mounting flange and bracketing allows for direct actuation Seats: Teflon® (PTFE) and simple support, while a locking handle can prevent improper positioning. TK Series 3-Way Ball Valves are part of Seals: EPDM or Viton® (FPM) our complete Xirtec®140 systems of pipe, valves, and End Connections: Socket (I PS) fittings, engineered and manufactured to our strict quality, Threaded (FNPT) performance, and dimensional standards. `IS (AO'N�Sl ASTM D1784 ANSI 131.20.1 ASTM D2464 ASTM D2466 ASTM D2467 ASTM F1498 i IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 35 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Sample Specification 1.0 Ball Valves -TK 1.1 Material • The valve body, stem, ball, end connectors, and unions 9 The threaded carrier (ball seat support) shall be shall be made of PVC compound which shall meet or adjustable with the valve installed. exceed the requirements of cell classification 12454 0 The valve body, union nuts, and carrier shall have deep according to ASTM D1784. square style threads for increased strength. 1.2 Seats • The ball shall be machined smooth to minimize wear • The ball seats shall be made of Teflon® (PTFE). on valve seats. • All valve seats shall have o-ring backing cushions to 1.3 Seals compensate for wear and prevent seizure of the ball. • The o-ring seals shall be made of EPDM. 0 The thickness of the valve body shall be the same at or The o-ring seals shall be made of Viton® (FPM). all three ports. 1.4 All wetted parts of the valves shall comply with 0The stem design shall feature a shear point above the standards that are equivalent to NSF Standard 61 for o-ring to maintain system integrity in the unlikely event potable water. of a stem breakage. 2.0 Connections The handle shall feature a locking mechanism to prevent unintentional movement. 2.1 Socket style 0 The handle shall incorporate a feature to allow the • The IPS socket PVC end connectors shall conform to valve position to be secured with a padlock. the dimensional standards ASTM D2466 and ASTM 0 The handle shall incorporate a removable tool for D2467. adjustment of the threaded carrier. 2.2 Threaded style 0 The top of the stem shall incorporate molded features The female NPT threaded PVC end connectors shall to indicate port location and ball position. • conform to the dimensional standards ASTM D2464, 0 All valves shall have integrally molded mounting ASTM F1498, and ANSI B1.20.1. flanges for support and actuation 3.0 Design Features 3.1 Pressure Rating • All valves shall be true union at all three ports. 0 All valves shall be rated at 232psi at 73°F (23°C). • All sizes shall be full port. 3.2 Markings • Valve design shall permit positive shutoff of any of the three ports. All valves shall be marked to indicate size, material designation, and manufacturers name or trade mark. • Balls shall be of T-port or L-port design (specifier must select one). 3.3 Color Coding • The valve shall have blocking seat supports at all three 0 All PVC valves shall be color-coded dark gray. ports. 4.0 All valves shall be Xirtec® 140 by IPEX or approved equal. 36 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions - . Dimension (inches) Size C C1 C2 B B1 132 112 3.29 1.16 2.13 3.44 1.30 1.97 3/4 3.86 1.40 2.46 3.88 1.54 2.22 1 4.13 1.46 2.68 4.17 1.77 2.42 • 1-1/4 5.49 2.01 3.48 5.31 2.01 3.01 1-112 5.49 2.01 3.48 5.47 2.24 3.17 • 2 6.06 2.01 4.06 6.26 2.72 3.84 • " . IPS Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • • Size d L Z H H1 E 1/2 0.84 0.91 3.43 5.20 3.15 2.17 ••' 3/4 1.05 1.00 4.26 6.27 3.94 2.60 1 1.32 1.13 4.59 6.85 4.33 2.95 r -�•4 1-1/4 1.66 1.26 5.55 8.07 5.16 3.43 %r- 1-112 1.90 1.38 6.20 8.96 5.83 3.94 • ' 2 2.38 1.50 7.50 10.51 7.05 4.80 r Female NPT Threaded Connections - Dimension (inches) • " �• Size R L Z H H1 E ..• 1/2 1/2-NPT 0.71 3.56 4.96 3.15 2.17 _ M 3/4 3/4-NPT 0.71 4.35 5.76 3.94 2.60 a 1 1-NPT 0.89 4.78 6.56 4.33 2.95 •+~ 1-1/4 1-1/4-NPT 0.99 5.73 7.71 5.16 3.43 J • 1-1/2 1-1/2-NPT 0.97 6.38 8.32 5.83 3.94 • 2 2-NPT 1.17 7.66 9.99 7.05 4.80 • ram- 1 � • Mounting Flanges - Dimension (inches) Size Al A2 B L H f sizes 1/2 i _to 1 1/2 0.28 0.38 0.81 1.46 1.00 0.18 " " 3/4 0.31 0.47 0.87 1.65 1.18 0.18 1 0.35 0.49 1.18 1.97 1.32 0.24 • 1 • 1-1/4 0.41 0.53 1.42 2.60 1.57 0.24 •1• .. !- 1-1/2 0.45 0.57 1.46 2.80 1.69 0.28 2 0.59 0.79 1.77 3.35 1.69 0.28 sizes 1-1/4" to 2" IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 37 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions (cont'd) Dimension (inches) ate` 1 SP Size ISO J P 1/2 F04 0.20 1.65 3/4 F05 0.28 1.97 (~ i 1 F05 0.28 1.97 1-1/4 F07 0.35 2.76 R 1-112 F07 0.35 2.76 2 F07 0.35 2.76 Weights Flow Coefficients Approximate Weight Obs) Cv Size Position Size IPS Socket FNPT Threaded A B C D E 1/2 0.77 0.77 1/2 3.85 2.45 4.55 13.7 5.11 3/4 1.32 1.32 3/4 9.50 6.65 10.2 26.6 10.5 1 1.87 1.87 1 14.4 9.80 17.2 53.2 18.6 1-1/4 2.98 2.98 1-1/4 27.3 18.9 32.2 73.5 33.3 1-1/2 3.86 3.86 1-1/2 33.3 23.1 42.0 119 43.4 2 6.50 6.50 2 63.0 43.4 84.0 224 85.4 Pressure - Temperature Ratings 250 232 -PVC 200 Q 150 d d 100 uo 'o 50 0 32 62 73 92 122 140 152 182 212 Working Temperature(T) 38 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Operating Positions T-Port Position L-Port Position T-Port L-Port 00 mixing diverting ° 1 0 _ - 3 _ ., 900 diverting closed 1800 straight flow closed L— 2700 diverting diverting _ r. low — — - ` ', - 900 1800 ---r _ (i �r1 , ► v r_ " - 270 r ti IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 39 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts Position A: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 0 N N 0.1 a 0.01 1 10 100 loon Flowrate(GPM) Position B: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Separating Flow 1 N _ N _ _ r O N N 1 a) 0.1 1 �•' —T:-_� d _ J 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position C: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet • Diverting Flow Q 1 N O d ..}—•�• • 1 .• —_ N N 0.1 1 f' 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) 40 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. It �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts (cunt'd) Position D: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet ti • Straight Flow 1 Q 0 - • N N a 0.1 •I�• - 0.01 1 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position E: 10 • L-Port • Any Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 a • • • N d 0.1 a Y • 0.01 'l.\lam♦ ILI 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 41 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Components 1 �r 0- -0 �. � 1 8 6 S 8 S 9 13b 13a # Component Material Qty 1* insert tool PVC 1 2 handle PVC 1 3* stem o-ring EPDM or Viton® 2 4 stem PVC 1 5 ball seat PTFE 4 6 ball PVC 1 7 body PVC 1 •� 8* backing o-ring EPDM or Viton® 4 9* body o-ring EPDM or Viton® 3 •� ! 10* socket o-ring EPDM or Viton® 3 y 11 support for ball seat PVC 3 12* end connector PVC 3 13* union nut PVC 3 14 blocking button POM 1 15 stop ring PVC 3 *Spare parts available. 42 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Installation Procedures 1. For socket and threaded style connections, remove the union nuts (part #13 on previous page) and slide them onto the pipe. For flanged connections, remove the union • nut/flange assemblies from the valve. 2. Please refer to the appropriate connection style sub- section: a. For socket style, solvent cement the end connectors (12) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Solvent Cementing"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". Be sure to allow sufficient cure time before continuing with the valve installation. b. For threaded style, thread the end connectors (12) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, `Joining Methods— Threading"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". 3. Open and close the valve to ensure that the seat supports (11) are at the desired adjustment. If adjustment is required, remove the insert tool (1) from the handle (2). Line up the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat supports. Tighten or loosen to the desired position then replace the tool on the handle. For correct alignment of the ball and seat support system, adjustment should begin with the center port. 4. Ensure that the socket o-rings (10) are properly fitted in their grooves then carefully place the valve in the system between the end connections. If anchoring is required, fix the valve to the supporting structure via the integral mounting flange on the bottom of the valve body (7). 5. Tighten the three union nuts. Hand tightening is typically sufficient to maintain a seal for the maximum working pressure. Over-tightening may damage the threads on the valve body and/or the union nut, and may even cause the union nut to crack. 6. Open and close the valve to ensure that the cycling performance is adequate. If adjustment is required, loosen the union nuts, remove the valve from the system, and then continue from Step 3. IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 43 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. i IPEX TK SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Valve Maintenance Disassembly Assembly 1. If removing the valve from an operating system, isolate Note: Before assembling the valve components, it is the valve from the rest of the system. Be sure to advisable to lubricate the o-rings with a water soluble depressurize and drain the isolated branch and valve lubricant. Be sure to consult the `9PEX Chemical Resistance before continuing. Guide"and/or other trusted resources to determine specific 2. Loosen the three union nuts(13) and drop the valve out of lubricant-rubber compatibilities. the line. If retaining the socket o-rings (10), take care that 1. Properly fit the stem o-rings (3) in the grooves on the they are not lost when removing the valve from the line. stem (4), then insert the stem from the inside of the _ 3. To disassemble, rotate the handle (2) to the following valve body (7). position: 2. Line up the markings on the stem with the ports in the a. For T-Port valves, the three arrows must line up valve body. with the three valve ports (The valve must be open 3. Replace the backing o-ring (8) and seat (5) at the back at all three ports). of the valve body. b. For L-Port valves, the two arrows must line up with 4. Insert the ball (6) into the valve body while ensuring that ports "a" and "b" (see component diagram). the ports line up with the markings on the stem. 4. Remove the insert tool (1) from the handle then line up 5. Ensure that all body o-rings (9), backing o-rings, and the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat seats are properly fitted on the three seat supports (11). supports (11). Loosen and remove all three seat supports Starting with the center port, tighten each support into from the valve body (7). the valve body using the insert tool (1). 5. Remove the ball (6) from the valve body while taking 6. Replace the handle (2) on the stem while ensuring that care not to score or damage the outer surface. the position markings on the handle line up with those 6. Remove the handle from the stem (4) by pulling upwards. on the stem. Replace the insert tool on the handle. To remove the stem, push it into the valve body from above. 7. Properly fit the socket o-rings (10) in their respective 7. Remove the seats (5), backing o-rings (8), and body o- grooves. rings (9) from the seat supports. 8. Place the end connectors (12) into the union nuts (13), 8. Remove the seat and backing o-ring from the inside of then thread onto the valve body taking care that the the valve body. socket o-rings remain properly fitted in their grooves. 9. Remove the stem o-rings (3). 10. The valve components can now be checked for problems and/or replaced. e • =r .L 44 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES IPEX TKD Series 3-Way Ball Valves can be used for flow diverting, mixing, or on/off isolation. They will replace a Tee + Valve Availability 2 valve linkage assembly at reduced cost and space, along with shorter installation and maintenance time. The patented Body Material: PVC seat stop carrier allows for in-line microadjustment of the ball Size Range: 1/2" through 2" seating, and features o-ring cushioning to minimize wear and prevent seizing. The TKD also includes our patented DUAL Pressure: 232psi BLOCK® locking union nut system, which ensures the nuts Seats: Teflon® (PTFE) are held in position even under severe service conditions such as high vibration or thermal expansion. Integral mounting Seals: EPDM or Viton® (FKM) flange and bracketing allows for direct actuation and simple End Connections: Socket (I PS) support, while a locking handle can prevent improper Threaded (FNPT) positioning. TKD Series 3-Way Ball Valves are part of our complete Xirtec®140 systems of pipe, valves and fittings, engineered and manufactured to our strict quality, performance, and dimensional standards. `I 11 ANS/ ASTM D1784 ANSI 131.20.1 ASTM D2464 ASTM D2466 ASTM D2467 ASTM F1498 • IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 45 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Sample Specification 1.0 Ball Valves-TKD 1.1 Material • The valve body, stem, ball, end connectors, and unions e The threaded carrier (ball seat support) shall be shall be made of PVC compound which shall meet or adjustable with the valve installed. exceed the requirements of cell classification 12454 . The valve body, union nuts, and carrier shall have deep according to ASTM D1784. square style threads for increased strength. 1.2 Seats 0 The ball shall be machined smooth to minimize wear • The ball seats shall be made of Teflon® (PTFE). on valve seats. • All valve seats shall have o-ring backing cushions to 1.3 Seals compensate for wear and prevent seizure of the ball. • The o-ring seals shall be made of EPDM. 0 The thickness of the valve body shall be the same at or The o-ring seals shall be made of Viton® (FKM). all three ports. 1.4 All wetted parts of the valves shall comply with 0The stem design shall feature a shear point above the standards that are equivalent to NSF Standard 61 for o-ring to maintain system integrity in the unlikely event potable water. of a stem breakage. 2.0 Connections The valve shall include the DUAL BLOCK® union nut locking mechanism 2.1 Socket style • The handle shall incorporate an optional feature to • The IPS socket PVC end connectors shall conform to allow the valve position to be secured with a padlock. the dimensional standards ASTM D2466 and ASTM . The handle shall incorporate a removable tool for D2467. adjustment of the threaded carrier. 2.2 Threaded style 0 The top of the stem shall incorporate molded features • The female NPT threaded PVC end connectors shall to indicate port location and ball position. conform to the dimensional standards ASTM D2464, 0 All valves shall have integrally molded mounting ASTM F1498, and ANSI B1.20.1. flanges for support and actuation 3.0 Design Features 3.1 Pressure Rating • All valves shall be true union at all three ports. All valves shall be rated at 232psi at 73°F (230C). • All sizes shall be full port. 3.2 Markings • Valve design shall permit positive shutoff of any of the three ports. All valves shall be marked to indicate size, material designation, and manufacturers name or trade mark. • Balls shall be of T-port or L-port design (specifier must select one). 3.3 Color Coding • The valve shall have blocking seat supports at all three 0 All PVC valves shall be color-coded dark gray. ports. 4.0 All valves shall be Xirtec° 140 by IPEX or approved equal. 46 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Dimensions • ' • IPS Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • " • Size (d) DN E H H 1 L. Z 1/2 0.59 2.13 5.20 3.15 0.91 3.43 .: 3/4 0.79 2.56 6.27 3.94 1.00 4.26 - nR? 1 0.98 2.87 6.85 4.33 1.13 4.59 1-1/4 1.26 3.39 8.07 5.16 1.26 5.55 • 10 1-1/2 1.57 3.86 8.96 5.83 1.38 6.20 2 1.97 4.80 10.51 7.05 1.50 7.50 • Female NPT Socket Connections - Dimension (inches) • " • Size (R) DN E H H1 L. Z 1/2 0.59 2.13 4.96 3.15 0.71 3.56 •• 3/4 0.79 2.56 5.76 3.94 0.71 4.35 b 1 0.98 2.87 6.56 4.33 0.89 4.78 •• 1-1/4 1.26 3.39 7.71 5.16 0.99 5.73 . •• 1-1/2 1.57 3.86 8.32 5.83 0.97 6.38 • 2 1.97 4.80 9.99 7.05 1.17 7.66 Mounting Flanges - Dimension (inches) Size DN a A 1/2 0.59 0.79 1.22 3/4 0.79 0.79 1.22 • 1 0.98 0.79 1.22 • 1-1/4 1.26 1.18 1.97 A 1-1/2 1.57 1.18 1.97 2 1.97 1.18 1.97 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 47 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Weights Flow Coefficients Approximate Weight (Ibs) Cv Size Position Size (inches) IPS Socket FNPT Threaded A B C D E 1/2 0.68 0.68 1/2 3.85 2.45 4.55 13.7 5.11 3/4 1.21 1.21 3/4 9.50 6.65 10.2 26.6 10.5 1 1.74 1.74 1 14.4 9.80 17.2 53.2 18.6 1-1/4 2.81 2.81 1-1/4 27.3 18.9 32.2 73.5 33.3 1-1/2 3.66 3.66 1-1/2 33.3 23.1 42.0 119 43.4 2 6.17 6.17 2 63.0 43.4 84.0 224 85.4 Pressure - Temperature Ratings 250 232 -PVC 200 n � 150 m d 100 uq `o 50 0 32 62 73 92 122 140 152 182 212 Working Temperature(°F) 40 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Operating Positions T-Port Position L-Port Position T--Port L-Port �•, .- . • 00 mixing diverting —- 00 - 90° diverting closed 1800 straight flow closed 2700 diverting diverting 900 ss 1800 = . 61 �• 2700 =+ . • • - . IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 49 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts Position A: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 0 N N 0.1 a 0.01 1 10 100 loon Flowrate(GPM) Position B: 10 • T-Port • Center Inlet • Separating Flow 1 N _ N _ _ r O N N 1 a) 0.1 1 �•' —T:-_� d _ J 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position C: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet • Diverting Flow Q 1 N O d ..}—•�• • 1 .• —_ N N 0.1 1 f' 0.01 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) 50 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. It �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Pressure Loss Charts (cunt'd) Position D: 10 • T-Port • Side Inlet ti • Straight Flow 1 Q 0 - • N N a 0.1 •I�• - 0.01 1 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) Position E: 10 • L-Port • Any Inlet • Diverting Flow 1 a • • • N d 0.1 a Y • 0.01 'l.\lam♦ ILI 1 10 100 1000 Flowrate(GPM) IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 51 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. APEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Components l'J s 6 � 7, u Q n2, # Component Material Qty 1 insert U-PVC 1 2 handle U-PVC 1 3 spring (SHKD) Stainless Steel 1 4** safety handle block (SHKD) PP-GR 1 5* stem o-rings EPDM-FKM 2 6 position indicator POM 1 7 stem U-PVC 1 8 Dual Block® POM 3 9 body U-PVC 1 10* support o-ring for ball seat EPDM-FKM 4 y 11* ball seat PTFE 4 ft,' '• _ 12 ball U-PVC 1 r'- 13 radial seal o-ring EPDM-FKM 3 14 support for ball seat U-PVC 3 15 stop ring U-PVC 3 16* socket seal o-ring EPDM-FKM 3 17* end connector U-PVC 3 18abc union nuts U-PVC 3 *Spare parts available. **Optional feature 52 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. �PEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Installation Procedures 1. For socket and threaded style connections, remove the union nuts (part #18 on previous page) and slide them onto the pipe. For flanged connections, remove the union nut/flange assemblies from the valve. 2. Please refer to the appropriate connection style sub- section: a. For socket style, solvent cement the end connectors (17) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Solvent Cementing"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume k Vinyl Process Piping Systems". Be sure to allow sufficient cure time before continuing with the valve installation. b. For threaded style, thread the end connectors (17) onto the pipe ends. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, `Joining Methods— Threading"in the IPEX Industrial Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". c. For flanged style, join the union nut/flange _ r assemblies to the pipe flanges. For correct joining procedure, please refer to the section entitled, "Joining Methods—Flanging"in the IPEX Industrial t Technical Manual Series, "Volume l: Vinyl Process Piping Systems". 3. Open and close the valve to ensure that the seat supports (14) are at the desired adjustment. If adjustment is required, remove the insert tool (1) from the handle (2). Line up the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat supports. Tighten or loosen to the desired position then replace the tool on the handle. For correct alignment of the ball and seat support system, adjustment should begin with the center port. s 4. Ensure that the socket o-rings (16) are properly fitted in their grooves then carefully place the valve in the system between the end connections. If anchoring is required, _ fix the valve to the supporting structure via the integral mounting flange on the bottom of the valve body (9). 5. Tighten the three union nuts. Hand tightening is typically sufficient to maintain a seal for the maximum working pressure. Over-tightening may damage the threads on the valve body and/or the union nut, and may even cause the union nut to crack. 6. Check the installation of the dedicated lock nut device DUAL BLOCK® (8) on the valve body. 7. Open and close the valve to ensure that the cycling performance is adequate. If adjustment is required, loosen the union nuts, remove the valve from the system, and then continue from Step 3. IPEX Thermoplastic Valves 53 CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. i IPEX TO SERIES 3-WAY BALL VALVES Valve Maintenance Disassembly Assembly 1. If removing the valve from an operating system, isolate Note: Before assembling the valve components, it is the valve from the rest of the system. Be sure to advisable to lubricate the o-rings with a water soluble depressurize and drain the isolated branch and valve lubricant. Be sure to consult the "IPEX Chemical Resistance before continuing. Guide" and/or other trusted resources to determine specific 2. Unlock the Dual Block®system by compressing the lever lubricant-rubber compatibilities. (8). Loosen the three union nuts (18) and drop the valve 1. Properly fit the stem o-rings (5) in the grooves on the out of the line. If retaining the socket o-rings (16), take stem (7), then insert the stem from the inside of the care that they are not lost when removing the valve from valve body (9). the line. 2. Line up the markings on the stem with the ports in the 3. To disassemble, rotate the handle (2) to the following valve body. position: 3. Replace the backing o-ring (10) and seat (11) at the a. For T-Port valves, the three arrows must line up back of the valve body. with the three valve ports (The valve must be open at all three ports). 4. Insert the ball (12) into the valve body while ensuring b. For L-Port valves, the two arrows must line up with that the ports line up with the markings on the stem. ports "a" and "b" (see component diagram). 5. Ensure that all body o-rings (13), backing o-rings, and 4. Remove the insert tool (1) from the handle then line up seats are properly fitted on the three seat supports (14). the moldings on the tool with the slots in the seat Starting with the center port, tighten each support into the valve body using the insert tool (1). supports (14). Loosen and remove all three seat supports from the valve body (9). 6. Replace the handle (2) on the stem while ensuring that 5. Remove the ball (12) from the valve body while taking the position markings on the handle line up with those care not to score or damage the outer surface. on the stem. Replace the insert tool on the handle. 6. Remove the handle from the stem (7) by pulling upwards. 7. Properly fit the socket o-rings (16) in their respective To remove the stem, push it into the valve body from above. grooves. sea 8. Place the end connectors (17) into the union nuts (18), 7. Remove the seats backing o-rings (10), and body o- then thread onto the valve body taking care that the rings (13) from the seat supports. socket o-rings remain properly fitted in their grooves. 8. Remove the seat and backing o-ring from the inside of the valve body. 9. Remove the stem o-rings (5). 10. The valve components can now be checked for problems and/or replaced. 1 54 IPEX Thermoplastic Valves CAUTION: Do not use or test the products in this manual with compressed air or other gases including air-over-water-boosters. +G F+ English Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 3-0515.090 Rev T 06/13 Operating Instructions Description515 Sensor 8510 Integral (with red cap) Sensor Operating Instructions for all versions of 515/8510 and 2536/8512 Simple to install with time-honoured reliable performance, Signet 515 and 2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors are highly repeatable, rugged sensors that offer exceptional value with little or no maintenance. Signet 515 and 2536 sensors measure liquid f ow rates in full pipes and can be used in low pressure systems. • The many material choices including PP and PVDF make this model highly versatile and chemically compatible with many liquid process solutions. • Sensors can be installed in DN15 to DN900 ('/2 to 36 in.)pipes using Signet's comprehensive line of custom f ttings • These custom f ttings,which include tees, saddles, and weldolets, seat the sensor to the proper insertion depth into the process f ow. • The sensors are also offered in conf gurations for wet-tap installation requirements. 515/8510 Advantages: 2536 Sensor 8512 Integral Flow rate range 0.3 to 6 m/s(1 to 20 ft/s) (with blue cap) Sensor Installs into pipe sizes DN15 to DN900('/2 to 36 in.) • Wide Turndown Ratio of 20:1 Sinusoidal frequency output capable of driving a self-powered f owmeter(Model 5090) • Self-powered • Highly repeatable output • Chemically resistant materials • Easy to replace rotor 2536/8512 Advantages: • Flow rate range 0.1 to 6 m/s(0.3 to 20 ft/s) • Installs into pipe sizes DN15 to DN900('/2 to 36 in.) • Wide Turndown Ratio of 66:1 • Open-collector output • High resolution and noise immunity • Chemically resistant materials • Easy to replace rotor General Information InformationWarranty Refer to your local Georg Fischer Sales off ce for the most Georg Fischer Signet products are manufactured in a variety current warranty statement. of wetted materials to suit various liquids and chemicals. All warranty and non-warranty repairs being returned must All plastic materials including typical piping types(PVC, include a fully completed Service Form and goods must be PVDF, PP and PE)are more or less permeable to contained returned to your local GF Sales off ce or distributor. media, such as water or volatile substances, including some Product returned without a Service Form may not be acids.This effect is not related to porosity, but purely a matter warranty replaced or repaired. of gas diffusion through the plastic. Signet products with limited shelf-life(e.g. pH, ORP, chlorine If the plastic material is compatible with the medium according electrodes, calibration solutions; e.g. pH buffers,turbidity to the application guidelines,the permeation will not damage standards or other solutions)are warranted out of box but not the plastic itself. However, if the plastic encloses other warranted against any damage, due to process or application sensitive components, as is the case with GF Signet plastic failures(e.g. high temperature, chemical poisoning,dry-out)or paddlewheel sensors,these may be affected or damaged by mishandling (e.g. broken glass, damaged membrane,freezing the media diffusing through the plastic body and rotor. and/or extreme temperatures). Failures of PVDF paddlewheel sensors when used in hot nitric acid applications have been reported. PVDF is known to allow Product Registration for substantial permeation of nitric acid constituents without being damaged itself. No clear guideline can be given here, Thank you for purchasing the Signet line of Georg Fischer since the damaging effect to the sensor is highly dependent measurement products. on temperature, pressure and concentration. If you would like to register your product(s), Utilizing sensors in applications with aggressive substances is you can now register online in one of the following ways: possible. On special request GF Signet can provide sensors .❑a" 0 Visit our website www.gfsignet.com and click with a different internal resin encapsulation (potting)that will on Product Registration Form delay the damaging effect of acids to the sensors. • If this is a pdf manual (digital copy), click here For all Special Product inquiries or to place an order, please Scan the QR Code on the left email signet-special product@georgfischer.com. Safety Information 1. Depressurize and vent system prior to installation or removal. 2. Conf rm chemical compatibility before use. WARNING! 3. DO NOT exceed maximum temperature or pressure specs. A!* 4. ALWAYS wear safety goggles or faceshield during �, installation and/or service. 5. DO NOT alter product construction. Paddlewheel Retaining Nuts: Red (515)and Blue (2536) Warning/Caution/Danger The retaining nuts of paddlewheel sensors are not designed QIndicates a potential hazard. Failure to follow all warnings for prolonged contact with aggressive substances. Strong may lead to equipment damage,injury,or death acids, caustic substances and solvents or their vapor may Personal Protective Equipment(PPE) lead to failure of the retaining nut, ejection of the sensor and Always utilize the most appropriate PPE during loss of the process f uid with possibly serious consequences, installation and service of Signet products. such as damage to equipment and serious personal injury. Retaining nuts that may have been in contact with such Pressurized System Warning substances, e.g. due to leakage or spilling, must be replaced. Sensor may be under pressure,take caution to vent system prior to installation or removal.Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/or serious injury. Hand Tighten Only Overtightening may permanently damage product threads and lead to failure of the retaining nut. Do Not Use Tools Use of tool(s)may damage product beyond repair and potentially void product warranty. Note/Technical Notes Highlights additional information or detailed procedure. 2 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +Gp+ Table of Contents & Dimensions Table of Contents • Description.............................................................................1 WarrantyStatement...............................................................2 Product Registration..............................................................2 515/2536 Sensor Safety Information.................................................................2 Chemical Compatibility..........................................................2 Standard Table of Contents...................................................................3 7.6 m(25 ft) cable Dimensions............................................................................3 included Specifcations........................................................................4 _ Location of Fitting..................................................................5 Sensor Mounting Position......................................................5 Standard Sensor Installation.................................................5 1-1/4"NPSM Sensor Wiringthreaded cap ........................................................................5ffflil X(0 thru 5) Rotor Replacement Procedure..............................................5 26.7 mm K-Factors...............................................................................6 (1.05 in.) •— H-Dimensions........................................................................6 SignetFittings........................................................................7 Ordering Information (515/8510)...........................................7 OrderingInformation 2536/8512 8 Pipe Range: ( )""""""""""""""""""""' 1/2 in.to 4 in. -XO= 104 mm(4.1 in.) 5 in. to 8 in. -X1 = 137 mm(5.4 in) 10 in.and up -X2=213 mm(8.4 in.) 1/2 in.to 4 in. -X3=297 mm(11.7 in.) 5 in.to 8 in. -X4=332 mm(13.1 in.) Wet-tap 10 in.and up -X5=408 mm(16.1 in.) Lengths 8510-XX/8512-XX Integral Sensor shown with Transmitter and Integral Adapter Kit(sold separately) 102 mm -XO or (4.0 in.) -X1 -XO = 152 mm (6.0 in.) -X1 = 185 mm (7.3 in.) __j +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 3 Specif cations Specifications 7 Environmental Requirements Flow Rate Range: Pressure/Temperature Ratings 515....................................0.3 to 6 m/s(1 to 20 ft/s) Standard and Integral Sensors: 2536..................................0.1 to 6 m/s(0.3 to 20 ft/s) Polypropylene Body........... 12.5 bar(180 psi)max. Pipe Size Range...................DN15 to DN900('/2 in.to 36 in.) @ 20'C(68`F) Cable Length........................7.6 m (25 ft)standard 515.................................... 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. 515....................................60 m(200 ft)maximum @ 90°C(194'F) 2536..................................305 m (1000 ft)maximum 2536.................................. 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. Cable type............................2-conductor twisted pair w/ @ 85'C(185'F) shield (22 AWG) Operating Temperature......18'C to 66'C(0 'F to 150 'F) Minimum Reynolds Number..4500 PVDF Body.......................... 14 bar(200 psi)max. Materials: @ 20'C(68'F) Cap Material.........................Glass Filled Polypropylene 515.................................... 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. 515: Red @ 100°C(212'F) 2536: Blue 2536.................................. 1.7 bar(25 psi)max. @ 85'C(185'F) Wetted Materials: Operating Temperature......18'C to 100'C(0'F to 212 'F) Sensor Body.........................Glass Filled Polypropylene Wet-Tap Sensor: (black)or PVDF Polypropylene Body...........7 bar @ 20'C, 1.4 bar @ 66'C O-Rings................................FPM (Std), EPR(EPDM)or (100 psi @ 68'F,20 psi @ 150'F) FFPM optional Max Removal Rating......... 1.7 bar @ 22 'C(25 psi @ 72'F) Pin ........................................Titanium, Hastelloy-C or PVDF; Operating Temperature......18'C to 66'C(0 'F to 150 'F) optional Ceramic, Tantalum,or Stainless Steel Standards and Approvals Rotor.....................................Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; • CE(2536 Only) optional ETFE with or without • Manufactured under ISO 9001 for Quality, carbon f ber reinforced PTFE ISO 14001 for Environmental Management and sleeve for rotor pin OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety. Shipping Weight: • RoHS Compliant -XO....................................0.454 kg (1 lb) r China RoHS (Go to www.gfsignet.com for details) -X1 ....................................0.476 kg (1.04 Ibs) � Declaration of Conformity according to FCC Part 15 -X2....................................0.680 kg (1.50 Ibs) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. -X3....................................0.794 kg (1.75 Ibs) -X4....................................0.850 kg (1.87 Ibs) Operation is subject to the following two conditions: -X5.................................... 1.0 kg (2.20 Ibs) (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and 3519.................................. 1.3 kg (2.86 Ibs) (2)This device must accept any interference received, Performance including interference that may cause undesired operation. Linearity................................±1%of maximum range @ 25'C(77'F) 515(8510)Sensor 2536(8512)Sensor Repeatability.........................±0.5% maximum range @ 25'C(77'F) 1210 14.51 (psi) 1 14.510 .5 200 13.6 ---- - --- 200 13.8 - -- - -- Electrical ... ' , • - 190 13.1 .....-.-..�.d � I I 180 12 4 T 515 Sensor B0 12.4 - 170 11.7 _;...;... .o, .;. 170 11.7 -___-,__a_ __________________ Fre uenc 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal 160 11.0 _;--- -v --- -_, - '- r ' 160 11.0 ----- - -'- (6 Hz per ft/s) 150 10.3 -y---j--. 1 - 150 10.3 ....... -- Amplitude..............................3.3 V p/p per m/s nominal 140 9.7 (1 V p/p per ft/s) 130 9.0 - i---; - - 120 8.3 -_ -- ---- --- 20 83 .............. - .... Source Impedance...............8 kQ 110 7.6 - .. Y- 110 7.6 2536 Sensor 100 6.9 100 6.9 90 6.2 _;__�__�___;__;__�_'__ _ ________ 90 6.2 -- ---- ---- ----- -- - Frequency.............................49 Hz per m/s nominal 80 5.5 -; ; ; ; ; 80 5.5 -- - (15 Hz per ft/s nominal) 70 4.6 --j---. ;---j---j--- --j--- 70 4.6 - Supply Voltage......................5 to 24 VDC±10%regulated 60 4.1 -----'- - - __i 60 4.1 50 3.4 __ 50 3.4 Supply Current......................<1.5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC <20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC 30 2.1 - -- +; ; -- 30 2.1 -- - - Output Type..........................Open collector, sinking 20 1.4 -..! 20 1.4 Output Current...................... 10 mA maximum ' ` r 10 7 0 0 °C -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 °C -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 °F -4 32 68 104 140 176 212 °F -4 32 68 104 140 176 212 4 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +Gp+ Sensor Installation and Wiring Location of Recommended sensor upstream/downstream mounting requirements. 2 x 90°Elbow 3 dimensions Reducer 90°Elbow 2 x 90°Elbow Pump/Valve 15L x I.D.%I 51 x I.D. 20�x I.D._l 51 x I.D.I 25x I.D. 5I x I.D.I 40L x I.D. 5I_x I.D. 50� x I.D.% 5�-x I.D. �N �►I �►I Ivry 0° r ry Sensor • • • • -45° +45° Horizontal pipe runs: • Mount sensor in the upright(0°)position for best performance(pipe must be full). • Mount at a maximum of 45°when air bubbles are present. • Do not mount on the bottom of the pipe when sediments are present. Process Vertical pipe runs: Pipe • Mount sensor in any orientation. • Upward f ow is preferred to ensure full pipe. Standard Sensor Installation black sensor conduit bale • Lubricate O-rings with a non-petroleum based, viscous lubricant(grease) cap compatible with the system. /tab • Using an alternating/twisting motion, lower the sensor into the f tting, making sure the installation arrows on the black cap are pointing in the direction of f ow, see Figure A. notch • Engage one thread of the sensor cap then turn the sensor until the alignment tab is seated in the f tting notch. Hand tighten the sensor cap. black conduit sensor bale DO NOT use any tools on the sensor cap cap or the cap threads and/or fitting _________ sensor flange threads will be damaged, PROCESS PIPE cap see Figure B. (TOP VIEW) direction of flow Figure A Figure B Sensor Technical Notes 515 Sensor Connections to Black 0 Use 2-conductor shielded cable for cable extensions. Signet Instruments Frequency(-) Ll Cable shield must be maintained through cable splice. 0 F edquencY + ( ) Refer to your instrument manual for specif c wiring details. Shield �2536 Sensor Connections to Other Brand Instruments Ground Other Brands Black + 3.3 to 24 2536 Sensor Connections to 10 K4 — VDC Signet Instruments 0 Black Shield VDC 'IFGnd. Other FU Red Red Input Shield instrument 0 Frequency in • DC sensor power supplied from Signet instrument. 0 Ground 10 KQ Pull-up resistor may be required for non-Signet brand instrument. Rotor Replacement Procedure I � • To remove the rotor, insert a small screwdriver between the rotor and the ear of the sensor. ---- -, • Twist the screwdriver blade to f ex the ear outward enough to remove one end of the rotor and pin. - • DO NOT f ex the ear any more than necessary! If it breaks, the sensor cannot be repaired. • Install the new rotor by inserting one tip of the pin into the hole, then f ex the opposite ear back enough to slip rotor into place. +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 5 K-Factors K-Factors A K-Factor is the number of pulses a sensor will generate for each engineering unit of f uid that passes the sensor. K-factors for water are listed below in U.S.gallons and liters. For example,in a 1-inch PVC pipe,the 515 paddlewheel generates 172.07 pulses per gallon of water passing the rotor. K-factors are listed for pipes up to 12 inches. For pipes over 12 inches,consult your Signet distributor. PIPE 515/8510-XX 2536/85d42.994 PIPE 51 51851 0-XX 253618512-XX PIPE 515/8510-XX 2A SIZE FITTING U.S. SIZE FITTING U.S. U.S. SIZE FITTING U.S. (IN.) LITERS GAL LITERS (IN.) LITERS GAL LITERS GAL (IN.) LITERS GAL LIT SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE CARBON STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE STAINLESS STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 P 1/2 MPV8TO05 137.42 520.12 271.37 1/2 CS4T005 97.808 370.20 199.74 756.00 2-1/2 CR4W025 4.9670 18.800 9.93/4 MPV8TO07 78.61 297.52 154.08 3/4 CS4To07 56.027 212.06 115.90 438.69 3 CR4W030 3.2153 12.170 6.41 MPV8TO10 45.46 172.07 88.65 1 CS4To10 37.289 141.14 75.768 286.78 4 CR4W040 1.8388 6.9600 3.601-1/4 MPV8TO12 24.19 91.54 47.24 1-1/4 CS4TO12 16.025 60.655 32.026 121.22 5 CR4W050 1.3897 5.2600 2.80 1-1/2 MPV8TO15 16.44 62.22 32.08 1-1/2 CS4TO15 11.982 45.350 24.079 91.139 6 CR4W060 0.9749 3.6900 1.9868 7.5200 2 MPV8T020 9.60 36.32 18.87 2 CS4TO20 7.0717 26.767 14.391 54.468 8 CR4W080 0.5627 2.1300 1.1466 4.3400 SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE STAINLESS STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 10 CR4W100 0.3567 1.3500 0.7292 2.7600 2-1/2 PV8TO25 5.7683 21.833 11.359 1/2 CR4TO05 94.838 358.96 193.98 734.20 12 CR4W120 0.2536 1 0.9600 0.5125 1.9400 3 IPV8TO30 13.5775 113.541 17.0414 26.652 1 314 CR4TO07 53.530 202.61 108.88 412.10 CARBON STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE 4 1 PV8TO40 12.0147 17.6258 13.9645 15.006 1 CR4To10 33.590 127.14 66.764 252.70 2-1/2 CS4WO25 4.9670 18.800 9.9339 37.600 SCH 80 CPVC TEES FOR SCH 80 CPVC PIPE 1-1/4 CR4TO12 16.357 61.910 33.849 128.12 3 CS4WO30 3.2153 12.170 6.4306 24.340 1/2 MCPV8TO05 137.42 520.12 271.37 1027.1 1-1/2 CR4TO15 10.676 40.410 20.428 77.320 4 CS4WO40 1.8388 6.9600 3.6777 13.920 3/4 MCPV8TO07 78.61 297.52 154.08 583.19 2 CR4T020 5.8917 22.300 12.095 45.780 5 CS4WO50 1.3897 5.2600 2.8692 10.860 1 MCPV8TO10 45.46 172.07 88.65 335.53 GALVANIZED IRON TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 6 CS4WO60 0.9749 3.6900 1.9868 7.5200 1-1/4 MCPV8TO12 24.19 91.54 47.24 178.79 1 IR4TO10 27.619 104.54 56.277 213.01 8 CS4WO80 0.5627 2.1300 1.1466 4.3400 1-1/2 MCPV8TO15 16.44 62.22 32.08 121.42 1-1/4 IR4TO12 16.639 62.979 33.751 127.75 10 CS4W100 0.3567 1.3500 0.7292 2.7600 2 MCPV8T020 9.60 36.32 18.87 71.44 11/2 IR4To15 12.335 46.688 24.941 94.401 12 CS4W120 0.2536 0.9600 0.5125 1.9400 SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE 2 IR4TO20 7.7832 29.459 15.699 59.420 COPPER/BRONZE BRAZOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE 2 PV8S020 8.5812 32.480 17.633 66.739 BRONZE TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 2-1/2 BR46025 4.9670 18.800 9.934 37.600 2-1/2 PV8S025 5.7683 21.833 11.359 42.994 1 BR4To10 27.619 104.54 56.277 213.01 3 BR4B030 3.2153 12.170 6.431 24.340 3 PV8SO30 3.5775 13.541 7.0414 26.652 1-1/4 BR4To12 16.639 62.979 33.751 127.75 4 BR46040 1.8388 6.9600 3.678 13.920 4 PV8SO40 2.0147 7.6258 3.9645 15.006 1-1/2 BR4T015 12.335 46.688 24.941 94.401 5 BR4B050 1.3897 5.2600 2.869 10.860 6 PV8S060 1.0997 4.1623 2.1994 8.3246 2 BR4T020 7.7832 29.459 15.699 59.420 6 BR46060 0.9749 3.6900 1.987 7.5260 8 PV8SO80 0.6263 2.3705 1.3253 5.0164 COPPER TEE FITTINGS ON COPPER PIPE SCH K 8 BR4B080 0.5627 2.1300 1.147 4.3400 10 PV8S100 0.4042 1.5300 0.808 3.0600 1/2 CUKTO05 117.10 443.21 242.50 917.84 10 BR46100 0.3567 1.3500 0.729 2.7600 12 PV8S120 0.2801 1.0600 0.571 2.1600 3/4 CUKTO07 56.052 212.16 113.15 428.27 12 BR413120 0.2536 1 0.9600 1 0.513 1.9400 SCH 80 PVC SADDLE ON SCH 40 PVC PIPE 1 CUKTO10 33.600 127.18 67.749 256.43 SCH 80 IRON SADDLES ON SCH 80 PIPE 2 PV8S020 7.2259 27.350 14.452 54.700 1-1/4 CUKTO12 23.307 88.218 46.615 176.44 2 IR8SO20 8.5495 32.360 17.099 64.720 2-1/2 PV8S025 4.9866 18.874 9.8175 37.159 1-1/2 CUKTO15 15.049 56.962 30.565 115.69 2-1/2 IR8SO25 5.8705 22.220 11.223 42.480 3 PV8S030 3.3389 12.638 6.2608 23.697 2 CUKT020 7.7595 29.370 16.746 63.385 3 IR8SO30 3.5456 13.420 6.980 26.420 4 PV8S040 1.7776 6.7282 3.5552 13.456 COPPER TEE FITTINGS ON COPPER PIPE SCH L 4 IR8SO40 2.0238 7.6600 3.884 14.700 6 PV8S060 0.9854 3.7297 1.9708 !2.8000 4594 1/2 CUKTO05 109.49 414.41 226.74 858.22 5 IR8SO50 1.5482 5.8600 3.218 12.180 F12E PV8SO80 0.5688 2.1527 1.1966 5292 314 CUKTO07 50.485 191.09 101.91 385.74 6 IR8SO60 1.0806 4.0900 2.230 8.4400 PV8S100 0.3567 1.3500 0.740 1 CUKTO10 31.662 119.84 63.841 241.64 8 IR8SO80 0.6156 2.3300 1.295 4.9000 PV8S120 0.2536 0.9600 0.523 9800 1-1/4 CUKTO12 22.576 85.451 45.152 170.90 10 1 IR8S100 1 0.4042 1 1.5300 0.808 3.0600 1-1/2 CUKTO15 14.573 55.160 29.598 112.03 12 1 IR8S120 1 0.2801 1 1.0600 0.571 2.1600 2 CUKT020 7.5575 28.605 16.310 61.74 SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 40 PIPE 2 IR8SO20 7.0859 26.820 14.172 53.640 2-1/2 IR8SO25 4.9670 18.800 9.934 37.600 H-Dimensions ----f 3 IR8SO30 3.1678 11.990 6.135 23.220 •H" 4 IR8SO40 1.8098 6.8500 3.503 13.260 5 IR8SO50 1.4082 5.3300 2.917 11.040 The plastic sensor insert in the Weldolet 6 IR8SO60 0.9934 3.7600 1.913 7.2400 f tting MUST be removed during the welding 8 IR8SO80 0.5627 2.1300 1.162 4.4000 process.When reinstalled, it is important 10 IR8S1oo 0.3567 1.3500 0.740 2.6000 that the insert be threaded to the proper 12 IR8S120 0.2536 0.9600 0.523 1.9800 height("H"dimension). K-Factors DIN Pipes PIPE FITTING 515/8510-XX 2536/8512-XX SIZE I I LITERS I U.S.GAL I LITERS I U.S.GAL POLYPROPYLENE FITTINGS(DIN/ISO AND BS AND ANSI) Weldolet "H"dimension Weldolet "H"dimension DN 15 PPMT005 127.23 481.55 251.75 952.87 part number mm inches part number mm inches DN 20 PPMT007 73.207 277.09 148.77 563.10 CS4WO20 60.45 2.38 C84W240 105.66 4.16 DN 25 PPMT010 37.300 141.18 77.042 291.60 DN 32 PPMT012 22.071 83.540 44.709 169.22 CS4WO25 62.99 2.48 CS4W360 104.14 4.10 DN 40 PPMT015 13.544 51.265 27.450 103.90 CS4W030 62.73 2.47 DN 50 PPMT020 7.8193 29.596 16.060 60.789 CS4WO40 62.23 2.45 CR4W020 60.45 2.38 PVDF FITTINGS(DIN/ISO AND BS AND ANSI) CS4WO50 82.29 3.24 CR4W025 62.99 2.48 DN 15 SFMT005 111.19 420.87 218.56 827.26 DN 20 SFMT007 60.277 228.15 129.42 489.87 CS4WO60 78.99 3.11 CR4W030 62.73 2.47 DN 25 SFMT010 36.116 136.70 74.915 283.55 CS4WO80 73.15 2.88 CR4W040 62.23 2.45 DN 32 SFMT012 20.950 79.294 41.899 158.59 CS4W100 143.00 5.63 CR4WO50 82.29 3.24 DN 40 SFMT015 11.490 43.490 22.980 86.980 CS4W120 137.16 5.25 CR4W060 78.99 3.11 DN 50 SFMT020 6.8450 25.908 13.312 50.385 PVC FITTINGS(DINIISO)-EUROPE ONLY CS4W140 129.54 5.40 CS4WO80 73.15 2.88 DN 15 PVMT005 128.45 486.18 256.90 972.37 CS4W160 123.19 4.85 CR4W100 143.00 5.63 DN 20 PVMT007 64.160 242.85 128.32 485.69 CS4W180 116.84 4.60 CR4W120 137.16 5.40 DN 25 PVMT010 39.270 148.64 78.540 297.274 DN 32 PVMT012 22.490 85.125 44.980 170.249 CS4W200 111.25 4.38 DN 40 PVMT015 13.700 51.855 27.400 103.709 DN 50 PVMT020 7.8600 29.750 15.720 59.500 6 Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors +GF+ Ordering Information Signet Fittings Type Description Type Description Plastic Iron,Carbon Steel, 0.5 to 2 inch versions 0.5 to 2 in.versions tees MPVC or CPVC 316 SS Threaded Mounts on threaded pipe ends tees F7 PVC Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only Carbon steel& Glue-on Cut 2-1/2 inch hole in pipe stainless steel 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole Saddles Weld in place using solvent cement Weld-on Over 4 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Weldolets Ili PVC 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe Clamp-on Fiberglass Saddles 6 to 8 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe tees o 1.5 in.to 2 in.PVDF insert FPT Iron 2 to 4 inch,cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe Metric Strap-on + Over 4 inch,cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Union For pipes from DN 15 to 50 mm saddles Special order 14 in.to 36 in. Fitting PP or PVDF Ordering • • 515/8510-XX Mfr. Part No. Code Description P51530-HO 198 801 659 Sensor, Polypropylene, Hastelloy-C, Black PVDF; 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-PO 198 801 620 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-P1 198 801 621 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch P51530-P2 198 801 622 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch P51530-P3 198 840 310 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-P4 198 840 311 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch P51530-P5 198 840 312 Sensor,Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch P51530-SO 198 801 661 Sensor, polypropylene, PVDF (natural), Black PVDF; 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-TO 198 801 663 Sensor, PVDF(natural), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-T1 198 801 664 Sensor, PVDF(natural), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 5 to 8 inch P51530-VO 198 801 623 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 0.5 to 4 inch P51530-V1 198 801 624 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 5 to 8 inch P51530-V2 198 801 625 Sensor, PVDF(natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 10 to 36 inch 3-8510-PO 198 864 504 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-8510-P1 198 864 505 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-8510-TO 159 000 622 Sensor, Integral, PVDF(nat.), PVDF(nat.)Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-8510-VO 198 864 506 Sensor, Integral, PVDF(nat.), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-3519/515-P3 159 000 819 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 0.5 to 4 inch 3-3519/515-P4 159 000 820 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 5 to 8 inch 3-3519/515-P5 159 000 821 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 10 to 36 inch Replacement Parts 515/8510 M1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF Black P51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF Natural M1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, ETFE P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 3-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, ETFE P31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red (for use with 515) +GF+ Signet 515/2536 Rotor-X Flow Sensors 7 Ordering Information — Ordering Information 2536/8512-XX Mfr. Part No. Code Description 3-2536-PO 198 840 143 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/z to 4 inch 3-2536-P1 198 840 144 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-2536-P2 198 840 145 Sensor, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch 3-2536-P3 159 000 758 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/z to 4 inch 3-2536-P4 159 000 759 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-2536-P5 159 000 760 Sensor, Wet-Tap, Polypropylene,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black) 10 to 36 inch 3-2536-VO 198 840 146 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), '/2 to 4 inch 3-2536-V1 198 840 147 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), 5 to 8 inch 3-2536-TO 198 840 149 Sensor, PVDF (natural), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(natural), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-PO 198 864 513 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-P1 198 864 514 Sensor, Integral, PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black)5 to 8 inch 3-8512-TO 198 864 518 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), PVDF(nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), '/2 to 4 inch 3-8512-VO 198 864 516 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), Hastelloy-C Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(nat.), '/z to 4 inch 3-3519/2536-P3 159 000 822 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), '/2 to 4 inch 3-3519/2536-P4 159 000 823 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 5 to 8 inch 3-3519/2536-P5 159 000 824 Sensor&Wet-Tap Assy., PP,Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor(black), 10 to 36 inch Replacement Parts 2536/8512 3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, ETFE 3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, ETFE P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue(for use with 2536) Accessories 515/8510 &2536/8512 M1546-1 198 801 182 Rotor Pin,Titanium M1546-2 198 801 183 Rotor Pin, Hastelloy-C M1546-3 198 820 014 Rotor Pin,Tantalum M1546-4 198 820 015 Rotor Pin, Stainless Steel P51545 198 820 016 Rotor Pin, Ceramic 1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM 1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM 1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FFKM P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypropylene P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable(per foot), 2 conductor with shield, 22 AWG 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mount kit 3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal junction box 3-8050.390-1 159 001 702 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT,Valox° 3-8050.390-3 159 310 116 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PP 3-8050.390-4 159 310 117 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PVDF 3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter integral adapter(for 8510 and 8512) +GF+ Georg Fischer Signet LLC,3401 Aero Jet Avenue,El Monte,CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel.(626)571-2770 • Fax(626)573-2057 For Worldwide Sales and Service,visit our website: www.gfsignet.com • Or call(in the U.S.): (800)854-4090 For the most up-to-date information,please refer to our website at www.gfsignet.com 3-0515.090 Rev T 06/13 English ©Georg Fischer Signet LLC 2013 Weidmu"ller 3E WAVESERIES Weidmuller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 www.weidmueller.com • I� II �• 1 The product line includes the following functions: When used for industrial monitoring applications,sensors can record ambience conditions. Sensor signals are used • Isolating transformers, supply isolators and signal within the process to continually track changes to the converters for DC standard signals area being monitored. Both digital and analogue signals • Temperature measuring transducers for resistance can occur. thermometers and thermocouples, Normally an electrical voltage or current value is • frequency converters, produced which corresponds proportionally to the • potentiometer-measuring-transducers, physical variables that are being monitored • bridge measuring transducers(strain gauges) Analogue signal processing is required when automation • trip amplifiers and modules for monitoring electrical processes have to constantly maintain or reach defined and non-electrical process variables conditions.This is particularly significant for process • AD/DA converters automation applications. Standardised electrical signals • displays are typically used for process engineering.Analogue • calibration devices standardised currents/voltage 0(4)...20 mA/0...10 V have established themselves as fty�%WAFMOARMed are available as pure signal physical measurement and control variables. converters/ isolation transducers, 2-way/3-way isolators, Weidmuller meets the ever increasing challenges of RMplV isolators, patiA+ PMSfMc;or ac;trin amplifiPr.�. automation and offers a product portfolio tailored to the Order No. 8581180000 Version Frequency signal isolating transformer,Screw requirements of handling sensor signals in analogue connection signal processing GTIN(EAN) 4032248234486 The analogue signal processing products can be used Qty. 1 pc(s). universally in combination with other Weidmuller products and in combination among each other.Their electrical and mechanical design is such that they require only minimal wiring efforts. Housing types and wire-connection methods matched to the respective application facilitate the universal use in process and industrial automation applications. Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 1 Data sheet-, Weidmuller 3F WAVESERIES Weidmuller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 Technical data www.weidmueller.com Dimensions and weights Length 92.4 mm Length(inches) 3.638 inch Width 12.5 mm Width(inches) 0.492 inch Depth 112.4 mm Depth(inches) 4.425 inch Net weight 118.7 g Temperatures Operating temperature 0°C...55°C Storage temperature -20°C...85°C Probability of failure MTTF 458 Jahre Input low EL—A Number of inputs Sensor 2-,3-wire PNP/NPN, Namur initiator,push-pull 1 step,Frequency Sensor supply Rated input level Threshold/hysteresis: Namur:approx. 1.7 mA/ approx.0.2 mA;NPN: approx.6.5 V/approx.0.2 V;PNP:approx.6,7 V/ 16 V DC @ max. 15 mA approx.0.5 V Input frequency 0...100kHz Output Number of outputs 1 Output voltage,note 0...5 V,0...10 V,adjustable Output current 0...20 mA,4...20 mA, load impedance voltage adjustable z 1 kf) load impedance current 5 600 f) Offset voltage max.0.05 V Offset current max. 100 pA Status indicator Green LED General data Accuracy Configuration DIP switch(measurement range 0...15900 Hz), Frequency generator (measurement range 0... <0.2%of output range 100 kHz) Current-carrying capacity of cross- Galvanic isolation connect. 5 2 A 3-way isolator Input/Output configurable Mounting rail TS 35 Power consumption Step response time 360 ms+2 times the Max. 1.6 W at IouT=20 period time of input mA frequency Supply voltage Temperature coefficient Max.200 ppm/K of 24 V DC±25% output range Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 2 Weidmuller 3F WAVESERIES Weidmailer Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 Technical data www.weidmueller.com Insulation coordination i Clearance&creepage distances EMC standards EN 55011,EN 61000-6, >—5.5 mm EN 61326 Galvanic isolation 3-way isolator Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV Insulation voltage 4 kVeff/5 s Insulation voltage input or output/rail 4 kVeff/ 1 min. Insulation voltage input or output/supply4 kVeff/5 s Pollution severity 2 Rated voltage Standards DIN EN 50178,DIN EN 300 V 61000-4-2 Surge voltage category III Connection data Type of connection Screw connection Stripping length,rated connection 7 mm Tightening torque,min. 0.4 Nm Tightening torque,max. 0.5 Nm Clamping range,rated connection 2.5 mm2 Clamping range,rated connection,min. 0.5 mm2 Clamping range,rated connection,max. 2.5 mm2 Classifications ETIM 3.0 ECO01774 ETIM 4.0 ECO02653 ETIM 5.0 ECO02653 ETIM 6.0 ECO02918 eClass 6.2 27-21-01-20 eClass 7.1 27-21-01-20 eClass 8.1 27-21-01-20 eClass 9.0 27-21-01-20 eClass 9.1 27-21-01-28 Product information Product information This product will soon be replaced by a new product. Please do not use with new systems.Please contact our technical support. Descriptive text accessories Cross-connector for power supplies and markers-refer to Accessories Approvals Approvals C u� usC UL US t LISTED LISTED Fmmz.Lac.c= ROHS Conform Downloads Approval/Certificate/Document of Conformity Declaration of Conformity Brochure/Catalogue CAT 4.1 ELECTR 16/17 EN Engineering Data EPLAN.WSCAD User Documentation Instruction sheet Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 3 Weidmuller T WAVESERIES Weidmaller Interface GmbH&Co.KG WAS4 PRO Freq Klingenbergstrage 16 D-32758 Detmold Germany Fon:+49 5231 1429-0 Fax:+49 5231 14292083 • www.weidmueller.com Electric symbol I V •15V 06 N/Name! //PS\<CC O O CC 7 ., 4 o- GPAI F �24V OV 8 i 3 • • L �kL Screenshot example,Wave tool software Creation date December 28, 2017 4:45:24 PM CET Catalogue status 01.12.2017 /We reserve the right to make technical changes. 4 ifm electronic %10 Operating instructions Electronic pressure sensor 12-FI2—F-!torsoa PN22xx PN26xx oo - ov LO O • N O O O Co Co d� N N O Co Contents 1 Preliminary note...................................................................................................4 1 .1 Symbols used ................................................................................................4 2 Safety instructions ...............................................................................................4 3 Functions and features ........................................................................................4 3.1 Applications ...................................................................................................5 4 Function ...............................................................................................................6 4.1 Communication, parameter setting, evaluation .............................................6 4.2 Switching function..........................................................................................7 4.3 Analogue function ..........................................................................................8 4.4 IO-Link ...........................................................................................................9 5 Installation.......................................................................................................... 10 6 Electrical connection.......................................................................................... 11 7 Operating and display elements ........................................................................ 12 8 Menu.................................................................................................................. 13 8.1 Menu structure: main menu ......................................................................... 13 8.2 Explanation of the menu .............................................................................. 14 8.2.1 Explanation of the menu level 1 ......................................................... 14 8.2.2 Explanation of the menu level 2 ......................................................... 14 9 Parameter setting .............................................................................................. 15 9.1 Parameter setting in general ....................................................................... 15 9.2 Configure display (optional)......................................................................... 17 9.3 Set output signals ........................................................................................ 18 9.3.1 Set output functions............................................................................ 18 9.3.2 Define switching limits for the hysteresis function .............................. 18 9.3.3 Define switching limits for the window function .................................. 18 9.3.4 Scaling of the analogue value ............................................................ 19 9.4 User settings (optional)................................................................................ 19 9.4.1 Set delay for the switching outputs..................................................... 19 9.4.2 Set output logic for the switching outputs ........................................... 19 9.4.3 Set damping for the switching signal .................................................. 19 9.4.4 Damping for analogue output ............................................................. 19 9.4.5 Zero-point calibration.......................................................................... 19 2 9.4.6 Read min/max values for the system pressure ..................................20 9.4.7 Reset all parameters to factory setting ...............................................20 9.4.8 Set colour change of the display .......................................................20 9.4.9 Graphical depiction of the colour change of the display.....................21 10 Operation .........................................................................................................23 10.1 Read set parameters .................................................................................23 10.2 Self-diagnosis / error indications ...............................................................24 11 Technical data and scale drawing ....................................................................25 11 .1 Setting ranges............................................................................................25® 11 .2 Further technical data ................................................................................27 12 Factory setting .................................................................................................28 3 1 Preliminary note 1 .1 Symbols used ► Instructions > Reaction, result [. . .] Designation of keys, buttons or indications Cross-reference Important note • Non-compliance may result in malfunction or interference Information n Supplementary note 2 Safety instructions • Please read this document prior to set-up of the unit. Ensure that the product is suitable for your application without any restrictions. • If the operating instructions or the technical data are not adhered to, personal injury and/or damage to property can occur. • Check the compatibility of the product materials with the media to be measured in all applications. • Correct condition of the device for the operating time can only be guaranteed if the device is only used for media to which the wetted materials are sufficiently resistant --� 3.1 Applications. • If the devices are used in gas applications with pressures > 362 psi (25 bar) the notes in chapter 3.1 for devices with the marking **), must be absolutely observed! The responsibility whether the measurement device is suitable for the • respective application lies with the operator. The manufacturer assumes no liability for consequences of misuse by the operator. Improper installation and use of the devices result in a loss of the warranty claims. 3 Functions and features The device monitors the system pressure of machines and installations. 4 3.1 Applications Type of pressure: Relative pressure Pressure resistance Order Measuring range (max. permissible Bursting number pressure pressure) psi bar psi I bar I psi bar Pressure sensors with - 18 NPT internal thread PN2270 0...5800 0...400 11580 800 24650 1700 PN2271 0...3625 0...250 7250 500 17400 1200 PN2292** 0...1450 0...100 4350 300 9400 650 PN2293** -14.5...362.5 1 ...25 2175 150 5075 350 PN2294** -14.6...145 -1 ...10 1087 75 2175 150 PN2296 -1 .8...36.25 -0.125...2.5 290 20 725 50 psi mbar psi I mbar I psi I mbar PN2299 -14.5...14.5 -1000...1000 290 20000 725 50000 PN2297 -0.72...14.5 -50...1000 145 10000 450 30000 PN2298 -- -12.5...250 -- 10000 -- 30000 Pressure sensors with - 18 NPT external thread psi bar psi bar psi bar PN2670 0...5800 0...400 11580 800 24650 1700 PN2671 0...3625 0...250 7250 500 -7 17400 1200 PN2692** 0...1450 0...100 4350 300 9400 650 PN2693** -14.5...362.5 -1 ...25 2175 150 5075 350 PN2694** -14.6...145 -1 ...10 1087 75 2175 150 PN2696 -1 .8...36.25 -1 .25...2.5 290 20 725 50 psi mbar psi mbar si mbar PN2699 1 -14.5...14.5 -1000...1000 290 20000 725 50000 PN2697 -0.72...14.5 -50...1000 145 10000 450 30000 PN2698 -12.5...250 -- 10000 -- 30000 *� With static overload pressure or max. 100 million pressure cycles. **> Use devices with a measuring range >_ 3625 psi (250 bar) for gas applications > 362 psi 25 bar)! MPa = (measured value in bar) . 10 kPa = measured value in bar x 100 5 Avoid static and dynamic overpressure exceeding the specified overload • pressure by taking appropriate measures. The indicated bursting pressure must not be exceeded. Even if the bursting pressure is exceeded only for a short time, the unit may be destroyed. ATTENTION: Risk of injury! The units are vacuum resistant. With a nominal pressure range <_ 4,35 psi • (300 mbar) observe the specifications in the data sheet! HPressure Equipment Directive (PED): The units comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive and are designed and manufactured for group 2 fluids in accordance with the sound engineering practice. Use of group 1 fluids on request! 4 Function • The unit displays the current system pressure. • It generates output signals according to the operating mode and the parameter setting. • It moreover provides the process data via 10-Link. • The unit is laid out for fully bidirectional communication. So, the following options are possible: - Remote display: reading and display of the current system pressure. - Remote parameter setting: reading and changing the current parameter setting. - 10-Link parameter setting —> 4.4. 4.1 Communication, parameter setting, evaluation OUT1 (pin 4) • Switching signal for system pressure limit value • Communication via 10-Link OUT2 (pin 2) • Switching signal for system pressure limit value • Analogue signal 4...20 mA/ 0...10 V 6 4.2 Switching function OUTx changes its switching status if it is above or below the set switching limits (SPx, rPx). The following switching functions can be selected: • Hysteresis function / normally open: [out/ou2] = [Hno] (--� fig. 1 ). • Hysteresis function / normally closed: [out/ou2] = [Hnc] (—> fig. 1 ). First the set point (SPx) is set, then the reset point (rPx). The hysteresis defined remains even if SPx is changed again. • Window function / normally open: [out/ou2] = [Fno] (--� fig. 2). • Window function / normally closed: [out/ou2] = [Fnc] (--> fig. 2). The width of the window can be set by means of the difference between FHx and FLx. FHx = upper value, FLx = lower value. P 1 P FE 2 SP HY FH rP FL t t 1 Hno Fno 0 0 1 Hnc 1 Fnc 0 01. P = system pressure; HY = hysteresis; FE = window MflWhen set to the window function the set and reset points have a fixed hysteresis of 0.25 % of the final value of the measuring span. 7 4.3 Analogue function OUT2 is an analogue output: • [ou2] defines whether the set measuring range is provided as 4...20 mA ([ou2]= [11) or as 0...10 V ([ou2] _ [U]). • Analogue start point [ASP2] determines at which measured value the output signal is 4 mA or 0 V. • Analogue end point [AEP2] determines at which measured value the output signal is 20 mA or 10 V. Minimum distance between [ASP2] and [AEP2] = 20 % of the measuring span. Voltage output 0...10 V: Factory setting Measuring range scaled I U [V] U [V] .t............................. ........................ 10 — 10 -1 0 MEW P -1 0 ASP AEP MEW P P = System pressure VMR = Final value of the measuring range ASP = Analogue start point [ASP2] AEP= Analogue end point AEP2 In the measuring range of the respective unit the output signal is between 0 and 10 V. I It is also indicated: • System pressure above [AEP2]: 10...10.3 V • Fault indication according to Namur: 11 V 8 Current output 4...20 mA Factory setting I Measuring range scaled I I [mA] I [nnA] ............................... ................... 20 20 4 4 - -1 0 MEW P -1 0 ASP AEP MEW P P = System pressure VMR = Final value of the measuring range ASP = Analogue start point [ASP2] AEP= Analogue end point IAEP21 In the measuring range, the output signal is between 4 and 20 mA. It is also indicated: • System pressure above [AEP2]: 20...20.5 mA • System pressure below [ASP2]: 4...3.8 mA • Fault indication according to Namur: 21 .5 mA. 4.4 10-Link General information This unit has an 10-Link communication interface which requires an 10-Link- capable module (10-Link master) for operation. The 10-Link interface enables direct access to the process and diagnostic data and provides the possibility to set the parameters of the unit during operation. In addition communication is possible via a point-to-point connection with a USB adapter cable. Further information about 10-Link at www.ifm.com --� "more product information" "Specials" --� "10-Link". 9 Device-specific information You can find the IODDs necessary for the configuration of the 10-Link unit and detailed information about process data structure, diagnostic information and parameter addresses at www.ifm.com --* "more product information" --� "Specials" "10-Link". Parameter setting tools You will find all necessary information about the required 10-Link hardware and software at www.ifm.com ---> "more product information" --> "Specials" ---> "10-Link". 5 Installation Before installing and removing the unit: make sure that no pressure is • applied to the system. ► Insert the unit in a '/4 - 18 NPT process connection. ► Tighten firmly. Recommended tightening torque: <_ 50 Nm Depends on lubrication, seal and pressure load! The sensor housing can be rotated by 3450 with regard to the process connection. Do not rotate past the end stop! 10 6 Electrical connection The unit must be connected by a qualified electrician. The national and international regulations for the installation of electrical equipment must be adhered to. Voltage supply according to EN 50178, SELV, PELV. ► Disconnect power. ► Connect the unit as follows: Core colours 1 BN L+ BK black 2 1 2 BN brown � � vv�ouT2 BU blue 3 • • 4 4 B�0UT1 WH white s B� �- OUT1 : switching output or 10-Link OUT2: switching outputs or analogue output Colours to DIN EN 60947-5-2 Example circuit I 2 x positive switching 2 x negative switching BN L+ BN L+ 2 WH 2 WH _ _E;� 4 BK 4 BK 2: OUT2 3 BU 2: OUT2 3 BU 4: OUT1 L_ 4: OUT1 L_ I 1 x positive switching / 1 x analogue 1 x negative switching / 1 x analogue � BN L+ BN L+ 2 WH 2 WH P4 BK 4 BK UT 3 BU 2: OUT2 3 BU : L- 4: OUT1 L- 11 7 Operating and display elements 0 000®© 0 ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 II iT-1 V 00 04P (070 ) 0 10 11 12 1 to 8: indicator LEDs LED 1 Switching status OUT1 (lights when output 1 is switched). LED 8 Switching status OUT2 (lights when output 2 is switched). LEDs System pressure in the indicated unit of measurement 2 - 7 (pin connection is device-specific). 9: Enter button [•] - Selection of the parameters and acknowledgement of the parameter values. 10 to 11: Arrow keys up [A] and down [V] - Setting of the parameter values (scrolling by holding pressed; incremental by pressing once). 12: Alphanumeric display, 4 digits - Display of the current system pressure. - Indication of the parameters and parameter values. 12 8 Menu 8.1 Menu structure: main menu °0J ' RUN 2 0O 1 r-ES ......................................... OO DO OO OO Ou 1 • F1nU SP 1 1C.Oa FH 1 • 10.00 • r- 1 �aa FL 1 �300 :u F' f�no � Ak OOO OO OO OO OO OO OO . =(�O dS 1 0.0 PSF'2 0 0 FH2 f0.00 0O� � � 0O dr_ •REPL f00 FL 2 • 900 • EF • dS2 ' 0.0 . dr-2 0.0 V A ( OO • unt bPr- V A 00 P--r7 • Ian P • Lr , aaa tit , 9.aa A 0O dPP • 0 0.06 V A 0O dPP 0. 1 o0 co F a V 'i 00 coLr- • r-Ed cRI as o 0O n Menu items highlighted in grey e.g. [ FH1 • AL cFL oo ] are only active when assigned parameters have been selected. d, S • d2 13 8.2 Explanation of the menu 8.2.1 Explanation of the menu level 1 SPx / rPx Upper / lower limit value for system pressure at which OUTx switches with hysteresis setting. Prerequisite: OUTx setting is [Hno] or [Hnc]. FHx / FLx Upper / lower limit value for system pressure at which OUTx switches with window setting. Prerequisite: OUTx setting is [Fno] or [Fnc]. ASP2 Analogue start point for system pressure: measured value at which 4 mA/ 0 V are provided. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. AEP2 Analogue end point for system pressure: measured value at which 20 mA/ 10 V are provided. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. EF Extended functions / opening of menu level 2. 8.2.2 Explanation of the menu level 2 rES Restore factory setting. out Output function for OUT1 : • Switching signal for the pressure limit values: hysteresis function [H ..] or window function [F ..], either normally open [. no] or normally closed [. nc]. ou2 Output function for OUT2: • Switching signal for the pressure limit values: hysteresis function [H ..] or window function [F ..], either normally open [. no] or normally closed [. nc]. • Analogue signal for the current system pressure: 4...20 mA [1] or 0...10 V [U]. dS1 / dS2 Switching delay for OUT1 / OUT2. drl / dr2 Switch-off delay for OUT1 / OUT2. Standard unit of measurement for system pressure (display): uni [PSI] / [bAr] / [mbar] / [MPA] / [kPA] / [inHG] / [iH2O] / [mmWS] . P-n Output logic: pnp / npn. Lo Minimum value memory for system pressure. Hi Maximum value memory for system pressure. dAP Damping of the switch point. dAA Damping of the analogue output. Prerequisite: OUT2 setting is [1] or [U]. coF Zero-point calibration. coLr Assignment of the display colours "red" and "green" within the measuring range. cFH / cFL Upper / lower value for colour change. Parameter only active after selection of a freely definable colour window in the coLr parameter: [r-cF] or [G-cF]. diS Update rate and orientation of the display. 14 9 Parameter setting During parameter setting the unit remains in the operating mode. It continues to monitor with the existing parameters until the parameter setting has been completed. 9.1 Parameter setting in general 3 steps must be taken for each parameter setting: 1 Select parameter o 0 0 0 P ► Press [•] to get to the menu. -- -- C 1 1=1 1 1 1 ► Press [A] or [1] until the requested O parameter is displayed. 000000 -J I r 1 1 1 A V 2 Set parameter value ► Press [•] to edit the selected parameter. ► Press [A] or [1] for min. 1 s. Q:;: 0 0 > After 1 s: setting value is changed:incrementally by pressing the button A once or continuously by keeping the i button pressed. 1 11 1 I E 1 C.1 1 Numerical values are incremented continuously with [A] or decremented with [V]. 3 Acknowledge parameter value o 0 0 0 0 0 ► Briefly press [•]. 1 1 1 9 C 11_1 > The parameter is displayed again. _ 1-1 The new setting value is saved. O Set other parameters ► Press [A] or [1] until the requested parameter is displayed. Finish parameter setting ► Press [A] or [1] several times until the current measured value is displayed or wait for 30 s. > The unit returns to the process value display. 15 Ez If [C.Loc] is displayed when an attempt is made to modify a parameter value, a parameter setting process is active via the 10-Link communication (temporary locking). MIlIf [S.Loc] is displayed, the sensor is permanently locked via software. This locking can only be removed with a parameter setting software. • Change from menu level 1 to menu level 2: ► Press [•] to get to the menu. o 0 0 0 0 0 O — O ► Press [A] [V]until [EF] is displayed. ' 000000 " 0 A V ► Press [•]. 000000 > The first parameter of the submenu is �_ displayed (here: [rES]). �k _0 � IL J O • Locking / unlocking The unit can be locked electronically to prevent unintentional settings. ► Make sure that the unit is in the 0 0 0 0 0 0 normal operating mode.► � ; ,—'c Press [A] + [1] simultaneously for 10 s. > [Loc] is displayed. / 10S During operation: [Loc] is briefly displayed if you try to change parameter values. 16 For unlocking: 0 0 0 0 0 0 ► Make sure that the unit is in the normal operating mode. 1 O � � 1 11 1=11=- ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously for 10 s. / > [uLoc] is displayed. 10 S On delivery: not locked. • Timeout: If no button is pressed for 30 s during parameter setting, the unit returns to the operating mode with unchanged values. • Exit a parameter without adopting the settings To exit a parameter without adopting the 0 0 0 0 0 0 settings: 1►ii. ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously. '�� > Return to the menu level. O A • Leaving the menu level To leave the menu level: ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 ► Press [A] + [1] simultaneously. > Menu level 2 changes to level 1 "E 1JI I or (*) A level 1 changes to display. 9.2 Configure display (optional) ► Select [Uni] and set the unit of measurement: # t n� - [PSI], - [bAr], [mbAr], - [MPA], [kPA], - [inHG], - [iH2O], - [mmWS] E The selectable units of measurement depend on the respective unit. 17 ► Select [diS] and set the update rate and orientation of the display: 1— 1 - [dl]: update of the measured values every 50 ms. - [d2]: update of the measured values every 200 ms. - [0]: update of the measured values every 600 ms. - [rdl], [rd2], [rd3]: display as for dl , d2, d3; rotated by 1800 . - [OFF ] = The display is switched off in the operating mode. When one of the buttons is pressed, the current measured value is displayed for 30 s. The LEDs remain active even if the display is deactivated. o Even with unsteady pressure characteristics [dl] provides optimum Il readability; the corresponding algorithms are stored. 9.3 Set output signals 9.3.1 Set output functions ► Select [out] and set the switching function: ►=11 1 - [Hno] = hysteresis function/NO, - [Hnc] = hysteresis function/NC, - [Fno] = window function/NO, - [Fnc] = window function/NC. ► Select [OU2 ] and set the analogue function: t - [Hno] = hysteresis function/NO, CJ1 11- - [Hnc] = hysteresis function/NC, - [Fno] = window function/NO, - [Fnc] = window function/NC. - [1] = current signal 4...20 mA, - [U] = voltage signal 0...10 V. 9.3.2 Define switching limits for the hysteresis function ► [oul] / [ou2] must be set as [Hno] or [Hnc]. 1��=1 1 ► Select [SPx] and set the value at which the output is set. 11 1 ► Select [rPx] and set the value at which the output resets. 1__ =1 � [rPx] is always smaller than [SPx]. The unit only accepts values which are lower than the value for [SPx]. r- 1-11_-1 9.3.3 Define switching limits for the window function ► [oul] /[ou2] must be set as [Fno] or [Fnc]. �� � ► Select [FHx] and set the upper limit value. F h2 18 ► Select [FLx] and set the lower limit value. � [FLx] is always lower than [FHx]. The unit only accepts values which are F#- lower than the value for [FHx]. F 1 J: 9.3.4 Scaling of the analogue value ► Select [ASP2] and set the value at which 4 mA/ 0 V is provided. 1_=11_= 1_=1_=1 1 1 11 1 ► Select [AEP2] and set the value at which 20 mA/ 10 V is provided. 1_=11_= ►__1__1 Minimum distance between [ASP2] and [AEP2] = 20 % of the measuring I I L I C span (scaling factor 5). 9.4 User settings (optional) 9.4.1 Set delay for the switching outputs [dS1] / [dS2] = switching delay for OUT1 / OUT2. d [drl] / [dr2] = reset delay for OUT1 / OUT2. 1 1 ► Select [dS1], [dS2], [drl] or [dr2] and set a value between 0 and 50 s dr- 1 (at 0 the delay time is not active). 11_= _=I E For this unit the parameters [dSx] and [drx] for the set and reset ►_I 11 points are designed strictly to the VDMA guideline. 1=11-- 1=-1 9.4.2 Set output logic for the switching outputs ► Select [P-n] and set [PnP] or [nPn]. i-1 -- 1-7 9.4.3 Set damping for the switching signal ► Select [dAP] and set the damping constant in seconds d71 1_=�1_(value T: 63 %); setting range 0.000...4.000s. I 11 EDamping affects [dAP] the switch point / process data flow (10-1-ink communication) and the display. 9.4.4 Damping for analogue output ► Select [dAA] and set the damping constant (rise time 10...90 %) in 1► 1_=1 seconds; setting range 0.000...4.000 s. 1=1 1111 ElDamping [dAA] only affects the analogue output / analogue signal path. 9.4.5 Zero-point calibration ► Select [coF] and set a value between -5 % and 5 % of the final value Col of the measuring range (if PN2x69 and PN2x99 ±5 % of the measuring span). The internal measured value "0" is shifted by this value. 19 9.4.6 Read min/max values for the system pressure ► Select [HI] or [Lo] and briefly press [•]. 1 _I [HI] = maximum value, [Lo] = minimum value. 1 11 Delete memory: ► Select [HI] or [Lo]. 1 0 ► Press and hold [A] or [V] until [----] is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. 9.4.7 Reset all parameters to factory setting ► Select [rES]. _ ► C Poo- Press [•]. ► Press and hold [A] or [V] until [----] is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. We recommend noting down your own settings before carrying out a reset (---> 12 Factory setting). 9.4.8 Set colour change of the display ► Select [coLr] and set the function: ► __ - [rEd] = display colour red (independent of the measured value). �— �— L - [GrEn] = display colour green (independent of the measured value). - [rl ou] = display colour red when OUT1 switches. - [G1ou] = display colour green when OUT1 switches. - [r2ou] = display colour red when OUT2 switches ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [G2ou] = display colour green when OUT2 switches ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [r-12] = display colour red when the measured value is between the limit values of OUT1 and OUT2 ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [G-12] = display colour green when the measured value is between the limit values of OUT1 and OUT2 ([ou2] _ [Hxx] / [Fxx]). - [r-cF] = display colour red when the measured value is between the freely definable limit values [cFH]*) and [cFL]*). - [G-cF] = display colour green when the measured value is between the freely definable limit values [cFH]*) and [cFL]*) *)The parameters [cFL] and [cFH ] can only be selected in the menu tree when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated. ► Select [cFH] and set the upper limit value. FIL-11 (only possible when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated). > The setting range corresponds to the measuring range and its minimum limit is [cFL]. 20 ► Select [cFL] and set the lower limit value ¢► (only possible when [r-cF] or [G-cF] were activated). �— > The setting range corresponds to the measuring range and its maximum limit is [cFH]. 9.4.9 Graphical depiction of the colour change of the display Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r1 ou] / [r2ou], mode hysteresis function [G1 ou] / [G2ou], mode hysteresis function OUT1/ OUT1/ OUT2 OUT2 1 2 1 2 Measured value > switch point OUT1/OUT2; Measured value > switch point OUT1/OUT2; Display = red Display = green Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r1 ou] / [r2ou], mode window function [G1 ou] / [G2ou], mode window function FH2/ FH2/ FL1/ FL1/ FL2 FL2 1 2 1 2 Measured value between FL1/FL2 and Measured value between FL1/FL2 and FH 1/FH2; Display = red FH 1/FH2; Display = green 0 Colour change display green Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range 21 ERepresentation [r-12] / [G-12] only possible when [ou2] = switching output. Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r-12], mode hysteresis function [G-12], mode hysteresis function OUT2 OUT2 OUT1 OUT1 1 2 1 2 Measured value between OUT1 and OUT2; Measured value between OUT1 and OUT2; Display = red Display = green Display colour change for the parameters Display colour change for the parameters [r-12], mode window function [G-12], mode window function FL2 FL2 FH1 FH1 FL1 FH2 FL1 FH2 1 2 1 2 Measured value outside FL1 ...FH1 and Measured value outside FL1 ...FH1 and FL2...FH2; Display = red FL2...FH2; Display = green 0 Colour change display reen 0 Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range FL1 / FL2 Lower limit value window function outputs OUT1 / OUT2 FH1 / FH2 Upper limit value window function outputs OUT1 / OUT2 22 Display colour change with parameter [r-cF] Display colour change with parameter independent of OUT1 . [G-cF] independent of OUT1 . cFL cFH cFL cFH 1 2 1 2 Measured value between cFL and cFH; Measured value between cFL and cFH; Display = red Display = green I 0 Colour change display green Colour change display red 1 Initial value of the measuring range 2 Final value of the measuring range cFL Lower limit value (independent of the output function) cFH Upper limit value (independent of the output function) 10 Operation After power on, the unit is in the Run mode (= normal operating mode). It carries out its measurement and evaluation functions and provides output signals according to the set parameters. Operation indication --� 7 Operating and display elements. 10.1 Read set parameters ► Press [•]. ► Press [A] or [V] until the requested parameter is displayed. ► Briefly press [•]. > The unit displays the corresponding parameter value for approx. 30 s; then it changes to the process value display. 23 10.2 Self-diagnosis / error indications The unit has many self-diagnostic options. • It monitors itself automatically during operation. • Warnings and faults are displayed (even if the display is deactivated), in addition they are available via the parameter setting software. 0 0 Ca J � J N C6 o Fault / warning Corrective measures o co co 0) co c a none F Supply voltage too ► Check / correct the supply low. voltage. SC flashes flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching outputs for flashes at switching outputs short-circuit or excessive OUT1 and OUT2 **>. current; remove the fault. SC1 flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching output flashes at switching output OUT1 for short-circuit or OUT1 excessive current; remove the fault. SC2 flashes F Excessive current ► Check switching output flashes at switching output OUT2 for short-circuit or OUT2 **>. excessive current; remove the fault. Loc W Parametrierung Ober ► Unlock buttons ---> 9.1 Tasten gesperrt. Parameter setting in general "Locking / unlocking". C.Loc W Parameter ► Wait until parameter setting setting locked via 10-Link is finished. via pushbuttons, parameter setting is active via 10-Link communication 9.1 . S.Loc W Setting buttons ► Unlocking only possible via locked via parameter 10-Link interface / parameter software. Parameter setting software. change is rejected 9.1 . 24 0 C6 J J N M ZD o Fault / warning Corrective measures o 0 0 U) W OL W Process value too ► Check / reduce system high pressure / select unit with (measuring range corresponding measuring exceeded). range. UL W Process value too low ► Check / increase system (value below pressure / select unit with measuring range). corresponding measuring range. Err F Internal fault / ► Contact the manufacturer. flashes malfunction. *� F = fault W = warning **� The output remains deactivated as long as the excessive current / short circuit continues. 11 Technical data and scale drawing 11 .1 Setting ranges SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL DP min max min max min max min max min max min max U) 40 5800 10 5780 0 4640 1160 5800 20 5800 0 5780 10 0 0 N to 10 N 2.5 400 1 398.5 0 320 80 400 1 .5 400 0 398.5 0.5 Z Z 0- 0.25 40 0.1 39.85 0 32 8 40 0.15 40 0.0 39.85 0.05 .Fn 25 3625 10 3610 0 2900 725 3625 15 3625 0 3610 5 � � cm CO M N N 1 .5 250 0.5 249 0 200 50 250 1 250 0 249 0.5 Z Z as � 0.15 25 0.05 24.9 0 20 5 25 0.1 25 0.0 24.9 0.05 AP = Schrittweite 25 SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL AP min max min max min max min max min max min max 10 1450 4 1444 0 1160 290 1450 6 1450 0 1444 2 N N cm co cu N N 0.6 100 0.2 99.6 0 80 20 100 0.4 100 0 99.6 0.2 Z Z d ca 0- 0.06 10 0.02 9.96 0 8 2 10 0.04 10 0 9.96 0.02 -12 362.5 -13.5 361 -14.5 290 58 362.5 -13 362.5 -14.5 361 0.5 M M M M N N -0.85 25 -0.95 24.9 -1 20 4 25 -0.9 25 -1 24.9 0.05 Z Z -0.085 2.5 -0.095 2.49 -0.1 2 0.4 2.5 -0.09 2.5 -0.1 2.49 0.005 c' -13.6 145 -14.2 144.4 -14.6 116 14.6 145 -13.8 145 -14.6 144.4 0.2 cm N -0.94 10 -0.98 9.96 -1 8 1 10 -0.96 10 -1 9.96 0.02 Z Z as cu -0.094 1 -0.098 0.996 -0.1 0.8 0.1 1 -0.096 1 -0.1 0.996 0.002 -1 .6 36.25 -1 .75 36.1 -1 .8 29 5.45 36.25 -1 .65 36.25 -1 .8 36.1 0.05 N N u -0.11 2.5 -0.12 2.49 -0.125 2 0.375 2.5 -0.115 2.5 -0.125 2.49 0.005 Z Z -11 250 -12 249 -12.5 200 37.5 250 -11 .5 250 -12.5 249 0.5 -0.64 14.5 -0.7 14.44 -0.72 11 .6 2.18 14.5 -0.66 14.5 -0.72 14.44 0.02 cz ti titt1000 -48 996 -50 800 150 1000 -46 1000 -50 996 2 N � N N M a 100 -4.8 99.6 -5 80 15 100 -4.6 100 -5 99.6 0.2 401 .5 -19 400 -20 32 660.5 401 .5 -18.5 401 .5 -20 400 0.5 AP = Schrittweite 26 SP rP ASP2 AEP2 cFH cFL AP min max min max min max min max min max min max -14.3 14.5 -14.45 14.4 -14.5 8.7 -8.7 14.5 -14.4 14.5 -14.5 14.4 0.05 E -985 1000 -995 990 -1000 600 -600 1000 -990 1000 -1000 990 5 N to CM0- -98.5 100 -99.5 99 -100 60 -60 100 -99 100 -100 99 0.5 Z Z aa � _ -396 402 -400 398 -402 240 -240 402 -398 402 -402 398 2 -29.2 29.5 -29.4 29.3 -29.5 17.7 -17.7 29.5 -29.3 29.5 -29.5 29.3 0.1 0 _ -4.4 100.4 -4.8 100 -5 80.2 15 100.4 -4.6 100.4 -5 100 0.2 Co C -11 250 -12 249 -12.5 200 37.5 250 -11 .5 250 -12.5 249 0.5 N CO N N Z Z CO -110 2550 -120 2540 -125 "85 -115 2550 -125 2540 5 E -1 .1 25 -1 .2 24.9 -1 .25 -1 .15 25 -1 .25 24.9 0.05 AP = Schrittweite 11 .2 Further technical data MFurther technical data and scale drawing at: www.ifm.com 27 12 Factory setting Factory setting User setting SP1 25% MEW*** rP1 23% MEW*** I out Hno I ou2 I SP2 75% MEW*** I I rP2 73% MEW*** I I ASP2 0 (PN2x99: -14,4 psi) (PN2x69: -7,3 psi) AEP2 100% MEW * I coF 0 dSx 0.0 I d rx I 0.0 I P-n PnP I dAP 0.06 dAA 0.1 diS d2 uni I PSI IIH2O coLr rEd cFH VMR* cFL MAW** * = Final value of the measuring range (MEW) ** = Initial value of the measuring range (MAW) *** = The indicated percentage of the final value of the measuring range (VMR) of the respective sensor in psi (for PN2x69 and PN2x99 the percentage of the measuring span) is set. More information at www.ifm.com 28 29 CORD TO BE 16/2 SJOW/SJOW-A ASS`Y SUPPLIED WITH PIPE MOUNTING BRACKET AND VERTICAL FLOAT SST HOSE CLAMP(RANGE 04"TO 01j") ® PAGE C Us 57 F 1 0000000 PUMP "ON" -- -- 115V PIGGYBACK PLUG OPTIONAL 0 0 � o Q u o 230V PIGGYBACK MIM PLUG OPTIONAL 00 co PUMP "OFF" 0 a ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS <tO::N7E7W CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC. Um IWC CHANGES TOLERANCES DRAWN BY DATE SPECIFICATION SHEET F DECIMALS D. MIDDLETON 02/20/04 E xxx = t.005 MECHANICAL FLOAT D xx = t.010 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION: FRACTIONAL SCALE: PART NO. C x/x = t.1/64 AS NOTED VERTICAL FLOAT B ANGLES HALF q x• = t1/r TYPICAL APPLICATION VERTICAL SWITCH SIMPLEX PUMP SYSTEM PAGE 2 d DISCHARGE PIPE . d a . d VERTICAL FLOAT SWITCH tl d A d d PUMPd a• • d ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS (C0::N7E7W CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC. um NYC CHANGES TOLERANCES DRAWN BY DATE SPECIFICATION SHEET F DECIMALS D. MIDDLETON 02/20/04 E xxx = t.005 MECHANICAL FLOAT D xx = t.010 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION: FRACTIONAL SCALE: PART NO. C x/x = t.'/64 AS NOTED B VERTICAL SWITCH ANGLES NONE A r = t1/Z A B C D E F G H 460VAC 3-PHASE 60HZ INCOMMING v PROTECTED SOURCE GROUND I r a I 11I 21I 31I I NOTE: ALL WIRE TO BE C3 z GLI MTW 600V b b b DSl NOTE, REMOVE PAINT FROM BEHIND J u 100 _ 125 124 124 124 z GROUND BUS. w r Z FUI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 mmo 101 I " M m I FU2 GHl - 126 0 v FU3 a In aaw Ll L2 L3 2 103 128 n w Y 3 6 o w N Z MPl 104 XTPRMP6BC1 CN1 129 0 o L1 � � 105 I ,-�ry _I I i I I -LT ---- O 3 - T.O.S.S. � o 106 L21T2 ----- Pi PUMP MOTOR 131 0 W O.SHP 3-PHASE 460VAC 60HZ r L3 11FLA � 38 ��----1T3 ----- 132 o T O L31o) — — — J L(506)J MMP2 108 XTPR6P3BC1 CN2 133 8Ll O I I I SWAT L2 110 /t,��� ��___ PUMP MOTOR P2 3HP 135 4 I � I I I 3-PHASE 460VAC 60HZ L3 � 2T3----- SFLA 136 o .CJ 00 L312) — — — J L(508)_j � CC aj 112 XTPRIP6BC1 CN3 137 N- - -1 F —1 113 Ll rr J`J�1 I--�----------- 138 L2 I I I I I PERMEATE W E-o 114 /Ito 3T2 PUMP P3 075HPMOTOR 139 a ��Q 5 L3 I I I I I 1.32FLAE 460VAC 60HZ r, 115 /`\'--`��Y��I---- 3T3 L314) — — — J L(510)� 116 141 FU4 117 142 L1 1.aA 1L1 DWG. N0. I 6 118 143 L2 i.an 1L2 1 119 144 OF 9 120 145 END END END XF1 460VAC PRIMARY 115VAC SECONDARY 121 146 H1 H3 H2 H4 250VA SEE NAMEPLATE 7 122 147 1 120-1 35A 120-2 X1 X2 120-N s 3 — 6 (/ 123 148 120-1 120-1 120-N 120-N w w W x W W 124 125 125 125 149 200 543 541 200 _ rrro 120VAC 120VAC 120VAC 120NEU z o r CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL o o z=zo(i Z'--XX ;J O ..N $ �w3fof aw ww xxawr Iywaw p U Q L�VDZf Z..f�W .r20rJ rwrw W 0_ Z xzw a roa3o_ A B C D E F G H E3 120VAC 12ONEU 24VDC OVDC o zz CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL r J U 200 149 149 225 224 149 z a L3w,F- zo 201 120-1 120-N 226 +24VDC -24VDC Li+24VDC P1 � cavio ¢aw 120-1 FU6 120-3 120-N - 202 3.OA 227 ? 3 2 203 228 n w Y 3 0 o w N Z L N PS1 "I204 O 120VAC IN 229 0 o 24V OV 24VDC OUT o U 205 + + 120WATT 230 y I� N +24VDC FU7 +24VDC-1 -24VDC o w 206 7 5.OA 2 231 a 8 13 M '�i- M 9 14 0 3 207 ii 15 232 o T O 208 PB1 233 0 E-STOP RESET CR1 CONTROL OUTPUT 209i 10 10A 10B lOC lOC 11 -24VDC POWER OFF 234 ESPB1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 RELAY (210)(221)(329) CR1 210 235 (209) � 4 211 236 •.V. O O 111111E APPROPRIATE J ', JUMPER FOR INSTALLATION 212 OF REMOTE E-STOP Pu-1 OUTTEN- 237 W W Q a sC/) J 5 O +24VDC DIGITAL INPUT -24VDC O Z ~ 214 300 SLOT 1 300 239 (L r, Q 215 +24VDC 402 DIGITAL OUTPUT 404 -24VDC 240 SLOT 2 HMIl 216 +24VDC 502 DIGITAL OUTPUT 504 -24VDC 241 SLOT 3 217 +24VDC 600 ANALOG INPUT 600 -24VDC 242 MAPLED SYSTEMS AY SLOT 4owc. No. P/N, HMC7070AM 6 218 243 2 219 244 OF 9 1 2 3 220 245 O O LQ DOOR 221 CR1 24 246 +24VDC (209) 2s GND 27 _ 7 222 28 247 -24VDC 29 Ld Ld 223 +24VDC 24 24 -24VDC -24VDC -24VDC 248 +24VDC -24VDC a w woaw 224 225 400 500 500 400 225 249 END END 4 o-= -- E3 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC OVDC OVDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC z Z r CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL o [313Li Z m N J O ..N $ �w3fa awa aw Ixwr ywaw 13 U Q L�VDZf Z..few .r2OrJ rarw Li a w�z xzaa roa3a A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS n ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH a J Z � 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC o z CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J s 300 214 214 325 324 324 L3 w HMII HMII v)d zo uuiiuM uN SLOT 1 SLOT 1 p=U 301 +24VDC -24VDC i i v I i v i MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MI01 326 +24VDC -24VDC MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MI01 A Of 24VDC 16-POINT DIGITAL INPUT 24VDC 16-POINT DIGITAL INPUT ¢o o LS4 S1:xo 302 PROCESS TANK +24VDC ____ LS4 100 XO (LS4) 327 SPARE SPARE O X8 SI:x8 LEVEL SWITCH 30 � 0 PROCESS TNK SPARE m(U.--i CONERY, 2900-B1S4C1-20 LVL i±2 303 328 0 o w 04"I Z S1:X1 O CRl EXTERNAL DIRTY TANK +24VDC -- _ LSS 101 Lss) O CRl +24VDC 109 S1a9 0 Xl 329 X9 (CR1) 0 LEVEL SWITCH 3I aI ExT DIRTY TNK EMERGENCY STOP ESTOP w CONERY, 2900-BIS4C1-21 LVL (209) V 305 330 LS6 SI:x2 EXTERNAL PERMEATE N w +24VDC LS6 (LS6) +24VDC 306 TANK __-- �__—__ 102 X2 TEXT NK PERMEATE 331 SPARE SPARE 3 110 X10 SPAR T 0 Ln LEVEL SWITCH �� �� 3` SPARE 3 CONERY, 2900-B1S4C1-22 LVL Lo 307 332 z o DPSI +24VDC DPSI S1:x3 +24VDC ' 308 U/F PRE FILTER �_____ 103 X3 (DPSI) 333 SPARE 35 SPARE 111 Xll SPARE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ,3 33 U/F FILTER SWITCH DIFF PRESS 309 334 SI:x4 P1 +24VDC Mii M 1 104A i 104 (Pi) +24VDC 112 SI:x12 310 TOSS X4 TOSS PUMP 335 SPARE 36 SPARE 36 X12 SPARE 4 PUMP RUNNING (105) (105) RUNNING U O 311 336 J •� O i.. P2 Ln it MMP2 CN2 S1:x5 W 312 SWAT +24VDC lOSA 105 X5 SWAT 337 SPARE SPARE O X13 S1:x13 H � Q SWAT PUMP SPARE U) PUMP RUNNING (109) (109) RUNNING Q = In 313 338 J I W P3 MMP3 CN3 sl:x6 Q 314 PERMEATE +24VDC I 106A I 106 X6 PER 339 SPARE SPARE O X14 SPAR d Q 5 PUMP RUNNING PERMEATE PUMP SPARE U13) (113) RUNNING W 315 340 316 SPARE SPARE O X7 SPARE 341 SPARE SPARE O X15 SPARE 317 342 DWG. NO. 6 318 IP COM 0 IP COM 3 319 344 of 9 LEFT RTB RIGHT RTB 320 345 321 346 7 322 347 Li w 323 348 w(L a�w Lir3w 324 325 325 349 END END � Io J H J 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC L) [30 CONTROL CONTROL HMI] CONTROL CONTROL ti< w 8 3 3 n s = SLOT u F-50 H aw Lw �v,W0� U F F 13 v Z U Z 2 E3 H LLJ ..�O_F- s s s w '2 0_ 2 Z wD_'W 1 0 w A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH of J z 0 0 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 400 224 224 425 T 424 tn w HMIl HMIl N a z SLOT 2 SLOT 2 a ME 401 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 24 -24VDC 426 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 -24VDC w�L) 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT ¢a C3 +24VDC +24VDC 24 402 PWR 24V 215 427 FOR Y3, Y4, Y5 C2 ro N 2 403 428 0 z w w z S2:Y6 CR2 CR2 (PV1) rn O -24VDC O pvI) 206 -24VDC PERMEATE/BACK FLUSH 404 PWR 0V 215 429 PERMEATE/HACK Y6 FLUSH St to (Au 14 (A27 5t RELAY o � SOL VLV (419) (420) (421) (421) TOP BOTTOM o 405 LEVEL LEVEL 430 ---- CV1-1 s2:Yo CVl-1 s2:Y7 CR3 CR3 (PV2) N w <cvl-v 200 ___ -24VDC (PV2) 207 -24VDC PERMEATE / CIP 406 YO — — PROCESS TANK 431 Y7 C7 PROCESS TNK 45 4T PERMEATE/CIP 52 52 RELAY VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN sOL vLv 1z 77 14 (A2) 3 (444) (445) (446) (yA6) � <�< Lo 407 432 z � � CVI-2 S2:Ye CR4 (PV3) S2:Y1 24VDC CVl-2 <Pv3) CR4 BACK FLUSH / (CVI-2) 201 - 208 -24VDC 408 Yl ------0�o----- CIP SUCTION 433 BACK FLUSH/ Y8 PERMEATE OUT CIP SUCTION 46 4G PERMEATE OUT 5-3 t3 CA1J 14 (A2) 53 VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN sOL vLv RELAY (448) (448) (449) (449) 409 434 CV2-1 S2:Y2 C V 2-1 410 (CV-1) Y2 202 4 _____ ____ 4724VDC U/F 435 +2avnc C3 24 Z U/FFOR Y6, Y7, Y8 4 VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN V O 411 436 J •� O a= � S2:Y9 Lu Q 412 FOR YO+YI,VY2 Cl 24 437 CPV2CIP Y9 O SPARE SPARE N VLV OPEN Q (n V 413 438 Lu W S2:Y3 CV2-2 CV2-2 S2:Y10 Q •W (CV2-2) 203 -24VDC rJ 414 DISCHARGE Y3 48 ------0-�o----- 4a DISCHARGE 439 HACKPFLUSH Y10 SPARE SPARE d '� Q vLv OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN vLv OPEN w 415 440 CV3-1 S2:Y4 CV3-1 S2:Y11 R V PROCESS 204 -24VDC (PV3-2) 416 pROCEs) Y4 49 ------0—�o----- 49 PROCESS 441 PERMEATE OUT YllO SPARE SPARE VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN VLV OPEN 417 442 DWG.N0. CV3-2 S2:Y5 CV3-2 6 418 (CV3-2) Y5 205 ————— ____ -24VDC CIP DISCHARGE 443 +24VDC C4 24 4 CIP DISCHARGE 50 50 FOR Y9, Y10, Yll VLV OPEN SOLENOID VALVE OPEN TOP LEVEL OF 419 PV1 212 212 CR2 444 PV2 214 214 CR3 g TOP RTB 1 54F 1 s <1u BOTTOM RTB 1 ss s a4> 1 9 <1u 420 2 1 OPEN 445 2 215 0-1 I OPEN 541 10 (22) 55 6 (24> 1 10 (22)3213 J1 3 215J1 9 Ql) 1 (12) 1 9 all 421 1 l 0 CLOSE 446 1 CLOSE 7 4 2 C22J(429)10 (22) 4C 2 C22J(431)10 122J 422 447 PV3 CR4 'n O O 1 216 216 w n 423 448 s6 s 1149 1 s (1u 217 I OPEN w�x 2 a w 56 6 (24J 1 10 (22) z 0 w 424 425 425 449 3 217 J 1 '�r,F- 1a21 1 9au Oo zo J 24VDC OVDC 1 CLOSE o z=o 0 CONTROL CONTROL HMn 4 2 C22J(433)10 (291 z—�ti w 8 E os 4 ws sLor w ¢w ww 0Wa 24VDC OVDC � U a CONTROL CONTROL ow v a w cz.) z=0E-L'j �F- F- w D_�.. xzw>a l0w3� A B C D E F G H NOTE, TERMINAL BLOCKS ON THIS SHEET ARE TWO LEVEL FEED THROUGH of J Z 0 0 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 500 224 224 525 T 524 tn w HMIl HMIl N a Z SLOT 3 SLOT 3 a ME 501 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 24 -24VDC 526 MAPLE SYSTEMS, HMC7MO01 -24VDC w�L) 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT 24VDC 12-POINT RELAY OUTPUT ¢a C3 +24VDC +24VDC 24 502 PWR 24V 216 527 FOR Y3, Y4, Y5 C2 2 503 528 0 o w w C Z -24VDC S3:Y6 306 -24VDC 504 PwR OV 216 529 SPARE Y6 38 SPARE 38 SPARE o o U n 0 S3:YO CN1 TOSS C-4 �' (CN1) 300 -24VDC S3:Y7 307 -24VDC 1 506 YO PUMP RUN 531 Y7 39 SPARE 39 SPARE TOSS PUMP SPARE RUN CONTACTOR Lo 3 (105)(310) < 507 532 Z � � CN2 508 (PUMP SWAT S3:Y8 SWAT PUM Yl 301 CN2 -24VDC PUMP SPARE P RUN 533 Y8 O SPARE SPARE RUN CONTACTOR (109)(312) 509 534 S3:Y2 CN3 CN3 PERMEATE (CN3) 302 -24VDC +24VDC 24 510 PERMEATE PUMP Y2 PUMP RUN 535 FOR Y6, Y7, Y8 C3 4 RUN CONTACTOR (113)(314) L) C� O 511 536 J •� O D= Lu O .24VDC 24 O S3: U) v1 Q 512 FOR Yo, Y1, Y2 Cl 537 SPARE RE Y9 O SPARE SPARE Q S � 513 538 J W a ?�F- 514 SPARE Y3 O SPARE SPARE 539 SPARE Y10 O SPARE SPARE d Q 5 W 515 540 AH1 ALARM HORN S3:Yll 311 12 HORN 0-N AH1 s3:Ya 516 SPARE Y4 O SPARE SPARE 541 Yll 52 52 149 ALARM HORN TOP BOTTOM 517 LEVEL LEVEL 542 DWG.No. 6 518 S3:Y5 YS 305 SPARE SPARE 543 120VAC C4 120-1 X. 5 SPARE 37 37 FOR Y9, Y101 Yll 519 544 OF 9 TOP RTB BOTTOM RTB 520 545 521 546 7 522 547 w 523 548 w X amw z Fr 524 525 525 549 END END F-,F o�i J H J 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC oU Zoo= CONTROL CONTROL HMn CONTROL CONTROL Z a 1 2 3 4 5 = SLOT 4 Fw3frw„ o U L'LL vj�LLI ZU w �2OH� --H-Q'H- x x x w d".. 2 ZLLI>W �0w �- A B C D E F G H 0 J Z � 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC ozo CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL J 600 217 217 HMI1 625 624 624 HMI1 L3 w SLOT 4 SLOT 4 0 z MAPLE SYSTEMS: HMC7MI02 MAPLE SYSTEMS: HMC7MI02 a=o 601 +24VDC -24VDC 0-10VDC / 4-20MA SELECTABLE 626 +24VDC -24VDC 0-10VDC / 4-20MA SELECTABLE A H 4-POINT ANALOG INPUT 4-POINT ANALOG INPUT a a o 602 O VO 627 O V2 ()a- 2 603 628 0 z w x 04 z 0) O -24VDC O -24VDC O o 604 COM 629 COM U LSl LSl S4:I0 LS3 LS3 S4:I2 o w DIRTY TANK +24VDC 400 (LS1) PERMEATE TANK +24VDC 402 (LS3) 04 r7 606 ---- 1 2 ---- IO I2 M PRESSURE SENSOR 58 60 DIRTY TNK PRESSURE SENSOR 66 68 PERMEATE TNK r IFM: PN2698 PRESS. IFM: PN2698 PRESS. -24VDC -24VDC d r 67 ---- 3 4 �69 z MI2 CONNECTOR M12 CONNECTOR O SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET = SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET 608 GND O V1 633 GND O V3 609 634 FM1 SIl O -24VDC O BLK -24VDC 610 COM 635 — --- 1 6 COM � 4 UO 611 636 RED O - --- 2 J '� LS2 lr LS2 S4111 FM1 S41I3 LLI ~ OCIP TANK +24VDC ____ ____ 401 (LS2) O PERMEATE +24VDC 403 (FM1) H Q 612 PRESSURE SENSOR 62 1 2 64 Il CIP TNK 637 FLOW SENSOR 70 7 5 72 I3 PERMEATE N IFM: PN2698 PRESS. GF SIGNET: 3-2536-P❑ FLOW Q (n U O -24VDC ---- O -24VDC J 613 62 3 4 65 638 71 8 4 73 W M12 CONNECTOR Z CEE DETAIL THIC SHEET 5 614 GND 639 GND W 615 640 +24VDC +24VDC 616 641 -24VDC -24VDC DWG.NO. 617 642 6 618 643 6 619 644 OF 9 LEFT RTB RIGHT RTB 620 645 621 646 7 622 647 Ld w Ot 623 648 w X amw Ld 624 625 625 649 END END PRESS. SENSOR DETAIL a~J-l u IFM P/N: PN2698 z o o f F- ---------1 oz'z 24VDC OVDC 24VDC OVDC U o�U CONTROL CONTROL HMII CONTROL CONTROL L+� Z-�ti W o �¢ $ 2 a 4 s = --LOT n 0UT2 2• •11 �w 3 f 0 • • ¢waww atV)wD_ U j OUTI� j zioLLJw L J M12 CONNECTOR =zw a �13w A B C D E F G H V) ALARM HORN EM STOP Cy RESET O 30.00 W. 0 Z Z 000 � 0 U Z � � N d Z 0=O DOOR NAMEPLATE 9.07 a Qof a > a a Z 7.240" o o NOTE: PAINT ENCLOSURE EDJE TECH BLUE o o w ac N Z (Z)QTY. (2) 22.5mm KNOCKOUTS o om o 5.1 60" TOP PLAN ©QTY. (1) DISCONNECT HANDLE KNOCKOUT o ©QTY. (1) TRANSMITTER GF 9900 KNOCKOUT m U (3.62" X 3.62" SQUARE) N o HMI KNOCKOUT "' Lo 3 QTY. (1) HMI KNOCKOUT DD a\ SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET o a J z �9 EO OTY. (1) 1.125" KNOCKOUT ALARM HORN FLOYDBELL PART NUMBER: XC09201Q 24.00 DOOR 4 VO _ J 17f � Ln N N— N— -- -- -- -- SWAT1 500 Q CON ROL 7.80 USABLE y N — PA 7.000" 1 EL 4 DEPTH 1 4 V)V N N 8 20 22 1Lu II N N— I O 26 I I II I Z N N— II IL O— O— II �2_ 8 21 23 5.( (1 II I HM11II I 31 25 q C �— 28.06 DOOR a— ii DWG.N0. DOOR 1 ESPB1 �?— M— 1 9 10 11 12 O 1 X2 7 OF 9 1 11 1 II I II I 7.000" II N N 1 -__ 1 _] V) O LLJ I' 1 d 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 h5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2 8 29 30 31 o m w 0 Z~�O W H O� 0 Z O Z 2 8 LEFT ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION RIGHT ELEVATION s�3 W=WWI O'NUO O O 2 U-ul O Z U Zoo H 2ZLJw0f 1--0D'3�- A B C D E F G H TB1 U) 1 120-1 58 +24VDC Of 2 120-1 59 -24VDC o 1 3 120-1 60 400 o En 4 120-N 61 GROUND - 5 120-N 62 +24VDC J a 6 120-N 63 -24VDC 2W z Ofrna 7 +24VDC 64 401 w i a.o 8 +24VDC 65 GROUND 0`" 9 +24VDC 66 +24VDC a 10 +24VDC 67 -24VDC ?= 3 11 +24VDC 68 402 12 -24VDC 69 GROUND 8 2 13 -24VDC 70 +24VDC o o w 14 -24VDC 71 -24VDC " z 15 -24VDC 72 403 0 16 -24VDC 73 GROUND o o 17 10 74 SPARE 3 18 10A 1 2 3 4 O5 O6 c U 19 10A X2 X4z X28 x4 O J 20 10B 21 10B 33 �"� � r O Lo 3 22 10C � Lo 23 10C V _ d r B 24 11 CUSTOMER SIDE o O O ♦nn 9 25 24 N— FTB 5 c3 26 24 �= m m m m m m m m m m m m 460 VOLTS, 28 29 N 30 +24VDC 30 100 - -------- ----------- i 1------- 29 30------ 57 58------74 31 +24VDC 31 101CD V — 4 32 +24VDC 32 102 0,1 Ln ALL WIRING DUCT IS o � 33 +24VDC 33 103 m— 1.5 x 3" a a a J •� p 34 +24VDC 34 110 � — . . o 0 o J '� co— PS1 > > > > CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 SI1 7 27 28 35 +24VDC 35 111 X3 W y — ®®®®® 36 +24VDC 36 112 = ®®®®®®®®a®®®a®®® N" N V1 ®_®_®®®_®®_®a®®®a®®® > 37 —24VDC 37 300 °— o 0 0 Q S 38 —24VDC 38 301 U 39 —24VDC 39 302 W 40 —24VDC 40 303 �— 44 ZQ y 41 —24VDC 41 304 34 'go � rJ _ � 16 18 15 18 17 18 25 31 d 42 —24VDC 42 305 w 43 —24VDC 43 306 — i 44 —24VDC 44 307 = MMP1 MMP2 MMP3 29 45 —24VDC 45 200 13 19 �— 38 40 46 —24VDC 46 201 X2 m— O xPi 47 —24VDC 47 202 C+ o 0 0 0 0 o 48 —24VDC 48 203 O 0 49 —24VDC 49 204 �— o0 00 00 oo3+ owc. No. 00 50 1 —24VDC 50 205 — i 6 51 —24VDC 51 206Lc) — i 1 52 —24VDC 52 207 53 —24VDC 531 208 54 213 54 212 ®®®®® ®®®®® ®®®®® of 9 55 215 55 214 - cNi cNz cNs 56 217 56 216 N - 30 0 57 120—N 57 311 BOTTOM TOP ° °®°°°°O° �° o ------- --------------------------------------------------- LEVEL LEVEL 1 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 7 37 39 41 43 U) w 37 39 41 42 37 39 41 42 a wx omw Ld ZOLLI HI�J ZOF- O Z Z= NOoo z-1-Nof 8 aw3mN �=ww� of N O 0- 0 w N O Z O Z=O w w H of m Z W Of H 0 d'3H A B C D E F G H V) Of EDJE TECH SWAT 500 0 BILL OF MATERIALS o Z ITEM QUANTITY MANUFACTURE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS `" o 1 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EAJ35 END ANCHOR(END STOP) w w 2 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EBJ3 TERMINAL END BARRIER FOR 1492.14 `n as o �=U 3 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492EBJD4 TERMINAL END BARRIER FOR 1492JD4 0`n 4 42 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492J4 TERMINAL BLOCK 35A,600V 4mm,GREY,10-22AWG a 5 28 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492JD4 TERMINAL BLOCK,DUAL CIRCUIT FEED THROUGH MN 6 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492JG4 TERMINAL BLOCK,GREEN/YELLOW GROUNDING 8 2 7 3 LITTELFUSE CCMR030 FUSE,CLASS CC,30A,TIME DELAY,600V o o w 04 z 8 9 DOORNP DOOR NAME PLATE ID TAG a, 9 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7070AM HMC,7"TOUCH,E-NET,51 EXPANSION PORTS,2 SERIAL o o 10 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M101 HMC 1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 16 DIG INPUTS <� 6 N O U 11 1 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M102 HMC,1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 4 ANALOG INPUTS(VOLT/AMP SELECTABLE) 0 12 2 MAPLE SYSTEMS HMC7M001 HMC,1/0 EXPANSION MODULE 12 DIG RELAY OUTPUTS N 13 2 LITTELFUSE KLDR01.4 FUSE,CLASS CC,1 AA,TIME DELAY,600V M \ �2 T O � 3 14 0 � r 15 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR003 FUSE,CLASS CC,3A,TIME DELAY,600V Z 16 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR003.5 FUSE,CLASS CC,3.5A,TIME DELAY,600V 17 1 LITTELFUSE KLDR005 FUSE,CLASS CC,5A,TIME DELAY,600V 18 3 LITTELFUSE LPSC001 FUSEHOLDER,1P,CC STYLE,FINGERSAFE NO INDICATOR,30A MAX 19 1 LITTELFUSE LPSCO02 FUSEHOLDER,2P,CC STYLE,FINGERSAFE NO INDICATOR 30A MAX 20 1 EATON M22DG PUSH BUTTON,GREEN,FLUSH,MOMENTARY,22mm 4 21 1 EATON M22K01 CONTACT BLOCK,N.C. y 22 1 EATON M221(10 CONTACT BLOCK,N.O. J •� O 23 1 EATON M22PVT EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON,RED/YELLOW cr 24 1 MAINNP MAIN NAME PLATE � C/1 < 25 4 OMRON MY4ND2DC24S RELAY,4PDT,24VDC COIL < V 26 1 ABB OHY65J6 HANDLE,PISTOL,RED/YELLOW FOR OS30FACC12 G� I Lu 27 1 ABB OS30FACC12 DISCONNECT,3-POLE,30AMP,FUSED Q 5 28 1 ABB OXP6X150 SHAFT FOR OS30FACC12 a ��Q 29 1 HAMMOND PH250MQMJ TRANSFORMER,250VA,460PR1:120SEC w 30 1 SQUARED PK9GTA GROUNDBAR,9-PIN,ALUMINAUM 31 4 OMRON PYFI4AN RELAY SOCKET,4PDT 32 1 SAGINAW SCE30H3008LP ENCLOSURE,30x30x08" 33 1 SAGINAW SCE30P30 SUBPANEL27x27" 34 1 SOLA SVL524100 POWER SUPPLY,120 WATT,5A @ 24VDC,120VAC INPUT DWG. No. 35 1 FLOYD BELL XC09201Q ALARM HORN/BUZZER 30-120VAC EXTRA LOUD&CONTINUOUS PIEZO 6 36 1 ILSCO XT4 GROUND LUG#14 TO#4 9 37 3 EATON XTCE009BIOTD CONTACTOR,9A,3-POLE,1-N.O.,24VDC COIL 38 1 EATON XTPAXCLKB3 JUMPER BUS FOR EATON MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR or 9 39 3 EATON XTPAXSAII AUX CONTACT,1-N.O.&1-N.C.CONTACT FOR MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR,SIDE MOUNT 40 1 EATON XTPAXIT INCOMING TERMINAL FOR MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR 41 3 EATON XTPAXTPCB JUMPER BETWEEN MMP AND XTPR..B and XTCE...B contactors 7 42 2 EATON XTPRIP6BC1 MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR, 1-1.6 FLA 43 1 EATON XTPR6P3BC1 MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR,4-6.3 FLA FREQUNCY SIGNAL ISOLATOR,FREQUENCY INPUT,0-10V/4-20mA SELECTABLE OUTPUT, <n 44 1 WEIDMULLER 858119000 w 24VDC CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 0 w m o ujow z- (3 Z0 - OZOZ= N=OU Z—H Nair 8 aw3ma mmwwaf D_NUD- Ow N 0 Z U Z=O w w �-of =ZWD'� HOD_3H Date: 03/20/2026 Permit#: 1840 Permit Date: 02/14/2018 Review Date: 02/14/2018 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Review Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Target Date: 02/21/2018 Scheduled 00:00 Time: Completed 02/15/2018 Date: Description: The drawing does not show if this equipment is permanently connected to the potable water system. if this equipment is connected to the potable water system an RPBA is required to be installed to the cold water supply line. Gus Review Status: Assigned To: PW-WAT-REV Time In: 00:00 Time Out: 00:00 Hours: 0.0 Property Information Parcel#: 31051400202000 AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGIES AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE TECHNOLOGIES 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7447 Zoning: 344 Transportation EquipmentLot: Block: Date: 03/20/2026 Permit#: 1840 Permit Date: 02/14/2018 Review Date: 02/14/2018 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Review Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Target Date: 02/21/2018 Scheduled 00:00 Time: Completed 02/15/2018 Date: Description: No comments. SB Sandy Boyd has reviewed all data and all requirements for Wastewater have been met internally. FR Review Status: Assigned To: PW-SEW-REV Time In: 00:00 Time Out: 00:00 Hours: 0.0 Property Information Parcel#: 31051400202000 AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGIES AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE TECHNOLOGIES 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7447 Zoning: 344 Transportation EquipmentLot: Block: Permit#: 1840 Permit Date: 02/14/18 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Project Name: Senior-Aerospace AMT Applicant Name: Gene Moomey Applicant Address: 20100 71 st Avenue NE Applicant, City, State, Zip: Arlington,WA 98223 Contact: Gene Moomey Phone: 360-403-2088 Email: gmoomey@amtnw.com Scope of Work: Waste Water Filtration System Valuation: 0.00 Square Feet: 0 Number of Stories: 0 Construction Type: Occupancy Group: ID Code: Permit Issued: 03/07/2018 Permit Expires: Form Permit Type: Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Kristin Foster Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning AEROSPACE 31051400202000 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE MANUFACTURING 344 Transportation TECHNOLOGIES Equipment Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License# 2525 Old Hwy 99 CONSTRUCTION Labor and IMAC Inc. Philip Long 425-367-1309 IMACI**088BA S CONTRACTOR Industries Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status 03/19/2018 R14.PLUMBING Equipment installation& 03/16/2018 BUILDING Completed FINAL drain complete system has no potable water connection verified at inspection. Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status COMMERCIAL Water supply line to have RPBA in place and fully tested 02/14/2018 PLUMBING @ time of final inspection of installation BUILDING 02/14/2018 COMMERCIAL No comments,LT PW-ADMIN-GIS PLUMBING COMMERCIAL No comments.SB Sandy Boyd has reviewed all data and 02/14/2018 PLUMBING all requirements for Wastewater have been met internally. PW-SEW-REV FR The drawing does not show if this equipment is permanently connected to the potable water system.if this COMMERCIAL equipment is connected to the potable water system an 02/14/2018 PLUMBING RPBA is required to be installed to the cold water supply PW-WAT-REV line. Gus Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Plumbing Base Permit Fee $25.00 Mechanical Commercial Permit Table 4-7;Per Unit $12.00 Plumbing Plan Review Fees $200.00 Mechanical Commercial Permit Table 4-7;Per Unit $25.00 Total $262.00 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 03/07/2018 Building Permit Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount 03/07/2018 AMT AMT 68860768 cc $262.00 Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 02/14/2018 Need Valuation.KF Kristin Foster Uploaded Files Date File Name 03/08/2018 3141137-1840 Issued Permit.pdf 03/01/2018 3118497-AMT SWAT500 Manual Partl.pdf 03/01/2018 3118498-AMT SWAT500 Manual Part2.pdf 03/01/2018 3118495-AMT SWAT500 Manual Part3.pdf 03/01/2018 3118496-AMT SWAT500 Manual Part4.pdf 02/14/2018 3041526-ALS Lab Results SWAT Water Sample 2.14.18.pdf 02/14/2018 3041501-1840 System Instruction Manual.pdf 02/14/2018 3041502-1840 Application.pdf 02/14/2018 3041500-1840 Plans.pdf Date: 03/20/2026 Permit#: 1840 Permit Date: 02/14/2018 Review Date: 02/14/2018 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Review Type: COMMERCIAL PLUMBING Target Date: 02/21/2018 Scheduled 00:00 Time: Completed 03/06/2018 Date: Description: Water supply line to have RPBA in place and fully tested @ time of final inspection of installation Review Status: Assigned To: BUILDING Time In: 00:00 Time Out: 00:00 Hours: 0.0 Property Information Parcel#: 31051400202000 AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGIES AEROSPACE MANUFACTURING 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE TECHNOLOGIES 20100 71 ST AVENUE NE ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7447 Zoning: 344 Transportation EquipmentLot: Block: